Petronas Technical Standards: Requisition (Binder)

PETRONAS TECHNICAL STANDARDS
DESIGN AND ENGINEERING PRACTICE

(CORE)
MANUAL
REQUISITION
(BINDER)
PTS 30.10.01.10
APRIL 2003
PREFACE
PETRONAS Technical Standards (PTS) publications reflect the views, at the time of publication,
of PETRONAS OPUs/Divisions.
They are based on the experience acquired during the involvement with the design, construction,
operation and maintenance of processing units and facilities. Where appropriate they are based
on, or reference is made to, national and international standards and codes of practice.
The objective is to set the recommended standard for good technical practice to be applied by
PETRONAS' OPUs in oil and gas production facilities, refineries, gas processing plants, chemical
plants, marketing facilities or any other such facility, and thereby to achieve maximum technical
and economic benefit from standardisation.
The information set forth in these publications is provided to users for their consideration and
decision to implement. This is of particular importance where PTS may not cover every
requirement or diversity of condition at each locality. The system of PTS is expected to be
sufficiently flexible to allow individual operating units to adapt the information set forth in PTS to
their own environment and requirements.
When Contractors or Manufacturers/Suppliers use PTS they shall be solely responsible for the
quality of work and the attainment of the required design and engineering standards. In
particular, for those requirements not specifically covered, the Principal will expect them to follow
those design and engineering practices which will achieve the same level of integrity as reflected
in the PTS. If in doubt, the Contractor or Manufacturer/Supplier shall, without detracting from his
own responsibility, consult the Principal or its technical advisor.
The right to use PTS rests with three categories of users :
1) PETRONAS and its affiliates.

2) Other parties who are authorised to use PTS subject to appropriate contractual
arrangements.
3) Contractors/subcontractors and Manufacturers/Suppliers under a contract with
users referred to under 1) and 2) which requires that tenders for projects,
materials supplied or - generally - work performed on behalf of the said users
comply with the relevant standards.
Subject to any particular terms and conditions as may be set forth in specific agreements with
users, PETRONAS disclaims any liability of whatsoever nature for any damage (including injury
or death) suffered by any company or person whomsoever as a result of or in connection with the
use, application or implementation of any PTS, combination of PTS or any part thereof. The
benefit of this disclaimer shall inure in all respects to PETRONAS and/or any company affiliated
to PETRONAS that may issue PTS or require the use of PTS.
Without prejudice to any specific terms in respect of confidentiality under relevant contractual
arrangements, PTS shall not, without the prior written consent of PETRONAS, be disclosed by
users to any company or person whomsoever and the PTS shall be used exclusively for the
purpose they have been provided to the user. They shall be returned after use, including any
copies which shall only be made by users with the express prior written consent of PETRONAS.
The copyright of PTS vests in PETRONAS. Users shall arrange for PTS to be held in safe
custody and PETRONAS may at any time require information satisfactory to PETRONAS in order
to ascertain how users implement this requirement.
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 4
1.1 SCOPE ...................................................................................................................... 4
1.2 DISTRIBUTION, INTENDED USE AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS ........ 4
1.3 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................ 4
1.4 SUMMARY OF CHANGES SINCE PREVIOUS EDITION ........................................ 4
2. TYPES OF SHEET .................................................................................................... 5
2.1 DATA SHEETS .......................................................................................................... 5
2.2 DATA/REQUISITION SHEETS ................................................................................. 5
2.3 REQUISITION SHEETS ............................................................................................ 5
2.4 ADMINISTRATIVE SHEETS ..................................................................................... 5
3. INDEX ........................................................................................................................ 6
3.1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................... 6
3.2 INSTRUMENTATION ................................................................................................ 6
3.3 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ...................................................... 9
3.4 MISCELLANEOUS .................................................................................................. 11
4. REFERENCES ........................................................................................................ 12
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 4
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 SCOPE
This lists the data sheets, data/requisition sheets and requisition sheets used for detailed
engineering and procurement of equipment.
The procedures for using these sheets shall be as specified by the Principal.
This is a revision of the PTS dated September 2002; a summary of changes is given in
Section 1.4.
Prior to September 2002, editions of this PTS were in the form of a binder containing the
requisitioning sheets themselves. This practice was discontinued because the sheets are
now available in electronic form. For Shell users, the sheets are available in electronic
format on the Shell Wide Web, at address http://sww.shell.com/standards/ (in the PTS
section, under the tab "Requisitions").
For Standard Forms, refer to PTS 00.00.10.05
1.2 DISTRIBUTION, INTENDED USE AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise stated by PETRONAS, the distribution of this document is restricted to
companies forming part of or managed by PETRONAS, and to Contractors nominated by
them.
This PTS is intended for use in oil refineries, chemical plants, gas plants, exploration and
production facilities and supply/marketing installations.
If national and/or local regulations exist in which some of the requirements may be more
stringent than in this PTS the Contractor shall determine by careful scrutiny which of the
requirements are the more stringent and which combination of requirements will be
acceptable as regards safety, environmental, economic and legal aspects. In all cases the
Contractor shall inform the Principal of any deviation from the requirements of this PTS
which is considered to be necessary in order to comply with national and/or local
regulations. The Principal may then negotiate with the Authorities concerned with the object
of obtaining agreement to follow this PTS as closely as possible.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
The Contractor is the party which carries out all or part of the design, engineering,
procurement, construction, commissioning or management of the project, or operation of a
facility. The Principal may undertake all or part of the duties of the Contractor.
The Manufacturer/Supplier is the party which manufactures or supplies equipment and
services to perform the duties specified by the Contractor.
The Principal is the party which initiates the project and ultimately pays for its design and
construction. The Principal will typically specify the technical requirements. The Principal
may also appoint an agent or consultant authorised to act for and on behalf of the Principal.
The word shall indicates a requirement.
The word should indicates a recommendation.
1.4 SUMMARY OF CHANGES SINCE PREVIOUS EDITION

The requisition sheets that have changed are marked with a vertical bar in the margin in
section 3.
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 5
2. TYPES OF SHEET
2.1 DATA SHEETS

Data sheets provide the process information on the design and operating conditions of the
materials and equipment for the project. This process information is the basis of the
information required for the preparation of requisitions.
2.2 DATA/REQUISITION SHEETS

Data/requisition sheets provide both the process and the engineering information required
for the procurement of equipment. Consequently, these sheets serve the dual purpose of
data sheets and requisition sheets. Where no standard data/requisition sheet is available,
form PTS 30.10.00.94 can be used for general purposes. If required, this general
data/requisition sheet can also be used to provide additional technical information.
2.3 REQUISITION SHEETS

Requisition sheets provide the engineering information required for the procurement of
equipment and materials. Where no standard requisition sheet is available, form
PTS 31.10.00.93 can be used for general purposes. If required, this general requisition
sheet can also be used to provide additional technical information.
2.4 ADMINISTRATIVE SHEETS
2.4.1 Requisition for engineering documents (“RED” forms)

PTS 40.10.01.93 is used to specify the requirements for engineering documents and
drawings to be submitted by the equipment manufacturer/supplier to the engineering party.
2.4.2 EDP (Electronic Data Processing) supplement

PTS 40.00.10.93 is used for materials administration, supplementing the technical
information on requisition sheets and data/requisition sheets.
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 6
3. INDEX
3.1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

Number Revision Title
PTS 33.64.10.93 Jan. 1999 Electrical network monitoring and control (ENMC) system
PTS 33.65.11.93 Dec. 1998 Synchronous AC machines
PTS 33.65.11.94 Mar. 2002 Packaged unit AC generator set
PTS 33.65.40.93 Feb. 2001 Power transformers
PTS 33.65.50.93 Oct. 2000 DC UPS unit
PTS 33.65.50.94 Dec. 1998 Static AC uninterruptible power supply unit
PTS 33.65.60.93 Aug. 2002 PV solar system
PTS 33.66.05.93 Dec. 2001 Cage induction machines
PTS 33.66.05.95 Jan. 2000 Variable speed drive system
PTS 33.67.01.93 Jan. 2000 LV switchboard
PTS 33.67.01.94 Mar. 2002 Lighting distribution switchboard
PTS 33.67.01.97 Mar. 2002 AC instrument distribution switchboard
PTS 33.67.11.93 Mar. 2002 Relay box
PTS 33.67.20.93 Jul. 2001 DC instrument distribution switchboard
PTS 33.67.34.93 Jul. 2001 Remote control unit safety switch
PTS 33.67.51.93 Mar. 1999 HV switchgear and controlgear assemblies
PTS 33.68.30.94 Feb. 2001 Heat tracing systems
PTS 33.80.00.94 Jun. 2000 Navigational aids system
3.2 INSTRUMENTATION
PTS 32.30.10.93 Nov. 2000 System cabinets
PTS 32.31.00.92 Jun. 2000 Miscellaneous instruments
PTS 32.31.02.92 Jun. 2000 Analytical instruments
PTS 32.31.10.93 Nov. 2000 Multiple housings with their pneumatic receiving instruments
PTS 32.31.11.93 Nov. 2000 Receiving gauges (pneumatic)
PTS 32.31.11.94 Nov. 2000 Receiving indicators (pneumatic, small size)
PTS 32.31.12.93 Dec. 2000 Receiving recorders (pneumatic, large size)
PTS 32.31.12.94 Dec. 2000 Receiving recorders (pneumatic, small size)
PTS 32.31.13.93 Sep. 2001 Receiving recording controller (pneumatic, large size)
PTS 32.31.13.94 Sep. 2001 Receiving recording controller (pneumatic, small size)
PTS 32.31.13.95 Sep. 2001 Receiving indicating controllers (pneumatic, small size)
PTS 32.31.14.93 Sep. 2001 Receiving switches (pneumatic)
PTS 32.31.50.92 May 2001 Analyser system
PTS 32.31.50.93 Sep. 2001 Specific gravity analyser for gas (centrifugal type)
PTS 32.31.50.94 Sep. 2001 Density analyser for liquids (weighing type)
PTS 32.31.50.95 Sep. 2001 Colour alarm units
PTS 32.31.50.96 Nov. 2001 Turbidity analysers
PTS 32.31.50.97 Nov. 2001 Density analyser (vibration type)
PTS 32.31.51.93 Nov. 2001 Sample take-off assembly for analysers
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 7

PTS 32.31.51.94 Nov. 2001 Sample preconditioning system for analysers
PTS 32.31.51.95 Feb. 2002 Sample conditioning system for on-line process stream analysers
PTS 32.31.52.93 Nov. 2001 Dynamic (absolute) viscosity analyser
PTS 32.31.53.94 Nov. 2001 Ion concentration analyser
PTS 32.31.53.95 Nov. 2001 Electrical conductivity analyser
PTS 32.31.53.96 Nov. 2001 Electrodes and temperature probe for ion-concentration analysers
PTS 32.31.54.93 Nov. 2001 Kinetic vapour pressure analyser
PTS 32.31.55.93 Nov. 2001 Flash point analyser
PTS 32.31.55.94 Nov. 2001 Boiling range analyser
PTS 32.31.55.95 Nov. 2001 Cloud point analyser
PTS 32.31.55.96 Jan. 2002 On-line pour point analysers
PTS 32.31.55.97 Nov. 2001 Initial boiling point analyser
PTS 32.31.55.98 Nov. 2001 Cut point analyser
PTS 32.31.55.99 Nov. 2001 End point analyser
PTS 32.31.56.93 Nov. 2001 Process gas chromatograph
PTS 32.31.56.94 Jan. 2002 On-line infra-red analyser
PTS 32.31.57.90 Nov. 2001 Oxygen analyser for gas
PTS 32.31.57.91 Nov. 2001 Trace oxygen analyser for gas
PTS 32.31.57.93 Nov. 2001 CO2 analysers (portable)
PTS 32.31.57.94 Jan. 2002 On-line sulphur analyser
PTS 32.31.57.95 Jan. 2002 H2S analysers for process streams
PTS 32.31.57.96 Jan. 2002 H2S analysers for personnel protection
PTS 32.31.57.97 Jan. 2002 Water content analyser for gas
PTS 32.31.57.98 Jan. 2002 Water analysers
PTS 32.31.57.99 Jan. 2002 Dissolved oxygen analyser
PTS 32.31.59.93 Jan. 2002 Smoke density meters
PTS 32.31.59.94 Jan. 2002 Smoke and dust monitors
PTS 32.31.59.96 Nov. 2001 Continuation sheet for analysers
PTS 32.32.00.92 Jun. 2000 Flow instruments
PTS 32.32.00.93 Feb. 2002 Turbine fiscal metering system for liquid hydrocarbons
PTS 32.32.11.93 Jun. 2001 Orifice plates
PTS 32.32.21.93 Jan. 2002 Flow indicators
PTS 32.32.22.93 Jan. 2002 Flow recorders (large size)
PTS 32.32.25.94 Jan. 2002 Flow transmitters (integral orifice type)
PTS 32.32.31.93 Jun. 2001 Flow instruments (variable-area type)
PTS 32.32.50.93 Jun. 2001 Positive displacement (PD) meters
PTS 32.33.00.92 Jun. 2000 Level instruments
PTS 32.33.14.93 Feb. 2002 Level switches (float type)
PTS 32.33.20.93 Jul. 2001 Level instruments (electronic or pneumatic)
PTS 32.33.24.93 Feb. 2002 Level switches (displacement type)
PTS 32.33.30.93 Mar. 2002 Displacer level instruments
PTS 32.34.00.92 Jun. 2000 Pressure instruments
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 8

PTS 32.34.25.93 Aug. 2001 Pressure transmitters (electronic or pneumatic)
PTS 32.34.41.93 Sep. 2001 Differential pressure indicators
PTS 32.34.41.94 Jul. 2001 Pressure gauges (general purpose)
PTS 32.34.41.95 Jun. 2001 Pressure gauges (diaphragm seal)
PTS 32.34.44.93 Feb. 2002 Pressure switches
PTS 32.34.45.93 Jul. 2001 Pressure transmitters (indicating)
PTS 32.34.45.94 Sep. 2001 Differential pressure transmitters (electronic or pneumatic)
PTS 32.35.00.92 Jun. 2000 Temperature instruments
PTS 32.35.11.93 Feb. 2002 Dial thermometers
PTS 32.35.15.93 Feb. 2002 Temperature transmitters
PTS 32.35.21.93 Feb. 2002 Bi-metal thermometers
PTS 32.35.40.93 Feb. 2002 Resistance thermometer assemblies for mounting in thermowells
PTS 32.35.40.94 Feb. 2002 Resistance thermometer assemblies for surface mounting
PTS 32.35.41.93 Feb. 2002 Temperature indicators (multipoint - resistance type)
PTS 32.35.42.93 Jan. 2002 Temperature recorders (multipoint - resistance type)
PTS 32.35.43.93 Feb. 2002 Temperature recording controllers (resistance type)
PTS 32.35.50.93 Sep. 2001 Thermocouple assemblies for mounting in thermowells
PTS 32.35.50.94 Feb. 2002 Thermocouple assemblies for surface mounting
PTS 32.35.50.95 Feb. 2002 Thermocouple assemblies for surface tube skin
PTS 32.35.51.93 Feb. 2002 Temperature indicators (multipoint - thermocouple type)
PTS 32.35.52.93 Feb. 2002 Temperature recorders (multipoint thermocouple type)
PTS 32.35.53.93 Feb. 2002 Temperature recording controllers (thermocouple type)
PTS 32.36.10.92 Jun. 2000 Control valves (data sheet)
PTS 32.36.10.93 Sep. 2001 Control valves (requisition sheets)
PTS 32.36.21.93 Sep. 2001 Solenoid-operated valves
PTS 32.36.41.93 Feb. 2002 Hand-operated control valves
PTS 32.37.00.93 Jul. 2001 Mounting arrangements for differential pressure and pressure transmitters
PTS 32.37.20.93 Sep. 2001 System cables
PTS 32.80.10.93 Jul. 1996 Instrumented protective systems
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 9
3.3 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

PTS 30.10.01.92 Jul. 1999 Mass/centre of mass of equipment
PTS 30.75.10.93 May 1999 Water-tube boilers
PTS 30.75.10.94 Sep. 1999 Gas turbine heat recovery steam generators
PTS 31.06.15.93 Feb. 2002 Marine loading arms
PTS 31.10.00.93 Mar. 2002 General requisition sheet i.e. blank forms
PTS 31.10.00.94 Sep. 1999 Equipment noise limitation
PTS 31.10.00.95 Jun. 2000 Vent/blow-down/air-flow/in-line silencers
PTS 31.10.00.96 Sep. 2002 Rotating equipment acoustic enclosures
PTS 31.20.20.93 Jun. 2000 Trays
PTS 31.20.20.94 Jun. 2000 Draw-off trays
PTS 31.20.41.93 Jun. 2000 Schoepentoeter
PTS 31.20.70.93 Jun. 2000 Spray nozzles and distributors
PTS 31.21.00.93 Dec. 1998 Shell-and-tube heat exchangers
PTS 31.21.01.93 Apr. 2002 Plate heat exchangers
PTS 31.21.06.93 Jun. 2000 Heat transfer equipment (Unfired) - Horizontal heat exchanger
PTS 31.21.07.93 Jun. 2000 Heat transfer equipment (Unfired) - Hairpin heat exchanger
PTS 31.21.12.93 Jun. 2000 Heat transfer equipment (Unfired) - Vertical reboiler with floating head
PTS 31.21.20.93 Jun. 2000 Heat transfer equipment (Unfired) - Horizontal cooler with welded channel
PTS 31.21.20.94 Jun. 2000 Heat transfer equipment (Unfired) - Horizontal cooler with cast channel
PTS 31.21.70.93 Dec. 1998 Air-cooled heat exchangers
PTS 31.22.00.94 Sep. 1998 Pressure vessels (columns, reactors, accumulators etc.)
PTS 31.22.01.93 Jul. 1997 Rotating disc contactors
PTS 31.22.05.93 Jun. 2000 Demister mat
PTS 31.24.00.93 Jul. 1998 Furnaces and waste heat boilers
PTS 31.25.40.93 Jun. 2000 Rotary star valves
PTS 31.27.05.93 Mar. 2002 Bunkers and silos
PTS 31.27.10.93 Dec. 1998 Mixers
PTS 31.27.11.93 Jan. 2000 Static in-line mixers
PTS 31.27.20.93 Dec. 1998 Strainers/filters
PTS 31.27.21.93 Jul. 1998 Ceramic tube filters
PTS 31.27.21.94 May 2000 Rigid frame (dry collection) electrostatic precipitators
PTS 31.27.21.95 Dec. 1998 Bag filters
PTS 31.27.21.96 Dec. 1998 Aerator/debridging spoolpiece
PTS 31.27.22.93 May 2000 Hydrocyclones
PTS 31.27.22.94 Dec. 1998 Solids vessels, cyclones
PTS 31.27.30.93 Aug. 2000 Expansion joints
PTS 31.27.40.93 Jul. 2000 Diverter valves
PTS 31.29.00.93 Jul. 2000 Centralized oil mist lubrication systems
PTS 31.29.00.94 Jan. 2003 Mechanical seal for centrifugal/rotary pumps
PTS 31.29.00.95 Jul. 1998 Dry gas seal systems
PTS 31.29.00.96 Oct. 2000 Special purpose couplings
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 10

PTS 31.29.00.97 Oct. 2000 Special purpose gear units
PTS 31.29.02.93 Jan. 2003 Centrifugal pumps
PTS 31.29.12.93 Jul. 2000 Reciprocating pumps
PTS 31.29.22.93 Aug. 2000 Rotary pumps
PTS 31.29.40.93 Aug. 2000 Packaged, integrally geared, centrifugal plant and instrument air compressors
PTS 31.29.41.93 Dec. 1997 Centrifugal / axial compressors
PTS 31.29.42.93 Dec. 1999 Rotary-type compressors and fans
PTS 31.29.43.93 Apr. 1999 Reciprocating compressors
PTS 31.29.56.93 Sep. 2002 Steam jet vacuum ejector set
PTS 31.29.61.93 Sep. 2000 Special-purpose steam turbines
PTS 31.29.61.95 Sep. 2000 General-purpose steam turbines
PTS 31.29.70.93 Sep. 2000 Gas turbines
PTS 31.29.70.94 Jan. 2000 Gas turbine combustion air intake and exhaust
PTS 31.29.80.93 Oct. 2000 Internal combustion engines
PTS 31.32.00.93 Jan. 2002 Orifice flange sets
PTS 31.32.00.94 Feb. 2002 Orifice meter runs with raised face flanges
PTS 31.33.10.92 Jul. 1999 Level gauges (data sheet)
PTS 31.33.10.93 Mar. 2002 Level gauges (requisition)
PTS 31.35.00.93 Sep. 2001 Thermowells
PTS 31.36.10.93 Mar. 2002 Hydraulic operation of valves
PTS 31.36.90.92 Jun. 1999 Safety/relief valves (data sheet)
PTS 31.36.90.93 Jun. 2000 Safety/relief valves (requisition)
PTS 31.36.90.94 Jan. 2001 Safety/relief valve calculation sheet
PTS 31.36.90.95 Oct. 2000 Safety relief valve calculation sheet for two-phase flow
PTS 31.38.01.92 Jul. 1999 Piping
PTS 31.38.01.93 Jul. 1999 Isolators and dampers
PTS 31.38.81.93 Mar. 2002 Pipe
PTS 31.38.81.94 Feb. 2002 Line pipe for transmission systems
PTS 31.38.82.93 Feb. 2002 Butt-welding fittings
PTS 31.38.82.94 Feb. 2002 Welding branch fittings
PTS 31.38.82.95 Jan. 2002 Branch outlet nipples - Threaded plain and butt-welding ends
PTS 31.38.82.96 Mar. 2002 Branch outlet nipples - Flanged end and butt-welding ends
PTS 31.38.82.97 Feb. 2002 Branch outlet fittings butt-welding end
PTS 31.38.83.93 Feb. 2002 Fittings (Threaded/socket weld)
PTS 31.38.84.93 Feb. 2002 Flanges
PTS 31.38.85.95 Mar. 2002 Valves (General/standard)
PTS 31.38.85.96 Oct. 1998 Valves (Special)
PTS 31.38.88.93 Feb. 2002 Stud bolts and nuts
PTS 31.38.89.93 Feb. 2002 Bolts and nuts (Heavy series) 1/2 in. and larger
PTS 31.38.91.93 Feb. 2002 Steam traps
PTS 31.40.10.93 Sep. 1998 Design of a pig trap system for a pipeline
PTS 31.40.21.93 Sep. 1999 Pipeline isolating joints
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 11

PTS 31.40.21.94 Sep. 1998 Pig trap end closure
PTS 31.40.21.95 Jan. 2002 Pipeline pig signaller
PTS 31.51.10.93 Mar. 2002 Side-entry mixers
PTS 34.51.01.93 Dec. 1998 Storage tanks
PTS 37.92.10.93 Feb. 2002 Pedestal crane
PTS 37.92.10.94 Feb. 2002 Ram derricking (Type A or B) Pedestal crane
PTS 37.92.10.95 Feb. 2002 Telescopic boom type (Type B) Pedestal crane
PTS 37.92.10.96 Feb. 2002 Pedestal crane A - Frame type (Type C) if king post type (Type E)
PTS 80.46.20.93 Nov. 2000 Bursting discs
PTS 80.47.00.93 Nov. 2000 Flame arrestors
3.4 MISCELLANEOUS
PTS 30.10.00.94 Nov. 1998 General data/requisition sheet
PTS 30.10.73.93 Sep. 1998 Design of cathodic protection system for onshore, buried pipeline
PTS 30.10.73.94 Sep. 1998 Design of cathodic protection system for offshore pipeline
PTS 40.00.10.93 Jul. 1999 EDP supplement
PTS 40.10.01.93 Jan. 2002 Requisition for Engineering Documents ("RED" form)
PTS 30.10.01.10
April 2003
Page 12
4. REFERENCES
In this PTS, reference is made to the following publications:

NOTE: Unless specifically designated by date, the latest edition of each publication shall be used, together
with any amendments/supplements/revisions thereto.
PETROANS STANDARDS
Index to PTS publications and standard PTS 00.00.05.05
specifications
Standard Forms PTS 00.00.10.05
Last page of this PTS

Requisition sheet for an Contr. Job No.
ENMC system M.E.S.C. No.
REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
GENERAL Site Conditions
Pre-award meeting required: Yes/No General
Site installation required: Yes/No altitude not exceeding: 1000 /.... m
Training required: Yes/No Level 2 + 3
Supply of data as per PTS: relative humidity
Additional information required: not exceeding
At tender: (non condensing): 90 / .... %
maximum ambient
air temperature: 40 / .... °C
On receipt of order: Level 1
relative humidity
not exceeding
During the project: (non condensing): 90 / .... %
maximum ambient
air temperature: 40 / .... °C
Electrical environment Electromagnetic compatibility
Insulation test: 50 Hz 1 min Yes/No Emission level: Class B / .....
Class III IEC 255-5 Immunity performance criterion: Class A / .....
Impulse voltage test: 1.2/50µs (Ri=500W) Yes/No Mains electricity supply at level 3
Class III IEC 255-4 Power supply: AC / DC
incl. suppl. no. 1 voltage level: 230 / .... V
GENERAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Response times
starting up satellite equipment after a power breakdown : 30 / ... sec
starting up the central unit of the ENMC system, PC based : 2 / .... min
starting up the central unit of the ENMC system, work station based : 8 / .... min
issuing a command in response to operator's command : 1 / .... sec
updating information on the screen after change of value : 1 / .... sec
completion of a newly selected display after call up : 2 / .... sec
Accuracy
analogue measurements, inputs and outputs : 0,25 / .... %
time stamps : 1 / .... ms
system time relative to absolute time : 1 / .... ms
minimal pulse width to be detected : 10 / .... ms
commands (adjustable) : 0,1 - 50 / ... - ... sec
commands (steps) : 0.1 / .... sec
Expandability at level 3 Inspection and testing
functional capacity .... % type Yes/No fool-proof Yes/No SIT Yes/No
process points .... % FAT Yes/No SAT Yes/No availability Yes/No
EMC Yes/No
equipment:
Made by: Date: Equipment: Rev. letter:
Checked by: Date: Plant: Date:
Appr. by: Date: Consignee: Signature:
Eng. by: Equipm. No.
Principal: Req. No.
PTS 33.64.10.93, sheet 1 of 10, dated 01/99
System support function Human Machine Interface at level 3
accessible from level : 1 Yes/No HMI of DCS utilised Yes/No
accessible from level : 2 Yes/No dedicated HMI at level 3 Yes/No
accessible from level : 3 Yes/No dedicated CRT's required Yes/No
Inter system communication no. of CRT's required ......
Apply inter system communication Yes/No hard copy units at level 3 1 / ... pcs.
System/Equipment to communicate to Importing Data
SCADA system : Yes/No imported data format :
DCS : Yes/No type of link :
Utility control center : Yes/No medium :
Applicable communication links
type of link from location to location to be used available
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
Applied generation units
identification
number of units
prime mover
process independent,
full range control of P and f
partially process dependent,
resticted control of P and f
completely process dependent,
not controllable
emergency, completely independent
complete control of P and f
generator
synchronous with independent excitation
synchronous with dependent excitation
asynchronous
Principal: Req. No.
Requirements per location Location identification
General
human interface required Yes/No permanent Yes/No
engineering interface required Yes/No permanent Yes/No
required expandability for equipment %
required expandability for functions %
type of power supply AC / DC
Inputs
Status signals
no. of DC / AC EMC voltage single / double galvanically
inputs class contact separated
.... DC / AC III / .... .... V S/D Yes/No
Analogue measuring
no. of voltage / EMC input measuring galvanically
inputs current class range range + units separated
.... V/A III / .... Yes/No
.... V/A III / .... Yes/No
.... V/A III / .... Yes/No
.... V/A III / .... Yes/No
.... V/A III / .... Yes/No
.... V/A III / .... Yes/No
Pulse inputs
no. of DC / AC EMC voltage single / double galvanically
inputs class contact separated
Digital measuring
no. of DC / AC EMC voltage type / coded measuring no. of bits galvanically
inputs class range + separated
units
.... DC / AC III / .... .... V Yes/No
.... DC / AC III / .... .... V Yes/No
.... DC / AC III / .... .... V Yes/No
.... DC / AC III / .... .... V Yes/No
.... DC / AC III / .... .... V Yes/No
.... DC / AC III / .... .... V Yes/No
Principal: Req. No.
Requirements per location Location identification
Outputs
Command outputs
no. of DC / AC EMC class voltage continue /pulse duration or withstand short L/R galvanically
outputs range circuit separated
.... DC / AC III / .... .... V C/P .... s Yes/No Yes/No
Digital outputs
no. of DC / AC EMC class voltage single / double withstand galvanically
outputs contact short circuit separated
.... DC / AC III / .... .... V S/D Yes/No Yes/No
Analogue outputs
no. of voltage / EMC class signal continue /pulse withstand galvanically
outputs current range short circuit separated
.... V/A III / .... .... V C/P Yes/No Yes/No
Principal: Req. No.
NETWORK FUNCTIONS
GENERATION
Function Required Critical At level
Load Frequency Control Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Volt/VAR Control Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Generation Area Control Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Economic Dispatch Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Reserve Monitoring Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Interchange Transaction Scheduler Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Unit Commitment Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Economy A Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Economy B Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Production Cost Monitoring Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
DISTRIBUTION
Distribution Power Flow Analysis Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Energy Demand Control Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Transformer Load Management Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
TRANSMISSION
Network Voltage Scheduler Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Security Dispatch Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
State Estimator Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Fault Isolation Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Fault Location Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Service Restoration Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Feeder Reconfiguration Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Real Time Sequence Control Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Fault Calculations Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Network Sensitivity Analysis Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Network Security Analysis Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Security Checked Switching Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Consistency Analysis Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Optimal Power Flow Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Power Flow Analysis Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No

Principal: Req. No.
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS
SCADA
Human Interface Yes Yes/No
Alarming Yes Yes/No
Intelligent Alarm Handling Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Hard Copying Yes Yes/No
Disturbance Data Processing Yes Yes/No
Energy Accounting Yes Yes/No
Historical Data Processing Yes Yes/No
Manual Updating Yes Yes/No
Synchronizing Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Tagging Yes Yes/No
Monitoring Yes Yes/No
Advanced Monitoring Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Supervisory Control Yes Yes/No
Topological Network Colouring Yes Yes/No
Load Shedding Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Load Restoration Yes Yes/No
COMMUNICATION
To Protection Yes Yes/No
To Motor Control Centre Yes Yes/No
Inter Control Centre Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
For Maintenance Applications Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
To Governor Controller Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
To DCS Yes Yes/No
To Emergency Generator Controller Yes Yes/No
To Office-LAN Yes Yes/No
To Remote I/O Yes Yes/No
To RTUs Yes Yes/No
To AVR Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
To Tapschanger Controller Yes Yes/No

Principal: Req. No.
SUPPORT FUNCTIONS
OPERATION SUPPORT
Automatic Meter Reading Yes Yes/No
Condition Based Maintenance Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Circuit Breaker Maintenance Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Outage Management Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Switching Procedure Management Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
SYSTEM SUPPORT
System Generation/Edit Yes Yes/No
Generator Modeling Yes/No/Opt. Yes/No
Network Modeling Yes Yes/No
Programming Services Yes Yes/No
System Management Yes Yes/No
System Resource Monitoring Yes Yes/No
Trainings Simulator Yes Yes/No

Principal: Req. No.
Information to be submitted by the manufacturer
Site Conditions Electromagnetic compatibility
General Emission level: .....
permissible altitude: .... m Immunity performance criterion: .....
Level 2 + 3 Mains electricity supply at level 3
permissible relative humidity: AC power supply : Yes/No
(non condensing): .... % voltage level : .... V
maximum ambient load : ....
air temperature: .... °C reactive load : ....
Level 1 rated power figures
(non condensing): .... % of level 3 equipment : ....
maximum ambient
air temperature: .... °C
PERFORMANCE
Response times
starting up satellite equipment after a power breakdown : ... sec
starting up the central unit of the ENMC system, PC based : .... min
starting up the central unit of the ENMC system, work station based : .... min
issuing a command in response to operator's command : .... sec
updating information on the screen after change of value : .... sec
completion of a newly selected display after call up : .... sec
Accuracy
analogue measurements, in- and outputs : .... %
time stamps : .... ms
system time relative to absolute time : .... ms
minimal pulse width to be detected : .... ms
commands (adjustable) : ... - ... sec
commands (steps) : .... sec
Buffer capacities Max. number of I/O to be handled:
printers input output
alarms status
communications command
Expandability analogue
functional pulse
process points dig. measuring
communication links
type of link from location to location medium
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
Principal: Req. No.
Information per location to be submitted by the manufacturer
Location Number of available I/O Expandability
identification: I/O functional
applied human status inputs capacity .... %
interface: ana. meas. inputs : process
power supply: AC/DC dig. meas. inputs : points .... %
voltage: V pulse inputs : communication link
load: command outputs : to level 1
special ana. outputs : type medium capacity
requirements: dig. outputs :
Principal: Req. No.
Information to be submitted by the manufacturer
Functions included in tender
Function Implemented Function Implemented
GENERATION SCADA
Load frequency control Yes/No Advanced monitoring Yes/No
Volt/VAR control Yes/No Alarming Yes/No
Generation area control Yes/No Hard copying Yes/No
Economic dispatch Yes/No Disturbance data processing Yes/No
Reserve monitoring Yes/No Energy accounting Yes/No
Interchange transaction scheduler Yes/No Historical data processing Yes/No
Unit commitment Yes/No Human Interface Yes/No
Economy A Yes/No Intelligent alarm handling Yes/No
Economy B Yes/No Load restoration Yes/No
Production cost monitoring Yes/No Load shedding Yes/No
DISTRIBUTION Manual updating Yes/No
Energy demand control Yes/No Monitoring Yes/No
Distribution power flow analysis Yes/No Supervisory control Yes/No
Transformer load management Yes/No Synchronizing Yes/No
TRANSMISSION Tagging Yes/No
Network voltage scheduler Yes/No Topological network colouring Yes/No
Security dispatch Yes/No COMMUNICATION
State estimator Yes/No To protection Yes/No
Fault isolation Yes/No To motor control centres Yes/No
Fault location Yes/No Inter control centre Yes/No
Feeder reconfiguration Yes/No For maintenance applications Yes/No
Service restoration Yes/No To governor controller Yes/No
Consistency analysis Yes/No To DCS Yes/No
Fault calculations Yes/No To emergency gen. controller Yes/No
Network security analysis Yes/No To office-LAN Yes/No
Network sensitivity analysis Yes/No To remote I/O Yes/No
Optimal power flow Yes/No To RTUs Yes/No
Power flow analysis Yes/No To AVR Yes/No
Real time sequence control Yes/No To tapschanger controllers Yes/No
Security checked switching Yes/No SYSTEM SUPPORT
OPERATION SUPPORT System generation/edit Yes/No
Automatic meter reading Yes/No Generation modeling Yes/No
Circuit breaker maintenance Yes/No Network modeling Yes/No
Condition based maintenance Yes/No Programming services Yes/No
Outage management Yes/No System management Yes/No
Switching procedure management Yes/No System resource monitoring Yes/No
Training simulator Yes/No
Principal: Req. No.
Requisition sheet for Design book No. : page:
Synchronous AC Machines Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
GENERAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS
1 Specific requirements : PTS 33.65.11.31 Machine type : Generator/Motor
2 Unit transformer included : yes/no Rating : ……….….kVA
3 Premanufacturing meeting : yes/no Speed : …….…….r/min
4 Statement of compliance : yes/no Power factor : 0.8 / … lagging/leading
5 Additional information required : yes/no (Generators) Parallel operation with :
6 SITE CONDITIONS
7 System voltage : ……..kV 3-phase Type of excitation:
8 System frequency : ……..Hz - compound
9 System fault level : max: MVA/Min: MVA - pilot exciter :
10 Location : land / coastal / offshore Direction of rotation : CW/CCW facing coupling end
11 : indoors / outdoors Preferred method of cooling :
12 Ambient air temperature, min. : -15 / ……. °C - Air-to air : IC 5A1A1 / IC 6A1A1 / IC 6A1A6
13 Ambient air temperature, max. : 40 / ...….. °C - Air-to-water : IC 8A1W7
14 Cooling water temperature, min. : 5 / ….…… °C Cooling water data : see PTS / ………..
15 Cooling water temperature, max. : 30 / …..….°C :
16 Relative humidity, max. : 90% / …..….
17 Area classification : Zone 2 / ……. Degree of protection : IP44 / …….
18 Temperature classification : T3 / ………. Anti-condensation heaters : yes / no
19 Gas group classification : IIA / …….. Vibration proximity probes required : no / ………
20 Direct sunlight : yes / no Type/model No. :
21 Noise limitations Max. sound Per PTS
22 at full load pressure level: Special, see attached noise data sheet
23 PRIME MOVER FOR GENERATOR Terminal : box / cubicle
24 Type : …………. Cable Type : …………..
25 Moment of inertia : ….…….. Kgm 2 No./Cores/Size : …………..
26 Type of coupling : …………. Diam. overlead / overall : ……/ ..…. mm
27 Requisition number : …………. Type of cable gland : …………..
28 Location terminal box : top / right side / ……….. facing DE
29 DRIVEN EQUIPMENT (FOR MOTOR) Current transformers included : yes / no
30 Type
31 Moment of inertia : ….…….. Kgm 2 CONDITION MONITORING
32 Torque/speed curve No. : Winding discharge monitoring : yes / no
33 Type of coupling :
34 Requisiton No. : INSPECTION AND TESTING
35 Production tests to be witnessed:
36 - Rotor balance : yes / no
37 - Sample coil : yes / no
38 - Water cooler : yes / no
39 Performance test : yes / no / witnessed
40 Routine test : yes / no / witnessed
41 Special test : yes / no / witnessed
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter
by: Date
Chk'd Date PLANT : Sign.
by:
Appr'd Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 1 continued on sheet No. 2
by:
Eng. by : Equipm. No.
Principal : Req. No.
PTS 33.65.11.93, sheet 1/3, 12/98
MESC No. :
1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
2 Special tests :
3 At tender:
4 Mass of motor (kg) :
5 Moment of inertia 'J' (kg m2) :
6 Lubrication requirements in case of force-lubricated bearings:
7 Layout of terminal box :
8 On receipt of order:
9 Calculated critical speed (s) (1/min) : yes / no
10 Transient air-gap torque plots:
with two and three-phase short-circuit at the motor terminals, and with their respective frequencies over a 200 ms time period (Nm) yes / no
11 Excitation model for power system stability study as per IEEE 421.5 yes / no
12 Thermal endurance graphs showing insulation life versus temperature in the range including classes B and F; such results shall be based on
actual coils employing the Manufacturer's insulation system, tested to IEEE 117 or IEEE 275 as appropriate. yes / no
13 At testing
14 Severity of multiples of the supply frequency present in the vibration spectrum
15 Electromagnetic compatibiltiy restrictions:
16
17 REMARKS ON REVISIONS
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.65.11.93, sheet 2/3, 12/98
MESC No. :
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER
GENERAL PERFORMANCE DATA CONSTRUCTION DATA
1 Manufacturer:
2 Compliance with PTS 33.65.11.31 Full load current (FLC) : ………. A Bearing(s) DE make
1)
3 and requistion: yes / no Rated power factor : ………. lagging type
2)
4 Additional information required Efficiency 100%/75% load : ..… / .…. % Clearance
5 Main parts Country of origin / town Total/partly Exciter rated voltage : ………. V Bearing(s) NDE make
6 Stator rated current : ………. A type
7 Rotor Max transient air gap torque when: clearance
8 Exciter - two phase short circuit at machine terminals : …… kNm Bearing lifetime : ……… hours
9 Local service Name: - three phase short circuit at machine terminals : …… kNm Lubricant : oil/grease
10 organisation Country / town: - reconnection at 120 degree phase difference : …… kNm Shell type : ……….
11 BASIC DATA - asynchronous start (motors) : …… kNm Lub. system: Sealing/Regreasable/Oilring/Disc/Forced
12 Type of machine : Generator/Motor Max transient overvoltage when: Maximum relubrication interval: ………. hours
13 Type and frame number : - 100% load rejection: …………..kV (generator only) Min / Max oil flow : …………..
14 Rated voltage and frequency : ………. kV, ……….Hz Vibration at full load, rigid mounted : ………. mm/s RMS
15 - Rating : ….…….kVa Critical speed (s) : ………. r/min
16 - Full load speed : ………..r/min Rotor inertia (1) : …....…kgm
17 Direction of rotation facing driving end: Inertia constant (H) : ……….kWs/kVA

18 CW/CCW/both Stator winding:-
19 Degree of protection of generator and auxiliaries: Stator resistance : ……..Ohm at …….°C Anti-corona protection applied : yes / ………
20 IP 54/………….. Direct axis synchronous reactance (Xd) : ………. % Stress-relieving applied : yes / ………
21 Degree of protection of terminal boxes and bearings: Direct axis transient reactance (X'd) : ………. % HV cable connection : Bushing / Tail / ……..
22 IP 54/………….. Direct axis subtransient reactance (X'd) : ………. %
23 Suitable for use in classified area: Transient short-circuit time constant (T'd) : ….…..… s Water cooler(s) : single tube / ……….
24 Zone ……………. Subtransient short-circuit time constant (T'd) : ………… s Surplus water tubes : 20 % / ………
25 - Temperature classification : T ………… Zero sequence reactance (Xo) : ….….…% Cooling water requirements : ………..ltrs/s
26 - Gas group (if applicable) : …………… Quadrature axis transient reactance (X'd) : …….... % Mass total : ……..… kg
27 Certificate of Conformity available : Yes / ……. Quadrature axis subtransient reactance (X'd) : ………. % stator : ……..… kg
28 Type of protection of generator and auxiliaries : …….….…. rotor : ……..… kg
29 Type of protection of terminal boxes : …………… Friction and windage loss : ……….. kW exciter : ……..… kg
30 Method of cooling : …………… Core loss (open circuit) : ……….. kW
31 Field I2 R loss : ……….. kW INSPECTION AND TESTING
32 Anti-Condensation heater required : No / ……… Stray-load loss (on short-circuit) : ……….. kW performance testing : yes/no/witnessed
33 Proposed coupling fit : Keyed/Hydraulic/Integral Amature I2 R loss (on full load) : ……….. kW routine testing : yes/no/witnessed
34 Type of excitation: Pilot exciter/External power production testing : yes/no/witnessed
35 NOTES Exciter + AVR characteristics: special testing : yes/no/witnessed
36 1) Describe deviations - AVR voltage regulator grade V 2.33/……. (above tests are separately quoted for in tender)
37 - AVR block diagram No.: Type test results submitted:
38 - Capability diagram No.: - performance : yes/ no
39 2) Describe additional information required Unit transformer data: - sample coils : yes / no
40 - short-time rating : - special tests (specify): ………….
41 - continuous rating
42 - impedances
43 MOTORS:
44 Locked rotor torque
45 Locked rotor current
46
47
48
49
50
51

by: Date
by:
Appr'd Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 3 continued on sheet No.
by:
PTS 33.65.11.93, sheet 3/3, 12/98
Data/requisition sheet for Design book No. : page:
PACKAGED UNIT AC GENERATOR SET Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1 REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

2 GENERAL Inspection and testing
3 Specific requirements : PTS 33.65.11.32 Individual main components : Yes / no / witnessed
4 Requisition generator : PTS 33.65.11.93 Complete package : Yes / no / witnessed
5 Requisition engine : PTS 31.29.80.93 Special tests (specified separately) : Yes / no / witnessed
6 Premanufacturing meeting : yes/no Direct on line motor starting : Yes / no
7
8 Site Conditions Additional generator requirements
9 Location : land / coastal /offshore Type of excitation : Brushless / static
10 Altitude : max. 1000/ m - current boost (brushless) : Pilot exciter / compound
11 Ambient temperature outdoor : min. - 15/ °C - Location current boost transformers : Generator / switchboard
12 : max. 40/ °C Unbalance of load current
13 Ambient temperature indoor : min. 5/ °C (for LV emergency gen. Sets only : %
14 : max. 40/ °C Harmonic load current :<5/ %
15 Relative humidity : max. 100/ % Degree of protection : IP
16 Maximum wind velocity : 50/ knots System neutral earthing : Solid / floating / resistance (HV only)
17 Cooling water : fresh / brackish / salt Preferred method of cooling :
18 Atmosphere : Salt laden / highly corrosive / - Air to air (IC 0141/0151/0161/0166) : Yes / no
19 Area classification : Zone 2 / safe - Air to water (ICW 37A81) : Yes / no
20 Gas group : IIA / -Self cooled open (IC01) : Yes / no
21 Temperture classifcation : T3 / Temperture indication of genertor air
22 Package requimenets - at inlet cooler : Yes / no
23 Rating : kW - at outlet cooler : Yes / no
24 Operation : Island / parallel operation with Terminal boxes
25 Application : Emergency/large non-linear loads/ Location main entry box : Right hand side /
26 continuous operat./hazardous area Location star point box : Left hand side /
27 Speed control : Droop / isochronous /
28 Locations Main cable
29 erator / engine combination : Indoor / - Type :
30 - Control panels : Indoor / -Size : X mm2
31 - Engine cooler assembly : on skid / off skid
32 : indoor / outdoor Cable entries : Bottom /
33 - Fuel tank (diesel engine only) : on skid / off skid Cable glands : By packager /
34 : indoor / outdoor Gland type :
35 Performance Requirements Space for differential protection CT's : Yes / no
36 Voltge variations : VR 2.31 / Anti condensation heaters : Yes / no / MP
37 Rating largest direct on line Max. temperature heater surface : °C
38 started motor : kW Differential protection CT's : By packager /
39 Noise limitations : See PTS 31.10.00.94
40 Room ventilation : By others / Basic requirements control panels
41 Acoustic enclosure : See PTS 31.10.00.96 Engine control panel : Remote / Local
42 Generator control panel : Remote / Local
43 Construction requirements Engine and generator
44 Max. dimensions (WxDxH) control panels combined : Yes / no
45 - Skid : x x mm
46 - Cooler assembly : x x mm
47 - Control panels total : x x mm Notes
48 Max total mass : kg MP = Manufacturer's proposal
49 Language on labels :
50 Paint specification for review : Yes / No
51 Preservation period : 6/ months
52
53
54
55 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND REMARKS
56
57
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.65.11.94, sheet 1/2, dated 03/2002

Data/requisition sheet for Design book No. : page:
PACKAGED UNIT AC GENERATOR SET Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1 REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY PACKAGER
2 Control panel requirements General

3 AVR Compliance with PTS 33.63.11.32
4 - Execution : single / dual and requisitions : Yes/ 1)
5 - Manual control setting to follow Additional information required : No / 2)
6 automatic control setting : Yes / no Main parts Country of origin / town Total / party
7 - Location : Control panel / generator Generator
8 Droop CT Location : Switch board / generator Engine
9 Rheostat location : Control panel / generator Cooler
10 Steady state votage adjuster : ±5 / % Control panels
11 Automatic power factor controller : Yes / no Basic data
12 Power factor supervision : Generator sets / grid coupling Predicted lifetime of the system :
13 Synchronising equipment : Manual and/or automatic Details of interconnection
14 Protection cabling provided : Yes /
15 - Over current - voltage restraint : Yes / no Utility listing provided : Yes /
16 - Overcurrent : Yes / no
17 - Stator earth fault : Yes / no Dimensions (WxDxH)
18 - Differential : Yes / no - Skid : X X mm
19 - Under voltage : Yes / no - Cooler assembly : X X mm
20 - Over voltage : Yes / no - Control panel(s) total : X X mm
21 - Under frequency : Yes / no
22 - Over frequency : Yes / no Masses
23 - Reverse power : Yes / no - Skid : kg
24 - Negative phase sequence : Yes / no - Cooler assembly : kg
25 - Loss of excitation : Yes / no - Control panel(s) total : kg
26 - Stator winding temperature : Yes / no Spreader bar required : Yes / no
27 - Diode failure : Yes / no Performance data
28 - Rotor earth fault : Yes / no Time between major overhauls : hr
29 - Bearing tempearture : Yes / no Overall vibtation severity : mm/s rms
30 - Local ESD : Yes / no Critical speeds : rpm
31 - Remote ESD : Yes / no
32 Alarms Additional Generator Data
33 - Startor winding temperature - high : Yes / no Basic data
34 - AVR failure : Yes / no Type of excitation : brushless / static
35 - Diode failure : Yes / no Current boost (brush less) : pilot exciter / compound
36 - Cooler water leakage Construction data
37 (air to water cooling) ; Yes / no Lifetime of bearings : hr
38 - Cooler air outlet Maximum regrease period
39 temperature - high : Yes / no (anti friction bearings) : hr
40 - Bearing temperature - high : Yes / no
41 - Control panel general : Yes / no Type test reports
42 - Lock-out general : Yes / no - Available : Yes / no
43 Metering - Type test report number :
44 - kWh meter : Yes / no
45 - Exciter current meter : Yes / no
46 - Exciter voltage meter : Yes / no Notes
47 - Control panle supply voltage meter : Yes / no 1) Describe deviations in tender
48 Construction control panels 2) Describe additional information required in tender
49 Enclosure : Stainless/mild steel
50 Cable types :
51 Cable entries : Top/bottom
52 Cable glands : By packager /
53 Gland types :
54 Degree of protection : IP
55 Anti condensation heaters : Yes / no / MP
56 - maximum remperature of
56 heater surface : °C

by: Date
by:
Appr'd Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. continued on sheet No.
by:
PTS 33.65.11.94, sheet 2/2, dated 03/2002
POWER TRANSFORMERS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS PRIMARY TERMINATION
Specification : PTS 33.65.40.31 Overhead lines : x x mm2
Location : outdoors/indoors Bus bars : x x mm
Maximum temperature : 40/ ºC Cable - type :
Duty : general service/generator unit/ - data : x x mm2
motor unit/Korndorfer Dia, overall/overlead : mm/ mm
Rated power : kVA Cable box filling : air/
Rated primary voltage : V Cable entry : sleeve/gland/cone
Rated secondary voltage : V CTs required : no/yes (attachment )
Number of phases :
Frequency : Hz SECONDARY TERMINATION
Short circuit level : MVA at primary side Overhead lines : x x mm2
Short time withstand capability : 2/ s Bus bars : x x mm
Impedence voltage : as per IEC 76/ % Cable - type :
Connection Symbol : Dyn 11/ - data : x x mm2
Type : oil immersed/dry Dia, overall/overlead : mm/ mm
Tank enclosure : sealed/breathing Cable box filling : air/
Filling : oil, Diala Dx/Bx/Synthetic liquid Cable entry : sleeve/gland/cone
Auxiliary supply : V, ph+n, Hz Size of neutral earthing gland:
Alarm/trip supply : dc/ac, V, Hz CT in neutral to earth conn.: yes / A/no
Type of cooling : ONAN/ Other CTs required : no/yes (attachment )
Temperature indicator with 2 contacts: no/yes
Mounting : skid/
Enclosure for dry type : no/
Surge arresters required : no/yes (attachment )
ON-LOAD TAP CHANGER

Required : no/yes
Remote control panel : yes/no
Tapping range :+ /- %
Tapping steps : 1.25/ %
Parallel operation : yes/no
Reference voltage (VT sec) : V
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND REMARKS REMARKS ON REVISIONS

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.65.40.93, sheet 1/2, 02/2001
POWER TRANSFORMERS Continued Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS (cont'd) INFO TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER WITH QUOTATION (cont'd)
INFO FOR MOTOR UNIT TRANSFORMERS FORCED COOLING SYSTEM
Motor rating : kW Type of cooling :
Motor data sheet no. : System losses : W
No. of fans installed :
INFO FOR GENERATOR UNIT TRANSFORMERS Type of temp. control relay:
Generator rating : MVA p.f.
Generator data sheet no. : ON-LOAD TAP CHANGER
Tapchanger - manufacturer :
INFO FOR KORNDORFER TRANSFORMER - type/model :
Motor rating : kW Rated current : A
Rated voltage motor : V Control panel - manufacturer :
Max. current drawn from system : A Voltage relay - manufacturer :
Motor data sheet no. : - type/model :
Switchgear data sheet no. :
KORNDORFER TRANSFORMER
Note: Impedence and tappings to be confirmed wit h motor vendor Rated power : kVa
Maximum temperature : ºC
INFO FOR ECONOMIC EVALUATION Impedance voltage (auto trafo) : %
Loss capitalisation required : yes/no Reactance (reactor) : ohm
Loading factor ( a ) : Tappings : % %
Energy unit cost ( b ) : 0.10/ US $/kWh Design calculation attached : yes/no
Interest rate ( r ) : 10/ % p.a.
Annuitisation period ( t ) : 10/ y TEST AND INSPECTION
Type test certificates attached for:
TEST REQUIREMENTS - temperature rise test : yes/no
Witnessed final test : yes/no - dielectric test : yes/no
Certificates of special test attached:
CERTIFICATES REQUIRED FOR SPECIAL TESTS: - short circuit test : yes/no
- Short circuit test : yes/no - :
Other special tests: - :
- : - :
- :
- : ECONOMIC EVALUATION
- : Loss capitalisation attached : yes/no
- :
Language on documents : English/ DOCUMENTATION
Language on labels : English/ Specified tender documentation attached: yes/no
INFO TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER WITH QUOTATION DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFICATION

GENERAL Any deviations : no/
Manufacturer - name : (List deviations below)
- type/model :
Load loss : W
No-load loss : W
Efficiency at rated power, 0.8 p.f.: %
Impedance voltage : %
Filling - Shell Diala oil : B/D
- synthetic liquid :
Sound pressure level at 0.3 m : dB(A)
Lifting mass coils and core : kg
Total mass : kg

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.65.40.93, sheet 2/2, 02/2001
Design book No.: page
Data requistion sheet for Contr. Job No.:
DC UNITERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (DC UPS) MESC No.:
REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED BY PRINCIPAL
REMARKS
1 Tag Number(s) ………………….……...
2 Nominal rated output ………......… kW DC
3 Required autonomy time 30mins/…….….....hours
4 Rectifier type SMPS / Thyristor / other
5 Battery type required Lead acid: VRLA/vented NiCd:Low maint/vented
6 Language Labels: English/…………..... Manuals: English/………..
7 SITE CONDITIONS
8 Site location Temperate / tropical
9 Site max ambient/humidity ………….…...….. / 40 °C …………………..… / 90%
10 Altitude 1000 m/…..……………….
11 Location of DC UPS Unit Conditioned room / ………………………..
12 Location of batteries Battery room / cubicle
13 Cabling distance between UPS unit and battery ..…….….….….……… / 20m
14 Battery room size (length x breadth x height) ………..……..m x ……..………. m x ..…………… m
15 Battery room temperature ……….° C max x ……… °C average x .…… °C min
16 MAINS INPUT
17 Voltage/frequency 110/220/400/ …………...………..……… V 50/60 Hz
18 Supply system and earthing 1/3 phase 3/4 wire TN-S / TN-C / IT
19 Short circuit capacity of mains intake ………….....…….. MVA
20 OUTPUT
21 Voltage 24/48/110/220/ …….……………………. V DC
22 Blocking diodes required yes / no
23 COMMUNICATION
24 Remote SCADA software monitoring required (4.8) yes / no RS485 / Fibre optic Separate quote required
25 Modem for linking to Vendors service centre yes / no Separate quote required
26 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
27 Cable entry Below / Above
28 Estimated cable sizes AC input ……sq. mm DC output……………..sq. mm
29 TESTING/SERVICE/SPARE PARTS
30 Factory acceptance tests to be witnessed yes / no
31 Service contract required/duration yes/ no ………………….…. years Separate quote requred
32 Type of service contract Maintenance / Breakdown / Full spares
33 Spare parts quotation for 2 years required yes / no Separate quote required
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
49
50
Made by: Date EQUIPMENT: Rev. letter
Date
Checked by: Date PLANT : Sign.
Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. continued on sheet No.
Eng. by : Equipment No.

PTS 33.65.50.93, sheet 1/2, October 2000
Design book No.: page
Data requistion sheet for Contr. Job No.:
DC UNITERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (DC UPS) Continued… MESC No.:
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY VENDOR
RECTIFIER REMARKS
1 Rated ouptut ………….... kW ...………..…. VDC ….……………. A
2 Rated input …….…......... kVA .....….……. A …..……........ VAC
3 Recommended rating of AC input fuse ……………...…… A Type gG
4 Recommended rating of DC output fuse ………………...… A
5 Expected mains input voltage distortion ……………….... % of RMS
6 Rectifier cooling Natural ventilation / fan cooled
7 Output voltage ripple ………………... % of RMS C 10 amps
8 BATTERY
9 Nominal battery capacity …………………. AH Attach calculation
10 Battery design lifetime 10 / 15 / 20 / ……………… years
11 Actual battery autonomy time at rated output 30 / ………………………..…. mins
12 Idc (max) …………………..…...…...... amps
13 Required sizing of battery cables …………………………….. sq. mm
14 Battery switching device ………………..….. A Fused switch/MCCB/MCB
15 No. of air changes per hour required ………………………. / hr
16 PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS REMARKS
17 Efficiency of rectifier 1/1 load ………….% 1/2 load ………………..%
18 Predicted reliability (MTBF) ……………..hours
19 Noise level dB(A) at 1 m ………………….dB (A)
20 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DC UPS UNIT
21 Width x height x depth DC UPS unit ………………………..(w x l x d) mm
22 Width x height x depth battery ………………………..(w x l x d) mm
23 Weight: DC UPS/battery ………….……. kg/ …..…………… kg
24 GENERAL
25 Country of origin ……………………………..
26 Location of nearest service centre ……………...……………..
27
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Sheet No. continued on sheet No.

Data/requisition sheet for:
AC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED BY PRINCIPAL REMARKS
1 Tag Number(s) ............
2 Nominal Rated Output ..........kVA at 0.8/......... power factor
3 Required Autonomy Time 30mins/8hours
4 Configuration Single/Duplicate/Parallel PTS Appendix 1/2/3
5 Battery Type Required Lead Acid:VRLA/Vented NiCd:Low Maint/Vented
6 Language Labels: English/…….. Manuals: English/………
SITE CONDITIONS
7 Site Location Temperate / Tropical
8 Site Max Ambient/Humidity .......... / 40oC ………/90%
9 Altitude 1000 m/……
10 Location of UPS Unit Airconditioned Room/………………..
11 Cabling Distance between UPS Unit and Battery .......... / 20m
12 Battery Room Dimensions (length x breadth x height) ……….m x …………m x …………m
13 Battery Room Temperature ........…°Cmax ........…°Cave ........…°Cmin
MAINS INPUT
14 Voltage/Frequency 110/220/400/..........V 50/60 Hz
15 Supply System and Earthing 1/3 phase 3/4 wire TN-S / TN-C / IT
16 Short Circuit Capacity of Mains Intake ................. MVA
OUTPUT
17 Voltage/Frequency 110/220/400/..........V 50/60 Hz
18 Number of phases Single / Three Phase
COMMUNICATION
19 Remote SCADA Software Monitoring Rqd? Yes / No RS485 / Fibre Optic Seperate Quote Reqd
20 Modem for Linking to Vendors Service Centre? Yes / No Seperate Quote Reqd
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
21 Additional Load Terminals Required for Testing? Yes / No
22 Cable Entry Below / Above
TESTING/SERVICE/SPARE PARTS
23 Factory Acceptance Tests to be Witnessed? Yes / No
24 Service Contract Required? Yes / No ................ years Seperate Quote Reqd
25 Type of Service Contract Maintenance / Breakdown / Full Spares
26 Spare Parts Quotation for 2 Years Required? Yes / No Seperate Quote Reqd
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY VENDOR
RECTIFIER
27 Rated Output …….…V ……...A
28 Recommended Rating of Main Intake Supply Fuses Rectifier…........A Bypass …..….A Type gG
29 Rectifier Type 6 / 12 / 24 pulse
30 Expected Mains Input Voltage Distortion .............% of RMS
31 DC voltage max/min ............. V / ............. V
32 Output Voltage Ripple .............% of RMS C10 Amps
BATTERY
33 Battery Make/Type/No. of Cells ………………/ ..….…………/……….
34 Nominal Battery Capacity …………….AH Attach Calculation
35 Battery Design Lifetime 10 / 15 / 20 / …... years
36 Actual Battery Autonomy Time at Rated Output 30 / ................. mins
37 Idc(max) ................. Amps
38 Required Sizing of Battery Cables .............…sq.mm.
39 Battery Switching Device …..…A Fused Switch / MCCB / MCB
40 No. of Air Changes per hour required …………./hr
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
41 Max Continuous Rated Output of UPS ................. kVA at 0.8pf
42 Efficiency of UPS Unit/Inverter at 100% / 50% load UPS Unit .…...% /........ % Inverter ........% /........ %
Maximum Fuse to be Blown by Unit with/without Mains
43 Bypass (type gG) .................…A /.......................A Minimum 6 A
44 Noise level dB(A) at 1 m .......................... dB(A)
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS UPS Unit
45 Width x Height x Depth UPS unit .....................……….........(w x l x d) mm
46 Width x Height x Depth Battery .....................……….........(w x l x d) mm
47 Weight: UPS/Battery .............…kg/................ kg
GENERAL
48 Country of Origin ......................
49 Location of Nearest Service Centre ......................
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND REMARKS:
1. PTS 33.65.50.32 shall apply
Revision Details Rev. No. Date Signed
Plant: Country: Eng. by : Principal :

PTS 33.65.50.94,sheet 1/1, 12/98
Requisition sheet for Design book No.:
PV SOLAR SYSTEM Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Equipment Number(s)
2 Equipment title
3 Nature of load Continous / Intermittent
4 Load variation
5 Sensitivity of load Vital / Essential / Non-essential
6 Required Autonomy Time 5 days/……….
7 Type of Application Cathodic Prtn/Telecoms/ other…………..
8 Battery Type Required Lead acid/NiCd…vented/sealed
Labels: English/……..
Language Manuals: English/………
9
10 SITE CONDITIONS
11 Site access Standard/Difficult
12 Site Location
13 Site Max Ambient/Humidity .......... °C / 40 °C ……… % / 90%
14 Altitude 1000 m / …… m
15 Latitude/ Longitude
16 Airborne particles
17 Windspeed …. km/h
18 Average Rainfall …. mm/month
19 Ambient Temperature
20 Insolation
21 Hazardous area classification Zone 2/……Gas group…. T class…..
22 OUTPUT
23 Voltage/Frequency …...Vac ……Hz / Vdc…..
24 Current ……A
25 CHARGE CONTROLLER
26 Remote Monitoring Rqd Yes RS485
27 Remote volt free contacts reqd Yes/No
28 Ancilliary equipment reqd Yes /No
29 Centre Yes/No
31 Shelter required Yes/No
32 PV panel mounting arrangement
33 Cable Entry Below
34 TESTING/SERVICE/SPARE PARTS
35 Witnessed Yes
36 Service Contract Required / Duration Yes ......…5/10 years Separate Quotes Required
37 Required Yes Separate Quote Required
38 VENDOR
39 SOLAR ARRAY
40 Make
41 Type no
42 Nominal peak power(Wp) ……W
43 Open circuit voltage Voc ……V
44 Short circuit current Isc ……A
45 Temperature coefficients
for Wp , Isc , Voc
46 Number of PV cells
47 PV cell type and size
48 Bypass diodes fitted Yes/No
49 Dimensions
50 Tilt angle
51 Mass kg
52 Voltage at max power point ……V
Made by: EQUIPMENT NO. Rev. Letter
Date
Checked by: PLANT Sign.
Sheet No. Continued on sheet No.
Approved by CONSIGNEE
Eng. By: Principal: Equipment No.
PTS 33.65.60.93 Sheet 1/2, dated 08/2002
Requisition sheet for Design book No.:
PV SOLAR SYSTEM Cont'd Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
53 BATTERY
54 Battery Make/Type/No. of cells …………… / ………….. / ……………..
55 Nominal battery capacity …………………………. Ah
56 Battery design lifetime 10 / 15 / 20 / .… years
57 Output …….. days/hours
58 Batter charge factor
59 Dimensions
60 Mass ….. kg
61 CONTROL
62 Invertor type
63 DC to DC convertor type
64 Remote monitoring provided Yes/No
65 Ancillary equipment fitted Yes/No
66 Volt-free contacts provided Yes/No
67 ENCLOSURE
68 Ingress Protection (IP) rating IP31 / IP56
PERFORMANCE
69
CHARACTERISTICS
70
Average output of each solar module ……. W
70 load max …. V min .… V
Battery recovery time at end of
71 autonomy time ……….. hours
72 FACTORS
73 Charge efficiency of the battery
74 Environmental conditions
75 Ageing
76 Insulation variation
77 Dust deposit
78 GENERAL
79 Country of origin …………………………..
80 Location of nearest service centre …………………………..
82 Shelter requirements
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
Made by: EQUIPMENT NO. Rev. Letter
Date
Checked by: PLANT Sign.
Sheet No. Continued on sheet No.
Approved by CONSIGNEE
Eng. By: Principal: Equipment No.
PTS 33.65.60.93 Sheet 2/2, dated 08/2002
CAGE INDUCTION MACHINE Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
GENERAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS
Specific requirements : PTS 33.66.05.31 Rating : kW
Unit transformer included : No/…………. Speed : r/min
Pre-manufacturing meeting : Yes/No Direction of rotation : CW/ACW facing driving end
Preferred method Frame surface : IC4A1A1
SITE CONDITIONS
of cooling Air to air : IC5A1A1
Supply system : …V, 3-phase 50/60Hz IC6A1A1
: Max ……………MVA Air to water : IC8A1W7
Supply system fault level:
: Min …………….MVA Type of mounting Horizontal : foot/flange
Max. duration of volt dip : Sec. Vertical : foot/flange
Location : Land/Coastal/Offshore Number of starts per year : Nominal/………………..
Locked rotor current : to PTS/………………....
Ambient air temperature, min. : - 15 / ……….. ° C Noise limitations at full load Per PTS
Ambient air temperature, max. : 40 / …………. ° C (Max. sound pressure level) Special - see noise
Cooling water temp. min. : 5 / …………. ° C data sheet
Cooling water temp. max. : 30 / …………. ° C CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Relative humidity, max. : 90%/ ……….. ° C Feeder cable Type
Tropical treatment required : Yes/No Size x mm
Direct sunlight : Yes/No Cable diam. Overlead/overall : / mm
EX PROTECTION Type of cable gland
Area classification : Zone 1/Zone 2/Non-Hazardous Anti-condensation heaters : Yes/No
Temperature classification : T3/ ……………… Heater supply voltage : V
Gas group classification : IIA/ ……………… Aluminium frame allowed : Yes/No
Note: Permitted protection types (<22kW, non-hazardous, non-essential)
Zone 1 Zone 2 CONDITION MONITORING
Ex'd' (IEC 79-1) Yes Yes Bearing temperature monitoring : Yes/No
Ex'p' (IEC79-2) Yes Yes Vibration monitoring
Ex'e' (IEC 79-7) LV only Yes*** Sleeve bearings - Proximity probes Yes/no
Ex'n' (IEC 70-15) No Yes*** Rolling element brgs. -SPM Yes/no
*** Not for hydrocarbon centrifugal or screw compressors Winding discharge monitoring Yes/No
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT INSPECTION AND TESTING
Type : Production tests to be witnessed Yes/No
2
Moment of inertia : kgm Tests to be witnessed : Rotor balance Yes/No
Sample coil (HV) Yes/No
Torque/speed curve : Water coolers (HV) Yes/No
Type of coupling : Performance Test : Yes/No/Witnessed
Requisition Number : Routine test (HV only) : Yes/No/Witnessed
Special tests : Yes/No/Witnessed

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.66.05.93, sheet 1/3, 12/2001
Requisition sheet for Contr. job No. :
CAGE INDUCTION MACHINE MESC No. :
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Non-standard terminal box position :
Special tests :
At tender:
Mass of motor (kg)
Moment of inertia 'j' (kg m2)
Lubrication requirements in case of force-lubricated bearings
Layout of terminal box
On receipt of order:
Calculated critical speed (s) (1/min) Yes/No
Transient air-gap torque plots:
with two and three-phase short-circuit at the motor terminals, and with their respective frequencies over a
200 ms time period (Nm) Yes/No
Stalling times, hot and cold (s) Yes/No
Running-up times Yes/No
Dynamic model of motor to enable accurate flywheel sizing for reciprocating load and recommended flywheeel size Yes/No
Rotor residual voltage time-constants and transient air-gap torques on reconnection after power interruption Yes/No
Heating/cooling time constants for thermal replica protection Yes/No
Maximum tolerable axial force Yes/No
Thermal endurance graphs showing insulation life versus temperature in the range including classes B and F;
such results shall be based on actual coils employing the Manufacturer's insulation system, tested to IEEE 117 or
IEEE 275 as appropriate. Yes/No
At testing
Severity of multiples of the supply frequency present in the vibration spectrum
Total all-in cost calculation require: Yes/No
Data to permit TAC calculation:
Capc Kot Ecost MDC
Electromagnetic compatibility restrictions

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.66.05.93, sheet 2/3, 12/2001
Requisition sheet for Contr. job No. :
CAGE INDUCTION MACHINE MESC No. :
Manufacturer: Allowable number of starts per year: ………………. Bearing Location: Endshield/pedestal
Compliance with PTS 33.66.05.31 Full load current (FLC): …………………………… A Bearing(s) DE make
and requistion : Yes/No 1) type
Additional information required : 2) Power factor 100% / 75% load: …………/…………. clearance
Main parts Country of origin/town Total/partly Efficiency 100% / 75% load: ……… / …………. % Bearing(s) NDE make
Stator Locked rotor current at Un/0.8 Un : ……%FLC type
Rotor Locked rotor torque at Un / 0.8 Un :…./ …% FLT clearance
Pull up torque at Un/0.8 Un: …./…… % FLT Bearing lifetime: ……… Hrs
Local service Name: Breakdown troque at Un/0.8: Un: …/…..% FLT Lubricant: Oil/grease
organisation Country/town: Shell type:
Lub. System:
BASIC DATA
Sealing/regreasable/oilring/disc/forced
Type and frame number: Running up time at Un / 0.8 Un: …./……..S Maximum relubrication interval: ………. Hrs
Rated voltage and frequency: VHz Allowable running up time at Un / 0.8 Un …/…….S Min / Max oil flow:
- Rating: EEX-e motor to time: ……………………… S Metallic cage bearing: yes/ ……………
- Full load speed: Vibration at no-load …………………. mm/s RMS Axial float rotor: + …… mm/- …….. mm
Direction of rotation facing driving end: Critical speed(s): ………………. r/min Rotor balance grade : G1/ …………
CW/CCW/both Rotor inertia (J): ………………. Kgm 2 Max axial force: …………… N
Degree of protection of motor and auxiliaries: Max. sound pressure level at full load: dB(A) Bearing insulation provided: yes/no
IP 54/ ……… Are noise correction measures used: yes/no Bearing bore diameter DE/NDE: ……… mm
Degree of protection of terminal boxes and bearings: (if yes, please state below) Stator frame: (Cast iron/steel)
IP 55/ …………………. Max. transient air gap torque when: Min. flywheel size (constant-torque load):
……...………… kgm 2
Suitable for use in classified area: -two phase short circuit at motor terminals: Flywheel alternative and volt-dip duration:
Zone …………………….. ……………… kNm ………………… kgm 2, S
- Template classification: T …………………… -three phase short circuit at motor terminals: Magnetic slot wedges used yes/no
…………….. kNm
- Gas group (if applicable): …………………… Magnetic slot wedges life years
Certification of Conformity available: Yes / ………………… -restart with full opposite residual voltage
possible:
Type of protection of motor and auxiliaries: Yes/ ………………………. kNm HV cable connection : Bushing/Tail/ ……………..
Type of protection of terminal boxes: 120 degree reconnection: ……….. kNm Water cooler: Single tube / ………………..
Method of cooling: IC 4AIAI / ……….. Surplus water tubes: 20/ …………….. %
Method of mounting: IM 1001 / ………………
Anti-Condensation heater rating …………… W Stall time hot/cold: ……. / ………… S Total net weight: …………………………… kg
Proposed coupling fit : Keyed/Hydraulic/Integral Heating/cooling constants: …………………… INSPECTION AND TESTING
NOTES Type Test results submitted
1) describe deviations LV performance test yes/no
HV sample coil test yes/no
HV winding temp. rise yes/no
2) Describe additional information required HV locked rotor current/torque yes/no
Confirm testing to PTS yes/no
(list deviations below)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Noise reduction measures used:

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.66.05.93, sheet 3/3, 12/2001
Data/Requisition sheet for Design book No. : page:
VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
BASIC REQUIREMENTS VSDS SUBCOMPONENTS 1)
Specific requirements : PTS 33.66.05.33 VSDS design basics : gen./motor drive/ Motor (form PTS 33.66.05.93) sheet….
Requirement for pre-ordering meeting : yes/ Power at rated speed : kW, r/min Transformer 2) (from PTS 33.65.40.93) sheet….
Special requirements deviating from PTS : no/ Operational speed range : from to r/min Reactor 2) (from PTS 33.65.40.93) sheet….
Language of labels and documents : ENGLISH/ Recommended voltage of conv.motor : HV/LV/optional
Supply system : kV, 3 phase, 50/60 Hz Preferred pulse system supply side : 6/12/
- voltage variations, static : + %, - % Preferred converter cooling system : air/liquid Related drawings
- dynamic : + %, - % - CACA/CACW/CWCA/CWCW VSDS layout Drwg. no
- Alternative voltage level : kV Mode of control : speed/torque/power Equipment block diagram Drwg. no
- Fault level min./max. : / MVA Accuracy of speed control signal : ± 1/2/3% Auxiliary supply Drwg. no
Location: land/coastal/offshore/dusty area/ Reversion on loss of speed ref.: no change/to min. speed Electr. single line Drwg. no
- Ambient air temp., min. outdoors : -15/ °C Ramp time setting accel./decel. : s/ s Inspection and testing
max. outdoors : 40/ °C Fast Process Recovery : Critical/non-critical/ VSDS performance test requirements : Yes/no/witnessed
max. cooling water temp. : 32/ °C (process data attached) Routine test total VSDS : Yes/no
- Altitude, max. : 1000/ m Anticipated changes to speed setting : /24 hours Production test : Yes/no
- Area classification (IEC 60079-1079-10) : zone 2/ VSDS to control HV switch : yes/no Special test (specified seperately) : Yes/no/witnessed
Temperature classification : T3 VSDS contractor/circuit breaker interface : Studies (to be seperately quoted for in tender)
Gas group : II/A Control/tripping voltage :V V (AC/DC) - Site measurement of harmonics : yes/no
- Earthquake classification EMC emission restriction required : yes/no (to EN 50081-2) - Voltage variation and p.f. control : yes/no
Driven equipment: type/req. no. : / Cables Feeder Motor Control - Derating existing electrical plant : yes/no
- Drawing no. load curve Type - Torsional vibration analysis rotating equipment : yes/no
(to be provided to VSDS manufacturer) Size (mm2) - Resonance effects on other components : yes/no
(component data attached)
REMARKS
1) Data for motor, transformer and reactor to be based on sinusoidal supply at system frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz for equipment analysis
2) Delete what is not applicable
REMARKS ON REVISIONS

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.66.05.95, sheet 1/2, January 2000
VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER (Data to be based on VSDS operation)
Overall VSDS manufacturer : Predicted availability/reliability : / Deimension of converter : Length mm
Main parts Country of origin Total/partly Predicted MTBF/MTTR : / : Height mm
Transformer Predicted lifetime of VSDS : years : Depth mm
Converter Maximum rated output curve of VSDS attached drawing no: Estimated mass of converter : kg
Reactor/Filters Maximum stall time with rated excitation: Converter cooling system :
Motor Estimated running-up time at 100% rated voltage s Air/water/CACA/CACW/CWCA/CWCW
Nearest service Name : Estimated total running-up time at 100% rated voltage Converter cooling quantity : m3/h
organisation Country/town : incl. auxiliaries min Max. heat losses converter : kW
Statement of compliance : yes/no, deviations as per attached list 1) Estimated maximum reoccurring air gap torque during starting: Predicted lifetime cooling system components: h
Estimated maximum reoccurring torque at the coupling during starting: Degree of protection converter : IP
BASIC DATA Max. sound pressure level converter/motor at full load : Containerised option quoted : yes/no
Type of frequency converter : / dBA INSPECTION AND TESTING *)
Converter pulse rating : Max. sound power level converter/motor at full load : Performance testing : yes/no/witnessed
- input from electrical system : 6/12/ / dBA Routine testing total VSDS : yes/no
- output to motor : 6/12/PWM/ VSDS efficiency at full loads for below speeds Production testing : yes/no
Certification to given area classification : PTB/BASEEFA/ a) max. speed r/min, % b) min. speed r/min, % Special testing : yes/no witnessed
Maximum motor voltage/current : V/ A c) rated speed r/min, % d) guarantee r/min, % *) Above tests are seperately quoted for in tender
Semi conductor/thyristor Junction temp. Case temp. e) r/min, % f) r/min, % Test facilities proposed for complete VSDS system test
- At 100% continuous load 2)
max. ° C max. ° C VSDS efficiency at half load (driven equip.) for below operational speeds without driven equipment
a) max. speed r/min, % b) min. speed r/min, % Location :
- Type/make : / c) rated speed r/min, % % Load test: % of full load
- Max. duty : Voltage, Amps. Critical speeds of motor : 1st 2nd Type test results submitted: yes/no
Early opening signal required from HV switch : yes/no Motor cable type recommended and technical data NOTES
Harmonic filter design basis : G5/3./EN50006/ Voltage: V; Size / mm2; Make-up/type: 1) Give reasons and suggestions
Air - Gap Harmonic Torques data submitted : Yes/No Inductance: mH/m Capacitance: µF/m 2) Additional values to be selected to allow curve to be drawn
Torsional vibration study of VSDS recommended : Yes/No 1) Max. distance converter-motor: m DOCUMENTS
Special precautions to reduce pulsating torques recommended : Yes/No1) Max. distance converter-reactor: m All final technical information, documents and reports shall be submitted
Converter/reactors single line diagram enclosed : Yes/No voltage withstand levels for the main cables: free of charge within 30 days after the date of the release note.
Max. harmonic content line current as percentage of rated fundamental Type test reports available : yes/no
current: 5th % 7th % 11th % 13th % REMARKS
17th % 19th % 23rd % 25th % Data of motor, transformer and reactor to be given on individual
Converter equipped with 'flying restart' : yes/ equipment data sheets if applicable

by: Date
by:
by:
Data / requisition sheet for Design book No. : page:
LV SWITCHBOARD Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
2 General
3 Specific requirements : PTS 33.67.01.31
4 Schedule : T- (from PTS 33.67.01.80)
5 Power system type : TN-S/ Voltage Frequency 50/60 Hz
6 Rated current of busbar system : A
7 Rated short time withstand current : kA; n: as per IEC/
8 IMCS : yes/no (appendix 2 of T-2.238.761)
9 RR/TRM relay bases required : yes/no
10 Service conditions : temperature/tropical/indoors/outdoors
11 Special service conditions : no/
12 Special transport conditions : no/
13 Anit condensation heaters required : yes/no
14 Type of enclosure : metal/insulating material, multi-box/multi-cubicle
15 Type of mounting : freestanding/floor/wall
16 Framework required : yes/no Cable entries : incoming: below/above
17 Type of fuses : DIN/BS/ : outgoing: below/above
18 Inspection required : yes/no Cable gland plate : drilled/undrilled
19 Language on documents : English/ Glands required : no/yes
20 Language on equipment : English/ Glands type :
21
22
23
24 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER WITH THE QUOTATION
25 Make and type :
26 Short-circuit strength : Thermal: kA rms, 1s; dynamic: kA crest
27 IMCS type : (attach details)
28 Type of enclosure :
29 Type of mounting :
31 Rain canopy : yes/no
32 Total mass of equipment : kg
33 Specified tender documentation attached : yes/no
34 Any deviations from specification : no
35 (if yes, list deviations) :
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND REMARKS REMARKS ON REVISIONS
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Made by: Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter
Date
Chked by: Date PLANT : Sign.

Requisition sheet for Contr. Job No.:
LIGHTING DISTRUBITION SWITCHBOARD MESC No.:

2 General
3 Specific requirements : PTS 33.67.01.31 /S 67.021/S 67.022
4 Schedule : T- (Form Pts 33.67.01.81)
5 Power system type : TN-S/
7 Rated short time withstand current : kA
8 Service conditions : temperate/tropical/indoors/outdoors
9 Special service conditions :
10 Type of enclosure : metal / insulating material, multi-box / multi-cubicle
11 Type of mounting : freestanding / floor / wall
12 Framework required : yes / no Cable entries : incoming: below/above
14 Inspection required : yes / no Cable gland plate : drilled/undrilled
15 Language on documents : English/ Glands required : yes / no
16 on equipment : English/ Glands type :
17
18
19
21 Make and type :
22 Short-circuit strength : Thermal: kA rms, 1s; dynamic: kA crest :
25 Degree of protection : IP -
26 Rain canopy : yes / no
27 Total mass of equipment : kg
28 Specified tender document attached : yes / no
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: Rev letter
Checked by Date: Date
Appr. by Date: PLANT: Signature
CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No.

PTS 33.67.01.94, sheet 1/1, 03/2002
Requisition sheet for Contr. Job No.:
AC INSTRUMENT DISTRUBITION SWITCHBOARD MESC No.:

2 General
3 Specific requirements : PTS 33.67.01.31 /S 67.024
4 Schedule : T- (Form Pts 33.67.01.82)
6 Rated short time withstand current : kA
7 Service conditions : temperate / tropical / indoors / outdoors
8 Special service conditions :
9 Type of enclosure : sheet steel cabinet / multi-box / multi-cubicle
10 Type of mounting : freestanding / floor / wall
11 Framework required : yes / no Cable entries : incoming: below/above
13 Supply transformers : yes / no Cable gland plate : drilled/undrilled
14 Mounting : internal / external Glands required : yes / no
15 Language on documents : English/ Glands type :
16 on equipment : English/ inspection : yes / no
17
18
19
21 Make and type :
22 Short-circuit strength : Thermal: kA rms, 1s; dynamic: kA crest :
25 Degree of protection : IP -
26 Rain canopy : yes / no
27 Total mass of equipment :
28 Specified tender document attached : yes / no
31
32
33 Transformers
34 Make and type :
35 Dimensioned drawing :
36 Total mass : kg
37 Type test certificate: yes / no :
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No.

PTS 33.67.01.97, sheet 1/1, 03/2002
Requistion for Cont. Job No:
RELAY BOX MESC No: 67.40.58
One relay box : Tag No. E - References : Schematic diagram T

Required for : : Connection diagram T
General : The relay box to be assembled, wired and provided with tag number, relays, terminals, cable glands, rubber grommets,
etc., all in accordance with above reference drawings and further as stated below INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER
Service conditions : All relays and other components shall have a "tropicalized" finish 1. Typical outline drawing showing box dimensions
o
Average ambient temperature : C 2. Drawing showing typical arrangement of relays and
Average relative humidity : % terminal strips inside box
A temperature of 55 oC is allowable insided the box; this shall not be exceeded when all relays are energized. This
temperature limitation may be accomplished by providing a few ventilation slots in the side walls of the box. These slots shall be provided with dust retaining cloth inside the box
Supply system : 110-V DC
Construction : Manufacturer may apply his own standard construction of the box; It shall be made of sheet steel, totally enclosed, dust proof and suitable for indoor use, wall mounting and equipped
with ……… detachable hinged doors. Box dimensions shall be approx. mm high, mm wide, mm deep.
Internal wiring : Wiring shall consist of PVC insulated stranded copper wires, 250 V grade, cross-section 1.5 sq. mm (3/0.029 in.)
Wire ends to be provided with suitable compression type wire pins. All internal wiring shall preferably be laid in PVC ducting with covering lid
Earthing facilities : One earthing strip with sufficient screws for earthing of cable armouring shall be fitted inside the box
Apart from this strip, the box shall be provided with one external earthing bolt M-6
Finish of box : Inside and outside to be painted silver grey, Shell standard colour No. 26
MAIN COMPONENTS
A pcs relays Make : Type : Coil voltage :
B pcs adjustable time-delayed, slow-release relays Make : Type : Coil voltage :
C pcs adjustable time-delayed, slow-operating relays Make : Type : Coil voltage :
D pcs clip-in terminals Make : Weidmuller / Klippon* Type : SAKD-krG. Cat. No. 1503.2 M E S C 68.80.76.152.1
E pcs clip-in fuse terminals complete with indicating Make : Weidmuller / Klippon* Type : SAKS-krG. Cat. No. 1911.2 Term.: M E S C 68.80.76.172.1
type cartridge fuse 25 x 5 mm; ………… amps Type : Acc. to DIN 41576, sheet 1 Fuse : M E S C 70.59.04.390/398.1
F pcs clip-in fuse terminals complete with indicating Make : Weidmuller / Klippon* Type : SAKS-2. Cat. No. 2068.2 Term.: M E S C 68.80.76.182.1
type cartridge fuse E 16; …………. amps Make : Siemens / A.E.I. Type : TNDZ Fuse.: M E S C 70.57.06.502/522.1
G
Remarks:
* Delete what is not applicable

Made by Date Equipment : RELAY BOX E- Rev letter
Checked by Date Plant: Date
Appr by Date Consignee: Signature
Eng. By Sheet No. Cont'd on sheet No.

Principal Req. No.
PTS 33.67.11.93 , sheet 1, 03/2002
Data requisition sheet for Contr. Job No.:
DC INSTRUMENT DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MESC No.:
REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER

Specific requirements : PTS 33.67.01.31/S 67.025/S 67.026 Make and type :
Schedule : T- (From PTS 33.67.20.80) Type of enclosure :
Service conditions : temperate / tropical / indoors / outdoors Type of mounting :
Special service conditions : Degree of protection : IP
Type of enclosure : sheet steel cabined/multi-box/multi-cubicle Rain canopy : yes/no
Type of mounting : freestanding/floor/wall Dimensioned arrangement drawing :
Framework required : yes/no Cable entries: incoming : below/above Total mass of equipment :
Type of fuses : DIN/BS/ Cable entries: outgoing : below/above
Language on documents : English Cable gland plate : drilled/undrilled
Language on equipment : English/ Glands required : yes/no
Glands type :
Inspection : yes/no
Checked by Date: PLANT: Date
Appr. by Date: CONSIGNEE: Signature
Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No. 2

PTS 33.67.20.93, sheet 1/1, 07/2001
Data requisition sheet for Contr. Job No.:
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT/SAFETY SWITCH MESC No.:
Specific requirements : MESC 67.92.61 .....

Schedule* : T- number of sheets: (Form PTS 33.67.34.80)
Service conditions : temperate / tropical
Special service conditions : outdoor
Degree of protection : IP 65
Enclosure : UV- and shock resistant insulating material
Type of protection : EEx de II C T6
Inspection required : yes/no
Language on documents : English/
Language on equipment : English/
Cable gland plate : Insulating material with / without metal base plate
Glands required : yes / no

* Schedule gives information on Tag no. inscription, warning plate, etc.

PTS 33.67.34.93, sheet 1/2, 07/2001
Data Requistion sheet for Cont. Job No:
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT/SAFETY SWITCH continued...... MESC No: 60.17
Abbreviated description N
Estimated item value Quantity change
O C e
MESC No. w
S/
C a
From C
D r Rev. Item Total quantity
Unit
I
store t
A d letter No. required
e
£ ±
m
D R C U W I T H D I R E C T A M M E T E R
D S C A L E 0 - 2 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 0 2 1
- 5 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 0 4 1
D
D - 1 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 0 6 1
D - 2 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 0 8 1
D R C U W I T H C T - C O N N E A M M E T E R
D B L A N K S C A L E 6 7 9 2 6 1 1 8 1
D G R A D U A T E D S C A L E 0 - 1 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 2 6 1
D 0 - 2 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 2 8 1
D 0 - 3 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 3 0 1
D 0 - 5 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 3 2 1
D 0 - 7 5 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 3 4 1
D 0 - 1 0 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 3 6 1
D 0 - 1 5 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 3 8 1
0 - 2 0 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 4 0 1
D
D 0 - 3 0 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 4 2 1
D 0 - 4 0 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 4 4 1
D 0 - 5 0 0 A 6 7 9 2 6 1 4 6 1
D R C U W I T H O U T A M M E T E R 6 7 9 2 6 1 8 2 1
D S A F E T Y S W I T C H 6 7 9 2 6 1 0 2 1
Made by Date Equipment : Rev letter
Check'd by Date Plant : Date
Appr by Date Consignee : Signature
Eng. By: Sheet No. Cont'd on sheet No.

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 33.67.34.93, Sheet 2/2, 07/2001
HV Switchgear and controlgear assemblies Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1 Specific requirements : PTS 33.67.51.31

2 Schedule :T (Form PTS 33.67.51.80)
3 Applicable local standards :
4 System voltage and frequency : kV. 3-phase, 50/60 Hz
5 Rated normal current : A
6 Short-time withstand current : kA rms, 1/3 s
7 Peak withstand current : kA
8 System neutral : isolated / solidly earthed / earthed through (ohm)
9 Bus-bar system : single / double / transfer
10 Number of sections :
11 Control voltage - Closing : - V AC/DC
12 - Tripping : - V DC
13 - Contractors : 220/240/255-V AC
14 Erection and commissioning by supplier : yes / no (cost to be quoted separately)
15 Language - On documents : English /
16 - On equipment : English /
17
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER
28 Make and type :
29 Short-time withstand current : kA rms, 1/3 s
30 Peak withstand current : kA
31 Bus-bar insulation :
32 Bus-bar selectors type :
33 Enclosure : metal enclosed / insulation enclosed
35 Finishing : manufacturer's standard / in accordance with PTS 33.67.51.31
36 Control voltage - Closing : - V AC/DC
37 - Tripping : - V DC
38
39
40
41
42
44
45
46
47
48
49
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.67.51.93, sheet 1/1, dated 03/99
Data / requisition sheet for Design book No.: Page
HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
Location: System: Project Number: Reference Drawing(s):
SITE INFORMATION
Minimum ambient temperature: Design wind speed:
Maximum ambient temperature: Design safety factor:
Installed: Indoor Outdoor Severe (corrosive) environment:
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Type I (Temperature maintained above a minimum point):
Type II (Process maintained within a moderate band):
Type III (Process controlled within a narrow band):
APPLICATION
Pipelines Vessels Safety showers:
Non metallic pipe/vessels Pre-traced instrument tubing:
Steam condensate lines (freeze protection)
Allow spiralling of tracer Yes/No
PROCESS INFORMATION
Material in pipe: Liquid / gas / vapour
Pipe maintenance temperature: °C
Normal process operating temperature: °C
Minimum allowable product temperature: °C
Maximum allowable product temperature: °C
Maximum system temperature (from process excursions
steam out, etc.) °C
PIPE (VESSEL) SYSTEM
Pipe (Vessel) material: Schedule (thickness):
Special conditions (lined pipe, etc):
Pipe supports method(s):
THERMAL INSULATION SYSTEM
Type: Thickness: mm k-factor:
Maximum exposure temperature: °C Installed oversized:
Soft insulation used (valves, pumps):
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage(s) available: V Phase: Frequency: Hz
Electrical Area Classification: AIT/T rating:
Determining gas/vapour (lowest Allowable Ignition Temperature (AIT)):
Approvals required (e.g.) CSA/FM/UL/………….. IEC PE stamped drawings
SPECIAL PROCESS HEATING CONSIDERATIONS
Use this section only for heat-up, melt out or other special heating requirements
Special heating requirement: Heat-up Melt out
Other, describe:
Volume of fluid/solid to be heated: Flowing / Non flowing:
Allowable time to accomplish rise in temperature / change state: s
Initial material temperature: °C Final material temperature °C
Temperature when material changes state: °C Pipe material
Specific heat: Solid Liquid Vapour
Density: Solid Liquid Vapour
Heat of fusion or vapourisation:

Date

PTS 33.68.30.94, sheet 1/1, 02/2001
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS SYSTEM Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
General Enclosure degree of protection
Specific requirements : PTS 33.80.00.30 Indoor mounted equipment : Min. IP41/
Applicable local regulations : Outdoor mounted equipment : Min. IP65/IP66/
Local authority approval of system : : Battery (if outdoors) IP 23/……
Site conditions Visual navigational aids

Location : LIGHTS Main Secondary Subsidiary
Ambient temperature outdoor : Min. - 15/………. ° C Quantity …. ea …. ea ….. ea
: Max. - 40/………. ° C Effective intensity 12000/1400 cd 12000/1400 cd 15/200 cd
Ambient temperature indoor : Min. - 5/………. ° C Range 15/ …. nm 15/ …. nm 3/ ….. nm
: Max. - 40/………. ° C Colour White White Red/white
Relative humitidy : : Max. - 100/………. % Vertical divergence 2.5/ ….. 2.5/ …. 2.5/ …..
Wind velocity : - instantaneous gust : Max. 46.5/………. m/s Flasher control Local/central Local/central Local/central
: - 1 min mean : Max. 40/………. m/s Synchron. facilities Local/central Local/central Local/central
Wave height in extreme storm conditions : 13/……… m Morse code U' - 15 s U' - 15 s U' - 15 s/steady
Atmosphere : Highly saliferous and corrosive/… Lampchanger (6 lamps) Yes/no Yes/no Yes/no
Area classification (outdoor) : Zone 2/
Gas group : IIA/
Temperature class : T3/ Audible navigational aids
SOUND SIGNALS Main Secondary
AC Supply system Quantity …. ea …. ea
Supply system : ………. V; 1/3 phase; 50/60 Hz Type Directional/ Directional/
Fault level min/max. : ……. / ……. MVA Omni directional Omni directional
System neutral earthing : solid/floating Operating frequency 500/ …. Hz 500/ ….. Hz
Voltage variations static : +10/………%; -10/ ……… % Sound pressure level 116 …. dB(A) …… dB(A)
(ref 2 x 103 N/m2, at 7,62m)
Central navigational aids control panel Usual range 2/ ….. nm 0.5 / ….. mm
Control panel location : indoor/outdoor Morse code U' - 30 s U' - 30 s
Monitoring / control panel execution : industrial/Ex Blasting control Local/central Local/central
Primary lighting on/off control : Protocel/ ……….. Synchron, facilities Local/central Local/central
Primary sound signal on/off control : Visibility detector/manual/ ……….. Sound baffle and Yes/no Yes/no
Radio frequency interference limits : Grade N (VDE 0875)/ …….. support frames
Back-up power supply Visibility detector control :Yes/no
Specific requirements : PTS 33.65.50.31 &
: PTS 33.65.50.93
: IALA Specification
Execution : AC mains rectifier + battery/
: solar photo voltaic system
Back-up time : 36/96/……….. h
Solar photo voltaic systems

Insolation data : ………
Airborne particles : ………
Inspection / maintenance restrictions : ………
Min. state of battery charge : 20%/ ………
Max. daily depth of discharge : 15% ………
REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 33.80.00.94, sheet 1/3, 06/2000
Data/requistion sheet (cont. sheet) for Design book No. : page:
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS SYSTEMS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
Additional navigational aids equipment Construction requirements
HELIDECK PERIMETER LIGHTS Cable types :.
Quantity : ……………… ea Cable entries : Top/bottom
Colour : Yellow / …………….. Cable glands : By manufacturer/
Light intensity : 25/ …………. cd Gland type :.
Back-up power supply : …………….. V AC/DC Language on labels : English/ ……..
Back-up time : …………….. h
HELIDECK FLOODLIGHTS
Quantity : ……………… Related drawings
Horizontal illuminance (at deck level) : 10 / …………….. lux Layout drawing of proposed locations :
Light dimming facility : yes/no System block diagram
Back-up power supply : …………….. V AC/DC
Back-up time : …………….. h
Witnessed Inspection and testing

Production tests : Yes/no
Performance tests : Yes/no
AERONAUTICAL OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS Battery discharge test : Yes/no
Intensity Low Medium Special tests (specified separately) : Yes/no
Quantity ………. ea ………. ea
Colour Red Red/white
Characteristic Steady Flasing/steady
Light intensity 50/10 ……….. cd 1600/………. cd
Lamp type Fluoresc/……….. ………….
Automatic changeover Yes/no yes/no
(dual lamp execution)
Back-up power supply …….. V AC/DC ………… V AC/DC
Back-up time …….. h ………… h
RADAR BEACONS
Quantity : …………
Band : X and/or S
Code :
Side lub. suppression : Yes
Direction : Omni/ ……..
Min. range at 20/40m height : ……./……. nm
Back-up power supply : …….. V AC/DC
Back-up time : …….. h

PTS 33.80.00.94, sheet 2/3, 06/2000
Data / requisiton sheet (cont. sheet) for Design book No. : page:
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS SYSTEM Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
General Construction data cont'd
Manufacturer : CONTROL PANEL
Compliance with PTS 33.80.00.30 and requisitions : Yes/ ….1) Make :.
Additional information required : No/ ..…2) Type :.
Notes Mass :. kg
1) Describe deviations Dimensions (incl. rect.) (WxDxH) : ……….x……….x…………(mm)
2) Describe additional information required Enclosure degree of protection : IP
MAIN PARTS Country of origin/town Total/partly Materials (enclosure/frame) :.
DC system Ex construction :.
Lights RADAR BEACONS
Sound signals Make :.
Visibility detector Type :.
Control panel Enclosure degree of protection : IP
Radar beacon Materials :.
Solar modules Output power : ………….. W
Battery set Range at 20/40m height : ………../ ………..nm
Local service Name Ex construction :.
Organisation Country/town
HELIDECK LIGHTS Perimeter Floodlights
Performance data Make
Predicted availability of the system :. Type
Predicted reliability of the system :. Enclosure degree of IP IP
Predicted lifetime of the system :. protection
Radio interference class :. Materials
Certificates of conformity, available : Yes/ …….. Light intensity cd -
Details of interconnecting cabling provided : Yes/ …….. Ex construction
Solar photo voltaic power supply :. Horizontal illuminance - lux
System information provided : yes/no
AERONAUTICAL OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS
Make :.
Construction data Type :.
LIGHTS Main Secondary Subsidiary Enclosure degree of protection : IP
Make Materials :.
Type Light intensity : ………… cd
Enclosure degree of IP IP IP Ex construction :.
Protection
Materials SOLAR PHOTO VOLTAIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Effective intensity cd cd cd Make and Type
Ex construction - solar modules :. /
- Control equipment :. /
SOUND SIGNALS Main Secondary - Battery set :. /
Make Mass of assembly :. kg
Type Dimensions (WxDxH)
Enclosure degree of IP IP - solar modules : ……..x………x……..(mm)
Protection - Control equipment : ……..x………x……..(mm)
Materials - Battery set : ……..x………x……..(mm)
Sound pressure levels dB(A) dB(A) Enclosure degree of protection
Ex construction - solar modules : IP
Frequency Hz Hz - Control equipment : IP
VISIBILITY DETECTOR - Battery set : IP
Make :. Materials (enclosure/frame) :.
Type :. EEx construction :.
Enclosure degree of protection : IP Battery cells : NiCdd/Pb(vented)Pb(valve regulated)
Materials :. Battery nominal capacity :Ah C5/C10/ ………
Ex construction :.
Sheet No. 3 continued on sheet No.

PTS 33.80.00.94, sheet 3/3, 06/2000
Requisition for Design book No.: page
SYSTEM CABINETS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
GENERAL
Specification : PTS 32.30.10.30.
Manufacturer :
Type :
Size : height x depth x width
Material :
Protection class : IP 54 of IEC 529
Finish : Manufacturer's standard/ …………
Colour : DIN RAL …………../
Hazardous area classification :
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Reference : ANSI/ISA S71.04
Temperature : °C max. °C min.
Humidity :
H2 S :
SO2-SO3 :
Dust :
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
Cabinet : Wall mounted/free standing
Front/rear doors : yes/no door stops yes/no
other arrangements :
window in door : yes/no laminated glass/acrylic
door opening : ………………. * LH/RH
door dimensions :
Cable clamps/support rail : yes/no
Swing out frame : yes/no (hinged with stop) partial
Circuit card height :
Mounting for 19 inch racks : yes/no
Mounting plate for other components : yes/no infills yes/no
Side panels : yes/no
Compartment bracket : yes/no (for one side)
Doorhandles : with/without lock inserts
1) Manufacturer's standard : yes/no
2) Other requirements :
Cable entry type : yes/no with dust seal yes/no
Dust seal type :
Cable entry from : top/bottom cable fixture yes/no

Date

Principal : : Req. No.
PTS 32.30.10.93, sheet 1/4, 11/2000
SYSTEM CABINETS Continued.. Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - Continued
Circuit card code : Manufacturer's standard/ …………………………….
Special requirements :
Wiring diagram pocket : yes/no
Spare slots with : blind plates/guides/connectors
Connectors for : wire wrapping/thermipoint/terminations
Wire size : …………….AWG …………………. mm
Colour code
1) Manufacturer's standard : yes/no
2) Other requirements :
Special tools : yes/no
Terminals and accessories Manufacturer Type

Terminal (type)
rail
screw
screw-IS
knife
test
supply
Terminal fuse (1A)
Coding strips
Interconnecting strips
Separation plates
Protection covers
Crimp pins for 0.75 mm
standard wire
Thermipoint pins
ELCO SOCKETS AND ACCESSORIES QUANTITY

1) For IS signals : IBIS/EM 56-LH yes/no
IBIS/EM 56-RH yes/no
2) For non-IS signals : IB3/EM 56-LH yes/no
IB3/EM 56-RH yes/no
IB5/EM 30/26-LH yes/no
IB5/EM 30/26-RH yes/no
IB5/EM 30/26-RH yes/no
EM 30/28-LH yes/no
EM 30/28-RH yes/no
Equipment identification : Drawing No. ………………………………………………..
name plate

PTS 32.30.10.93, sheet 2/4, November 2000
SYSTEM CABINETS Continued.. Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
COOLING ARRANGEMENTS
Natural ventilation : yes/no
Cooling fans : yes/no
Manufacturer :
Type :
Top mounted extraction : yes/no
Air inlet via : doors/top of cabinet
Air outlet via : doors/top of cabinet
Fitted with louvres : yes/no
Fitted with dust filters : yes/no
:
:
Potential free contact : yes/no (on the door)
: for remote-alarm/alarm
TESTS REQUIRED
Burn-in : yes/no …………..…………. hours at ………...………………… °C
Reliability : yes/no
1) In accordance with : Section…………………….. of IEC 605
2) See separate document :
3) Manufacturers statement :
Interference rejection :yes/no
test voltages :
test arrangement :
effect on system :
Electricity supply
tolerance : yes/no + ……………………%- ………………………….% effect none/ ……………………
transients : yes/no ……………………V ………………………….ms effect none/ …………………
change over : yes/no effect none/ …………………..
short circuit : yes/no fuse ……………….A curve …………….. effect none/
Radio frequency interference : yes/no ………………..………V/m ………...……….. m distance
with doors : open/closed
deviation on output circuits : ……………….. %
Short circuiting output : yes/no conditions ……………………………………….
Earthing input circuits : yes/no conditions ……………………………………….
IEC Type Severity

Cold : yes/no 68-2-1
Dry heat : yes/no 68-2-2
Damp heat : yes/no 68-2-3
Vibration : yes/no 68-2-6
Impact : yes/no 6-8-29
Corrosion SO2 : yes/no 68-2-49
Corrosion H2S : yes/no 68-2-46
NOTES: 1) For tests indicated yes, the manufacturer shall submit his test procedure for approval by Principal
2) Standard values should be chosen for severities as selected from the appropriate documents

Requisiton for Design book No.: page
SYSTEM CABINETS Continued… Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
ELECTRICITY SUPPLY
Power to cabinet : Type 1.1/1.2/1.3/1.4
floating/non-floating/one-side
Note: Refer to Appendix 3 of PTS 32.30.10.30.
Via feeder from distribution board : yes/no
Circuit breaker in cabinet : yes/no
Power supply (manufacturer) : 240V/220V
Redundant supply units : yes/no 2 x 125%/3 x 62.5%
Dual feeders : yes/no
high temperature : yes/no
over voltage : yes/no
supply unit failure : yes/no
Circuit breaker Manufacturer :
Type :
Rating :
I/T curve :
o/c indication :
Auxiliary contact : yes/no
Power distribution Drawing No. :
Earth fault detection : yes/no
To standard Drawing : S67.025 …………………….. yes/no
other requirements
(I.e. local regulations etc.)
INSPECTION
Factory inspection
in accordance with : PTS 62.10.09.11. yes/no
other requirements :

Data sheet for Design book No. : page:
MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS Contr. job No. :
Tag Service Tag

No. No.
REMARKS AND OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS Made by: Date EQUIPMENT: Revision letter
Date
Checked by: Date PLANT: Signature
Approved by: Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No.
Eng. by: No.

Principal:
PTS 32.31.00.92, sheet 1/1, dated 06/2000
Data sheet for Design book No.: Page:
ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS Contr. Job No.:
General OPERATING CONDITIONS Requirements INSTRUMENT
Principal Fluid Gas or Norm. Physical property Location
Tag Service of composition vapour M.W. Norm. press. or component to be Accu- Time Components, Requi- Description Recor-
No. measure- Wt % Liq. sp. gr. temp Kg/cm2g measured at work. racy res- e.g transmitter sition Manufacturer Ana- der or Alarm Material Range Accu- Control Remarks Tag
ment Mol % at work temp. °C psig temp. ponse Rec. Controller sub-gr. Model Type lyser indi- racy actions No.
Min. Norm. Max. etc. ser. No. cator P.I.D.
REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS Made by Date EQUIPMENT: Rev.

letter
Checked by Date PLANT: Date
Appr. by Date CONSIGNEE: Sign.
Eng. by: Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No.

No.
Principal:
PTS 32.31.02.92, sheet 1, dated 06/2000
MULTIPLE HOUSINGS WITH THEIR PNEUMATIC RECEIVING INSTRUMENTS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.69
Instruments which form part of this requisition shall be specificed on the appropriate requisition sheets.
The whole assembled as a composite document with one common sheet and item numbering sequence
Type : Sheet steel fabricated multiple housings, suitable for insertion of pneumatic receiving instruments, size 15 x 75 mm approx.
The housings to be piped and wired in accordance with the specifications and the drawings lised on sheet No. 2.
Finish of bezel (and trim ring) : ………………………………………………….….
Identification of
instrument locations : The individual locations in the multiple housing shall be identified as a grid of horizontal rows in alphabetic sequence starting from the top,
and vertical columns in numerical sequence from left to right; thus the location in the 3rd column of the 2nd row from the top of a housing
shall be identified as B-3
Air supply : Each housing shall have its own air distribution sub-header appropriately sized for the total number of locations in the housing.
This sub-header shall be constucted of brass, aluminium bronze or other suitable material; it shall have individual isolating facilities for
each instrument location and be fitted with an NPT threaded union, sub-header size, for connection to air supply system. Manufacturer
shall advise nominal sub-header size. Filtering and pressure control facilities will be supplied by others.
Connections between this sub-header and the individual instrument locations shall be made in accordance with manufacturer's standards.
Pneumatic signals : A bulkhead plate shall be supplied, per housing, adequate to connect incoming and outgoing pneumatic signals for all instrument locations.
Connections between the individual locations and this bulkhead plate shall be made in accordance with manufacturer's standards.
The connections for the external tubing on the bulkhead plate shall be:
1/4 in. NPT female
Compression fittings suitable for 1/4 in. OD …………… tube. Preferred manufacturer ………………………………...…………..
The connections shall comply with the "Hook-up sketches for Instrument Air Piping", Drwg. No. ………………………………………………..
NOTES: 1. Where one input signal is required at two locations, e.g. the combined use of an indicating controller with a separate
recorder, the necessary "Tee" connection shall be incorporated inside the housing and only one connection provided
at the bulkhead plate.
2. Where, for example, a control output is used as a setting signal for another control instrument in the same housing the
interconnecting tube shall go directly between the two locations and not via the bulkhead plate.
Electrical supply : All chart drive connections per housing shall be wired in accordance with manufacturer's standards to an enclosed common
terminal block, the enclosure to have a supply cable entry with rubber grommet to suit ………….mm OD cable.
Unallocated : All unallocated locations shall be supplied with blanking plates, finished in accordance with instruments, and have air and electrical supply
locations connections completed.
Indicates selected choice

Indicates not required or not applicable
NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to comlete a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.

Date

PTS 32.31.10.93, sheet 1/3, 11/2000
Data / requisition sheet for Design book No.:
MULTIPLE HOUSINGS WITH THEIR PNEUMATIC RECEIVING INSTRUMENTS Continued.. Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.69
Drawings: The following drawings form part of this requisition
Drawing number Revision Revision Title of drawing Remarks

letter date

PTS 32.31.10.93, sheet 2/3, 11/2000
Data / requisition sheet for Design book No.: Page:
MULTIPLE HOUSINGS WITH THEIR PNEUMATIC RECEIVING INSTRUMENTS Continued.. Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.69
NOTE: In this tabulaton "Instrument tag number" refers to the first pen or pointer. When multi-input receivers are involved, the requirements of the additional
functions are detailed together with their tag number references in the column "Remarks for internal connections in housing".
Number Number Instrument specified
Housing of horizontal of vertical Location Instrument Sheet Item Remarks for internal connections in housing
Item Quant. number rows columns identification tag number No. No.

PTS 32.31.10.93, sheet 3/3, 11/2000
Requisition for Design book No.: Page:
RECEIVING GAUGES (pneumatic) Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.69
Type : Pneumatic indicating receiver with receiving element suitable for 0,2-1, 0 bar air input.
Case : Finish: …………………………..
Case codes : S = Round, weather proof, cast iron, with back flange and stainless steel bezel ring, suitable for surface mounting with 1/4 in. NPT
male bottom connection.
Nominal size 150 mm 100 mm
FC = Dustproof with circular front flange, suitable for flush mounting, with 1/4 in. NPT male back connection.
Nominal size 150 mm 100 mm
FS = Dustproof with square front flange 150 x 150 mm, suitable for flush mounting, with 1/4 in. NPT male back connection.
FE = Dustproof with rectangular front flange, suitable for flush mounting, with 1/4 in. NPT male back connection. Edge-wise or
ribbon-type indicator with visible scale length approximately 100 mm.
Dial : White laminated plastic with black figures. Graduation as specified and provided with extra marks corresponding to
0.2; 0.4; 0.6; 0.8; 1.0 bar air input.
Accuracy : Within 1/2 % of the receiver input range.
Indicates selected choice Indicates not required or not applicable
NOTE At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
Dial
Item Quant. Case code Graduation Units Tag numbers Remarks

Date

PTS 32.31.11.93, sheet 1/2, 11/2000
RECEIVING GAUGES (pneumatic) - Cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.69
Dial
Item Quant. Case code Graduation Units Tag numbers Remarks

PTS 32.31.11.93, sheet 2/2, 11/2000
RECEIVING INDICATORS (pneumatic, small size) Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.60
Type : Pneumatic receiving indicator with receiving elements suitable for 0,2-1, 0 bar input, and having adjustable damping device.
Housing : 1. Rectangular case, size 150 x 150 mm approx., suitable for flush mounting
codes : 2. Rectangular case, size 150 x 75 mm approx., suitable fro flush mounting
3. Without case, front face size 150 x 75 mm approx., suitable for insertion in the multiple housing as specified on sheets……………. of
requisition No. …………………………………………..
Orientation of 150 x 75 mm instruments: vertical horizontal
Finish of bezel (and trim ring): ……………………………………
Indicating : White with black figures and graduation. Graduation as specified below with calibration points at 0.2; 0.4; 0.6; 0.8; 1.0 bar.
scale(s) Codes: L = Linear, 100 mm nominal
C = Circular, 270° nominal
Connections - air : 1/4 in. NPT female Except for instruments for insertion into
1/8 in. NPT female multiple housings when the manufacturer's
…………………...…… standard connections shall be used

NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied
First pointer Second pointer Third pointer

Item Quant. Housing Number of Scale Tag Scale Tag Scale Tag Scale Remarks
code pointers Code number Graduation number graduation number graduation

Date

PTS 32.31.11.94, sheet 1/2, 11/2000
RECEIVING INDICATORS (pneumatic, small size) - cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.60
First pointer Second pointer Third pointer
Item Quant. Housing Number of Scale Tag Scale Tag Scale Tag Scale Remarks
code pointers Code number graduation number graduation number graduation

PTS 32.31.11.94, sheet 2/2, 11/2000
RECEIVING RECORDERS (pneumatic, large size) Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.62
Type : Pneumatic receiving recorders with receiving element(s) suitable for 0.2-1.0 bar air input.
Case : Rectangular, suitable for flush mounting
: Finish of case and trim ring (if spplied): ………………………...
Chart : 300 mm round
Chart codes : Graduation as specified: a = 0-10 square root
b = 0-10 uniform
c = combined 0-10 square root and 0-10 uniform
Chart drive : Spring-wound, 7-day wind, 24-h rotation
Pen(s) : Capillary type with reservoir for at least 1 month's ink supply
Connections : Air: 1/4 in. NPT female
Accessories : Each instrument to be supplied with:
200 charts printed on both sides or 400 printed on one side
One spare capillary type pen of each type used
Adjustable Bourdon or other approved type damping unit for each receiving element on flow
and differential pressure service, as indicated by tag number (F or Pd); preferably mounted inside instrument case.

NOTE At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
Chart Number of
Item Quant. graduation code pens Tag numbers Remarks

Date

PTS 32.31.12.93, sheet 1/1, 12/2000
Requisition for Design book No.:
RECEIVING RECORDERS (pneumatic, small size) Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.62
Type : Pneumatic receiving recorder with receiving element(s) suitable for 0.2-1.0 bar ga input, and having adjustable damping device.
Housing codes : 1. Rectangualr case, size 150 x 150 mm approx., suitable for flush mounting
: 2. Rectangular case, size 150 x 75 mm approx., suitable for flush mounting
: 3. Without case, front face size 150 x 75 mm approx., suitable for insertion in the multiple housing as specified on sheets …………
: of requisition No. ……………………
Finish of bezel (and trim ring): ……………………
Chart : 30-day strip chart. Chart
a = 0-10
codes:
square root
b = 0-10 uniform
c = combined 0-10 square root and 0-10 uniform
Chart drive : Pneumatic - Impulse type (15 seconds)

Pneumatic - Turbine type
Electric - …….. -V AC; ………. Hz
Pen(s) : Capillary type with reservoir for at least 3 months' ink supply.
Indicating scale(s) : White with black figures and graduation. Graduation as specificed below.
Connections - air : 1/4 in. NPT female
1/8 in, NPT female Except for instruments for insertion into
…………….. multiple housings when the manufacturer's
- electrical : Cable entry by rubber grommet standard connections shall be used
to suit ……. Mm OD cable
: Cable connections in accordance with manufacturer's standards.
Accessories : Per instrument :
12 rolls of strip chart
One spare capillary type pen of each type (I.e. 1st, 2nd and 3rd) used
Indicates selected choice or operational condition
Indicates not require or not applicable
NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied
Number First pen Second pen Third pen

Item Quant. Housing of Chart Tag Indicating scale Tag Indicating scale Tag Indicating scale Remarks
Code pens Code number graduation number graduation number graduation
Made by: Date Rev. letter

Date
Checked by: Date Sign.
Appr. by: Date Sheet No. continued on sheet No.

PTS 32.31.12.94, sheet 1/2, 12/2000
Requisition for Design book No.:
RECEIVING RECORDERS (pneumatic, small size) Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 60.62
Number First pen Second pen Third pen
Item Quant. Housing of Chart Tag Indicating scale Tag Indicating scale Tag Indicating scale Remarks
Code pens Code number graduation number graduation number graduation
Made by: Date Rev. letter

Date
Checked by: Date Sign.
Appr. by: Date Sheet No. continued on sheet No.

PTS 32.31.12.94, sheet 2/2, 12/2000
Requisition for Cont. Job No.:
RECEIVING RECORDER CONTROLLER (pneumatic, large size) MESC No: 60.62.
Type : Pneumatic receiving recording controller with receiving element suitable for 0.2-1.0 bar air input. Additional pens are
recording only, unless other specified.
Case : Rectangular, suitable for flush mounting
Finish: ………………
Feature codes : R = Ratio mechanism with manual adjustable ratio setting
P = Ratio mechanism with pneumatic ratio setting REMARKS ON REVISIONS
F = Full span pneumatic set with adjustable safety stops
A = Adjustable span pneumatic set with low limit indication and adjustable safety stops
Controller : Control action to be reversible in the field. Control output signal 0.2-1.0 bar.
Controller codes : 1 = Adjustable proportional action
2 = Adjustable proportional and integral action
3 = Adjustable proportional, integral and derivative action
Manual control : Integral manual-automatic sub-panel for bumpless transfer. Air gauges graduated in bar. Note: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete
Chart drive : Spring-wound, 7-day wind, 24-h rotation a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
: 300 mm round, graduation as specified: direct reading or codes: a = 0-10 square root; b = 0-10 uniform; c = combined 0-10 square root for all equipment supplied.
and 0-10 uniform
Pen(s) : Capillary type, with reservoir for at least 3 months' ink supply.
Connections : 1/4 in. NPT female Indicates selected choice
Accessories : Each intrument to be supplied with : Indicates not required or not applicable
One combination air supply filter and safety-reducing valve
200 charts printed on both sides or 400 printed on one side
One spare capillary type pen
Adjustable Bourdon or other approved type damping unit for each receiving element on flow and differential pressure service, as indicated by tag number.
Feature Controller Chart graduation Number of

Item Quant. Tag numbers Remarks
code code code pens
Made by Date Equipment : RECEIVING RECORDER CONTROLLERS (pneumatic, large size) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.13.93, Sheet 1/1, 09/2001
RECEIVING RECORDER CONTROLLERS (pneumatic, small size) MESC No: 60.62.
Type : Pneumatic recording receiver with receiving elements calibrated for 0.2-1.0 bar input and
having adjustable damping device, suitable for actuating integrally, rack or field-mounted
blind controller, having output pressure and set point indication, auto-seal-manual (or
bumpless auto-manual) switch. The second receiving pen, if specified, is for recording-only.
Housing codes : 1. Rectangular case, size 150 x 150 mm approx., suitable for flush mounting
2. Rectangular case, size 150 x 75 mm approx., suitable for flush mounting REMARKS ON REVISIONS
3. Without case, front face size 150 x 75 mm approx., suitable for insertion
in the multiple housing as specified on sheets ……………… of requisition
No. …………………..
Orientation of 150 x 75 mm instruments: vertical
Finish of bezel (and trim ring): ……………………………………………….
Chart : 30-day strip chart. Chart codes: a = 0-10 square root
b = 0-10 uniform Note: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
c = combined 0-10 square root and 0-10 uniform Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
Chart drive : Pneumatic - Impluse type (15 seconds)
Pneumatic - Turbine type Indicates selected choice or operational condition
Electric - ………. - V A C; ………… Hz Indicates not required or not applicable
Pen(s) : Capillary type with reservoir for at least 3 month's ink supply.
Indicating scale(s) : White with black figures and graduation. Graduation as specified below.
Controller : Control action to be reversible in the field without change of calibration.
Control output signal 0.2 - 1.0 bar.
Indicating scale for output signal graduated in bar.
Codes : P = Adjustable proportional action
I = Adjustable proportional and integral actions
D = Adjustable proportional, integral and derivative actions
N = Integral mounting
R = Rack mounting When rack or field-mounted controllers are specified, recorders shall be supplied with a detachable
F = Field mounting manifold and controllers with a universal manifold.
For field mounting seal valve and weatherproof cover shall also be supplied.
Set point (SP) adjustment codes :
M = Manual adjustment of set point
E = Remote pneumatic adjustment of set point (e.g. by signal from master controller)
Made by Date Equipment : RECEIVING RECORDER CONTROLLERS (pneumatic, small size) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.13.94, Sheet 1/3, 09/2001
RECEIVING RECORDER CONTROLLERS (pneumatic, small size) - cont. sheet MESC No: 60.62.
Feature code : N = Integral mounting of regulators and switches

Ra = Ratio relay with square root calibration To be supplied as a separate unit, unless also code "S"
Rb = Ratio relay with liner calibration in which case relay becomes component on sub-panel.
S = Sub-panel mounting of regulators, relays and switches
W = Controller to have "anti-reset wind-up" protection
=
Connections -air : 1/4 in. NPT female
Except for instruments for insertion into
…………………… multiple housings when the manufacturer's
-electrical : Cable entry by rubber grommet standard connections shall be used.
to suit ………… mm OD cable
Accessories : Per instrument -
12 rolls of strip chart
One spare capillary pen of each type (i.e. 1st and 2nd) used
First pen and control Second pen

Housing Number of Chart
Item Quant. Indicating scale Contr. Feature Indicating scale Remarks
code pens code Tag number SP code Tag number
graduation codes code graduation

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.13.94, Sheet 2/3, 09/2001
RECEIVING RECORDER CONTROLLERS (pneumatic, small size) - cont. sheet MESC No: 60.62.
First pen and control Second pen
Housing Number of
Item Quant. Chart code Indicating scale Contr. Feature Indicating scale Remarks
code pens Tag number SP code Tag number

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.13.94, Sheet 3/3, 09/2001
RECEIVING INDICATING CONTROLLERS (pneumatic, small size) MESC No: 60.60.
Type : Pneumatic indicating receiver with receiving elements calibrated for 0.2-1.0 bar input;
suitable for actuating integrally, rack or field-mounted blind controller, having output
pressure and set point indication, auto-seal-manual (or bumpless auto-manual) switch.
The second receiving pointer, if specified, is for indication only.
Housing codes : 1. Rectangular case, size 150 x 150 mm approx., suitable for flush mounting
2. Rectangular case, size 150 x 75 mm approx., suitable for flush mounting REMARKS ON REVISIONS
3. Without case, front face size 150 x 75mm approx., suitable for insertion
in the multiple housing as specified on sheets ……………… of requisition
No. …………………..
Finish of bezel (and trim ring): ……………………………………………….
Indicating scale(s) : White with black figures and graduation. Graduation as specified below with calibration
points at 0.2; 0.4; 0.6; 0.8; 1.0 bar. Note: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
o
Codes : L= Liner, 100 mm nominal C = Circular, 270 nominal Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
E = Expanded with nominally 20% each side of set point displayed
Controller : Control action to be reversible in the field without change of calibration. Indicates selected choice
Control output signal 0.2 - 1.0 bar. Indicates not required or not applicable
Indicating scale for output signal graduated in bar.
Codes : P = Adjustable proportional action
I = Adjustable proportional and integral actions
D = Adjustable proportional, integral and derivative actions
N = Integral mounting
R = Rack mounting When rack or field-mounted controllers are specified, indicators shall be supplied with a detachable
F = Field mounting manifold and controllers with a universal manifold.
For field mounting seal valve and weatherproof cover shall also be supplied.
Set point (SP)
adjustment codes : M = Manual adjustment of set point
R = Remote pneumatic adjustment of set point (e.g. by signal from master controller)
Feature code : N = Integral mounting of regulators and switches
Ra = Ratio relay with square root calibration To be supplied as a separate unit, unless also code "S"
Rb = Ratio relay with liner calibration in which case relay becomes component on sub-panel.
S = Sub-panel mounting of regulators, relays and switches
W = Controller to have "anti-reset wind-up" protection
=
Connections-air : 1/4 in. NPT female Except for instruments for insertion into
multiple housings when the manufacturer's
…………………………. standard connections shall be used.
Made by Date Equipment : RECEIVING INDICATING CONTROLLERS (pneumatic, small size) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.13.95, Sheet 1/2, 09/2001
RECEIVING INDICATING CONTROLLERS (pneumatic, small size) - cont. sheet MESC No: 60.60.
First pointer and control Second pointer
Housing Number of
Item Quant. Scale code Indicating scale Contr. Feature Indicating scale Remarks
code pointers Tag number SP code Tag number
Made by Date Equipment : RECEIVING INDICATING CONTROLLERS (pneumatic, small size) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.13.95, Sheet 2/2, 09/2001
RECEIVING SWITCHES (pneumatic) MESC No: 60.68.
Type : Pneumatically-operated electric switch for signal or control service.
Pressure element : Phosphor bronze or brass element, suitable for an instrument air pressure range of 0.2-1.0 bar.
Maximum acceptable range 0-1.5 bar, unless otherwise specified.
Overrange protection up to 1.5 bar is required.
Switch - type : Single pole, double throw, snap acting
- rating : Suitable to disconnect 0.5 A ………. - V DC inductive load
Adjustment codes : 1 = External setting knob with locking device Adjustable over full REMARKS ON REVISIONS
2 = Internal setting screw 0.2-1.0 bar range.
S = With calibrated scale
B = Blind
Differential gap : Fixed, maximum 1% of range
Housing codes : D = Dustproof, for indoor application only
W = Weatherproof
E = Flameproof for gas group ……………… (IEC 79) Rugged construction, Note: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete
EW = Flameproof for gas group ……………… (IEC 79) suitable for outdoor use a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
and weatherproof in a processing area. for all equipment supplied.
Connections - pressure : 1/4 in. NPT male female
- electrical : Cable entry codes : G= Rubber grommet to suit ………………… mm OD cable
P= Cable gland ……………… in. BSPP thread (BS 21) Indicates selected choice
to suit ………………… mm OD cable Indicates not required or not applicable
E= Cable gland, weatherproof*/flame and weatherproof*,
………………. in. electrical thread (BS 31)
to suit ………………… mm OD steel wire armoured cable
Conductor termination codes : S= 3 mm pan head screw terminals Suitable for solid copper wire
B= Terminal block between 1.3 and 1.8 mm dia.
Terminations to be permanently identified acc. to function: "C", "NO" or "NC". *Delete what is not applicable
Electrical connections
Adjustment Housing
Item Quant. Conductor Tag numbers Remarks
code code Cable entry
termination
Made by Date Equipment : RECEIVING SWITCHES (pneumatic) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.14.93, Sheet 1/1, 09/2001
SAMPLE DATA Stream 1 1) Stream 2 1) Stream 3
SUPPLY DATA AT POINT 7) A B C 7) A B C 7) A B C
PRODUCT
Phase (liquid or gas)
Min. Normal Max. Normal Normal Min. Normal Max. Normal Normal Min. Normal Max. Normal Normal
Pressure bar ga
Temperature ºC
Absolute viscosity cP
3
3) Density kg/m
4) Molar mass g/mol
3) Gas in liquid % vol
3
5) Liquid in gas g/m
3
Water in sample g/m
Solids in sample g/m3
Solid particle size µm
RETURN DATA AT POINT 7) D E F G 7) D E F G 7) D E F G

Normal Max. Normal Normal Normal Normal Max. Normal Normal Normal Normal Max. Normal Normal Normal
Pressure bar ga
SCHEMATIC ARRANGEMENT
A
SAMPLE TAKE-OFF POINT
SAMPLE PRECONDITIONING
SYSTEM
Location: local in plant
D
SAMPLE RETURN POINT
SAMPLE TRANSPORT LINES
SAMPLE VENT SYSTEM
C E
Ananlyser house No. ….
F
SAMPLE CONDITIONING SYSTEM
G
Local in plant
SAMPLE DRAIN SYSTEM

Location:
ANALYSER AND READ-OUT 6)

H
SYSTEM 2) 2)
ANALYSER 1 ANALYSER 2 ANALYSER 3
NOTES: 1) For multi-stream sampling system REMARKS: Indicates selected choice

2) When two or three analysers share one sample conditioning system Indicates not required or not applicable
3) For liquid phase
4) For gas phase
5) For liquids other than water
6) For sample data required at point H, see relevant standard drawing for analyser
7) Sample data at points A and D are process conditioned
Rev. letter Made by Date Checked by Date Appr. By Date
Date
Sign.
Sheet No. Cont'd on sheet No.
ANALYSER SYSTEM Tag No. ……
Eng. by : Design book No.: page No.

Principal : Contr. Job No. :
PTS 32.31.50.92, sheet 1/2, 05/2001
SAMPLING SYSTEM DATA Stream 1 1) Stream 2 1) Stream 3
TAKE-OFF POINT
Tag No.
Location in process
Standard drawing No.
Requisition No./Item No.
PRECONDITIONING SYSTEM
Tag No.
TRANSPORT LINES
Supply line (tubing/piping)
Material
Length m
Internal diameter mm
Type of climatic protection
Fire shut-off valves
Check valve in return line
RETURN POINT
Tag No.
Location in process
TIME LAG
From A to B
From B to C
From C to H
CONDITIONING SYSTEM VENT SYSTEM DRAIN SYSTEM

Tag No.
ANALYSER DATA Analyser 1 2) Analyser 2 2) Analyser 3

Tag No.
Analysing above stream No.(s)
Property measured
READ-OUT SYSTEM DATA Requisition No./Item No. Requisition No./Item No. Requisition No./Item No.
Converter
Peak picker
Indicator
Recorder
Computer
………..
SIGNAL DIAGRAM
Drawing No.
Sheet No. of
ANALYSER SYSTEM
Eng. by : Design book No.: page No.
Principal : Contr. Job No. :
PTS 32.31.50.92, sheet 2/2, 05/2001
Cont. Job No.:
SPECIFIC GRAVITY ANALYSER FOR GAS (centrifugal type) MESC No: 60.50.78
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the specific gravity of gas

Manufacturer : ………. Model : …………….
Precision : Better than 1% of span, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
ROTOR ASSEMBLY : Rotor to be driven by a totally enclosed electric motor suitable for ………. phases
One mounting frame, see drawing ………………
TRANSMITTER : Make: ………… Model : …………….
FEATURES : One zero pressure regulator; manufacturer's standard. Materials to be suitable

for sample gas
One sample gas drier ; manufacturer's standard
One air drier ; manufacturer's standard. Mounted on blower housing
ACCESSORIES : One pressure reducer from 1 bar ga to 10 mbar ga.

Make: ………… Model : …………….
One pressure reducer from ……. bar ga to 1 bar ga.
Make: ………… Model : …………….
7 liters of spindle for indicator
Desiccant filling for sample gas drier
One set of calibration weights
REMARKS ON REVISIONS:
Note: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete Indicates information to be submitted with the tender
a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) Indicates selected choice or operating conditions
for all equipment supplied. Indicates not required or not applicable
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: SPECIFIC GRAVITY ANALYSER FOR GAS Rev letter
(CENTRIFUGAL TYPE)
Date PLANT: Date

Checked by
Appr by Date CONSIGNEE: Signature

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.50.93, Sheet 1/1, 09/2001(For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
DENSITY ANALYSER FOR LIQUIDS (Weighing type) MESC No: 60.50.75
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the specific density of liquids

Precision : Better than 0.5 kg/m3, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
TRANSMITTER : Pneumatic
Electric
FEATURES : Temperture compensation for the thermal expansion of the sample
Reference temperature: ……… oC; temperature compensation range: ……. to ….. oC
Coefficient(s) of thermal expansion (in kg/m3.K), see sheet No. 2 column "Remarks"
Compensator with linear characteristics
Compensator with non-linear characteristics
Flexible tube connectors: Stainless steel bellows
Smooth-bore rubber
ACCESSORIES : Two flexible stainless steel tubes for vibration-free connection to the inlet
and outlet of the analyser
Connection to sampling system: ……………..
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: DENSITY ANALYSER FOR LIQUIDS Rev letter

(weighing type)
Date PLANT: Date

Checked by

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.50.94, Sheet 1/1, 09/2001 (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
COLOUR ALARM UNITS MESC No: 60.50.56
Type : Differential photo-electric switch inferring variation of colour of a flowing liquid sample from a preset colour (adjustable over the full range). Provided with indicating lamps
Range and sensitivity : As specified
Local indication : Orange light when sample is lighter than preset value. Red light when sample is darker than preset value
Alarm contacts : The relay operating the indication lights shall have an additional SPDT switch, electrically isolated from the internal supplies, suitable to disconnect 0.5 A ………… -V DC inductive load
Safety certification : Safety certificates, appropriate to the safety code(s) and execution specified, applicable to the country of destination shall be supplied with each instrument
Safety code : IP Code, Area classification: Division ………. Gas group …………..
Safe
IP Code not applicable, use standards acceptable in country of destination. Manufacturer to state code(s) being used
Case : Mounting : Wall mounting Flush panel mounting
Location : In field In analyser room
Execution : Dustproof Dust and *weatherproof Finish to manufacturer's standards
Flameproof Flame and *weatherproof *Manufacturer to advise if weatherproof execution not available in which case
Suitable for air purge weather protection will be supplied by others
Available supplies : Electricity: ………………. -V AC; …………… Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement a transformer will be supplied by others
Manufacturer shall state required voltage and rating of step up/step down transformer
o
Water : ……………… bar, ………… C max. fresh, salt, ………………….
Connections : Sample, inlet and outlet: 1/4 in. NPT female Electrical: Terminal block(s) to manufacturer's standards
Water, inlet and outlet: 1/4 in. NPT female (if required)
Cable entry glands : Power supply Alarm signal
Rubber grommet or similar dust seal Rubber grommet or similar dust seal
Flameproof Flameproof
Flame and weatherproof Flame and weatherproof
…………….. in. BSPP thread (BS 21) …………….. in. BSPP thread (BS 21)
…………….. in. electrical thread (BS 31) …………….. in. electrical thread (BS 31)
Suitable for unarmoured cable ……………… mm OD Suitable for unarmoured cable ……………… mm OD
Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ……………… mm OD Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ……………… mm OD
Sampling system : For sampling systems see sheet and/or drawing No. stated in column "Remarks". Parts enclosed by the dotted line to be supplied by the manufacturer. All parts in
contact with the sample to be of stainless steel AISI 316 or other corrosion-resistant material. Manufacturer shall state materials being used
Indicates selected choice or operational condition Note: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
Indicates not required or not applicable Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER REMARKS ON REVISIONS
All information to be marked , where applicable
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: COLOUR ALARM UNITS Rev letter
Eng. By Sheet No. 1 Cont'd on sheet No.

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.50.95, Sheet 1/2, 09/2001
COLOUR ALARM UNITS - cont sheet MESC No: 60.50.56
Spare parts : Manufacturer shall supply tender for recommended spares for one year's operation
Service requirements : Supplier shall
supervise installation of his equipment execute installation of his equipment
supervise commissioning of his equipment execute commissioning of his equipment
provide draft contract for 6 months' maintenance provide draft contract for 1 year's maintenance
Conditions available at analyser inlet

Ambient temp. at analyser
Item Quant Tag number Service Fluid Pressure Density Viscosity Range and sensitivity
Temp. oC location oC
bar g/cm3 cP
Remarks:
Remarks:
Remarks:
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: COLOUR ALARM UNITS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.50.95, Sheet 2/2, 09/2001
TURBIDITY ANALYSERS MESC No: 60.53.38
Indicates selected choice or operational condition Note: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
Indicates not required or not applicable Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
Type : Automatic industrial indicating turbidity meter utilizing the "light scattering" property of turbid liquids. The equipment shall be of the double-beam oscillating principle with automatic
fully optical zero-compensation. Auxiliary equipment to provide the features specified shall be included in the manufacturer's supply
Range : As specified
Indicating scale : 0-100% linear
Accuracy : ± 1% of specified range
Stability : ± 0.5% of specified range
Features : Recording facility mechanically coupled to detecting unit. Chart 50 mm wide graduated 0-100% linear, length approx. 60 m, chart drive electrical, speed 1 cm per hour
Alarm contact adjustable over full scale, with SPDT switch electrically isolated from meter supply and rated to disconnect 0.5 A ……. - V DC inductive load
Transmitting unit complete with power supply
Output signal: 0 - 100 mV DC 1-5 mA DC in a load of 1500 Ω max.
Measuring cell : Flow type with process wetted parts of stainless steel, glass, PTFE or other corrosion-resistant material. Manufacturer to state material(s) being used
Calibration standard : A nephelometric comparison standard shall be supplied with each instrument
Case : Steel case with provision for air purge, suitable for wall mounting in an analyser room. Finish to manufacturer's standards
Available supplies : Electricity ………………. -V AC; …………… Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement a transformer will be supplied by others
o
Water ……………… bar, ………… C max. fresh, salt, ………………….
Air ………………….. bar
Connections : Sample and water :1/2 in. NPT female Electrical: Terminal blocks(s) to manufacturer's standards
Purge air :1/4 in. NPT female
Cable entry glands : Power supply Alarm signal Transmitter output
Flameproof Flameproof Flameproof
Flame and weatherproof Flame and weatherproof Flame and weatherproof
…………….. in. BSPP thread (BS 21) …………….. in. BSPP thread (BS 21) …………….. in. BSPP thread (BS 21)
…………….. in. electrical thread (BS 31) …………….. in. electrical thread (BS 31) …………….. in. electrical thread (BS 31)
Suitable for unarmoured cable ……………… mm OD Suitable for unarmoured cable ……………… mm OD Suitable for unarmoured cable ………… mm OD
Suitable for steel wire armoured Suitable for steel wire armoured Suitable for steel wire armoured
cable ……………… mm OD cable ……………… mm OD cable ……………… mm OD
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: TURBIDITY ANALYSERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.50.96, Sheet 1/2, 11/2001
TURBIDITY ANALYSERS - cont. sheet MESC No: 60.53.38
Sampling system : For sampling system, see sheet and/or drawing No. stated in column "Remarks". Parts enclosed by the dotted line to be supplied by the manufacturer. All parts in
contact with the sample to be of stainless steel AISI 316 or other corrosion-resistant material. Manufacturer to advise materials being used
Square parts : Per instrument -
2 measurement light sources 1 set amplifier valves (tubes) 6 rolls chart paper
2 complete sets of fuses 1 set glasses and all gaskets for sample cell 2 glow lamps
1 photo cell 1 set keys for sample cell 2 signal lamps
Conditions available at measuring cell

Item Quant. Tag number Service Range Units Remarks
Pressure bar Temperature oC
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: TURBIDITY ANALYSERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.50.96, Sheet 2/2, 11/2001
DENSITY ANALYSER (vibration type) MESC No: 60.50.81
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the density of process fluids

Sample phase : Gas
Liquid
Precision : Better than 0.01% of span, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
MEASURING CELL
Type : Insertion
By-pass
Retractable
CONTROL UNIT : Supplier shall set all adjustments for the range specified on sheet No. 2
FEATURES : Temperature compensation for the thermal expansion of the sample

Reference temperature: …………….oC; temperature compensation range: ……….. to ………. oC
Coefficient(s) of thermal expansion (in kg/m3.K), see sheet No. 2 column "Remarks"
Arrangement for measuring the specific gravity, see drawing ……

SPARE PARTS : Six fuses of each type
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: DENSITY ANALYSER (VIBRATION TYPE) Rev letter
Date PLANT: Date

Checked by

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.50.97, Sheet 1/1, 11/2001(For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
Requisition for Contr. Job No:
SAMPLE TAKE-OFF ASSEMBLY FOR ANALYSERS M E S C No.: 60.53.99.
: Indicates selected choice or operational conditions NOTE: At a later date the supplier will be invited to complete Remarks on revisions:
: Indicates not required or not applicable a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
: Indicates information to be submitted with the tender for all equipment supplied
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : Sample take-off assembly

Type : Take-off/return "Tee"
Probe
Retractable probe
Steam ejector probe
Impact tube
Automatic sampler
Construction : See drawing ………………..
Material : See drawing, unless otherwise specified under "Remarks"
Utility data : When required, as specified on drawing
Identification : Items to be labelled with tag number
Probe length : As specified below. For dimensions "P" and "L", see drawing
Probe length Sample Data

Item Quant. Tag No. Phase Pressure 3 Remarks
"P" "L" Product Temp oC Flow dm /s Viscosity cSt
(liquid/gas) bar ga
Made by Date Equipment : SAMPLE TAKE-OFF ASSEMBLY FOR ANALYSERS Rev letter
Eng. By Sheet No. 1 Cont'd on sheet No. 2

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.51.93, 11/2001, Sheet 1/1
SAMPLE PRECONDITIONING SYSTEM FOR ANALYSERS M E S C No.: 60.53.99.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : Sample preconditioning system for conditioning a fluid sample prior to transport and final conditioning
Construction : See drawing …………………..
Material : See drawing, unless otherwise specified under "Remarks"
Utility data : When required, as specified on drawing
Identification : Items to be labelled with tag number
Sample data at inlet Sample data at outlet

Item Quant. Tag No. Product Phase Pressure 3 Phase Pressure 3 Remarks
Temp. oC Flow dm /s Viscosity cSt Temp. oC Flow dm /s Viscosity cSt
(liquid/gas) bar ga (liquid/gas) bar ga
Made by Date Equipment : SAMPLE PRECONDITIONING SYSTEM FOR ANALYSERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.51.94, 11/2001 Sheet 1/1
SAMPLE CONDITIONING SYSTEM FOR ON-LINE PROCESS STREAM ANALYSERS MESC No:
Description: Sample conditioning system for ……………. (number of) sample stream(s) and ……………………….. (number of) Analyser(s)
This requisition shall be used in conjunction with PTS 32.31.50.11, 'On-line process stream alanlysis, Part 2: Sample conditioning'
New item
Estimated item value
OCDA
Rev. letter
From
S/C
Total
Card
store Item
quantity Unit Tag number Quantity change
No. MESC No.
required
£ ±
D P C C O N D I T I O N I N G S Y S T E M
D
Made by Date Equipment : SAMPLE CONDITIONING SYSTEM FOR ON-LINE PROCESS STREAM ANALYSERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.51.95 , sheet 1/5, 02/2002
SAMPLE CONDITIONING SYSTEM FOR ON-LINE PROCESS STREAM ANALYSERS - cont. sheet MESC No:
PROCESS SAMPLE DATA 3)
System inlet 1) Stream 1 2) Stream 2 2) Stream 3

Product name
Phase liquid/gas
Pressure bar (ga)
o
Temperature C
Flow l/min.
Viscosity mPa's
Vapour pressure bar (abs.)
Molar mass g/mol
Density kg/m3
Composition %
Water content mg/m3

Solids in sample mg/m3
Solids particle size µm
Analyser 1 Analyser 2 Analyser 3

System outlet
TAG no. TAG No. TAG No.
Phase liquid/gas
Pressure bar (ga)
o
Temperature C
Flow l/min.
Max. pressure flare gas system bar (ga)
Vent line pressure bar (ga)
Notes: 1 - When two or more analysers share one conditioning system each sample inlet should be labelled
2 - For multi-stream sampling systems identification: Conditioning systems inlet(s) shall be labelled with Tag numbers
3 - The sample data specification should be worse case fluid conditions

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.51.95 , sheet 2/5, 02/2002
SAMPLE CONDITIONING SYSTEM cont. sheet MESC No:
ENGINEERING DATA
1. Sample conditioning rack-type and execution: 6. Colour coding is required for tubing : yes/no 9. Safety
as follows:
- free standing - welded version galvanized service : colour Degree of protection IP………………….. of IEC 529
- floor mounting - welded version - - instrument air : Area classification Zone …………………….
- wall mounting - bolted version - AISI 316 - nitrogen :
- cooling water : 10. Information to be submitted with tender
2. Tubing and compression fittings and components shall be: 1) - carrier gas :
- reference gas :
- metric of size - calibration gas :
- imperial of size - vents :
3. Compression fittings shall be of the following manufacture: 7. Heating and insulation: Notes: 1. Components shall be selected from sheets 4 and 5
enclosure required : yes/no 2. The type of protection shall be clearly indicated
- of stainless steel on the name plate
- of glass reinforced polyester - Indicates selected choice
- Indicates not required or applicable
4. Pressure gauge connections shall be:
heating required : yes/no
- 1/2 inch BSPP - LP steam
- 1/2 inch NPT - MP steam
5. Air supply lines shall be: 8. Available utilities

Electrical supply - power……………V, …………….. Hz
- PVC covered copper tubing - instruments ……………..V-DC, …….V-AC
- Type 316 stainless steel tubing Cooling water …………………… bar (ga) min…………….oC, max………….oC
LP Steam ……………………. bar (ga)
MP Steam ……………………. bar (ga)
Instrument air ……………………. bar (ga)
Tool air ……………………. bar (ga)
Nitrogen ……………………. bar (ga)

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.51.95 , sheet 3/5, 02/2002
SAMPLE CONDITIONING SYSTEM - cont. sheet MESC No:
ENGINEERING DATA - cont.
COMPONENT SELECTION COMPONENT SELECTION cont.
Item Description Size* Manufacturer Model Item Description Size* Manufacturer Model
06 Ball valve 12mm OD : 27 Filter/coalescer 1/4inch BSPP :
1/2inch OD : 1/4inch NPT :
07 Isolate/vent valve 1/2inch BSPP : 29 In-line filter 6mm OD :
1/2inch NPT : 1/4inch OD :
08 Globe valve 12mm OD : 1/4inch BSPP :
09 Ball valve 6mm OD : 31 Pressure regulator 1/2inch BSPP :
11 Needle valve 6mm OD : 32 Back pressure regulator 1/2inch BSPP :
12 Check valve 12mm OD : 33 Regulator (steam) ……………. :
1/2inch OD : :
13 Check valve 6mm OD : 34 Filter regulator 1/4inch BSPP :
15 Ball valve 3-way 6mm OD : 35 Pressure regulator 1/4inch BSPP :
16 Relief valve 1/2inch BSPP : 36 Back pressure regulator 1/4inch BSPP :
1/2inch NPT : 1/4inch NPT :
17 Relief valve 6mm OD : 38 Pressure gauge 1/2inch BSPP :
1/4inch BSPP : 46 Flowmeter 1/2inch BSPP :
18 Strainer 1/2inch BSPP : 47 Flowmeter (with needle valve) 1/2inch BSPP :
23 By-pass filter 1/2inch BSPP : 48 Flowmeter (with needle valve) 1/4inch BSPP :
24 By-pass filter 1/4inch BSPP : 49 Flowmeter 1/4inch BSPP :
25 Removable filter 6mm OD : 52 Flow controller 1/8inch BSPP :
1/4inch BSPP : 1/8inch NPT :
1/4inch OD : 1/4inch BSPP :
26 Coalescer 1/4inch BSPP :
1/4inch NPT :
*Data may be completed by manufacturer

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.51.95 , sheet 4/5, 02/2002
SAMPLE CONDITIONING SYSTEM - cont. sheet MESC No:
ENGINEERING DATA - cont.
COMPONENT SELECTION DOCUMENTS
Item Description Size* Manufacturer Model
53 Excess flow valve 1/8inch BSPP :
1/8inch NPT :
1/4inch BSPP :
1/4inch NPT :
61 Temperature gauge 1/4inch BSPP :
1/4inch NPT :
71 Sample valve
(change over) …………….. :
72 Funnel 1/2inch BSPP :
1/2inch NPT : REMARKS
73 Calibration vessel ……………… :
75 Syphon 1/2inch NPT :
76 Sight glass 1/2inch BSPP :

1/2inch NPT :
81 Sample pump …………….. : INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED WITH TENDER
86 Gas drier ……………… :
*Data may be completed by manufacturer


Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.51.95 , sheet 5/5, 02/2002
ABSOLUTE VISCOSITY ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.50.04
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the absolute (dynamic) viscosity of liquids
Precision : Output of the instrument shall:
a) correlate with the calculated dynamic viscosity as obtained by ASTM D 445 "Standard Method of test Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and
Opaque Liquids (and the Calculation of Dynamic Viscosity)"
b) be within the repeatability and reproducibility tolerances stated for this method, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
Supplier to advise correlation factors, where applicable
o
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER : Bath temperature 37.78 C
o
50.00 C
o
98.89 C
o
…….. C
o o o o
The temperature controller shall maintain the temperature of the bath within 0.01 C for temperatures between 15 C and 100 C and within 0.03 C for
temperatures outside this range
CAPILLARY : Small bore capillary; to be interchangeable without special tools
Supplier shall state the capillary number(s) with the viscosity range for each capillary to be supplied
Large bore capillary
TRANSMITTER : Make: ……………… Model: ………………
o
FEATURES : High-temperature protection of bath heater. Max. temperature ……………… C
Calibrated liquid-in-glass thermometer for constant-temperature bath. Span approximately 3 oC
Multi-range analyser. Number of ranges required: ……….. , selected by: ……………..
Interchangeable small bore capillaries
Permanently mounted capillaries to be switched by valves (max. 3)
Differential pressure transmitters to be switched by valves
Pump motor control to prevent switching-on when bath temperature is below normal (for highly viscous products)
Pump inlet pressure indication
ACCESSORIES : Preheat exchanger upstream of gear pump
o o
Silicon oil having a kinematic viscosity lower than 25 cSt at 37.8 C, and a flash point at least 25 C above maximum operating temperature of the
bath: quanity sufficient to fill constant-temperature bath
One calibrated liquid-in-glass thermometer for constant-temperature bath. Span approximately 3 oC
Six bulbs
Made by Date Equipment : DYNAMIC (ABSOLUTE) VISCOSITY ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.52.93, 11/2001 Sheet 1/1. (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
ION CONCENTRATION ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.51.89.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line meter for measuring the ……………….. -ion concentration of aqueous solutions
Precision : Better than ……….. % of span, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
ELECTRODES/TEMP. PROBE
Measuring electrode : Model: ………………
Reference electrode : Model: ………………
Temperature probe : Model: ………………
Combination electrode : Model: ………………
Cable : Length of electrode/probe cables: ……………….. m, type: …………
Cable connection : Connection between electrode/probe and cable: plug-type electrode/probe connection
permanently sealed connection
ELECTRODES HOLDER : Immersion type , immersion length …………. mm
Submersion type , submersion length …………. mm
Flow type , inlet and outlet connections ……………… in. NPT female
Insertion type , individual electrode gland(s) with process connection: weld-on
threaded ………….. in. NPT male
Electrodes holder assembly to be provided with flexible conduit(s) to protect the measuring cables(s)
Wetted materials : Stainless steel AISI 316
PTFE
…………………..
TRANSMITTER : Transmitter shall be suitable for use with a remote power supply unit when specified below
Features : Automatic or manual temperature compensation to be selectable by switch, and suitable for the temperature range specified
ACCESSORIES : Remote power supply unit with safety barriers on transmitter supply and output lines to fulfil safety requirements appropriate to the area
classification specified on sheet No. 2. Model: ……….
Indicator. Model: …………… Graduation: ………………..
Pre-amplifier forming integral part of the measuring and reference electrodes assembly
Connection box for electrode cables. Model: …………….
………………… m of special cable to interconnect connection box and transmitter. Type: ……………...
Ultrasonic electrodes cleaning device. Model: ……………… For supply voltage and electrical safety, see sheet No. 2
Mechanical electrodes cleaning device. Model: ……………… For supply voltage and electrical safety, see sheet No. 2
Made by Date Equipment : ION CONCENTRATION ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.53.94, 11/2001 Sheet 1/1 (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.50.59
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line meter for measuring the electrical conductivity of liquids

Precision : Better than 0.5% of span for mid scale and better than 2% at both ends of the scale, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
MEASURING CELL
Type : ……………………..
Temperature compensation : Measuring cell to be provided with NTC-resistor for temperature compensation. Temperature range specified on sheet No. 2 under column "Remarks"
Cell constant : Supplier to advise cell constant
……………. cm-1
Cable : Length of cable between measuring cell and range box: ………. m. Type: ……………..
CELL HOLDER : Immersion type : …………………..
Flow type : …………………..
Screw-in type : …………………..
Insertion type : …………………..
Cell holder assembly to be provided with flexible conduit to protect the measuring cable
Wetted materials : Stainless steel AISI 316
PTFE
…………………..
RANGE BOX : Supplier to advise model of range box and value of NTC-resistor for temperature compensation
TRANSMITTER : Transmitter shall be suitable for use with a remote power supply unit, when specified below
Features : Automatic and manual temperature compensation to be selectable by switch, and suitable for the temperature range specified
ACCESSORIES : Remote power supply unit with safety barriers on transmitter supply and output lines to fulfil safety requirements appropriate to the area classification
specified on sheet No. 2. Model ……………………….
Indicator. Model: ……………. Graduation: ………………….
…………………. m of special cable to interconnect range box and transmitter. Type: ………………..
Made by Date Equipment : ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.53.95, 11/2001 (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
ELECTRODES AND TEMPERATURE PROBE FOR ION-CONCENTRATION ANALYSERS M E S C No.: 60.51.89.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : Ion selective electrodes, reference electrode and temperature probe for measuring ……………. -ion concentration
in aqueous solutions
Manufacturer : ……….…….
Cable : Length of electrode/probe cable: ………….. m. Type: …………….
Cable connection : Connection between electrode(s)/probe and cable: plug-type electrode/probe connection
permanently sealed connection
MEASURING ELECTRODE : Code M. Model: …………………
REFERENCE ELECTRODE : Code R. Model: …………………
TEMPERATURE PROBE : Code T. Model: …………………
COMBINATION ELECTRODE : Code C. Model: …………………
Sample data
Item Quant. Tag No. Code Product Pressure Remarks
Temp oC
bar ga
Made by Date Equipment : ELECTRODES AND TEMPERATURE PROBE FOR ION-CONCENTRATION ANALYSERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.53.96, 11/2001 Sheet 1/1
KINETIC VAPOUR PRESSURE ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.51.94.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the kinetic vapour pressure of liquids
a) correlate with the "Reid Vapour Pressure" as obtained by ASTM D 323 "Standard Method of Test for Vapour Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method)"
o o
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER : Maintaining the temperture of the constant-temperature bath at 37.8 C ± 0.1 C
TRANSMITTER : Make: …...……. Model : …………….
FEATURES : Calibrated liquid-in-glass constant thermometer for constant-temperature bath
ACCESSORIES : One pressure regulator to control the sample discharge pressure
o o
Silicon oil having a kinematic viscosity lower than 25 cSt at 37.8 C and a flash point at least 25 C above the maximum operating
temperature of the bath; quantity sufficient to fill constant-temperature bath
One calibrated liquid-in-glass thermometer for constant-temperature bath.
Six bulbs
Made by Date Equipment : KINETIC VAPOUR PRESSURE ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
FLASH POINT ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.51.25.
: Indicates selected choice or operating condition NOTE: At a later date the supplier will be invited to complete Remarks on revisions:
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the flash point of petroleum products
a) correlate with the flash point as obtained by ASTM D 56 "Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester" or
ASTM D 93 "Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester"
b) be within the tolerances for repeatability and reproducibility as stated for these methods, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
FEATURES : Thermocouple having temperature/e.m.f. characteristics in accordance with BS 4937. For type of thermocouple, see sheet No. 2
Flame arresters on outlets where required to fulfil safety requirements appropriate to the area classification specified on sheet No. 2
ACCESSORIES : One mV/…………… converter, suitable for thermocouple specified above. Make : …...……. Model : …………….
For output signal, supply voltage, electrical safety, etc., see sheet No. 2
One peak picker comprising a modified e.m.f. to air converter giving a pneumatic output for trend read-out as specified on sheet No. 2
Make: Honeywell. Model: 158 N 32
…………. Model: ………….
One set of sparking plugs
Made by Date Equipment : FLASH POINT ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.55.93, 11/200, Sheet 1/1 (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
BOILING RANGE ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.50.20
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : Semi-automatic analyser for measuring and recording the complete ASTM distillation range of temperature as a function of the
percentage recovered petroleum product
a) correlate with the results as obtained by ASTM D 86 "Standard Method of Test for Distillation of Petroleum Products"
Product group : Instrument to be suitable for: ASTM product groups 1, 2 and 3
ASTM product group 4
3
FEATURES : Temperature controller to control the rate of distillation at 67-83 mm /s
Temperature sensitive element having the same dynamic characteristics as the mercury-in-glass thermometer prescribed for the
ASTM test method. In the temperature reading an artificial "emergent stem error" shall be introduced so that correlation with the
ASTM test method is obtained
Narrow temperature range adapter and one platinum resistance thermometer appropriate to the ranges as specified on sheet No. 2
ACCESSORIES : Dry point detector
Refridgerator unit for cooling condenser bath and receiver compartment
Make: ……………… Model: ………………
SPARE PARTS : One distillation flask
3
One 100 cm measuring cylinder
Six fuses of each type
One electric heating element
One flask support
o
Recorder charts. 0-300 C. Quantity: ……………….
0-400 oC. Quantity: ……………….
Made by Date Equipment : BOILING RANGE ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.55.94, 11/2001 sheet 1/1 (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
CLOUD POINT ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.50.52.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the cloud point of petroleum products
a) correlate with the cloud point as obtained by ASTM D 2500 "Standard Method of Test for Cloud Point of Petroleum Oils"
b) be within the tolerances for repeatability and reproducibility as stated for this method, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
Protection of cooling unit in the event of cooling water failure.
ACCESSORIES : One peak picker comprising a modified e.m.f. to air converter giving a pneumatic output for trend read-out as specified on sheet No. 2
Make: Honeywell. Model: 158 N 32
…………. Model: ………….
Made by Date Equipment : CLOUD POINT ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
ON-LINE POUR POINT ANALYSERS M E S C No.: 60.52.66.
: Indicates selected choice or operational condition NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts
: Indicates not required or not applicable List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied
Type : Industrial transmitting analyser for continous measurement of pour point
Accuracy : Output of the instrument shall correlate with ASTM D 97 "Standard Method of Test for Pour Point" and fall (with a 95% confidence level) within the repeatability and
reproducibility tolerances, stated for this method. Where correlation factors have to be applied, these shall be stated by the manufacturer
Output signal : From chromel-alumel thermocouple having temperature/e.m.f. characteristics in accordance with Circular 561 of National Bureau of Standards, USA
Safety certification : Safety certificates, appropriate to the safety code(s) and excution specified, applicable to the country of destination shall be supplied with each instrument
Safety code : IP Code, Area classification: Division ………… Gas group ………………. Temperature class ………….
Safe
IP Code not applicable, use standards acceptable in counry of destination. Manufacturer shall state code(s) being used
Flameproof Flame and *weatherproof *Manufacturer to advise if weatherproof execution not available in which
Suitable for air purge case weather protection will be supplied by others
Available supplies : Electricity ……………. -V AC; ………… Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement, a transformer will be supplied by others
Air ……………. bar
Fresh water ……………. bar, …………….. oC max.
Connections : Sample : 1/4 in. NPT female or 1/8 in. NPT female
Air : 1/4 in. NPT female
Water : …………. in. NPT female
Electrical : Terminal block(s) to manufacturer's standards
Cable entry glands : Power supply Output signal
………… in. BSPP thread (BS 21) ………… in. BSPP thread (BS 21)
………… in. electrical thread (BS 31) ………… in. electrical thread (BS 31)
Suitable for unarmoured cable …………….. mm OD Suitable for unarmoured cable …………….. mm OD
Suitable for steel wire armoured cable …………….. mm OD Suitable for steel wire armoured cable …………….. mm OD
Made by Date Equipment : ON-LINE POUR POINT ANALYSERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.55.96, sheet 1/2, 01/2002,
ON-LINE POUR POINT ANALYSERS M E S C No.: 60.52.66.
Accessories : Peak picker giving a 0.2-1.0 bar air output proportional to the range of the analyser by means of modified "Honeywell" e.m.f. to air converter type 158 N 32,
complete with 1/4 in. NPT air purge connection
Sampling system : For sampling system, see sheet and/or drawing No. stated in column "Remarks". Parts enclosed by the dotted line to be supplied by the manufacturer. All parts in
Service requirements : Supplier shall supervise installation of his equipment execute installation of his equipment
supervise commissioning of his equipment execute commissioning of his equipement
Conditions available at analyser inlet Viscosity at pour

Range
Item Quant. Tag number Service and fluid Pressure Temp. Density Pour point point o Remarks
C
Bar o
C g/cm3 o
C cP
Made by Date Equipment : ON-LINE POUR POINT ANALYSERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.55.96, sheet 2/2, 01/2002,
INITIAL BOILING POINT ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.51.87.
: Indicates information to be submitted with the tender for all equipment supplied.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the initial boiling point of petroleum products
a) correlate with the initial boiling point temperature as obtained by ASTM D 86 "Standard Method of Test for Distillation of
Petroleum Products"
FEATURES : Thermocouple having
a) temperature/e.m.f. characteristics in accordance with BS 4937. For type of thermocouple, see sheet No. 2
b) the same dynamic characteristics as the mercury-in-glass thermoter prescribed for the ASTM test method
ACCESSORIES : One mV/………… converter, suitable for thermocouple specified above
Make: …………….. Model: ……………..
Mounted on analyser rack : One sample metering pump Make: …………….. Model: ……………..
One constant flow regulator for sample supply Make: …………….. Model: ……………..
One flow meter for sample supply Make: …………….. Model: ……………..
One flow meter for water supply Make: …………….. Model: ……………..
SPARE PARTS : One complete thermocouple assembly as specified above
Made by Date Equipment : INITIAL BOILING POINT ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.55.97, Sheet 1/1, 11/2001 (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
CUT POINT ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.50.69.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the ASTM distillation temperture of petroleum products at ………… % recovered volume of condensate
a) correlate with the results as obtained by ASTM D 86 "Standard Method of Test for Distillation of Petroleum Products"
b) be within the tolerances for repeatability and reproductibility as stated for this method, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
High-temperature protection of heater
Heater to be switched off when sample flow fails
ACCESSORIES : One mV/ …………. converter, suitable for thermocouple specified above
Make: …………….. Model:……………….
SPARE PARTS One sample metering pump to be supplied as a loose item. Make: …………….. Model:……………….
: Six fuses of each type
Made by Date EQUIPMENT : CUT POINT ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.55.98, 11/2001, Sheet 1/1. (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
END POINT ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.51.10.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the end point temperature of petroleum products
a) correlate with the end point temperature as obtained by ASTM D 86 "Standard Method of Test for Distillation of
Petroleum Products"
High-temperature protection heater
One temperature switch on condenser tube to switch off heater when sample flow fails
ACCESSORIES : One mV/………… converter, suitable for thermocouple specified above
Make: …………….. Model: ……………..
Mounted on analyser rack : One constant flow regulator for sample supply Make: …………….. Model: ……………..
Rotameter and needle valve Make: …………….. Model: ……………..
One sample flow check tube with three-way valve Make: …………….. Model: ……………..
SPARE PARTS : Two glass distillation columns
Two sets of column gaskets
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: END POINT ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PROCESS GAS CHROMATOGRAPH M E S C No.: 60.50.50.
Remarks :
Description : Process gas chromatograph for measuring, recording and/or transmitting the composition of one or more gas and/or liquid streams
Manufacturer : , model:
Ranges : See sheet No. 2 et seq
Precision : Supplier to advise with a 95% confidence level (2 σ) the repeatability expected for each sample component to be recorded
ANALYSER : Supplier to advise the columns and valves configuration required for the sample composition specified on sheet No. 2 et seq
Detection method : Supplier to advise the most suitable detection method
Analysis time : Needs to be short, without impairing complete separation of the components to be recorded. Preferably: analyses per hour
Peak separation : Where complete separation of two adjacent peaks cannot be achieved, peak valley to peak height ratio, both measured from the top of the smallest of the two peaks,
shall not be less than 0.8
Column life : The retention times of the components specified on sheet No. 2 et seq shall not decrease more than 10% in 6 months
Carrier gas : Supplier to advise required type and purity of carrier gas
Safety features : Supplier to advise any safety features required to protect the analyser in the case of malfunctioning
CONTROL UNIT : Controlling analysis cycle, advancing recorder chart, peak-picking and when specified under "Remarks" on sheet No. 2 et seq controlling computer functions
Timer : Electronic Mechanical
Presentation : Complete chromatogram of all detected sample components and bar graph of those components specified on sheet No. 2 et seq under "Full scale range required"
Memory : Long-term memories for those sample components that require trend recording as specified on sheet No. 2 et seq. Output signal as specified on sheet No. 2
Cable : metre of special cable to interconnect analyser and control unit
RECORDER : Potentiometric indicating recorder modified to suit analyser and control unit
Make : Leeds and Northrup, model: model:
Scale : White with black figures and graduation; graduation: linear -10/0/+100
Chart : Width: mm; speed: 25 mm/min; graduation: linear -10/0/+100
Pen speed : Full scale travel time: 1 second
Features : To be provided with switch for continuous chart drive
Accessories : 12 rolls of strip chart; 1 spare pen; 6 spare fuses; ink
SAMPLING SYSTEM : One automatic stream-selecting system for a number of …………. streams
comprising: an automatic stream selector forming a separate part of the control unit
a switch module to override the automatic stream selector manually forming a separate part of the automatic stream for the samples
One sample-stream selecting module utilizing flamproof solenoid valves having "sample-wetted" components of material that are suitable for the samples
specified on sheet No. 2 et seq. Supplier to advise the materials used
One sample conditioner to convert the conditions at the inlet of the conditioner for each product stream specified into conditions acceptable to the analyser.
For conditions, see sheet No. …………. "Requisition for analyser sampling system"
Made by Date Equipment : PROCESS GAS CHROMATOGRAPH Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.56.93, 11/2001 (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96, sheet 1 et seq)
ON-LINE INFRA-RED ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.51.84
Type : Industrial transmitting non-dispersive infra-red analyser comprising the units specified below and engineered to determine the concentration of the component
indicated in the sample composition tabulation
Accuracy : ± 1% of range span for the measured component
Zero drift : Less than 1% of span in 8 hours
Span drift : Less than 1% in 24 hours
ANALYSER
Type : Manufacturer shall advise analyser type and cell length for specified sample composition and measurement range
Location : In analyser room ………………………..
Execution : Flame/explosionproof Dustproof with provision for air purge Finish to manufacturer's standards
Connections : See "General Information and Requirements"
AMPLIFIER, TRANSMITTER AND ANALYSER CONTROL UNIT
Function : Amplification and conversion of the measurement signal from the analyser into the specified output, together with zero and span adjustment facilities. The unit shall
have an indicating meter to give a local indication of the analysis
Output : Electric, 4-20 mA DC, in a load (including cables) of …………… ? max
Pneumatic, 0.2-1.0 bar Preferred I/P converter …………..
Case : Combination with the analyser in the same housing is rquired, refer to analyser specification for case detail
Mounting : Flush panel mounting Free standing, suitable for bench or table top
Location : In analyser room ……………………………………..……………..
Execution : Dustproof with provision for air purge Finish to manufacturer's standards
Connections : See "General Information and Requirements' below
Cable : ……………………… meters of special cable to interconnect amplifier and analyser
SAMPLING SYSTEM
For sampling system, see sheet and/or drawing No. stated in column "Remarks". Parts enclosed by the dotted line to be supplied by the manufacturere. All parts in
Modular-type sample conditioner to convert tabulated available input condtions into analyser requiremtents
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS
Available supplies : Electricity ……………… -V AC;…………….. Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement, a transformer will be supplied by others
Air ……………… bar
Made by Date Equipment : ON-LINE INFRA-RED ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.56.94, sheet 1, 01/2002,
ON-LINE INFRA-RED ANALYSER - cont. sheet M E S C No.: 60.51.84
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS (cont'd)
Connections : Manufacturer's standard electrical connections
Sample and all pneumatic lines: 1/4 in. NPT female
Cable entry glands : Flameproof glands shall be supplied for the following cables at each entry to equipment in manufacturer's supply:
1. Special cable between analyser and amplifier, where applicable
2. All power supply cables : gland to suit unarmoured* /steel wire armoured* cable ………….. mm OD *Delete what is not applicable
3. Output signal cable : gland to suit unarmoured* /steel wire armoured* cable ………….. mm OD
Safety codes : IP Code, Area classification: Division ………… Gas group ………………. Temperature class ………….
Safe
IP Code not applicable, use standards acceptable in counry of destination. Manufacturer shall state code(s) being used
Safety certification : Safety certificates, appropriate to the safety code(s) and execution specified, applicable to the country of destination shall be supplied with each instrument
Service requirements : Supplier shall supervise installation of his equipment execute installation of his equipment
Condition available at analyser inlet
Item Quant. Tag number Service Pressure Density Heaviest contaminant in event of process mal-operation
Temp. oC Phase
bar g/cm3
Sample stream composition Component to be measured Measurement range Units

Concentration
Min. Max. Units Remarks
Made by Date Equipment : ON-LINE INFRA-RED ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.56.94, sheet 2, 01/2002,
OXYGEN ANALYSER FOR GAS M E S C No.: 60.52.42.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the oxygen content of gas

Range : See sheet No. 2. Ranges (including 0-25% O2 to enable calibration with air) selectable by a switch on front of the analyser
Precision : Better than 1% of span or 0.1% volume oxygen, whichever is the greater, with a 95% confidence level (2 σ)
Output signal : See sheet No. 2. Supplier shall correctly set the output selector if provided
Scale : Graduation: 0-25 and 0-100 liner
Enclosure : Temperature inside enclosure to be controlled at : 60 oC
40 oC
FEATURES : Sample supply rotameter and sample by-pass rotameter
Sample supply flow valve, differential bubbler and (mounted inside enclosure) water separator/filter block
Converter for isolated mA output. Make : ………. Model : …………….
SAMPLING SYSTEMS : One stream-selecting system for a number of …………. streams, see sheet No.: …………….
One integrally mounted sampling system, see sheet No.: ………………
Made by Date Equipment : OXYGEN ANALYSER FOR GAS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
TRACE OXYGEN ANALYSER FOR GAS M E S C No.: 60.52.44.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the trace oxygen content of gas
Range : See sheet No. 2, column "full scale range required"
ANALYSER
o
Measuring cell : Automatic compensation of the temperature gradient for ambient temperaturers between 5 and 35 C
CONTROL UNIT
Scale : Graduation
FEATURES : Zero point compensation
Built-in electrolytic calibrating device
ACCESSORIES : Reagents required for one year's continuous operation
Absorber to eliminate interfering components
Supplier to advise type of filling
Made by Date EQUIPMENT : TRACE OXYGEN ANALYSER FOR GAS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.91, 11/2001, Sheet 1/1. (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96)
CO2 ANALYSERS (portable) M E S C No.: 60.50.40.
Type : Portable automatic industrial analyser for measuring and recording CO2 concentration (based on measurement of decreased volume by absorption of CO2)
Range : 0-20% CO2 by volume
Accuracy : ± 0.50% CO2 by volume or better
Analyses frequency : 30 analyses per hour
Response : After a 10% step change of CO2 concentration at the analyser it shall record the new value within the above accuracy limits after not more than two complete analysis cycles
Recording chart : Width - 70 mm Graduation - 0-20% Drive - electric
Speed - 20 mm per hour Length - one month's operation
Case : Rugged, dustproof sheet steel case fitted with carrying handles and pedestal feet to allow free standing operation. Finish to manufacturer's standards
An engraved laminated plastic label sized approx. 100 x 30 mm, WARNING
shall be fixed to the front door of the case carrying the following text BEFORE OPERATING IN HAZARDOUS AREAS
in black letters on a yellow background GAS SAFETY CLEARANCE MUST BE OBTAINED
Available supplies : Electricity: ………… -V AC; ……….. Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement a transformer will be supplied by others.
Connections : Sample input and output: 1/4 in. NPT female
Electrical: Terminal block(s) to manufacturer's standards; Cable entry gland to suit cable …………… mm OD
Miscellaneous : Per instrument:
12 rolls of strip chart …. spare recording pens
1 filling of purified mercury …. tins (0.5 kg) of potassium hydroxide
1 gas washer 1 pressure-reducing assembly suitable to reduce tabulated input pressure to analyser requirement
Available conditions at analyser inlet
Item Quant. Service Temperature Composition Remarks
Pressure bar o
C Component Concentration Units
Made by Date Equipment : CO2 ANALYSERS (portable) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.93, 11/2001, Sheet 1/1
ON-LINE SULPHUR ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.53.26
Type : Industrial transmitting analyser for the continuous measurement of sulphur content of kerosines and gas oils
The measuring cell shall be designed to be independent of sample density, carbon to hydrogen ratio and viscosity
Accuracy : ± 0.3% wt. sulphur
Output signal : 0-100mV DC 4-20 mA DC 10-50 mA DC ………………….…
Radiation safety : The equipment shall be so constructed that the radiation measured at any point on the surface of the analyser is below both the statutory limit required in the country of destination, and the limit set for "Non-Radiation
certification Workers" in the "Manual of Industrial Radiation Protection", latest edition, published by the International Labour office, Geneva. The radio-active sources shall be shipped separately from the remainder of the
equipment by appropriate protective packing. Documentation, test certificates, etc., pertaining to these sources, complying with the regulations in force in the country of destination, shall precede the shipment of
these sources
Electrical safety : Safety certificates, appropriate to the safety code(s) and execution specified, applicable to the country of destination shall be supplied for all flameproof or intrinsically safe items used in the construction of the
a. certification analyser
b. code IP Code, Area classification: Division ………... Gas group ……….... Temperature class ………....
Safe
IP Code not applicable, use standards acceptable in country of destination. Manufacturer shall state code(s) being used
Case : Mounting : Free standing with anti-vibration mounts and levelling facilities
Location : In analyser room
Execution : Dustproof with electrically interlocked air purge
Finish : Manufacturer's standard, to include international symbol indicating presence of radio-active material and ionising radiations
Available supplies : Electricity : …...…... -V AC: …...…. Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement a transformer will be supplied by others.
Air ……....…. bar
Fresh water ……….....bar, …………..oC max.
Steam ………..... Bar
Connections : Sample, air, steam and water: 1/4 in. NPT female Electrical: Terminal block(s) to manufacturer's standards
Made by Date Equipment : ON-LINE SULPHUR ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.94, 01/2002 sheet 1/2
ON-LINE SULPHUR ANALYSER - cont sheet M E S C No.: 60.53.26
Flameproof, suitable for unarmoured cable …….. mm OD Flameproof, suitable for unarmoured cable …….. mm OD
Flameproof, suitable for steel wire armoured cable ………….. mm OD Flameproof, suitable for steel wire armoured cable ………….. mm OD
Sampling system : For sampling system, see sheet and/or drawing No. stated under column "Remarks". Parts enclosed by the dotted line to be supplied by the manufacturer.
All parts in contact with the sample to be of stainless steel AISI 316 or other corrosion-resistant material. Manufacturer shall state materials being used.
Service requirements: Supplier shall supervise installation of his equipment execute installation of his equipment
Conditions available at analyser inlet
Item Quant. Tag number Service Fluid Range % wt Sulphur content Density Carbon: hydrogen Viscosity
% wt. g/cm3 ratio cSt
Minimum
01 1 Normal
Maximum
Remarks:
Made by Date Equipment : ON-LINE SULPHUR ANALYSERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.94, 01/2002 sheet 2/2
H2S ANALYSERS FOR PROCESS STREAMS M E S C No.: 60.51.74.
: Indicates not required or not applicable List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
Type : Industrial transmitting analyser for measurement of H2S concentration. Manufacturer shall state whether sensitive paper or reagent absorption type
Accuracy : ± 5% of range specified. Manufacturer shall state allowable variations in electrical supply voltage/frequency, ambient termpature, etc., to maintain this accuracy
Output signal : 0-10 mV DC. Manufacturer shall supply calibration data, giving output signal against H2S concentration
Safety certification : Safety certificates, appropriate to the safety code(s) and execution specified, applicable to the country of destination, shall be supplied with each instrument
IP Code, Area classification: Division ……….. Gas group …………... Temperature class ……….…..
Safe
Available supplies : Electricity ….. -V AC; …. Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement a transformer will be supplied by others.
Connections : Sample : 1/4 in. NPT female Electrical : Terminal block(s) to manufacturer's standards
Carrier gas : ……………..
in. NPT female

……..... in. BSPP thread (BS 21) ……….. in. BSPP thread (BS 21)
……..... in. electrical thread (BS 31) ……..... in. electrical thread (BS 31)
Suitable for unarmoured cable ……….... mm OD Suitable for unarmoured cable ……….... mm OD
Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ………. mm OD Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ……..… mm OD
Sampling system : For sampling system, see sheet and/or drawing No. stated in column "Remarks". Parts enclosed by the dotted line to be supplied by the manufacturer. All parts in contact with the sample to be of stainless steel
AISI 316 or other corrosion-resistant material. Manufacturer shall state materials being used
Carrier gas : Gas and supply pressure required to be specified by manufacturer
Accessories : For sensitised paper-type analysers: paper rolls for 6 months' operation
For reagent absorption-type analysers: reagent storage container for 8 days' operation
Made by Date Equipment : H2S ANALYSERS FOR PROCESS STREAMS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.95, sheet 1/2, 01/2002
H2S ANALYSERS FOR PROCESS STREAMS - cont. sheet M E S C No.: 60.51.74
provide draft contract for 6 month's maintenance provide draft contract for 1 year's maintenance
Composition limits of gas sample Condition available at

analyser inlet Range
Item Quant. Tag number Service Remarks
Pressure Temp. ppm
Components Concentration Units o
bar C
Made by Date Equipment : H2S ANALYSERS FOR PROCESS STREAMS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.95, sheet 2/2, 01/2002
H2S ANALYSERS FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION M E S C No.: 60.51.74.
Type : Industrial transmitting H2S analyser with local indicator and alarm-initiating device with sealed contacts. Manufacturer shall state whether sensitive paper or reagent absorption type
Accuracy : ± 5% of range specified. Manufacturer shall state allowable variations in electrical supply voltage/frequency, ambient temperature, etc., to maintain this accuracy
Response : Maximum allowable dead time - 1 minute. After a step change of H2S concentration at analyser inlet the analyser shall indicate 95% of this step within 3 minutes
Indication : The local indicator shall be calibrated and graduated for the specified range
Output signal : 0-10 mV DC (to feed a remote potentiometric recorder supplied by others). Manufacturer shall supply calibration data, giving output signal against H2S concentration
Alarm initiation : Alarm initiation shall be adjustable over the full range of the instrument and provide an SPDT switch, electrically isolated from the analyser supply, the contacts to be suitable to disconnect
0.5 A ….-V DC inductive load
Safety certification : Safety certificates appropriate to the safety code(s) and execution specified, applicable to the country of destination, shall be supplied with each instrument
Safety code IP Code, Area classification: Division ……......... Gas group ………........ Temperature class ………....
Safe
Available supplies : Electricity : ……........ -V AC; ……........ Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement a transformer will be supplied by others.
Air : ………........ bar
Cable entry glands : Power supply Output signal Alarm signal
Rubber grommet or similar dust seal Rubber grommet or similar dust seal Rubber grommet or similar dust seal
……..... in. BSPP thread (BS 21) ……..... in. BSPP thread (BS 21) ……..... in. BSPP thread (BS 21)
……..... in. electrical thread (BS 31) ……..... in. electrical thread (BS 31) ……..... in. electrical thread (BS 31)
Suitable for unarmoured cable ……….…. mm OD Suitable for unarmoured cable …….….. mm OD Suitable for unarmoured cable ………... mm OD
Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ….…….. mm OD Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ……..…. mm OD Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ……...… mm OD
Made by Date Equipment : H2S ANALYSERS FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.96, 01/2002 sheet 1/2
H2S ANALYSERS FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION - cont. sheet M E S C No.: 60.51.74.
Connections : Sample : Inlet 1/4 in. NPT female, outlet 1 in. NPT female Reagent outlet : Manufacturer's standard
Air purge : 1/4 in. NPT female Electrical : Terminal block(s) to manufacturer's standards
Sampling system : For sampling system, see sheet and/or drawing No. stated in column "Remarks". Parts enclosed by the dotted line to be supplied by the manufacturer.
All parts in contact with the sample to be of stainless steel AISI 316 or other corrosion-resistant material which will not absorb H2S. Manufacturer shall state materials being used.
Accessories : Two membrane pumps in parallel, preferably mounted inside the analyser case
Sub-panel completely assembled and tubes in accordance with sampling system drawings, sheet No. …….... and/or drawing T ……………………..
Funnel-shaped inlet for samping point
For sensitised paper-type analysers: paper rolls for 6 months' operation
For reagent absorption-type analysers: reagent storage container for 8 days' operation
Item Quant. Tag number Service Range, ppm Remarks
Made by Date Equipment : H2S ANALYSERS FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.96, 01/2002 sheet 2/2
WATER CONTENT ANALYSER FOR GAS M E S C No.: 60.53.63.
Remarks : 1), 2), 3) and 4) refer to specified operating principle
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the water content of gas

Operating principle : 1) Oscillating coated crystals
2) P2O5 cell
3) AI2O3 probe
4) LiCl cell
Manufacturer : … Model: …
Range : Ranges specified on sheet No. 2 to be selectable by switch on front of control unit
Supplier to provide calibration curves, where applicable
CONTROL UNIT 1) : Control unit to be provided with contacts to enable peak picking
Alarm initiation : A number of …………. alarm contacts adjustable over the full analyser range. For type and rating of alarm contact(s), see sheet No. 2
Cable : … m of special cable to interconnect analyser/measuring cell and control unit
FEATURES 1) : Heatless drier for reference gas
ACCESSORIES 1) : One set of dummy crystals for calibration purposes
SPARE PARTS 1) : One set of matched crystals
2) 4) One measuring cell
3) One measuring probe
Made by Date Equipment : WATER CONTENT ANALYSER FOR GAS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.97, 01/2002 (For continuation, use PTS 32.32.59.96) sheet 1
WATER ANALYSERS (silica-phosphate-chloride concentration, hardness) M E S C No.: 60.
Type : Industrial transmitting analyser for the continuous measurement of the specified water impurity or property with adjustable high-alarm initiating switch
Output signal : 0-50 mV DC
Alarm initiation : Alarm initiation shall be adjustable over the full range of the instrument and provide a SPDT contact group, electrically isolated from the analyser supply, the contacts to be suitable to disconnect
0.5 A ….-V DC inductive load
Safety certification : Safety certificates appropriate to the safety code(s) and execution specified, applicable to the country of destination, shall be supplied with each instrument
IP Code, Area classification: Division ……….... Gas group ……….…. Temperature class …………….
Safe
Case IP Code not applicable, use standards acceptable in country of destination. Manufacturer shall state code(s) being used
: Mounting : Wall mounting Rack mounting
Available supplies : Electricity : ……….... -V AC: ……….... Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement a transformer will be supplied by others.
Air : …….... bar
Connections : Sample inlet and outlet (drain) : 1/2 in. NPT female Electrical: Terminal block(s) to manufacturer's standards
Air : 1/4 in. NPT female
Cable entry glands : Power supply Output signal Alarm signal
Rubber grommet or similar dust seal Rubber grommet or similar dust seal Rubber grommet or similar dust seal
………..... in. BSPP thread (BS 21) ………..... in. BSPP thread (BS 21) ………..... in. BSPP thread (BS 21)
………..... in. electrical thread (BS 31) ………..... in. electrical thread (BS 31) ………..... in. electrical thread (BS 31)
Suitable for unarmoured cable …... mm OD Suitable for unarmoured cable …... mm OD Suitable for unarmoured cable …... mm OD
Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ….. mm OD Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ..… mm OD Suitable for steel wire armoured cable ….. mm OD
Made by Date Equipment : WATER ANALYSERS (silica-phosphate-chloride concentration, hardness) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.98, sheet 1/2, 01/2002
WATER ANALYSERS (silica-phosphate-chloride concentration, hardness) - cont sheet M E S C No.: 60.
Sampling system : For sampling system, see sheet and/or drawing No. stated in column "Remarks". Parts enclosed by the dotted line to be supplied by the manufacturer.
All parts in contact with the sample to be of stainless steel AISI 316 or other corrosion-resistant material. Manufacturer shall state materials being used.
Miscellaneous : Manufacturer to supply reagents for one month's operation per instrument.
Available conditions at analyser inlet Impurity or property to be measured Other contaminents
Item Quant. Tag number Service
Pressure bar Temperature oC pH Name Normal value Range Units Name Max. concentration Units
Remarks:
Remarks:
Remarks:
Made by Date Equipment : WATER ANALYSERS (silica-phosphate-chloride concentration, hardness) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.98 ., sheet 2/2, 01/2002
DISSOLVED OXYGEN ANALYSER M E S C No.: 60.52.46.
Remarks :
DESCRIPTION : On-line analyser for measuring the dissolved oxygen content of water
Manufacturer : …………. Model: ……………..
Range : See sheet No. 2. If more than one range is required, ranges to be selectable by a switch on front of the control unit
CONTROL UNIT
Output signal : Supplier shall correctly set the ouput selector, if provided
High-alarm indication to be set at the value as indicated on sheet No. 2 column "Remarks"
Scale : Graduation: …………………
o
FEATURES : Temperature compensation for sample tempearture between 20 and 40 C
o
Sample high-temperature alarm switch set at 40 C
Built-in calibration facilities
ACCESSORIES : Constant flow device
Reagents required for one year's continous operation
Absorber to eliminate interfering components
Supplier to advise type of filling
Made by Date Equipment : DISSOLVED OXYGEN ANALYSER Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.57.99, 01/2001 (For continuation, use PTS 32.31.59.96) sheet 1
SMOKE DENSITY METERS M E S C No.: 60.53.12.
Type : Industrial continuous smoke density meter utilizing photo-electric measurement of light obscuration, comprising: solid state electronic control unit, light transmitter and photo-electric
receiver units for chimney or flue duct mounting. The control unit to have alarm-intiating relays and transmission facilities when specified
Range : 0-100% obscuration
Accuracy : ± 1 1/2% of range
Control unit : The control unit shall fulfil the following functions. Provide a stabilised supply to the project lamps and measuring circuits. Provide an indicating meter calibrated 0-100%
obscuration with additional graduation 0-5 Ringelmann. Scale with black graduation and figures on white background. Have built-in switch for simulating clear stack condition for
system checking. Provide two plug-in alarm relays with switching points independently adjustable over the full range of the meter, operating three built-in indicating lamps for 'low',
normal' and 'high' obscuration having auxiliary SPDT switches, electrically isolated from the meter supply, suitable to disconnect 0.5 A ............ -V DC inductive load to operate
external devices
Provide a transmission output signal of:
0-10 mA DC in a load of ………………... Ω max 0-100 mV DC ………………………………
Case: Rugged, dustproof, suitable for wall or flush panel mounting. Finish to manufacturer's standards
Light transmitter unit : Unit shall have provision for focussing and directing the light beam and air cushion to prevent dust build up on protective glass
Case: Rugged, weatherproof for chimney or flue duct mounting. Finish to manufacturer's standards
Photo-electric : Unit shall have photo-conductive cell, temperature-compensating element and auxiliary lamp for simulation check. The unit shall have provision for an air cushion to prevent dust
receiver unit build up on the protective glass
: Case: Rugged, weatherproof for chimeny or flue duct mounting. Finish to manufacturer's standards
Available supplies : Electricity: …………………………..-V AC; …………………. Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement a transformer will be supplied by others
Air …………………………… bar Electrical : Terminal block(s) to manufacturer's standards
Cable entry glands : Electrical : ……..... in. BSPP (BS 21) Air : 1/4 in. NPT female
…….… in. electrical thread (BS 31)
Spare parts : 2 spare projector lamps 1 spare photo-conductive cell 1 spare auxiliary lamp 1 spare "plug-in" alarm relay
Made by Date Equipment : SMOKE DENSITY METERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.59.93, 01/2002 sheet 1/2
SMOKE DENSITY METERS - cont. Sheet M E S C No.: 60.53.12.
Item Quant Tag number Service Remarks
Made by Date Equipment : SMOKE DENSITY METERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.59.93, 01/2002 sheet 2/2
SMOKE AND DUST MONITORS M E S C No.: 60.53.12.
Type : Industrial transmitting smoke and dust monitor utilizing the "light back-scatter" principle. The equipment shall comprise a sensing unit containing a light source and a temperature-
compensated photo-electric detector, a remotely-located power supply/amplifier unit and alarm-initiating unit(s) as specified
Sensing unit : Unit to be suitable for chimney or duct mounting and shall have rugged weatherproof case. A connection screwed 1/4 in. NPT female shall be provided for pressurized air purge
Finish of case: Manufacturer's standards
Electrical connections: Weatherproof plug and socket (Both to be supplied)
Power supply/ : Stabilized power supply unit for light source, combined in one case with a stabilized, high gain, solid state amplifier provided with zero and gain controls. Suitable for remote
amplifier mounting in a "Safe" area
Finish of case: Manufacturer's standards
Electrical connections: Terminal block(s) to manufacturer's standards
Cable entry gland: …………………………………………………………………….
Output signal : 4-20 mA DC in a load of …………………………. Ω max. 0-10 mV DC ………………………
Alarm-initiating units : Units shall be adjustable between 10% and 100% of full scale deflection and shall have an SPDT switch, electrically isolated from the monitor supply, suitable to disconnect
0.5 A …………….. -V DC inductive load. Number of units as specified
Available supplies : Electricity …………………………..-V AC; …………………. Hz. Where this voltage differs from manufacturer's standard supply requirement a transformer will be supplied by others
Air …………… bar
Spare parts : Per instrument
…………………. spare projector lamps …………………. spare photo-electric cells
…………………. spare alarm relays …………………. sets of electrical fuses
Made by Date Equipment : SMOKE AND DUST MONITORS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.59.94, 01/2002 sheet 1/2
SMOKE AND DUST MONITORS - cont. Sheet M E S C No.: 60.53.12.
Conditions at sensing unit
Item Quant. Tag number Service Pressure Dia. Wall thickness Material of Number of Remarks
units units units: construction alarm-initiating
………… ………… …………. units
Made by Date Equipment : SMOKE AND DUST MONITORS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.59.94, 01/2002 sheet 2/2
(continuation sheet for analysers) MESC No: 60.
Supply voltage : V, Hz NOTES:
Output : Pneumatic : 0.2 -1 bar ga Thermocouple, type: 1) ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODES
Electrical : - mV DC Area class. : Non-haz., zone 2, zone 1
Electrical : - mA DC into a load (including cables) of Ω max. or zone 0 (IEC publ. 79-10)
Contact : action: , rating: A at V DC/AC Temp. class. : T1 to T6 (IEC publ. 79-8)
Electrical safety Electrical safety 1) Instrument enclosure 2) Gas group : IIA, IIB or IIC (IEC publ. 79-1)
and instrument Area class. Temp. class. Gas group Type of prot. Execution Mounting Location Type of prot. : Ex-d : Flameproof
enclosure : Analyser Ex-p1 : Continuous dilution
Control unit Ex-p : Pressurization
..………………. Ex-i a : Intrinsic safety (for zone 0)
..………………. Ex-i b : Intrinsic safety (for zone 1)
..……………….
..………………. 2) SYMBOLS FOR INSTRUMENT ENCLOSURE
Sampling system : For sampling system see sheet No.: Execution : WP : Weatherproof
DP : Dustproof
Service requirements : Supplier to provide terms for :
supervising the installation of the equipment executing the installation of the equipment Mounting : WM : Wall mounting
supervising the commissioning of the equipment executing the commissioning of the equipment FM : Flush panel mounting
a six month maintenance contract a one year maintenance contract RM : Rack mounting
instruction manuals service manuals BM : Bracket on 50 mm pipe
Remarks: PO : Portable
Location : PL : In plant
AH : In analyser house
CR : In control room
Measured quantity in (unit):
o
Trend
Stream at C, and bar ga
Item Quant. Tag number Service Composition at analyser inlet recording Remarks
No. Expected values Full scale range required
Min. Normal Max. required
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.31.59.96, Sheet 1/2, 11/2001
(continuation sheet for analysers) MESC No: 60.
Measured quantity in (unit):
o Trend
Stream at C, and bar ga
Item Quant. Tag number Service Composition at analyser inlet recording Remarks
No. Expected values Full scale range required
Min. Normal Max. required
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PTS 32.31.59.96, Sheet 2/2, 11/2001
Data sheet for Design book No.: page
FLOW INSTRUMENTS Contr. Job No.:
GENERAL OPERATING CONDITIONS INSTRUMENT
Gas or Flow Primary element
vapour MW Visc. at Components Requi-
Tag Liquid working Normal Normal Normal Maximum e.g Orifice plate sition Supplier Description Range Control Board Remarks Tag
No. Service Fluid spec.grav. temp. temp. pressure Orifice flanges sub-group Model Type Line size Orifice diameter actions or No.
at working t/d t/d Transmitter serial and and/or P.I.D. local
temp. cS °C kg/cm2 ga. kg/h kg/h Rec. controller numbers mm H2O schedule material
Use: REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS Made by: Date Equipment: Rev. Letter:
2 lines for F
3 lines for FqI, FqIA, FqT Checked by: Date Plant: Date:
4 lines for FT
5 lines for FI, FR, FS, FqIA, FqIC Approved by: Date Consignee: Sign.
6 lines for FA, FIC, FRC, FRS
7 lines for FIA, FRA, FICS, FRCS, FqIEA Eng. by: Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No.
8 lines for FIEA
9 lines for FICSA, FRCSA Principal: No.
10 lines for FrRC
PTS 32.32.00.92, sheet 1, dated 06/2000

Data / requisition sheet for Design book No.: page
TURBINE FISCAL METERING SYSTEM FOR LIQUID HYDROCARBONS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
General Specification
Geographical Location UTM Zone
Position (WGS84 datum) Easting Northing
Elevation (PHD93, above mean sea level) Meters
Climatic Location Class Dx (4K4, 4Z4, 4B1, 4C4, 4S2, 4M4)
ref IEC 60654-1, IEC 60721-3-4 incl. Amendment 1) (unless otherwise specified in separate appendix)
Hazardous Area Classification Area class Safe Zone 2 Zone 1
(ref IEC 60079-14) Gasgroup IIA IIB IIC
Temperature Class T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6
Metering Specifications
Applicable standards for design (government / industry / company)
Requirement for authority design approval No Yes
Requirement for authority witnessing of testing No Yes
Reqirement for a spare turbine meter to be installed No Yes, in spare run Yes , but not installed
Maximum Uncertainty % of R at a flowrate of % of Maximum
Minimum availability of the metering station %
Maximum operator intervention time in case of hours
component failure
Operating Conditions
Medium
Flowrate select one m3/d T/d Design Minimum Maximum
Pressure kPa Design Minimum Maximum
Temperature °C Design Minimum Maximum
Density kg/m3 Design Minimum Maximum
Viscosity mPas Design Minimum Maximum
Watercut % Design Minimum Maximum
Solids content % Design Minimum Maximum
Max dP across metering station at design flowrate kPa
Advice on chemical properties of medium if and (or include a flid analysis): Advice on solids content of medium if any:
Winterising requirement of equipment No Yes, down to °C

Heating requirement of medium No Yes, up to °C
Mechanical
Summary of connecting lines (for piping classes ref PTS 31.38.01.10.)
Service Piping Class Material Size Rating
Main Process Inlet
Main Process Outlet
Meter Prover Connections
Drain 2" 150# RF
Vent
Instrument Air 1410 CS 1/2" NPT Female
Advice on dimensional contstraints if any:
REMARKS AND / OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS

Date
Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 1 continued on sheet No. 2

PTS 32.32.00.93, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
TURBINE FISCAL METERING SYSTEM FOR LIQUID HYDROCARBONS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
Civil
Painting Schedule (ref PTS 30.48.00.31.)
Colour Scheme
Instrumentation
Preferred Method of Protection Ex"I" Ex 'd' Other, sprcify
EMC Location Classification (ref IEC TR 61000-2-5) Class 5
EMC Protection Requirement IEC 61000-6-2, immunity for industrial environments
Instrument Air Supply Pressure kPa Design Minimum Maximum
Calibration Equipment included in Scope of Supply (on top of the actual installed equipment)
Meter Prover No Yes
Compact Meter Prover No Yes
Precision Themometer No Yes
Temperature Calibration Bath No Yes
Dead Weight Tester No Yes, local gravitational constant m/s2
Densitometer No Yes
Watercut Analyser No Yes
Interface with DCS/SCADA system
Physical Layer 4-20 mA Serial Link LAN Other:
Protocol Modbus Hart TCP/IP OPC Other:
RS-232 RS-422 RS-423 RS-485
Electrical
Un-interrupted Power Supply 240 VAC 1Ph 400 / 240 VAC 3 Ph 24 VDC
Utility Power Supply 240 VAC 1 Ph 400 / 240 VAC 3 Ph
ADDITIONAL REMARKS

Date
Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet No.

PTS 32.32.00.93, sheet 2/2, 02/2002
ORIFICE PLATES MESC No: 60.19
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH TENDER REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS
Construction : In accordance with standard drawings and further details as listed below
Type codes : S = Square edge orifice plate, in accordance with standard Drawing S 32.102, Rev. ……………….
Q = Quarter circle orifice plate, in accordance with Standard Drawing S 32.104, Rev. ……………….
C = Conical entrance orifice plate, in accordance with Standard Drawing S 32.112, Rev. ……………
R = Restriction orifice plate, in accordance with Standard Drawing S 32. 114, Rev. …………………
Material codes : 316 = ASTM A 240 Type 316 stainless steel

….. = …………….…………………………….
….. = …………….…………………………….
….. = …………….…………………………….
Bleed hole : Only required when indicated by X behind relevant tag number
Nom. Flange Orifice

Item Quantity line size rating Type Material Dia (d) Radius (r) Tag numbers Remarks
mm ANS code code mm mm
Made by Date Equipment : ORIFICE PLATES Rev letter
Checked by Date Plant : Date

Signature
Appr by Date Consignee :
Sheet No. 1
Eng. By Req. No.
Principal
PTS 32.32.11.93, Sheet 1/1 06/2001
FLOW INDICATORS M E S C No.: 60.10.
Type : Differential pressure, mecury-less
Chamber rating : Maximum allowable working pressure at least 100 bar.
Measuring element : Bellows unit with torque tube (or other approved drive mechanism), adjustable
damping device and overrange protection up to chamber rating.
Materials : Chamber - forged steel
Bellows unit - stainless steel AISI 316
Process connections : 1/2 in. NPT female
Support : Suitable for mounting on 2 in. pipe REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Case : Round; finish: black
Dial : 150 mm diameter; graduation 0-10 square root
One set of spare gaskets
NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
for all equipment supplied
: Indicates selected choice
: Indicates not required or not applicable
Differential range
Item Quant. Tag numbers Remarks
mbar
Made by Date Equipment : FLOW INDICATORS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.32.21.93, 01/2002 sheet 1
FLOW RECORDERS (large size) M E S C No.: 60.10.
Type : Differential pressure, mercury-less
Chamber rating : Maximum allowable working pressure at least 100 bar.
Measuring element : Bellows unit with torque tube (or other approved drive mechanism), adjustable damping device
and overrange protection up to chamber rating
Materials : Chamber - forged steel
Support : Suitable for mounting on 2 in. pipe
Case : Rectangular; finish: ………………… REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Chart : Round, 300 mm diameter
Chart graduation codes : a = 0-10 square root
b = 0-10 square root and 0-10 uniform (combined)
Chart drive : Spring-wound, 7-day wind, 24-hour rotation
Pen(s) : Capillary type with reservoir for at least 1 month's ink supply
200 charts printed on both sides, or 400 charts printed on one side : Indicates selected choice
One spare pen of each type used : Indicates not required or not applicable
One set of spare gaskets NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
NOTE: For instruments with more than one pen, the range(s) for the additional pen(s), with Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all
appertaining tag number(s), shall be specified under "Remarks". equipment supplied
Chart
Differential range Number of
Item Quant. graduation Tag numbers Remarks
mbar pens
code
Made by Date Equipment : FLOW RECORDERS (large size) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.32.22.93, 01/2002 sheet 1
FLOW TRANSMITTERS (integral orifice type) M E S C No.: 60.10
Type : Differential pressure, mercury-less, force balance pneumatic transmitter, complete with integral flow
orifice assembly. Overrange protection up to chamber rating. Transmitter output signal 0.2 - 1.0 bar.
Body : Suitable for 100 bar max. working pressure
Connections : Pressure : 1/2 in. NPT female Air : 1/4 in. NPT female
Material : All wetted parts to be AISI 316 stainless steel unless otherwise specified
One combination air supply filter and safety-reducing valve with gauge 0 - 2 bar
One complete set of measuring orifices REMARKS ON REVISIONS
One yoke or bracket for mounting on a 2 in. Pipe
: Indicates selected choice

NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a

Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all
equipment supplied * To be checked by manufacturer
Orifice* Dens. at Visc. at
Range * Flow*
diameter Temp Press. t&p t&p Max. flow
Item Quant Tag number Service Fluid Remarks
t p kg/m3
mbar mm factor o 3
C bar kg/dm cP t/d
Made by Date Equipment : FLOW TRANSMITTERS (integral orifice type) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.32.25.94, 01/2002 sheet 1
FLOW INSTRUMENTS (variable-area type) MESC No: 60.12
Duty
Item : Indicating
Quantity : Transmitting
Tag No. : Recording
Service :
Recorders : To have spring-wound chart drive, 7-day wind, 24-h rotation. Chart graduation: 0-10 uniform
Pen : Capillary type with reservoir for at least 3 months' ink supply REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Transmitters : To have pneumatic output signal of 0.2 - 1.0 bar. Air gauges graduated in bar.
One combination air supply filter and safety-reducing valve
200 charts printed on both sides or 400 charts printe don one side
One spare capillary-type pen
Cooling device
Heating coil
Heat shield
One spare glass metering tube
Indicates selected choice or operational condition

NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
Fluid specification Type and construction

and operating conditons (to be checked by manufacturer) GENERAL
FLUID SPECIFICATION METERING TUBE Each instrument to be supplied with:
Fluid : Scale length : Calibration curve
Liquid Transparent Size : Correction curve for :
Gas Opaque Material : ± 10% variation in specific gravity
Steady flow Pulsating flow Graduation in % *) : ± 10% variation in temperature
Material ext. well : ± 10 % variation in pressure
OPERATING CONDITIONS METERING FLOAT Viscosity range as specified
Maximum flow : Type and shape :
Normal flow : Material :
Operating pressure : CONNECTING ENDS REMARKS
Maximum pressure : Material : *) Extension, if required, same graduation
Working temp. "t" : °C Size (flanged) : ANS class RF
Mol. Weight : Loc. in rel. to face : inlet :
Spec. grav at "t" : outlet :
Viscosity at "t" : cSt GASKET MATERIAL
Viscosity range : cSt
Made by Date Equipment : FLOW INSTRUMENTS Rev letter

Signature
Sheet No. 1
Eng. By Req. No.
Principal
PTS 32.32.31.93, Sheet 1/1 06/2001
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT (PD) METERS MESC No: 60.17
Construction : In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the particular application

Material : Body - unless otherwise specified cast mild steel acc. to ASTM A 216-WCA or WCB, or nodular cast iron (NCI) acc., to ASTM A 395.
Manufacturer shall quote for both materials mentioned and in the event of order shall provide for NCI bodies:
a - tensile test certificate of separately cast test blocks (from each cast) which have to be annealed together with the casing(s):
b - additional certificate and photographs of microstructure test acc. to ASTM A 445, Section 10, of test blocks mentioned under a. REMARKS ON REVISIONS
: Moving parts - Manufacturer's recommendation for listed liquids
Accuracy : Better than 0.5% in the range of 10 to 100% of max. specified rate of flow for continuous service.
Electrical : All electrical equipment mounted on PD meters shall be suitable for Div. 1 areas acc. to BS Code of Practice 1003, Part 1.
Approved (certified) intrinsic safe electrical equipment may be considered.
Connections : Cable gland suitable for ............... mm OD cable
Supply available : .......... V AC; ........... Hz NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
Counter : Calibrated in m3. Very small meters e.g. for additives, shall read in litres. Meter reding to be 0.1% of hourly capacity Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied
Reset (batch) counter shall have a capacity of 12 hours operation min.
ACCESSORIES
Each meter to be supplied with the accessories as listed in the appropriate E: Automatic temperature compensator. Suitable K: Flow limiter If possible to be combined with valve under J.
column of the continuation sheet(s) for coefficient of expansion stated, for specified operating L: Strainer Manufacturer shall advise mesh of filter basket.
A : Standard counter (always to be supplied) temp. of at least ±20 °C and for correcting the volume to a base temp. of Connections to equal meter connections unless otherwise specified.
A1 - with non-reset totalizer only (at least 7 digits); E1 : 15 °C Housing material : Same as meter body.
A2 - with manual reset counter and non-reset totalizer (at least 7 digits); E2 : 62 °F M: Air eliminator preferably suitable for mounting on top of strainer.
A3 - with dual counter, one net (temp. compensated) and one gross (uncompensated). E3 : …….. Capacity suitable for the operating conditions as stated for the meter.
B : Local preset counter for car loading It shall have an AISI 316 stainless steel thermowell with 1 in. NPT connection N: Heating
B1 - Counter actuating a mechanical linkage system for closing the shut-off valve sized for mounting in meter outlet line. A sufficient length of capillary tubing PD meter to be provided with:
as specified under J; to be provided N1 - Steam jacket or steam coil in the meter housing with 1/2 in.
B2 - Counter with electric contacts for closing shut-off valve as specified under J. F: Pulse unit. Suitable for electronic ratio controller (Electrorato) and operated by NPT threaded connections;
C : Remote counter. Flush-mounted and suitable for operation with pulse unit G. the rotation of the PD meter shaft. Switching by means of a sealed magnetically N2 - Thermostatic electric heating (to be approved by purchaser)
Finish : ........................ operated switch, in which a common lead has to be switched over from a O: Right-angle take-off Meter "stack" to be provided with a right
C1 - same as A1; positive to a negative lead and vice versa. Switching frequency must be linear to angle take-off (screwed with cap) for quick coupling of pulse unit for
C2 - same as A2; the flow with a max. of 10 Hz for the maximum continuous permissible rate checking with mechanical displacement type prover.
C3 - same as A3; of flow of the meter. P: Automatic lubrication
C4 - preset counter with electric contacts for closing shut-off valve as specified under J. G: Pulse unit. For operation with a remote counter of printer as specified under C or D2. PD meter to be provided with automatic lubrication of bearings,
D : Ticket printer H: Rate of flow transmitter. Output signal from 0 to 2-V AC (frequency 0-20 Hz linear gears, counter drives, etc. (for non-lubricating liquids such as
D1 - Local and proportional to the rate of flow. Accuracy: ±2 %.External load: 1, Ω000
/ V butane, propane, etc.).
D2 - Remote and suitable for operation with pulse unit G J: Shut-off valve For the use with counter B1, B2 or C4. To close in 2 stages. Rate of
Manufacturer to quote details in either case. To be connected to net counter. closure to be adjustable. To be connected to gross counter, if specified (See A3).

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.32.50.93, Sheet 1/2, 06/2001
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT (PD) METERS cont. sheet MESC No: 60.17
Maximum Maximum Viscosity
Item Quant. Tag number Accessories Connection ANS Body continous Fluid Operating operating Spec. grav. at operating Expansion
size flange rating flow temp pressure at operating temp. coefficient Remarks
In. class m3/d °C bar temperature c St per °C

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.32.50.93, Sheet 2/2, 06/2001
LEVEL INSTRUMENTS Contr. Job No.:
Gas or Primary element
vapour MW Components Requi- Vessel
Tag Liquid Normal Normal e.g sition Manufacturer Description Range Parts connections Control Board Remarks Tag
No. Service Fluid relative temp. pressure Transmitter sub-group Model Type mm e.g Body Material Size actions or No.
density at bar (ga) Rec. Controller serial m bar Displacer Flange P.I.D. local
work temp. °C Pa etc. numbers pa Torque tube rating
Use: REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS Made by: Date Equipment: Rev. Letter:
3 lines for LI, LR, LC Checked by: Date Plant: Date:

4 lines for LIC, LRC, LA
5 lines for LIA, LRA Approved by: Date Consignee: Signature:
6 lines for LICA, LRCA
Principal: No.
PTS 32.33.00.92, sheet 1, dated 06/2000

LEVEL SWITCHES (float type) M E S C No.: 60.21
Type : Float-operated packing-less electric liquid level switch for signal or control services.
Construction : To be suitable for side-mounting. Float and flange sizes as specified by the following codes:
Code Maximum float diameter Flange size Minimum specific gravity
A 3 1/2 in. 4 in. 0.50
B 5 in. 6 in. 0.25
Float chamber : When an external float chamber is required, suffix "C" has to be added to above code.
Process connections: 2 in. flanged, unless otherwise specified. REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Flange rating : ANS class 300 RF, unless otherwise specified
Materials : Unless otherwise specified, float assembly to be of stainless steel AISI 316 and float mounting flange
or float chamber to be of carbon steel. Switch housing to be flameproof.
Switch : Single-pole, double-throw, snap-acting switch. Action to be achieved by a level change of 25 mm or less.
Contact rating not less than 0.5 A ……………………………….-V DC
Electrical connections : 3/4 in. electrical thread (BS 31) Indicates selected choice
5/8 in. BSPP thread (BS 21) Indicates not required or not applicable
Flameproof cable gland suitable for ………………………………………………….. mm OD cable NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
for all equipment supplied
Construction Max. Max Spec. gravity
Item Quant. Tag number Service code Fluid pressure temp at operating Remarks
o
bar C conditions
Made by Date Equipment : LEVEL SWITCHES (float type) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.33.14.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
DISPLACER TYPE LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (Electronic or Pneumatic) MESC No:
Type : Displacer type level instrument
Instrument code : ET = Electronic transmitter, construction in accordance with MESC-SPEC 60.22/020 Remarks:
PT = Pneumatic transmitter, construction in accordance with MESC-SPEC 60.22/010 1) Interface.
PC = Pneumatic controller, construction in accordance with MESC-SPEC 60.22/010 2) Dual pilot.
Orientation Code : LH = Left hand 3) Differential-gap controller.
RH = Right hand 4) In accordance with NACE standard MR-01-75 (…………………).
Material specification : *) including; torque tube rod, bushing, torque tube arm connection parts.
**) carbon content,max. 0,25% C, normalized.
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER
Material code CS SS Copy electrical safety "type of protection" certificate or declaration of confirmity.
Material of major componets Carbon steel Stainless steel
Mechanism chamber ASTM A 216 Gr. WCB **) ASTM A 351 Gr. CF8M Indicates selected choice or operation condition.
Torque tube housing ASTM A 105/SAE 1015 ASTM A 351 Gr. CF8 M Indicates not required or not applicable.
Torque tube *) ASTM B 167 (Inconel 600) ASTM B 167 (Inconel 600) NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a SPIR form
Displacer incl. hanger ext. ASTM A 269 Gr. Type 316 ASTM A 269 Gr. Type 316 for all equipment supplied.
enclosure/case : Low copper aluminium.

Stainless steel.
Electrical connection : PG 13.5 thread.
1/2 inch NPT female.
20x1.5-7H thread.
Electrical safety : Type of protection; Ex-n1) Ex-d Ex-ia Ex-ib non-incendive1)
Gas group ……………. Temp.class T………………………………………
1
Notes: ) Declaration of conformity required.
2
) Indicating receivers for use with these transmitters will be requisitioned separately

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.33.20.93, Sheet 1/2 07/2001
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT (PD) METERS continued MESC No:
Range Flange Material Instrument Orientation Operation conditions
Item Rev Quant mm rating code code code Pressure Temperature Density Tag numbers Remarks
ANS barg/KPa C upper/lower
Checked Date Plant : Date

by

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.33.20.93, Sheet 2/2, 07/2001
LEVEL SWITCHES (displacement type) M E S C No.: 60.22
Type codes : I Displacement type, packing-less, electric, liquid level switch suitable for two level stages
and with a narrow level differential (each stage)
II Displacement type, packing-less, electric, liquid level switch suitable for a wide level differential.
Construction codes : A For internal mounting (on top of vessels). Top mounting flange 4 in.
B For external mounting. To be supplied complete with a displacer chamber having side and
side connections, flanged 2 in.
The dimensions of the chamber shall be in accordance with manufacturer's standard and shall have a REMARKS ON REVISIONS
flanged connection for the displacer assembly. It shall be provided with 3/4 in. NPT drain and vent connections.
Nozzle spacing on vessel: equal to specified range.
Connections : Flanged, ANS class 300 RF
Operating spec. gravity : As specified below. Adjustable in the field for spec. gr. variations of ±0.1 (minimum).
Materials : Displacer assembly shall be of stainless steel AISI 316.
Displacer chamber and/or the top flange shall be of cast steel. NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
Switch housing shall be flameproof. Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
Opearting level range : Distance between the high and low actuating level as specified under column "Range". for all equipment supplied
Extension length : For the internal mounting type (on top of vessel) the distance from the mounting flange to the low-actuating level as specified below.
Electrical connection : Flameproof cable gland suitable for ………………. mm OD cable
Contact rating : Not less than than 0.5 A …………… -V DC
TYPE I TYPE II
Switches : Two switches, single pole, double throw (each) Single pole, snap action (one only)
Switch action : Each switch shall operate over a narrow differential of approximately 50 mm The switch shall operate on a level differential and shall be fully adjustable over
its full length up to specified maximum range
Codes: C Low level: open contact - High level: closed contact
D Low level: closed contact - High level: open contact
For a rising level from low to high the contact shall have low level position
For a falling level from high to low the contact shall have high level position
Type Constr. Switch Spec. grav. Operating Extension
Item Quant. Tag number Service code Range code action Fluid Sp. gr. at Temp pressure length Remarks
o o
mm code C C bar mm
Made by Date Equipment : LEVEL SWITCHES (displacement type) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.33.24.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
DISPLACER LEVEL INSTRUMENTS M E S C No.: 60.22
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER REMARKS ON REVISIONS : Indicates selected choice
At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
Internchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
Type : Displacement with torque-tube drive for top mounting

Mechanism chamber flange : 100 mm (4 in.) ANS RF, rating as specified
Gasket surface finish in accordace with ANSI B46.1 (1978 or later) : 1.6 µ m for absolute operating pressures of 0.02 bar and below; 3.2 - 6.4 µ m for all other pressures
Displacer hanger extension (measured from flange facing); unless otherwise specified under 'Remarks' below:
185 mm for rating ANS class 150 or 300; 215 mm for Class 600; 230 mm for Class 900
Orientation codes : LH = left hand, RH = right hand (instrument case in relation to mechanism chamber)
Instrument codes : ET = electronic transmitter, output 4-20 mA,
intrinsically safe circuit flameproof enclosure; 11 B, T5 as a minimum
PT = pneumatic transmitter, output 0.2 - 1.0 bar
PC = pneumatic controller, 0-100% adjustable proportional action
o
Temperature protection : Above 250 C: air-fin torque-tube extension. Air pressure gauges graduated in bar
Material specifications :
Material code CS SS
Material of major components Carbon steel Stainless steel
Mechanism chamber ASTM A 216 Gr. WCB ASTM A 351 Gr. CF8M
Torque tube housing ASTM A 105/SAE 1015 ASTM A 351 Gr. CF8M
Torque tube ASTM B 167 (Inconel 600) ASTM B 167 (Inconel 600)
Bolts/Nuts ASTM A 193 Gr. B7/A 194 Gr. 2H ASTM A 193 Gr. B7/A 194 Gr. 2H
Displacer ASTM A 269 Gr. Type 316 ASTM A 269 Gr. Type 316
Connections: Air : 1/4 in. NPT female Accessories: Each pneumatic instrument to be supplied with:
Electrical : 1/2 in. NPT female: ……………………. One combination air supply filter/reducer
Flange Operating conditions

Item Quant. Range rating Material Instrument Orientation Pressure Temp Density Tag numbers Remarks
o
mm ANS code code code bar C
Made by Date Equipment : DISPLACER LEVEL INSTRUMENTS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.33.30.93, sheet 1/1, 03/2002
PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS Contr. Job No.:
Gas or Static pressure ∆ P* Range Primary element
vapour MW kg/cm2 g kg/cm2 Components Requi- Kg/cm2 g
Tag Liquid Normal mm H2O e.g sition Manufacturer Description psig or Control Board Remarks Tag
No. Service Fluid sp. gr. temp. psig in. wg Transmitter sub-group Model Type ∆ P Type actions or No.
at work Rec. Controller serial kg/cm2 protected Material P.I.D. local
temp. °C Min. Norm. Max. etc. numbers psi non-protected
Use: REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS Made by: Date Equipment: Rev. Letter
2 lines for P and PI - local
Checked by: Date Plant: Date
3 lines for PI, PR, PC
4 lines for PIC, PRC, PA, PdI, PdR Approved by: Date Consignee: Signature
5 lines for PIA, PRA, PdA, PdiC, PdRC
6 lines for PICA, PRCA, PdIA, PdRA Eng. by: Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No.
7 lines for PdICA, PdRCA
Principal: No.
PTS 32.34.00.92, sheet 1, dated 06/2000

Cont. Job No. :
REQUISITION FOR PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS (Electronic or Pneumatic)
MESC No. :
Type: "Gauge" or "Absolute", pressure, as specified. Indicates selected choice or operation condition.
Indicates not required or not applicable.
Electronic transmitter, construction in accordance with MESC-SPEC 60/1/030
NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a SPIR
Pneumatic transmitter, construction in accordance with MESC-SPEC 60/31/030 form for all equipment supplied.
Measurement code: G = Gauge power Remarks:

A = Absolute pressure 1) Range elevation (suppression) as specified.
Material code 2) Remote seal as specified.
body + (flange) : A1 = Stainless steel type AISI 316.
A2 = Stainless steel type AISI 316, in accordance with NACE standard MR-01-75 (………………….) Notes:
A3 = ……………………………………………………………………………………………... 1) Declaration of conformity required.
element : B1 = Stainless steel type AISI 316. 2) Indicating receivers for use with these transmitters will be requisitioned sparately
B2 = Hastelloy C-276, in accordance with NACE standard MR-01-75 (……………………..)
B3 = ……………………………………………………………………………………………….
enclosure/case : Low copper aluminium.
Stainless steel.
Electrical connetion: PG 13.5 thread.
20 x 1.5-7H thread.
Electrical safety : Type of protection; non-incedndive 1) Ex-d Ex-ia Ex-ib Ex- ................
Gas group…………………………….. Temp.class T…………………
Process connection codes: 1 = 1/2 inch NPT male, in accordance with ANSI B 1.20.1
2 = 1/2 inch NPT female, in accordance with ANSI B 1.20.1
3 = G 1/2 A inch (BS 2779) BSPP, in accordance with drawing S 37.809 Rev. ………..
4 = Facing compatible with DIN 19 213.

Copy electrical safety "type of protection" certificate or declaration of confirmity.
Sheet No.
PTS 32.34.25.93, Sheet 1/2, 08/2001
Cont. Job No. :
Requistion for Pressure Transmitters (Electronic or Pneumatic)
MESC No. :
Measuring element Calibration Material code
Measurement Range Process

Item Rev. Quan. Span limits Units Process press. equiv. to output signal Body Element Tag numbers Remarks
code limits conn. code
Min. Max. Units
Sheet No. Cont on Sheet No.

Plant : Country : Eng. By Equipment No.
Consignee : Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.34.25.93, Sheet 2/2, 08/2001

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATORS MESC No: 60.32.
Type : Differential pressure, mercury-less

Chamber rating : Maximum allowable working pressure at least 100 bar
Measuring element : Bellows unit with torque tube (or other approved drive mechanism),
adjustable damping device and overrange protection up to chamber rating.
Materials : Chamber - forged steel REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Support : Suitable for mouting on 2 in. pipe
Case : Round; finish: black
Dial : 150 mm diameter, graduation 0-100 uniform Note: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
Accessories : Each instrument to be supplied with: Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
Differential range
Item Quant Tag Numbers Remarks
mbar
Made by Date Equipment : DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATORS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.34.41.93, Sheet 1/1, 09/2001
Cont. Job No. :
Data Requistion sheet for PRESSURE GAUGES (general purpose)
MESC No. : 60.35.
Construction : In accordance with MESC 60.35
Process connection : 1/2 in. NPT. Male in accordance with ANSI B2.1
: G 1/2 A (BS 2779), BSPP.
Size : 150 mm 100 mm
Tube material codes : 3 = stainless steel AISI 316
4 = stainless steel AISI 316 (for oxygen)
5 = Monel REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Range : Calibrated in bar panel, as specified
Accessories : Liquid filling code; 1LF = Glycerine
2LF = Silicone fluid
3LF = …………………….

Tube
Item Quant. material Range Accessory Tag numbers Remarks
code
Made by Date Equipment : PRESSURE GAUGES (general purpose) Rev letter

by

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.34.41.94, Sheet 1/2, 07/2001
Cont. Job No. :
Data Requistion sheet for PRESSURE GAUGES (general purpose)
MESC No. : 60.35.
Tube
Item Quant. material Range Accessory Tag numbers Remarks
code

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.34.41.94, Sheet 2/2, 07/2001
PRESSURE GAUGES (diaphragm seal) MESC No: 60.36
Construction : In accordance with MESC 60.36
Process connection : Flanged DN 15 mm ANS Class 300 RF
Pressure gauge size : 150 mm 100 mm
Seal : Manufacturer standard
Material : Code Diaphragm Diaphragm chamber

MM Monel Monel
NN Nickel Nickel
SS Stainless steel AISI 316 Stainless steel AISI 316
TS Tantalum Stainless steel AISI 316
TM Tantalum Monel
TN Tantalum Nickel
TH Tantalum Hastelloy C
Liquid filling code : 1 = Glycerine

2 = Silicone fluid
3 = …………………..
Range : Calibrated in bar, Pascal, as specified

Material Liquid filling

Item Quant. code code Range Tag numbers Remarks
Made by Date Equipment : Pressure Gauges (diaphragme seal) Rev letter

Signature
Sheet No. 1 Cont'd on sheet No.
Eng. By Req. No.
Principal
PTS 32.34.41.95, Sheet 1/1, 06/2001
PRESSURE SWITCHES M E S C No.: 60.32.
Type : Pressure-operated electric switch for signal or control service.
Pressure element : Type : Diaphragm, bellows or bourdon tube to suit specified range
Overrange : To withstand specified overrange pressure without calibration shift
Material : The subassembly of element, process connection and any interconnecting tube shall be
entirely stainless steel AISI 316 and of welded construction, unless otherwise specified
Switch - type : Single pole, double throw, snap acting
- contact rating : Suitable to disconnect 0.5A ……………………….-V DC inductive load REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Adjustment codes : 1 = External setting knob with locking device
2 = Internal setting screw Adjustable over full range specified
S = With calibrated scale
B = Blind
Differential gap : Fixed, maximum 1% of range
Housing codes : W = Weatherproof
E = Flameproof for gas group…………… (IEC 79) Rugged construction, suitable for NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
EW = Flameproof for gas group…………… (IEC 79) outdoor use in a processing area Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
and weatherproof for all equipment supplied
Connections - pressure : Code : 1 = 1/4 in. NPT female
2 = 1/2 in. NPT male
- electrical : Cable entry codes : P = Cable gland ……………… in. BSPP thread (BS 21) to suit …………………… mm OD cable
E = Cable gland, weatherproof*/flame and weatherproof*, …………………………… in. electrical thread (BS 31)
to suit …………….. mm OD steel wire armoured cable
Conductor
termination codes S = 3 mm pan head screw terminals Suitable for solid copper wire
B = Terminal block between 1.3 and 1.8 mm dia
Terminations to be permanently identified acc. to function: "C", "NO", or "NC". * Delete what is not applicable
Overrange Adjust-
Item Quant. Range pressure ment Housing Connection Tag numbers Remarks
bar bar code code codes
Made by Date Equipment : PRESSURE SWITCHES Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.34.44.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS (indicating) MESC No: 60.32
Construction : Provision shall be made for checking and calibration of transmitter mechanism by disconnecting measuring element from pointer
mechanism without affecting calibration of pressure indicator. In the case of a circular dial instrument, centre portion of dial shall be
detachable without removing the pointer.
Output signal : 0.2 - 1.0 bar
When air input and output gauges are supplied with the instrument, they shall be graduated in bar. REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Scale : Graduated to indicate actual pressure range and provided with extra marks corresponding to 0.2; 0.4; 0.6; 0.8; 1.0 bar air output.
Pressure element : Type : In accordance with manufacture's standard
Material : Stainless steel AISI 316, unless otherwise specified
Overrange : Pressure element to be suitable to withstand pressures up to 125% of maximum scale reading for half an hour
without loss of calibration
Case : Weatherproof, universal mounting NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
Connections : Process: 1/4 in. or 1/2 in. NPT female. Air: 1/4 in. NPT female Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied
Accessories : Each instrument to be supplied with :
One combination air supply filter and safety-reducing valve with gauge 0 - 2 bar. Indicates selected choice
Item Quant. Range Tag numbers Remarks

bar

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.34.45.93, Sheet 1/1, 07/2001
Cont. Job No. :
REQUISITION FOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS (Electronic or Pneumatic)
MESC No. :
Type: Differential pressure, Indicates selected choice or operation condition.

Electronic transmitter, construction in accordance with MESC-SPEC 60/31/020
NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a SPIR
Pneumatic transmitter, construction in accordance with MESC-SPEC 60/31/010 form for all equipment supplied.
Remarks:
1) Range suppression elevation as specified.
Material code 2) Range elevation (suppression) as specified
chamber + flanges : A1 = Stainless steel type AISI 316. 3) Flange connection as specified
A2 = Stainless steel type AISI 316, in accordance with NACE standard MR-01-75 (………………….) 4) Remote seals as specified
A3 = ……………………………………………………………………………………………...
diaphragm : B1 = Stainless steel type AISI 316.
B2 = Hastelloy C-276, in accordance with NACE standard MR-01-75 (……………………..) Notes:
B3 = ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1) Declaration of conformity required.
enclosure/case : Low copper aluminium 2) Indicating receivers for use with these transmitters will be requisitioned sparately
Stainless steel
Electrical connetion: PG 13.5 thread.
20 x 1.5-7H thread.
1
Electrical safety : Type of protection; non-incedndive ) Ex-d Ex-ia Ex-ib Ex- ................
Gas group…………………………….. Temp.class T…………………
Rangeability code : R1 = 3 : 1
R2 = 10 : 1
Tolerance code : Class A
Class B

Copy electrical safety "type of protection" certificate or declaration of confirmity.
Sheet No.
PTS 32.34.45.94, Sheet 1/2, 09/2001
Cont. Job No. :
Requistion for Differential Pressure Transmitters (Electronic or Pneumatic)
MESC No. :
Material code
Differential Chamber Static
Rangeability Tolerance
Item Rev. Quant. range Chamber Diaphragm rating Tag numbers press. Remarks
code class
mBar/Kpa Barg/KPa Barg/KPa
Sheet No. 2 Cont on Sheet No.

Plant : Country : Eng. By Equipment No.
Consignee : Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.34.45.94, Sheet 2/2, 09/2001

TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS Contr. Job No.:
Components Protecting well
Temperature Norm. e.g Thermocouple Requi-
Tag °C press. Protecting well sition Supplier Description Range Control Board Remarks Tag
No. Service Fluid kg/cm2g Transmitter sub-group Type Inside actions or No.
Rec. Controller serial Model Type °C Length dia. Material P.I.D. local
Min. Norm. Max. etc. numbers mm mm
Use: REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS Made by: Date Equipment: Rev. Letter
2 lines for TW, TI (local)
Checked by: Date Plant: Date
4 lines for TI, TC, TR
5 lines for TA, TRC, TIC Approved by: Date Consignee: Signature
6 lines for TIA, TRA
7 lines for TICA, TRCA Eng. by: Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No.
(3 + n) lines for multipoint TI and TR
Principal: No.
PTS 32.35.00.92, sheet 1, dated 06/2000

DIAL THERMOMETERS M E S C No.: 60.48.10
Type : Mercury-in-steel type, in accordance with MESC 60.48.10.
Mounting codes : VR = vertical/rigid stem
VC = vertical/capillary
CR = co-axial/rigid stem
Size : 150 mm 100 mm
Stem length LS : 260 mm (for threaded thermowells) as specified
340 mm (for flanged thermowells) as specified REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Capillary length
LC (if required) : 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m as specified
o o o o o
Range : -30 to + 60 C; 0 to 100 C; 0 to 160 C; 0 to 250 C; 0 to 400 C as specified

Stem Capillary
Mounting length length Range
Item Quant. o Tag numbers Remarks
code (LS) (LC) C
mm mm
Made by Date Equipment : DIAL THERMOMETERS Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.35.11.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS M E S C No.: 60.75.06.
Type : Thermal-system type, force balance pneumatic transmitter
Maximum working temperature 300 oC
Transmitter output signal 3 - 15 psi
Case : Weatherproof, suitable for mounting on nominal 2 in. pipe
Connections : Air: 1/4 in. NPT female
Capillary : Stainless steel AISI 316, PVC covered, unless otherwise specified
Length: 1 1/2 m, unless otherwise specified
Stem : Stainless steel AISI 316 having an adjustable compression gland provided with 1/2 in. NPT male thread for thermowell REMARKS AND / OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS
connection. Manufacturer to state sensitive length in acknowledgement/quotation
o
Range span : 25, 50, 100 and 200 C as specified
Thermowell : Stainless steel AISI 316, unless otherwise specified
Construction and type as specified by the following code:
F 1/2 = 1 in. flanged in accordance with drawing S 35.400 Rev. ………….
F 3/4 = 2 in. flanged in accordance with drawing S 35.400 Rev. ………….
S = 1 in. NPT male screwed in accordance with drawing S. 35.401 Rev. …………. NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare
Bore "d" to give good thermal contact with stem consistent with easy withdrawal Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for
Preferred "d" = 10 mm. Max. "d" = 13 mm all equipment supplied
Length "L" of thermowell as specified
Accessories : Each instrument to be supplied with accessories, marked:
One combination air supply filter and safety reducing valve with gauge 0 - 30 psi
Range Range Thermowell
span limits Type Length "L" Tag numbers Remarks
o o
Item Quant C C code mm
Made by Date Equipment : TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS Rev. Letter

Eng. By Req. No.
PTS 32.35.15.93, 02/2002 sheet 1/1
BI-METAL THERMOMETERS M E S C No.: 60.48.12/001
The bi-metal thermometers shall be in accordance with MESC 60.48.12/001 and the details specified below
Type : Co-axial model C or vertical model V as specified
Each thermometer shall be clearly marked with the tag number listed below

Length Range Type

Item o Tag numbers Remarks
mm C code
Made by Date Equipment : BI-METAL THERMOMETERS Rev letter
Eng. By: Sheet No. 1 Cont'd on sheet No.

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.35.21.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
RESISTANCE THERMOMETER ASSEMBLIES for mounting in thermowells M E S C No.:
Each resistance thermometer assembly for mounting in thermowells shall consist of a resistance thermometer element and a
terminal head assembly as specified below.
aye) The resistance thermometer element shall be in accordance with MESC 60.44.04/001, Figure 1, nominal length specified below
Tolerance on resistance: special
bee) The terminal head assembly shall consist of:
- a terminal head with cable entry threaded REMARKS ON REVISIONS
1/2 in. NPT PG 16 M 20 x 1.5 - 7H
- a head extension with nominal length as specified below
- a lock nut
all in accordance with MESC 60.49.04/001
Resistance thermometer elements shall be packed separately from terminal head assemblies.
Terminal heads, head extensions and lock nuts shall be packed separately for assembly at destination Indicates selected choice
Terminal head and lock nut shall be screwed down over full length of head extension thread before shipment Indicates not required or not applicable
Resistance thermometer elements Terminal head assemblies

Item Quant. Nominal Item Quant. Nominal
pcs length Remarks pcs length Remarks
mm mm
Made by Date Equipment : RESISTANCE THERMOMETER ASSEMBLIES for mounting in thermowells Rev. Letter

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.35.40.93, 02/2002 sheet 1/1
RESISTANCE THERMOMETER ASSEMBLIES for surface mounting M E S C No.:
Each resistance thermometer assembly for surface mounting shall consist of a resistance thermometer element and a terminal head
assembly as specified below.
aye) The resistance thermometer element shall be in accorance with MESC 60.44.04/001, Figure 2, nominal length 525 mm
Tolerance on resistance: special
bee) The terminal head assembly shall consist of: REMARKS ON REVISIONS
- a terminal head with cable entry threaded
1/2 in. NPT PG 16 M 20 x 1.5 - 7H
- a head extension with nominal length of 70 mm
- a lock nut
- a bracket for surface mounting
Terminal heads, head extensions, lock nuts and brackets shall be packed separately for assembly at destination. Indicates not required or not applicable
Quant.
Item Remarks
pcs
Made by Date Equipment : RESISTANCE THERMOMETER ASSEMBLIES for surface mounting Rev.
letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.35.40.94, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
TEMPERATURE INDICATORS (Multipoint - resistance type) M E S C No.: 60.82.02.
Type : Self-balancing, electronic indicator for platinum resistance elements
Case : Rectangular, suitable for flush mounting. Finish: ………………………………………………………
Connections : One 1/4 in. NPT female air purge connection required
Electrical connection suitable for 1 in. Conduit, according to B.S. 31
Terminal connection blocks to be mounted in sheet metal cabinet, attached to the rear of the instrument case.
Cabinet to be provided with 4 holes in top and bottom for 2 in. conduit, according to
B.S. 31, and with large door at the rear, complete with lock
Switches : Mounted on door. Number as specified for indicating only. Toggle type, double throw, non-locking with spring return to REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTOIN OF REVISIONS
neutral or push-button type Interlocked
Features : Check terminals and switch mounted on door
Indicating scale : Graduated to indicate actual temperature
Speed : Full scale travel in 5 seconds
Electrical : Supply 110-V AC …………………………………………. c/s. No power switches or lights in case.
Amplifier fuses in accordance with manufacturer's standard. Plug-in type amplifier connections
Calibration : For platinum resistance elements in accordance with B.S. 1904. Issue 1964 NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
or DIN 43760.Issue 1954 Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
Accessories : Each instrument to be supplied with accessories, marked: for all equipment supplied
One set of spare tubes
Six spare amplifier fuses
Range Number of
C points
Made by Date Equipment : TEMPERATURE INDICATORS (Multipoint - resistance type) Rev letter

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.35.41.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
TEMPERATURE RECORDERS (Multipoint - resistance type) M E S C No.: 60.82.03
Type : Self-balancing, electronic, indicating recorder for platinum resistance elements
Case : Rectangular, suitable for flush mounting. Finish: ……………………………………………………………………………
Connections : One 1/4 in. NPT female at purge connection required
Electrical connection suitable for 1 in. conduit, according to B.S. 31
Entry holes for extension cables.
up to 6 points - one holes, suitable for 1 1/2 in. conduit according to B.S. 31
from 6 to 12 points - two holes, suitable for 1 1/2 in. conduit according to B.S. 31
Features : Check terminals and switch mounted on door REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTOIN OF REVISIONS
Chart : 10-in. strip chart. Graduated 0 - 100 uniform
Chart speed : 3 in. per hour, change gears for 6 in., 9 in. and 12 in. per hour to be included
Printing : Approx. 5 - 6 sec./poin Multicolour with numerals; alternate printing of numerals preferred
Calibration : For platinum resistance elements: in accordance with B.S. 1904. Issue 1964 NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
or DIN 43760.Issue 1954 Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
Ten rolls of strip chart
Range Number of
Item Quant. 0 Tag numbers Remarks
C points
Made by Date Equipment : TEMPERATURERECORDERS (Multipoint - resistance type) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.35.42.93, 01/2002, sheet 1/1
TEMPERATURE RECORDING CONTROLLERS (Resistance type) M E S C No.: 60.82.18
Type : Self-balancing, electronic, indicating and recording pneumatic controller for platinum resistance elements
Case : Rectangular, suitable for flush mounting. Finish: ……………………………………………………………
Connections : Purge air: 1/4 in. NPT female
Instr. air: 1/4 in. NPT female
Electrical and extension cable entry holes: suitable for 1 in. conduit, according to B.S. 31
Pen speed : Full scale travel between 3 to 15 seconds nominal, in acc. with manufacturer's standard
Chart : 12 in. circular, 24-h rotation. Graduated: 0 - 100 uniform
Indicating scale : Graduated to indicate actual temperature REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTOIN OF REVISIONS
Pen : Capillary type with reservoir for at least 3 months ink supply
Controller code : Control action to be reversible in the field. Control output signal: 3- 15 psi
1 = Adjustable proportional action;
2 = Adjustable proportional and integral action;
3 = Adjustable proportional, integral and derivative action. NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
Manual control : Integral manual-automatic sub-panel for bumpless transfer. Air gauges graduated in psi Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
Calibration : For platinum resistance elements: in accordance with B.S. 1904. Issue 1964 for all equipment supplied
or DIN 43760.Issue 1954
One combination air supply filter and safety-reducing valve One set of spare tubes
200 charts printed on both sides or 400 charts printed on one side Six spare amplifier fuses
One spare capillary type pan
Range Controller
C code
Made by Date Equipment : TEMPERATURE RECORDING CONTROLLERS (Resistance type) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.35.43.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLIES for mounting in thermowells MESC No:
Each thermocouple assembly for mouting in thermowells shall consist of a thermocouple element and
a terminal head assembly as specified below.
a) The thermocouple element shall be in accordance with MESC 60.42.04/002, Figure 1, type and
nominal length as specified below
Tolerance in thermo-electric voltage: special
b) The terminal head assembly shall consist of: REMARKS ON REVISIONS
1/2 in. NPT PG 16 M 20 x 1.5 - 7H
- a head extension with nominal length as specified below
- a lock nut
Thermocouple elements shall be packed separately from terminal head assemblies
Terminal heads, head extensions and lock nuts shall be packed separately for assembly at destination Indicates selected choice
Terminal head and lock nut shall be screwed down over full length of head extension thread before shipment Indicates not required or not applicable
Thermocouple elements Therminal head assemblies
Nominal Nominal
Item Quant. pcs Type Remarks Item Quant. pcs Remarks
length mm length mm
Made by Date Equipment : THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLIES for mounting in thermowells Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.35.50.93, Sheet 1/1, 09/2001
THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLIES for surface mounting M E S C No.:
Each thermocouple assembly for surface mounting shall consist of a thermocouple element and a terminal head assembly as specified below.
aye) The thermocouple element shall be in accorance with MESC 60.42.04/002, Figure 2, nominal length 525 mm
Type of thermocouple as specified below
1/2 in. NPT PG 16 M 20 x 1.5 - 7H REMARKS ON REVISIONS
- a lock nut
- a bracket for surface mounting
Terminal heads, head extensions, lock nuts and brackets shall be packed separately for assembly at destination
Quant. Quant.
Item Type Remarks Item Type Remarks
pcs pcs
Made by Date Equipment : THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLIES for surface mounting Rev. letter

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.35.50.94, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLIES for furnace tube skin M E S C No.:
Each thermocouple for furnace tube skin shall consist of a thermocouple element and a terminal head assembly as specified below.
aye) The thermocouple element shall be in accorance with MESC 60.42.04/001, nominal length and bending radius as specified below
Type of thermocouple K B R S
Each thermocouple element shall be marked with the tag number as specified
1/2 in. NPT PG 16 M 20 x 1.5 - 7H
- a terminal block
- a lock nut
- a furnace adaptor Indicates selected choice
all in accordance with MESC 60.49.04/001 Indicates not required or not applicable
Thermocouple elements shall be packed separately from terminal head assemblies.
All items of the terminal head assembly to be assembled before shipment.
Quant. Nominal Bending

Item pcs length radius Tag numbers Remarks
mm mm
Made by Date Equipment : THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLIES for furnace tube skin Rev.
letter

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.35.50.95, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
TEMPERATURE INDICATORS (Multipoint - thermocouple type) M E S C No.: 60.81.02.
Type : Self-balancing, electronic indicator for Chromel-Alumel thermocouples
Case : Rectangular, suitable for flush mounting. Finish: ……………………………………………………………
Terminal connection blocks to be mounted in sheet metal cabinet, attached to the rear of
the instrument case. Cabinet to be provided with 4 holes in top and bottom for 2 in. conduit, according to
B.S. 31, and with large door at the rear, complete with lock
Switches : Mounted on door. Number as specified for indicating only. Toggle type, double-pole double throw, non-locking REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTOIN OF REVISIONS
with spring return to neutral or push-button type double pole interlocked
Features : Check terminals and switch mounted on door
Zener diode stabilized power supply for measuring circuit
Built-in automatic cold junction compensation
Speed : Full scale travel in 5 seconds
Amplifier fuses in accordance with manufacturer's standard. Plug-in type amplifier connections NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
Calibration : As per circular 561 (formerly 508) of National Bureau of Standards (USA) for Chromel-Alumel thermocouples Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
Range Number of
C points
Made by Date Equipment : TEMPERATURE INDICATORS (Multipoint - thermocouple type) Rev letter

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.35.51.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
TEMPERATURE RECORDERS (Multipoint - thermocouple type) M E S C No.: 60.81.03
Type : Self-balancing, electronic indicating recorder for Chromel-Alumel thermocouples
Case : Rectangular, suitable for flush mounting. Finish: …………………………………………………………
Entry holes for extension cables.
up to 6 points - one hole, suitable for 1 1/2 in. conduit according to B.S. 31
from 6 to 12 points - two holes, suitable for 1 1/2 in. conduit according to B.S. 31
Features : Check terminals and switch mounted on door REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTOIN OF REVISIONS
Zener diode stablized power supply for measuring circuit
Built-in automatic cold junction compensation
Chart : 10-in strip chart. Graduated 0 - 100 uniform
Chart speed : 3 in. per hour, change gears for 6 in., 9 in. and 12 in. per hour to be included
Printing : Approx. 5 - 6 sec./point Multicolour with numerals; alternate printing of numerals preferred
Electrical : Supply 110-V AC …………………………………………. c/s. No power switches or lights in case. NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
Amplifier fuses in accordance with manufacturer's standard. Plug-in type amplifier connections Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
Calibration : As per circular 561 (formerly 508) of National Bureau of Standards (USA) for Chromel-Alumel thermocouples for all equipment supplied
Ten rolls of strip chart
Range Number of
C points
Made by Date Equipment : TEMPERATURE RECORDERS (Multipoint - thermocouple type) Rev letter

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.35.52.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/1
TEMPERATURE RECORDING CONTROLLERS (Thermocouple type) M E S C No.: 60.81.18
Type : Self-balancing, electronic, indicating and recording pneumatic controller for Chromel-Alumel thermocouples
Case : Rectangular, suitable for flush mounting. Finish: ……………………………………………………………………………
Connections : Purge air: 1/4 in. NPT female
Instr. Air: 1/4 in. NPT female
Electrical and extension cable entry holes: suitable for 1 in. conduit, according to B.S. 31
Features : Zener diode stabilized power supply for measuring circuit
Built-in automatic cold junction compensation REMARKS AND / OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS
Thermocouple burn-out safety feature, pen moving as specified A = Upscale; B = Downscale
Pen speed : Full scale travel between 3 and 15 seconds nominal, in acc. with manuf. standard
Chart : 12 in. circular, 24-h rotation. Graduated: 0 - 100 uniform
Pen : Capillary type with reservoir for at least 3 months ink supply
Amplifier fuses in accordance with manufacturer's standard. Plug-in type amplifier connections NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare
Controller code : Control action to be reversible in the field. Control output signal: 3 - 15 psi Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for
1 = Adjustable proportional action; all equipment supplied
2 = Adjustable propoortional and integral action;
3 = Adjustable proportional, integral and derivative action.
Manual control : Integral manual-automatic sub-panel for bumpless transfer. Air gauges graduated in psi
Calibration : As per circular 561 (formerly 508) of National Bureau of Standards (USA) for Chromel-Alumel thermocouples
One combination air supply filter and safety-reducing valve One set of spare tubes
200 charts printed on both sides or 400 charts printed on one side Six spare amplifier fuses
One spare capillary type pen
Range Controller Burn-out
Item Quant. O Tag numbers Remarks
C code feature
Made by Date Equipment : TEMPERATURE RECORDING CONTROLLERS (Thermocouple type) Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.35.53.93 02/2002, sheet 1/1
CONTROL VALVES Contr. Job No.:
GENERAL OPERATING CONDITIONS CONTROL VAVLE
Gas or Flow
vapour MW Norm. Press Requi- Body Inner valve Spring Fins Hand Valve
Tag Liquid Norm press. drop t/d kg/h sition Supplier Type Line action wheel pos. Remarks Tag
No. Service Fluid spec.grav. temp. (upstream) at norm. sub-group size Size Type open yes yes yes No.
at working kg/cm2g cond. kg/cm2 Norm. Max. serial Connections Size or or or or
temp. °C psig psi numbers Material Material close no no no
REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS Made by: Date Equipment: Rev. Letter:
Checked by: Date Plant: Date:
Approved by: Date Consignee: Sign.
Principal: No.
PTS 32.36.10.92, sheet 1, dated 06/2000

Data for Cont. Job No.:
CONTROL VALVES MESC No: 60.
Type : Pneumatically operated control valve, suitable for air loading range of 0.2 - 1.0 bar, unless otherwise specified.
Construction : Valve to be provided with spring, position indicator, stuffing box and lubricator with isolating valve.
Packing : PTFE asbestos, unless otherwise specified.
Body material : Cast carbon steel, as per ASTM A 216-WCB, unless otherwise specified.
Size As specified ; to be checked by supplier. REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Connections : Flanged ANS class 300 RF for sizes 3/4 in. and larger, unless otherwise specified.
Face-to-face dimensions in accordance with BS 1655.
Butterfly valves : flanged ANS class 150 RF
Air connections : 1/4 in. NPT female.
Valve positioner : P1 - pneumatically operated
To be provided with integral full by-pass assembly, supply, control and air output gauges, graduated in
bar. The housing shall be weatherproof. NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
: P2 - electricity operated Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipement supplied.
Suitable for input signal of …………… mA and a resistance of ……………….. O . To be provided with
supply and output gauges, graduated in bar. The housing shall be explosion-proof and weatherproof.
Connections : Air 1/4 in. NPT female. Electrical 1/2 in. NPT female
Cv factor : At 100% lift, control valve shall have a Cv factor (American) as selected on the continuation sheet(s)
Codes : Plug type: Trim material: Action: Special requirements:

D = Double-seated 1 = AISI 316 Double-seated valves P1 = Valve positioner - pneumatically operated
S = Single-seated 2 = AISI 440C O = Spring opening P2 = Valve positioner - electrically operated
A = Angle 3 = AISI 316 completely S = Spring closing A = Combination air supply filter / reducing valve
TD = Three-way diverting Colmonoyed (No……) F = Cooling fins
TM = Three-way mixing or completely Single-seated valves FL = Fins with flusing connection
B = Butterfly Stellited (No……..) O1 = Spring opening HS = Hand wheel - side mounted - solid (without spokes)
4= Flow tending to open K = External adjustable minimum stop (bolt)
Plug characteristics : O2 = Spring opening M = Lock-up device (on air supply failure)
EP = Equal % - ported Flow tending to close B = Balanced single seat
EC = Equal % - contoured S1 = Spring closing E = Equalizing connection
LP = Linear - ported Flow tending to open T = Tight shut-off - metal to metal
LC = Linear - contoured S2 = Spring closing V = Tight shut-off - soft seat as specified
Q = Disc - quick opening Flow tending to close X = Split body
PP = Percentage piston
GENERAL NOTES: REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Made by Date Equipment : CONTROL VALVES Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.36.10.93, Sheet 1/2 09/2001
CONTROL VALVES - cont. sheet MESC No: 60.
Stem lift in % at Plug Trim Special
Body Action
Item Quant. Selected Cv Maximum Type Charac. mat. requirement Deviations from descripton Tag number Remarks
Normal flow size in Size in. code
flow code Code Code code
Rate of flow. t/d Liquid Pressure, bar

Temp. t Density
Item Fluid o viscosity at t At normal flow At max. flow Calculated Cv normal Tag number Remarks
Minimum Normal Maximum C at t
cSt Upstr. Drop Upstr. Drop
Made by Date Equipment : CONTROL VALVES Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.36.10.93, Sheet 2/2, 09/2001
Cont. Job No. :
Requistion for SOLENOID-OPERATED VALVES
MESC No. : 60.98.
Type : Electromagnetically-operated three-way valve for switching pneumatic signals of 1.4 bar unless otherwise specified.
pneumatic signals of 1.4 bar unless otherwise specified.
Solenoid : Continuously rated at ………….. V DC
Codes for housing of
solenoid and connections : D = Dustrproof W = Weatherproof
E = Flameproof EW = Flame and weatherproof
S = Approved non-sparking for Div. 2 areas SW = Approved non-sparking for Div. 2 areas and weatherproof REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Valve body : Bronze, three-way type
Disc and seats : Size 1/4 in., bronze or stainless steel with resilient feature giving tight shut-off independent of which port is used for supply
Feature codes : ME = Manual reset. The solenoid to be designed to "hold" but not to "pull in" the valve without manual assistance
(Alternatively the mechanism may hold the valve mechanically in the de-energized position until it is manually released)
MD = Manual reset. After being energized electrically the valve is to be held mechanically in the energized
position until it is manually released.
Connections -pressure : 1/4 in. NPT female
-electrical : Cable entry codes : P = Cable gland ……………………. in. BSPP thread (BS 21) to suit …………….. mm OD cable
E = Cable gland, weatherproof*/ flame and weatherproof,* ……………. in. electrical thread (BS 31)
to suit ……….. mm OD steel wire armoured cable
G = Rubber grommet to suit …………….. mm OD cable NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and
Conductor Interchangeability Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied.
termination codes :S = 3 mm pan head screw terminals Suitable for solid copper wire
B = Terminal block between 1.3 and 1.8 mm dia. * Delete what is not applicable
Electrical
Housing Feature
Item Quant. connection Tag numbers Remarks
code code
codes

by

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.36.21.93, Sheet 1 09/2001
HAND-OPERATED CONTROL VALVES M E S C No.: 60.
Type : Hand wheel-operated control valve, with precision formed stem threads and a small solid top-mounted type hand
wheel, unless otherwise specified.
Construction : Valve to have a position indicator, stuffing box and lubricator with isolating valve
Packing : PTFE asbestos, unless otherwise specified
Body material : Cast carbon steel, as per ASTM A 216-WCB, unless otherwise specified
Sizes : As specified; to be checked by supplier
Connections : Size 3/4 in. and larger, flanged ANS class 300 RF, unless otherwise specified. Face-to-face dimensions REMARKS ON REVISIONS
in accordance with BS 1655.
Butterfuly valves: flanged ANS class 150 RF
Cv factor : At 100% lift, control valves shall have a Cv factor (American) as selected below
CODES
Plug type: Plug characteristics: Trim material: Special Requirements:
D = Double-seated EP = Equal % - ported 1 = AISI 316 F = Cooling fins
S = Single-seated EC = Equal % - contoured 2 = AISI 440C FL = Fins with flushing conn. NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a
A = Angle LP = Linear - ported 3 = AISI 316 completely T = Tight shut-off, metal to metal Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Record (SPIR)
T = Three-way LC = Linear - contoured Colmonoyed (No ) V = Tight shut-off, soft seat as specified for all equipment supplied
B = Butterfly or completely Stellited (No ) X = Split body
4 =
Stem lift in % at Body Plug Trim Special
Item Quant. Selected normal maximum size Size Type Charac. mat. requirement Deviations from Tag Remarks
Cv flow flow in. in. code code code code description number
Temp Liquid Pressure, bar Calculated

Item Fluid Rate of flow, t/d t Density viscosity At normal flow At max. flow Cv Tag Remarks
o
Minimum Normal Maximum C at t at t cSt Upstr. Drop Upstr. Drop normal number
Made by Date Equipment : HAND-OPERATED CONTROL VALVES Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 32.36.41.93 , 02/2002, sheet 1/1
Requisition sheet for Contr. Job No. :
MOUNTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MESC No. :
AND PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
Scope Manifold block types;
This requisition covers the manufacture, assembly, testing and delivery of differential Differential pressure manifold, construction in accordance with MESC 60.98.56/201.
pressure and pressure transmitter arrangements, in accordance with specifications - type A : Double isolate/equalize/vent manifold block; for general applications.
as stated. - type B : Double isolate/vent manifold block; for applications where
contamination of process streams is not permitted.
With the exception of the transmitters, supplier shall provide all components and - type C : Single isolate/vent manifold block; for low pressure applications and
installation materials mentioned in this requisition which are required for assembly level measurement on atmospheric tanks.
of the particular transmitter arrangements. - type D : Single isolate/vent manifold block; for pressure transmitters of the
differential body design (pressure transmitters provided with press
The transmitters shall be delivered to the supplier as free issue item. The connection flange facing to DIN 19 213).
transmitters shall be mounted to the manifold blocks by the component
supplier. Accessory, if specified for the particular transmitter arrangement:
- code KIF : Key interlocking facility.
Assembly of transmitter arrangements
All dimensions and component locations shall be in accordance with the relevant Pressure manifold, construction in accordance with MESC 60.98.56/301.
typicals and Standard Drawings described in this requisition. - type E : Isolate/vent manifold block, transmitter or gauge
connection 1/2 inch NPT male.
Each electronic transmitter shall be provided with a test connection box - type F : Isolate/vent manifold block, transmitter or gauge
connection 1/2 inch NPT female.
Manifold installation instruction with regard to type of medium; - type G : Isolate/vent manifold block, transmitter or gauge
- code L : Liquid service. connection G 1/2 inch.
- code G : Gas service.
Accessories, if specified for the particular transmitter arrangement:
For differential pressure and pressure transmitter make(s), model(s) and type(s) - code KIF : Key interlocking facility.
see the following requisitions: - code FCF : Filing connection facility.
………………………..
Rev……………………
………………………..
Rev…………………… Test connection box;
………………………..
Rev…………………… Construction in accordance with standard Drawing S 37.612, revision………….
Component requirements
General; Filling/flushing connector;
Compression fittings, construction in accordance with MESC 76.39…./.., Construction in accordance with MESC 60.98.90/101.
Make :…………………………………. - code FC : Filling/flushing connector
Type Male compression type
Size : metric tube O.D. 10 mm Port protector;
imperial tube O.D. 3/8 inch Construction in accordance with MESC 60.98.90.207.1
Material : AISI-316 type stainless steel - code PP : Port protector.
……………………
Seal ring shall be in accordance with Standard Drawing S 37.808, revision………..
Mounting plate;
- code L : L-shape mounting plate, in accordance with Standard
Drawing S 37.813, revision …………………
- code R : Rectangular mounting plate, in accordance with Standard
Drawing S37.814, revision ………………….
Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No.

PTS 32.37.00.93, sheet 1/3, 07/2001
MOUNTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MESC No. :
AND PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
Heating Quotation
General, Full compliance with the contents of this requisition/indent and applicable
The manufacturer shall guarantee the transmitter body temperature as specified documents will be assumed, unless variations are clearly and seperately listed.
for the particular transmitter arrangement.
The quotation shall indicate a detailed price breakdown such as;
Environment conditions, - itemised list prices, with model numbers, part numbers, etc.
Maximum ambient temperature : ………………
C - assembling cost
Minimum ambient temperature : ………………
C - cost of the factory inspection, if applicable.
Wind velocity : m/s.
Transport and storage
- code STB : Steam tracing block, construction in accordance The completely assembled transmitter arrangements shall be protected to
with MESC 60.98.70/020 prevent damage during transport and storage.
- code EHA : Electrical heater assembly, construction in accordance
with MESC 603.98.70/050.
Available power supply ………………… VAC.
Electrical safety: type of protection; Ex-e
Ex-e Ex-d Ex-d
Gas group ………………….. Temp. class T
Body enclosure;
Construction in accordance with MESC 60.98.91/305.
- code BE : Body enclosure.
Protective shade;
Construction in accordance with MESC 60.98.91/205.
- code PS : Protective shade.
Instrument nameplate;
Construction in accordance with Standard Drawing S 37.601, revision ……….
Instrument tag. number and service description shall be in accordance
with T………….., revision ............
The nameplate shall be fixed by means of stainless steel screws.
Anti-tamper key;
For every group of 1 to …….. Manifold blocks one (1) anti-tamper key
should be included.
Indicates selected choice or operation condition.

NOTES: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a SPIR form
for all equipment supplied.

For electrical heaters, copy electrical safety "type of protection" certificate.

Eng. by : Equipment No. K
PTS 32.37.00.93, sheet 2/3, 07/2001
MOUNTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE AND PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS MESC No. :
Item Rev. Tag.number Service Mounting Manifold Filling conn. Port protec. Heater Body Body Protective Remarks
code plate Type Access. Low High Low High code temperature enclosure shade
code code side side side side °C code code
Remarks 1) All wetted parts in accordance with NACE standard MR-01-75 (…………………………..)
2) Material ………………………………………… (all wetted parts)
Sheet No. 3
PTS 32.37.00.93, sheet 3/3, 07/2001
Requisiton for Contr. Job No.:
SYSTEM CABLES MESC No.:
Constructed in accordance with PTS 32.37.20.31, dated July 1986 and the requirements give below:
System cables shall be marked with:

- the cable length in meters
- the cable numbers are as specified in Section 4 of the 'Summary of Instrument cables'
Drawings No. T …………………… Revision ……………………….
These drawing sheets :

- will follow at a later date
- are attached to this requisition
- system cables shall be inspected by the Purchasers Inspector - in the factory before despatch
Cable Types Cable entry positions

E 20 / 16 0° or 45° -
E 30 / 28 0° or - 90°
E 56 / 54 0° or 45° or -
D 25 / 4 - PS 0° or 45° or 90°
D 25 /24 - PS 0° or 45° or 90°
D 25 / 4 - SS - X 0° or 45° or 90°
- indicates the selected choice

- indicates not required or not applicable
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS REMARKS ON REVISIONS

PTS 32.37.20.93, sheet 1/4, 09/2001
SYSTEM CABLES - continued...... MESC No:
Rev. letter
New item
OCDA Estimated item
Quantity change
Card
From Item Total quantity Cable entry value
Unit Accessories for cable type Length in meters MESC No.
Store No. required position
£ ±
D
D

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.37.20.93, sheet 2/4, 09/2001
SYSTEM CABLES - ACCESSORIES (ELCO) MESC No:
Rev. letter
New item
OCDA Estimated item
Quantity change
Card
From Item Total quantity Accessories for ELCO - VAILOK value
Unit Manufacturer's Part Number MESC No.
Store No. required Series 8016 (E20 and E56) and Series 8027 (E30)
£ ±
P C C R I M P I N G P L I E R S 0 6 - 7 7 0 0 - 1 3
D
D P C I N S E R T I O N T O O L 0 6 - 1 7 4 2 - 0 4
D P C I N S E R T I O N T O O L 0 6 - 7 6 3 8 - 0 1
D P C E X T R A C T I O N T O O L 0 6 - 1 8 7 7 - 0 4
D P C P O L A R I Z I N G T O O L 0 6 - 1 9 8 9 - 0 2
D P C C R I M P I N G P L I E R S 0 6 - 2 1 0 1 - 3 1
D P C P O L A R I Z I N G T O O L 0 6 - 1 7 7 3 - 0 3

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.37.20.93, sheet 3/4, 08/2001
SYSTEM CABLES - ACCESSORIES (AMP) MESC No:
Rev. letter
New item
OCDA Estimated item
Quantity change
Card
From Item Total quantity
S/C
Unit Accessories for AMP type plugs and sockets Manufacturer's Part Number MESC No. value
Store No. required
£ ±
P C
D
D P C C R I M P I N G T O O L 9 0 3 0 2 - 1
D P C I N / E X T R A C T T O O L 9 1 0 6 7 - 2
D P C I N S E R T / E X T T O O L 9 1 0 8 3 - 2
D P C I N S U L A T O R B O D Y - P 2 0 5 2 0 8 - 1
D P C I N S U L A T O R B O D Y - S 2 0 5 2 0 7 - 1
D P C S C R E W R E T A I N E R M 2 0 5 9 8 0 - 1
D P C S C R E W L O C K F 2 0 5 8 1 7 - 1
o
D P C C O V E R / C L A M P 0 2 0 5 7 1 8 - 1
o
D P C C O V E R / C L A M P 4 5 2 0 5 7 1 8 - 1
o
D P C C O V E R / C L A M P 9 0 2 0 5 7 1 8 - 1
D P C C R I M P C O N T. L O S P 6 6 5 0 6 - 9
D P C C R I M P C O N T. S T R P 6 6 5 0 6 - 3
D P C C R I M P C O N T. M I N P 1 - 6 6 5 0 6 - 2
D P C C R I M P C O N T. L O S S 6 6 5 0 4 - 9
D P C C R I M P C O N T. S T R S 6 6 5 0 4 - 3
D P C C R I M P C O N T. M I N S 1 - 6 6 5 0 4 - 2
D P C W I R E W R A P C O N T. P 2 - 6 6 4 8 1 - 1
D P C W I R E W R A P C O N T. S 2 - 6 6 4 8 2 - 1
D P C C L O S E E N D S P L I C E 3 5 1 1 5

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 32.37.20.93, sheet 4/4, 09/2001
INSTRUMENTED PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
The Supplier is responsible that design and construction are in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the requisition and/or drawings. Furthermore, the Supplier
is responsible for ensuring that the design is satisfactory for the design conditions indicated on the requisition and/or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to
the Supplier are for information and tendering purposes only. The Supplier shall make his own calculations, for which he is fully responsible. The Supplier shall ensure that the
supply conforms to all applicable codes and national statutory regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities.
REMARKS DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS

Principal will not pay or reimburse any expense incurred by tenderers in preparing their bid.

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 32.80.10.93, sheet 1, dated July 1996
MESC No. :
1 SECTION (1) ITEM SELECTION
2 2.1.1 Related project
3 2.2.1 Principal
4 2.2.3 DCS Supplier
5 2.2.4 Contractor
6 2.3.1 Simplified plant layout Refer sheet 5
7 2.3.2 Suggested system overview Refer sheet 6
8 2.3.3 Allocation of units and safeguarding groups Refer sheet 7
9 3.1.1 Type of IPS Relay Solid-state Magnetic-core PLC Any
10 3.1.3 a I/O listing Refer sheet 7
11 3.1.3 a Medium on which I/O listing will be supplied
12 3.1.3 b IPS - DCS communication listing Refer sheet 7
13 3.1.3 c Documents provided to enable configuration
14 3.1.3 c Medium and format on which documents are provided
15 3.1.4 Engineering/diagnostics workstation required Yes No
16 3.1.7 Re-programming equipment required Yes No
17 4.2 Documents provided after order placement
18 5.1.6 Diagnostic information to be transmitted to the DCS
19 5.2.1 Required AK class
20 5.2.4 Output cards driving IPF Class I or II outputs or alarm lamps Refer sheet 7
21 5.3.1 Cycle time msec
22 5.5.5 Revealed failure robust inputs Refer sheet 7
23 5.5.6 Revealed failure robust outputs Refer sheet 7
24 5.5.7 Crippled mode operation time limit hrs
25 5.7.1 Suggested number of IPSs Refer sheet 6
26 5.7.2 Exceptions to structure rules
27 5.7.5 Suggested system overview Refer sheet 5
28 5.8.1 Hardware spare capacity (unused I/O channels and power supply) 5% 10% 15%
29 5.8.2 Hardware spare capacity (spare I/O card positions) 0% 5% 10%
30 5.8.2 Spare card positions wired Yes No
31 5.9.2.2 Square root extraction on inputs Refer sheet 7
32 5.9.3.4 IPF class VI trip function tag numbers
33 5.9.4.2 Minimum solenoid valve power consumption 10 Watt 25 Watt
34 5.10.7 Application program storage EPROM RAM/Flash EPROM
35 5.11.3 First-up indication to DCS Yes No
36 5.11.3 Details of FGS detectors
37 5.11.8 Supply and testing of IPS - DCS interconnecting cables IPS Supplier DCS Supplier
38 5.12.6 Audible alarm supply voltage and power consumption
39 5.13.4 Details of FGS detectors
40 5.13.8 Location of SER Refer sheet 6
41 5.15.1 Required site delivery date
42
43 In shaded boxes, use a 'Check Mark' to indicate selection
44 NOTES
45 General IPS design shall be in accordance with PTS 32.80.10.30
46 Use sheet 5 for additional data.
47
48 Note 1: Refers to section numbers of PTS 32.80.10.30
49 Note 2: Including 100 mm base.
by: Date
by:
by:
MESC No. :
1 SECTION (1) ITEM SELECTION
2 6.1.1 Type of cabinets Supplier standard Rittal
3 6.1.2 Cabinet physical dimensions mm width mm depth mm height (2)
4 6.1.3 Number of cabinet doors Two front Two front + two back
5 6.1.8 Lockable cabinet doors Yes No
6 6.2.6 Cabinet cable entry location Bottom Top
7 6.2.12 Standards for colour coding
8 6.3.7 Exceptions to earth leakage monitoring rules
9 7.1.2 Supply voltage and frequency 220 230 240 50Hz 60Hz
10 7.3.3 Exceptions to power isolation rules
11 10.1.1 Packing for freight type Air Sea Overland
12 10.1.3 Plasic sheet and hermetically sealed Yes No
13 10.2.1 Delivery location
14 12.3.1 Venue of progress meetings
15 17.3.1 Payment terms
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
44 NOTES
46 Use sheet 5 for additional data.
47
49 Note 2: Including 100 mm base.
by: Date
by:
by:
MESC No. :
1 ADDITIONAL DATA
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 NOTES
46
47
48
49
by: Date
by:
by:
MESC No. :
1 SIMPLIFIED PLANT LAYOUT
2
3
4
5 AUXILIARY ROOM
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 190 MTR
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 FAR 1 250 MTR
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
260 MTR
35 FAR 2
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 NOTES
46 Change the drawing to reflect the project conditions.
47
48
49
by: Date
by:
by:
MESC No. :
1 SUGGESTED SYSTEM OVERVIEW
2
3
4 SER CONTROL ROOM
5
6
7
AUXILIARY ROOM
IPS DCS
8 PC
6 GW
9 SER AND MAINTENANCE AND
10
ENGINEERING NETWORK
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 FAR 1
19
20
21
22 IPS IPS DCS DCS
23
4 5 GW GW IPS TO IPS
24 COMMUNICATION LINK
25
26
27
28
29
30
31 FAR 2
32
33
34
IPS IPS IPS DCS DCS DCS
35
1 2 3 GW GW GW
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 NOTES
46 Change the drawing to reflect the project conditions.
47
48
49
by: Date
by:
by:
MESC No. :
1 I/O AND SERIAL COMMUNICATION IPS - DCS
2 ANALOG INPUTS DIGITAL INPUTS SERIAL COMMUNICATION IPS - DCS DIGITAL OUTPUTS
3
PROCESS UNIT
IPS
NUMBER OF IPF GROUPS (UZ)
NUMBER OF IPF GROUPS (UZ) MISC
AUXILIARY ROOM
4-20 MA PASSIVE; REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
4-20 MA PASSIVE; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
4-20 MA ACTIVE; REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
4-20 MA ACTIVE; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
THERMOCOUPLE; REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
THERMOCOUPLE; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
RTD; REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
RTD; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
POTENTIAL FREE; REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
POTENTIAL FREE; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
NORMALLY OPEN; POTENTIAL FREE; REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
NORMALLY OPEN; POTENTIAL FREE; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
PROXIMITY SWITCH; REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
PROXIMITY SWITCH; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED
OUTPUT CARD POWER OFF (5.9.3.4)
ANALOG MEASUREMENT TO DCS
TRIP SETTING TO DCS
TRIP ALARM / OTHER DIGITAL INPUTS TO DCS
MEASUREMENT / INPUT DIAGNOSTIC STATUS TO DCS
MOS FROM DCS
FEEDBACK MOS TO DCS
FIRST-UP INDICATION TO DCS
INPUT FORCE STATUS TO DCS
FIRST-UP RESET FROM DCS
RESET / PERMISSION FROM DCS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT FORCE STATUS TO DCS
SYSTEM AND UTILITY ALARMS TO DCS
REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED; 3W
FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED; 3W
HARD WIRED; 3W
REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED; (1) (5.9.4.2)
NORMALLY OPEN; REVEALED FAILRE ROBUST; FAIL SAFE; HARD WIRED; (1) (5.9.4.2)
TOTAL SERIAL COMMUNICATION DCS/SGS
TOTAL HARDWIRED I/O

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21 100 1 6 3 FAR 2 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 0 0 0 26 0 2 24 24 77 24 29 29 29 76 2 3 31 31 2 19 0 15 12 0 381 122
200 2 3 2 FAR 2 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 4 0 0 10 10 35 10 14 14 17 34 2 4 6 6 2 2 0 10 4 0 164 50
22 300 2 8 4 FAR 2 21 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 55 0 0 0 32 0 1 22 22 111 22 29 29 31 110 6 15 24 24 0 5 0 24 19 0 445 158
23 400 2 5 3 FAR 2 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 0 0 0 4 0 0 18 18 64 18 26 26 26 63 3 4 18 18 0 6 0 12 12 0 302 93
500 4 14 7 FAR 1 74 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 69 0 0 0 20 0 3 75 75 171 75 64 64 83 167 12 1 52 52 2 14 0 66 35 3 893 285
24 700 1 2 2 FAR 2 6 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 19 9 8 8 7 19 1 0 7 7 0 2 0 13 5 0 103 39
25 800 1 1 1 FAR 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 2 0 0 3 3 10 3 4 4 1 10 1 0 5 5 0 1 0 0 4 0 49 15
900 1 0 1 FAR 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 2
26 1000 1 1 1 FAR 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 5 2 2 2 0 5 0 0 6 6 0 2 0 0 4 0 32 11
27 1300 3 10 5 FAR 2 20 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 59 0 0 0 36 0 2 25 25 123 25 30 30 44 122 3 35 74 74 2 22 0 0 50 2 612 196
2000 1 1 1 FAR 2 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 4 4 8 4 1 1 1 8 1 0 3 3 0 1 0 0 2 0 38 11
28 2800 1 2 2 FAR 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 12 3 10 10 0 12 0 0 15 15 0 14 0 4 1 0 83 31
29 3400 6 0 1 CRAR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 1 1 2 1 0 1 0 0 10 5
5100 1 1 1 FAR 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 11 1 5 5 0 11 0 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 41 14
30 5400 5 1 1 FAR 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 9 3 5 5 5 9 2 0 4 4 2 2 0 0 2 0 54 13
31 5500 5 0 1 FAR 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 6 2
5600 5 0 1 FAR 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2 3 3 0 3 0 0 2 2 0 1 0 0 1 0 22 5
32 5700 5 0 1 FAR 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 9 2
33 5800 1 2 2 FAR 2 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 1 0 0 12 12 23 12 12 12 11 22 1 0 13 13 0 7 0 1 6 0 143 36
6100 5 2 2 FAR 1 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 6 17 6 10 10 10 17 1 0 2 2 0 1 0 20 1 0 87 39
34 6500 6 3 2 CRAR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 0 0 0 0 27 0 0 10 10 0 10 0 21 0 0 74 58
35 6900 6 4 2 CRAR 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 36 2 3 3 0 36 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 33 1 0 86 70
9900 6 12 6 CRAR 0 15 0 11 0 3 0 6 26 13 4 80 0 18 0 35 35 178 119 18 18 23 176 5 0 17 17 12 12 18 26 5 0 653 237
36
37 TOTAL IPS 1 52 0 0 0 3 3 0 0 74 0 0 0 31 0 2 58 58 168 58 71 71 49 165 6 3 83 83 2 46 0 33 37 0 875 281
TOTAL IPS 2 49 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 116 0 0 0 40 0 1 50 50 210 50 69 69 74 207 11 23 48 48 2 13 0 46 35 0 911 301
38 TOTAL IPS 3 20 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 59 0 0 0 36 0 2 25 25 123 25 30 30 44 122 3 35 74 74 2 22 0 0 50 2 612 196
74 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 69 0 0 0 20 0 3 75 75 171 75 64 64 83 167 12 1 52 52 2 14 0 66 35 3 893 285
39 TOTAL IPS 4
TOTAL IPS 5 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 12 32 12 20 20 15 31 3 0 10 10 2 5 0 20 5 0 179 61
40 TOTAL IPS 6 2 15 0 11 0 3 0 6 90 13 4 80 0 18 0 37 37 244 121 21 21 23 242 5 0 29 29 14 23 18 81 6 0 823 370
41
OVERALL TOTAL 209 15 2 11 3 6 5 6 427 13 4 80 127 18 8 257 947 341 275 275 288 40 62 296 24 123 18 246 168 5 4292 1494
42
SQUARE ROOT EXTRACTION REQUIRED ON 5 INPUTS IN UNIT 500
43
44 NOTES
46 Change the table to reflect the project conditions.
47 Note 1: Refer sheet 2.
48 Note 2: For the allocation of IPF groups to cards, refer 5.7.2.
49
by: Date
by:
Appr'd Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 7 continued on sheet No. -
by:
Data/requisiton sheet for Project Name:
MASS/CENTRE OF MASS OF EQUIPMENT Project Number:
Order/Enquiry No.:
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION INFORMATION STATS
(Tick as necessary)
Tender est.
Design est.
Heaviest component to be handled during maintenance:- Design update
Description mass KG As supplied
MASS DATA (KG)
NOTES:
1/ One sheet shall be completed for each separately installed skid or item.
2/ As supplied equipment shall be weighted by vendor and witnessed by purchaser or nominee.
3/ Vendor shall provide current calibration certificate of weighing equipment. Calibration methods shall be to BS 1610
4/ Vendor shall submit design update for significant changes in mass
Dry kg Operating kg Test kg
Other Description kg
temporary
masses
Certified final mass Date Name Company

Shell inspector
Vendor
DIMENSIONAL DATA (mm)

NOTES:
1/ Equipment orientation on each skid or item to be indicated.
2/ C of M Coordinates to be clearly shown on G.A. drawings.
‘L’
‘X’
OVERALL SIZES
C of M
DIMENSION 'L'
‘W’
DIMENSION 'W'
‘Y’
DIMENSION 'H'
Plan
CENTRE OF MASS
Dimension Dry Operating
'X'
‘H’
C of M
'Y'
‘Z’
'Z'
Elevation
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: Rev. letter
Checked by Date PLANT: Date:
Approved by Date CONSIGNEE: Signature:

Equipment No.
Principal:
Req. No.
PTS 30.10.01.92 sheet 1 dated 07/99
Data/requisition for
WATER-TUBE BOILERS
1 General Performance and Design Requirements

2 Max. continuous rating (MCR) kg/s Number required #
3 Superheated steam at terminal - pressure bar ga Specific requirements PTS 30.75.10.31
4 - tolerance bar Altitude above sea level m
5 - temperature °C Latitude/longitude
6 - tolerance °C Sea-air environment yes/no
7 Peak load % of MCR Ambient air temperature (Max. / Design / Min.) °C
8 Max. duration of peak load h per 24 h Wet bulb temp., design °C
9 Min. uninterrupted oper. period hours Wind load, design kN/m²
10 Autom. load control range % MCR to peak load Earthquake area class
11 Control range for steam temp. % MCR to peak load Basic Design Wind Speed m/s
12 Min. thermal efficiency at MCR* % Cyclone Factor
13 Type of fuel for above efficiency Terrain Category
14 Min. allowable temperature of metal IP code area classification (safe/division)
15 - in contact with flue gases °C Design code to be used
16 - at all loads above % MCR Plant instr. allowed for use in performance tests yes/no
17 Steam quality test equipment:
18 Continuous blowdown capacity (max) % MCR - provided by principal/supplier yes/no
19 Extended surfaces allowed yes/no - for permanent use yes/no
20 MCR required with 1 burner out of operation yes/no - for duration of steam purity tests yes/no
21 Parallel with other boilers on steam header yes/no
22 Air preheating required yes/no SITE ERECTION REQUIREMENTS
23 Complete erection by supplier yes/no
24 Only supervision of erection by suppl. yes/no
25
26 ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS
27 % MCR h % MCR h % MCR h
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39 * Efficiency based on LHV of fuel, including air preheat
40 ** Based on Vereinigung Grosskesselbetreiber e.V. (VGB) standards, modified to suit local requirements
41
43
44
45
46
47
48 The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the
49 requisition and/or drawings. Furthermore, the manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is satisfactory for the
50 design conditions indicated on the requisition and / or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the manufacturer are for information and tendering
51 purposes only. The manufacturer shall make his own calculations for which he is fully responsible. The manufacturer shall ensure that the equipment supplied conforms
52 to all applicable codes and national statutory regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities.
53
54
55
Made by : Date EQUIPMENT Rev.
Date
Check. by : Date PLANT Sign.
Appr. by : Date CONSIGNEE Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No. 2
PTS 30.75.10.93, sheet 1, 5/99

WATER-TUBE BOILERS
cont. sheet
1 UTILITIES
2 Gaseous fuel 1) Max. Design Min Boiler feed water (after dearation) 2)
3 Lower heating value MJ/kg Total dissolved solids < mg/l
4 Mol weight Oxygen as O2 < mg/l
5 Pressure at battery limit bar ga Silica as SiO2 < mg/l
6 Temperature at battery limit °C Total iron as Fe < mg/l
7 C/H ratio (wt) Total Copper as Cu < mg/l
8 Composition: Total Carb. dioxide as CO2 < mg/l
9 - Hydrogen mol % Hardness < mval/l
10 - Methane mol % Permangante No. (KMnO4) < mg/l
11 - C2 / C2 - mol % pH at 25 °C from/to
12 - C3 / C3 - mol % Oil mg/l
13 - C4 / C4 - mol % Conductivity at 25°C < µS/cm
14 - C5+ mol % (after strong acid cation exchange and CO2 removal)
15 - Carbon monoxide mol % Chlorides as Cl < mg/l
16 - Carbon dioxide mol % Residual Oxygen scavanger from/to, in mg/l
17 - Nitrogen mol % General condition clear and colourless
18 - Water mol % Boiler feed water 2) Max. Design Min.
19 - Hydrogen sulfide ppm Supply pressure at grade bar ga
20 - Mercaptans ppm Temperature °C
21
22 Liquid fuel 1) Max. Design Min. Condensate Max. Design Min.
23 Lower heating value MJ/kg Supply pressure bar ga
24 Density at 15 °C kg/m3 Temperature °C
25 Pressure at battery limit bar ga
26 Temperature at battery limit °C Injection water Max. Design Min.
27 Water content % wt Supply pressure bar ga
28 C/H ratio (wt) Temperature °C
29 Sulphur % wt Type
30 Nitrogen % wt
31 Ash % wt Boiler water
32 Vanadium % wt Total dissolved solids < mg/l
33 Viscosity at 20 °C cSt p-alkalinity < mval/l
34 Silica as SiO2 < mg/l
35 Phosphate as PO4 < mg/l
36 Tool air Max Design Min pH at 25 °C from / to
37 Pressure bar ga Sulphite as Na2SO3 < mg/l
38 Avail. for purging , cooling, sealing yes/no Conductivity at 25°C (after neutralisation) < µS/cm
39
40 Instrument air Max Design Min Steam 2) Max. Design Min.
41 Pressure bar ga HP system pressure bar ga
42 Dewpoint °C Temperature °C
43 MP system pressure bar ga
44 Cooling Water Max Design Min Temperature °C
45 Supply pressure bar ga LP system pressure bar ga
46 Return pressure bar ga Temperature °C
47 Temperature °C
48 Max. temp. increase °C Conductivity at 25 °C < µS/cm
49 Fouling coefficient W/m2.K (from condensed saturated steam after strongly acid cation and CO2 removal)
50 Type Silica as SiO2 < mg/l
51 Total iron as Fe < mg/l
52 Nitrogen Max Design Min Total copper as Cu < mg/l
53 Supply pressure bar ga Sodium and potassium as Na < mg/l
54 Temperature °C Chlorides as Cl < mg/l
55
1) Alternatively, analyses for all applicable fuels may be presented on a separate sheet
2) Analyses of steam and water (under continuous operation) based on Vereinigung Grosskesselbetrieber e.V. (VGB) standards,
modified to suit local requirements.
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.93, sheet 2, 5/99
WATER-TUBE BOILERS
cont. sheet
1 UTILITIES (cont'd)
2 Electricity Supply
3 Power - HV: kV, ph, neutral, 50/60 Hz Instruments: V, ph, neutral, 50/60 Hz
4 - LV: V, ph, neutral, 50/60 Hz Instruments: V-DC
5
6 Lighting: V, ph, neutral, 50/60 Hz
7
8
9 Available Start-Up utilities
10 Fuel type Tool air: yes/no
11 HP steam: yes/no Instrument air: yes/no
12 MP steam: yes/no
13 LP steam: yes/no Electric power supply - HV: yes/no
14 - LV: yes/no
15 Boiler feed water: yes/no Electric instr. supply - AD/DC: yes/no
16 Condensate: yes/no Lighting power: yes/no
17 Injection water: yes/no
18 Cooling water: yes/no
19
20
21 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
22 CONTROL REQUIREMENTS AT OUTLET SUPERHEATER WATER LEVEL IN DRUM
23 At fixed load operation of turbine Level to remain between low and high levels
24 - Max. deviation of steam flow: kg/s - At sudden turbine load decrease from to MW
25 - Max. deviation of steam temp: °C - At sudden turbine load increase from to MW
26 At sudden turbine load decrease from to MW - At linear turbine load incr./decr. from MW to MW
27 - Max. deviation of steam flow: kg/s in min.
28 - Max. deviation of steam temp: °C - At feed water temp. sudden decreasefrom to °C
29 At sudden turbine load increase from to MW - At feed water temp. sudden increase from to °C
30 - Max. deviation of steam flow: kg/s
31 - Max. deviation of steam temp: °C
32 At linear turbine load incr./decr. from to MW
35
36
37 MAIN DESIGN DATA (firing oil/gas)
38 GENERAL WATER / STEAM TEMPERATURES
39 Air preheater in-/outlet temperature °C Economizer outlet °C
40 Air preheater bypass required yes/no Drum °C
41 Turndown on auto control from to % MCR Primary superheater outlet °C
42 Efficiency % Secondary superheater outlet °C
43 Fuel consumption kg/s
44 OPERATING PRESSURES
45 Excess air at MCR % Drum bar ga
46 Flue gas quantity kg/s Superheater bar ga
47 Blow-down (continuous) % MCR FD fan outlet mbar ga
48 Firebox mbar ga
49 Firebox volume m3
50
51
52
53
54
55
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.93, sheet 3, 5/99
WATER-TUBE BOILERS
cont. sheet
1 MAIN DESIGN DATA (firing oil/gas) cont'd
2 CONSUMPTION FIGURES HEAT BALANCE
3 Combustion air - at 100 % MCR : kg/s Heat supplied by fuel kW
4 - at 50 % MCR : kg/s Heat to steam kW
5 Feed water kg/s Heat to dry flue gas kW
6 HP steam kg/s Losses due to moisture in air kW
7 MP steam kg/s Heat to blowdown kW
8 LP steam kg/s Radiation losses kW
9 Cooling water kg/s Unaccounted losses kW
10 Instrument air kg/s
11 Purge air kg/s
12 Tool air kg/s
13 Intermittent blowdown (max.) kg/s
14 Power - HV - LV kW
15 Instrument power kW
16 Total mass of boiler kg
17
18 FIRE BOX CONVECTIVE EVAPORATOR
19 Maximum local rate of heat adsorption kW/m3 Total heat transferred kW
20 Average heatflux kW/m2 Average heat flux kW/m2
21 Peak heat flux kW/m2 Peak heat flux kW/m2
22 Location of peak heat flux Location of peak heat flux
23 Steam production kg/s Steam production kg/s
24 Calculated maximum tube wall temperature °C Calculated maximum tube wall temperature °C
25 Maximum values in tubes exposed to radiation at
26 Inlet to water walls - temp of water °C Riser inlets - temperature of water °C
27 - velocity of water m/s - velocity of water m/s
28 Outlet of water walls - temp. steam/water °C Riser outlets - temp. steam/water °C
29 - steam/water ratio - steam / water ratio
30 - superf. vel. steam* m/s - superf. vel. steam* m/s
31 - superf. vel. water* m/s - superf. vel. water* m/s
32 Flue gas temperature outlet furnace (bridgewall) °C Flue gas - pressure, in/out / °C
33 Flue gas pressure at outlet furnace mbar ga - temperature, in/out / mbar ga
34 Flue gas mass velocity kg/m2.s Flue gas mass velocity kg/m2.s
35
36 SUPERHEATER Primary Secondary ECONOMIZER
37 Total heat transferred kW Total heat transferred kW
38 Average heatflux kW/m2 Average heatflux kW/m2
39 Peak heat flux kW/m2 Peak heat flux kW/m2
40 Calc'd max. outer tube wall temp. °C Calculated min. outer tube wall temp. °C
41 Pressure drop steam side bar Pressure drop water side
42 Inlet - steam temperature °C Inlet - water pressure °C
43 - steam velocity m/s - water temperature m/s
44 Outlet - steam temperature °C - water velocity °C
45 - steam pressure bar ga Outlet - water temperature °C
46 - steam velocity m/s Pressure drop water side bar
47 Flue gas - pressure, in/out / / mbar ga Flue gas - pressure, in/out / mbar ga
48 - temperature, in/out / / °C - temperature, in/out / °C
49 Flue gas mass velocity kg/m2.s Flue gas mass velocity kg/m2.s
50
51
52
53
54
55
*) Superficial velocity = (mass flow) divided by (density x free area of tube).
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.93, sheet 4, 5/99
WATER-TUBE BOILERS
cont. sheet
1 CONSTRUCTION DATA
2 TUBE DATA
3 Firebox Prim. superheater Sec. superheater Conv. Evaporator Economizer
4 Materials and ASTM No.
5 Outside diameter mm
6 Wall thickness mm
7 Corrosion allowance mm
8 Tube arrangement hor./vert.
9 Pitch configuration o/∆
10 Transverse pitch mm
11 Number of parallel coils
12 Number of tubes per coil
13 Total length per tube mm
14 Effective length per tube mm
15 Total Effective outside surface m2
16 Water volume m3
17 FIN DATA
19 Type spiral/gill/other
20 Height mm
21 Thickness mm
22 Density fins/m
23 Total effective surface m2
24
25 TUBE FITTING DATA
27 Type of return fitting
29 Wall thickness mm
31 Design conditions bar ga
32 CROSS-OVER PIPES DATA
37 HEADER DATA
42 Length mm
43 TUBE SUPPORT DATA
44 End tube sheets:
45 - Materials and ASTM No.
46 - Thickness mm
47
48 Intermediate supports:
50 Outside diameter 1) mm
51 - Wall thickness mm
52 - Tube sheet thickness mm
53
54 Tube support pitch mm
55
1) Cooled support tube data, if applicable
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.93, sheet 5, 5/99
WATER-TUBE BOILERS
cont. sheet
1 CONSTRUCTION DATA (cont'd)
2 SHEETING (if applicable) BURNERS
3 Material Thickness Number
4 Boiler inner mm Maker/type
5 outer mm Design capacity MW
6 Inlet ducting inner mm No./Dia. holes / mm
7 outer mm Fuel pressure at MCR bar ga
8 Outlet ducting mm Required turndown (at max comb air)
9 Fuel gun material/ASTM No.
10
11 EXPANSION JOINTS DESUPERHEATER
12 Maker Maker/type
13 Number
14 Location DOWNCOMER
15 Number
16 Design temperature °C Average length m
17 Design pressure mbar ga Outside diameter mm
18 Description of bellows material Wall thickness mm
20 Type of insulation
21 DRUMS Type of tube
22 Steam drum - design pressure bar ga Material
23 - water content - high level ton Circulation ratio
24 - low level ton
25 - low-low level ton FORCED DRAUGHT FAN
26 - length of shell m Number:
27 - diameter, inside mm Design capacity per fan: kg/s
28 - wall thickness of shell mm Differential pressure at design point mbar
29 - hold-up time between low water alarm
30 and low water trip s All other information shall be submitted via
31 - material PTS 31.29.42.93 "Rotary type compressors and fans", sheet 1,2,3
32 Drum internals - type
33 - number bar INDUCED DRAUGHT FAN
34 - pressure drop bar ga Number:
35 - design pressure ton Design capacity per fan: kg/s
36 - water content m Differential pressure at design point mbar
37 - diameter, inside mm
38 - wall thickness of shell mm All other information shall be submitted via
41
42 STACK SOOT BLOWERS
43 Existing 1) New 1) Number
44 Material and ASTM No. Location
45 Minimum wall thickness mm Duration of operation s
46 Inside diameter at top mm Drive
47 Inside diameter at bottom mm Material
48 Height above grade mm Operating pressure: bar ga
49 Lining material Total steam required: kg/s
50 Design temperature °C Total power required: kW
51 Min. allowable inlet temp. to stack Total air - for cooling and sealing: kg/s
52 - for power: kg/s
53
54
55
1) Delete if not applicable
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.93, sheet 6, 5/99
WATER-TUBE BOILERS
cont. sheet
2 CASINGS FLUE GAS DUCTING TO STACK
3
4 Material and ASTM no. Material and ASTM no.
5 Thickness mm Thickness mm
6 Height/width m Height/width m
7 Length m Length m
8
9 Design pressure bar ga Design pressure bar ga
10 Design temperature °C Design temperature °C
11 Caluclated maximum temperature °C Caluclated maximum temperature °C
12 Insulation Free area of duct m2
13 - type Max. gas velocity m/s
14 - thickness mm Insulation
15 - extent of insulation m2 - type
16 Type of anchors - thickness mm
17 Pitch of anchors Type of anchors
18 Covering material and ASTM No. Pitch of anchors
19 Thickness of covering mm Covering material and ASTM No.
20 Thickness of covering mm
21 Description of guide vanes
22
23 DRUM/SUPERHEATER SAFETY VALVES
24 Superheater Drum
25 Number
26 Set pressure bar ga bar ga
27 Accumulation pressure bar bar
28 Blowdown pressure bar bar
29 Make
30 Total capacity kg/s kg/s
31 Code
32
33 AIR PREHEATER AIR DUCTS
34 Number Inlet height above grade m
35 Make Length m
36 Type of tube (single piece elements/bare/finned tubes) Cross-sectional area m2
37 Heating medium (water/steam/fluegas)
38 Mass flow - air side: kg/s
39 - heating side: kg/s
40
41 Temperature air side - at inlet: °C
42 - at outlet: °C
43 Pressure air side - at inlet: mbar ga
44 - at outlet: mbar ga
45 Temperature heating side - at inlet: °C
46 - at outlet: °C
47 Pressure heating side - at inlet: mbar ga
48 - at outlet: mbar ga
49 Minimum metal temperature: °C
50
51
52
53
54
55

Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.93, sheet 7, 5/99
WATER-TUBE BOILERS
cont. sheet
1 MISCELLANOUS DATA
2 STEAM TEMPERATURE CONTROL ACCESS DOORS OBSERV. WINDOWS
3 Type Size
4 Injection water
5 Design quantity kg/s Number
6 Quantity at MCR kg/s
7 Location
8 Steam for water atomization - source
9 - design quantity kg/s
10 Steram for condensation - design quantity kg/s
11
12
13 DOCUMENTATION PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS
14 References drawings:
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 REMARKS / NOTES
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Sheet No. 8
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.93, sheet 8, 5/99
GAS TURBINE HEAT RECOVERY STEAM GENERATORS
1 General Performance and Design Requirements

2 Max. continuous rating (MCR) kg/s Number required #
3 Superheated steam at terminal - pressure bar ga Specific requirements PTS 30.75.10.31
4 - tolerance bar Altitude above sea level m
5 - temperature °C Latitude/longitude
6 - tolerance °C Sea-air environment yes/no
7 Peak load % of MCR Ambient air temperature (Max. / Design / Min.) °C
8 Max. duration of peak load h per 24 h Wet bulb temp., design °C
9 Min. uninterrupted oper. period hours Wind load, design kN/m²
10 Autom. load control range % MCR to peak load Earthquake area class
11 Control range for steam temp. % MCR to peak load Basic Design Wind Speed m/s
12 Min. thermal efficiency at MCR* % Cyclone Factor
13 Type of fuel for above efficiency Terrain Category
14 Min. allowable temperature of metal IP code area classification (safe/division)
15 - in contact with flue gases °C Design code to be used
16 - at all loads above % MCR Plant instr. allowed for use in performance tests yes/no
17 Steam quality test equipment:
18 Continuous blowdown capacity (max) % MCR - provided by principal/supplier yes/no
19 Extended surfaces allowed yes/no - for permanent use yes/no
20 MCR required with 1 burner out of operation yes/no - for duration of steam purity tests yes/no
21 Parallel with other boilers on steam header yes/no
22 SITE ERECTION REQUIREMENTS
23 Complete erection by supplier yes/no
24 Only supervision of erection by suppl. yes/no
25
26 ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS
27 % MCR h % MCR h % MCR h
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39 * Efficiency based on LHV of fuel, including air preheat
40
41
43
44
45
46
47
48 The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the
49 requisition and/or drawings. Furthermore, the manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is satisfactory for the
50 design conditions indicated on the requisition and / or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the manufacturer are for information and
51 tendering purposes only. The manufacturer shall make his own calculations for which he is fully responsible. The manufacturer shall ensure that the equipment
52 supplied conforms to all applicable codes and national statutory regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities.
53
54
55
Made by : Date EQUIPMENT Rev.
Date
Check. by : Date PLANT Sign.
Appr. by : Date CONSIGNEE Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No. 2
PTS 30.75.10.94, sheet 1/9, 09/99

GAS TURBINE HEAT RECOVERY STEAM GENERATORS
cont. sheet
1 UTILITIES
2 Gaseous fuel 1) Max. Design Min. Boiler feed water (after dearation) 2)
3 Lower heating value MJ/kg Total dissolved solids < mg/l
4 Mol weight Oxygen as O2 < mg/l
5 Pressure at battery limit bar ga Silica as SiO2 < mg/l
6 Temperature at battery limit °C Total iron as Fe < mg/l
7 C/H ratio (wt) Total Copper as Cu < mg/l
8 Composition: Total Carb. dioxide as CO2 < mg/l
9 - Hydrogen mol % Hardness < mval/l
10 - Methane mol % Permangante No. (KMnO4) < mg/l
11 - C2 / C2 - mol % pH at 25 °C from/to
12 - C3 / C3 - mol % Oil mg/l
13 - C4 / C4 - mol % Conductivity at 25°C < µS/cm
14 - C5+ mol % (after strong acid cation exchange and CO2 removal)
15 - Carbon monoxide mol % Chlorides as Cl < mg/l
16 - Carbon dioxide mol % Residual Oxygen scavanger from/to, in mg/l
17 - Nitrogen mol % General condition clear and colourless
18 - Water mol % Boiler feed water 2) Max. Design Min.
19 - Hydrogen sulfide ppm Supply pressure at grade bar ga
20 - Mercaptans ppm Temperature °C
21
22 Liquid fuel 1) Max. Design Min. Condensate Max. Design Min.
23 Lower heating value MJ/kg Supply pressure bar ga
24 Density at 15 °C kg/m3 Temperature °C
25 Pressure at battery limit bar ga
26 Temperature at battery limit °C Injection water Max. Design Min.
27 Water content % wt Supply pressure bar ga
28 C/H ratio (wt) Temperature °C
29 Sulphur % wt Type
30 Nitrogen % wt
31 Ash % wt Boiler water
32 Vanadium % wt Total dissolved solids < mg/l
33 Viscosity at 20 °C cSt p-alkalinity < mval/l
34 Silica as SiO2 < mg/l
35 Phosphate as PO4 < mg/l
36 Tool air Max Design Min. pH at 25 °C from / to
37 Pressure bar ga Sulphite as Na2SO3 < mg/l
38 Avail. for purging , cooling, sealing Conductivity at 25°C (after neutralisation) < µS/cm
39
40 Instrument air Max Design Min. Steam 2) Max. Design Min.
41 Pressure bar ga HP system pressure bar ga
42 Dewpoint °C yes/no Temperature °C
43 MP system pressure bar ga
44 Cooling Water Max Design Min. Temperature °C
45 Supply pressure bar ga LP system pressure bar ga
46 Return pressure bar ga Temperature °C
47 Temperature °C
48 Max. temp. increase °C Conductivity at 25 °C < µS/cm
49 Fouling coefficient W/m2.K (from condensed saturated steam after strongly acid cation and CO2 removal)
50 Type Silica as SiO2 < mg/l
51 Total iron as Fe < mg/l
52 Nitrogen Max Design Min. Total copper as Cu < mg/l
53 Supply pressure bar ga Sodium and potassium as Na < mg/l
54 Temperature °C Chlorides as Cl < mg/l
55
1) Alternatively, analyses for all applicable fuels may be presented on a separate sheet
2) Analyses of steam and water (under continuous operation) based on Vereinigung Grosskesselbetrieber e.V. (VGB) standards,
modified to suit local requirements.
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.94, sheet 2/9, 09/99
GAS TURBINE HEAT RECOVERY STEAM GENERATOR
cont. sheet
1 UTILITIES (cont'd)
2 Electricity Supply
3 Power - HV: kV, ph, neutral, 50/60 Hz Instruments: V, ph, neutral, 50/60 Hz
4 - LV: V, ph, neutral, 50/60 Hz Instruments: V-DC
5
6 Lighting: V, ph, neutral, 50/60 Hz
7
8
9 Available Start-Up utilities
10 Fuel type Tool air: yes/no
11 HP steam: yes/no Instrument air: yes/no
12 MP steam: yes/no
13 LP steam: yes/no Electric power supply - HV: yes/no
14 - LV: yes/no
15 Boiler feed water: yes/no Electric instr. supply - AD/DC: yes/no
16 Condensate: yes/no Lighting power: yes/no
17 Injection water: yes/no
18 Cooling water: yes/no
19
20
21 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
22 CONTROL REQUIREMENTS AT OUTLET SUPERHEATER WATER LEVEL IN DRUM
23 At fixed load operation of turbine Level to remain between low and high levels
24 - Max. deviation of steam flow: kg/s - At sudden turbine load decrease from to MW
25 - Max. deviation of steam temp: °C - At sudden turbine load increase from to MW
26 At sudden turbine load decrease from to MW - At linear turbine load incr./decr. from MW to MW
27 - Max. deviation of steam flow: kg/s in min.
28 - Max. deviation of steam temp: °C - At feed water temp. sudden decrease from to °C
29 At sudden turbine load increase from to MW - At feed water temp. sudden increase from to °C
32 At linear turbine load incr./decr. from to MW
35
36
37 Gas Turbine
38 Number: Make / type:
39
40 Gas Fuel
41 Output max./min. MW
42 Fuel type
43 Exhaust gas flow kg/s
44 Exhaust gas temperature
45 - min. (clean turbine) °C
46 - max. allowable °C
47 Exhaust gas analysis vol %
48 - O2 ,,
49 - N2 ,,
50 - CO2 ,,
51 - H2O ,,
52 - SO2 ,,
53 - Ar ,,
54
55
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.94, sheet 3/9, 09/99
cont. sheet
1 THERMODYNAMIC DATA 1)
2 Turbine load min./max MW / / / /
3 Supplementary firing kg/s
4 Steam generation kg/s
5 Pinch point °C
6 Approach point °C
7 Efficiency 2) %
8 Total gas side ∆p mbar
9 Blowdown (continous) %MCR
10
11 TEG flow kg/s
12 TEG temperature °C
13
14
15 CONSUMPTION FIGURES HEAT BALANCE
16 Turbine load MW Turbine load MW
17 Feed water kg/s Heat supplied by TEG kW
18 HP steam kg/s Heat supplied by fuel kW
19 MP steam kg/s Heat to steam kW
20 LP steam kg/s Heat to dry flue gas kW
21 Cooling water kg/s Losses due to moisture in air kW
22 Instrument air kg/s Heat to blowdown kW
23 Purge air kg/s Radiation losses kW
24 Tool air kg/s Unaccounted losses kW
25 Intermittent blowdown (max.) kg/s
26 Power - HV kW
27 Power - LV kW
28 Instrument power kW
29
30 ECONOMIZER
31 Total heat transfer kW
32 Average heat transfer kW/m2
33 Feed water - flow kg/s
34 - pressure in / out bar/ga
35 - temperature °C
36 - velocity in tubes m/s
37 TEG - mass velocity kg/m2-s
38 - pressure mbar ga
40 Min. outside tube wall temp. °C
41 Max. fin. tip temperature °C
42
43 CONVECTIVE EVAPORATOR
46 Steam production kg/s
47 Steam/water ratio % wt
48 Pressure bar ga
49 Superficial water velocity 3) m/s
50 Superficial steam velocity 3) m/s
54 Max. outer tube wall temp. °C
55 Max. fin. tip temperature °C
1) Manufacturer to give data for various operating conditions
2) Based on LHV of fuel and including turbine exhaust heat.
3) Superficial velocity = (mass flow) divided by (density x free area of tube).
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.94, sheet 4/9, 09/99
cont. sheet
1 THERMODYNAMIC DATA
2 PRIMARY SUPERHEATER
3 Total heat transferred kW
4 Max. local heat flux kW/m2
6 Location of max. heat absorption
7 Steam: - flow kg/s
8 - pressure bar/ga
9 - temperature in / out °C / / / /
10 - velocity in tubes in / out m/s / / / /
11 Pressure drop bar
16 Max. fin tip temperature °C
17
18 SECONDARY SUPERHEATER
20 Max. local heat flux kW/m2
22 Location of max. heat absorption
23 Steam: - flow kg/s
24 - pressure bar/ga
25 - temperature in / out °C / / / /
26 - velocity in tubes in / out m/s / / / /
27 Pressure drop bar
32 Max. fin tip temperature °C
33
34 FIREBOX
35 Max. local rate of heat absorption kW/m2
36 Location of max. local heat flux
37 Flue gas pressure at outlet furnace mbar ga
38 Calculated max. tube wall temp. °C
39 Number of parallel loops
40 Type of refractory
41 Extent of refractory m2
42 Thickness of refractory mm
43 Max. values in tubes exposed to radiation:
44 Inlet to water walls
45 - temp. of water: °C
46 - veloc. of water: m/s
47 Outlet of water walls
48 - temp. of steam/water: °C
49 - steam/water ratio % wt
50 - superf. veloc. steam 1) m/s
51 - superf. veloc. water 1) m/s
52
53
54
55
1) Superficial velocity = (mass flow) divided by (density x free area of tube).
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.94, sheet 5/9, 09/99
cont. sheet
1 CONSTRUCTION DATA
2 TUBE DATA
3 Screen Prim. superheater Sec. superheater Evaporator Economizer
6 Wall thickness mm
8 Tube arrangement hor./vert.
9 Pitch configuation o/∆
10 Transverse pitch mm
11 Number of parallel coils mm
13 Total length per tube mm
14 Effective length per tube mm
15 Total Effective outside surface m2
16 Water volume m3
17 FIN DATA
19 Type spiral/gill/other
20 Height mm
21 Thickness mm
22 Pitch configuation mm
23 Total effective surface m2
24
25 TUBE FITTING DATA
27 Type of return fitting
31 Design conditions bar ga
32 CROSS-OVER PIPES DATA
37 HEADER DATA
42 Length mm
43 TUBE SUPPORT DATA
44 End tube sheets:
46 - Thickness mm
47
48 Intermediate supports:
50 Outside diameter 1) mm
51 - Wall thickness mm
52 - Tube sheet thickness mm
53
54 Tube support pitch mm
55
1) Cooled support tube data, if applicable
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.94, sheet 6/9, 09/99
cont. sheet
2 SHEETING BURNERS
3 Material Thickness Number
4 Boiler inner mm Maker/type
5 outer mm Design capacity kg/s
6 Inlet ducting inner mm No./Dia. holes mm
7 outer mm Fuel pressure at MCR bar ga
8 Outlet ducting mm Turndown at max. TEG flow
9 Fuel gun material/ASTM No.
10
11 EXPANSION JOINTS DESUPERHEATER
12 Maker Maker/type
13 Number
14 Location DOWNCOMER
15 Number
16 Design temperature °C Average length m
17 Design pressure mbar ga Outside diameter mm
18 Description of bellows material Wall thickness mm
21 DRUMS Type of tube
22 Steam drum - design pressure bar ga Material
23 - water content - high level ton Circulation ratio
24 - low level ton
25 - low-low level ton FORCED DRAUGHT FAN
26 - length of shell m Number:
27 - diameter, inside mm Design capacity per fan: kg/s
28 - wall thickness of shell mm Differential pressure at design point mbar
29 - hold-up time between low water alarm
30 and low water trip s All other information shall be submitted via
32 Drum internals - type
33 - number bar
34 - pressure drop bar ga
35 - design pressure ton
36 - water content m
37 - diameter, inside mm
38 - wall thickness of shell mm
39 - material
41
42 STACKS EXISTING STACK
43 Bypass 1) Boiler Height m
44 Material and ASTM No. Inside diameter m
45 Minimum wall thickness mm Inlet opening at top m2
46 Inside diameter at top mm Inlet opening area kg/s
47 Inside diameter at bottom mm Existing flue gas duty °C
48 Height above grade mm Min. allowable inlet temp. to stack °C
49 Lining material
50 Design temperature °C
51
52 Turbine load %/MW
53 Mass flow of gas kg/s
54 Inlet temp. °C
55 Exit velocity m/s
1) Delete if not applicable
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.94, sheet 7/9, 09/99
cont. sheet
2 FLUE GAS DUCTING TO STACK
3 Uncooled furnace Boiler
4 Material and ASTM no.
5 Thickness mm
6 Height/width m
7 Length m
8
9 Design pressure bar ga
11 Caluclated maximum temperature °C
12 Insulation
13 - type
14 - thickness mm
15 - extent of insulation m2
16 Type of anchors
17 Pitch of anchors
18 Covering material and ASTM No.
20
21 DUCTING
22 Inlet to WHB Flue gas to stack
23 Material and ASTM no.
24 Thickness mm
25 Height/width m
26 Length m
27
28 Design pressure bar ga
30 Caluclated maximum temperature °C
31 Free area of duct m2
32 Max. gas velocity m/s
33 Insulation
34 - type
35 - thickness mm
36 Type of anchors
37 Pitch of anchors
38 Covering material and ASTM No.
40 Description of guide vanes
41
42 DRUM/SUPERHEATER SAFETY VALVES
43 Superheater Drum
44 Number
45 Set pressure bar ga
46 Accumulation pressure bar ga
47 Blowdown pressure bar ga
48 Make
49 Total capacity kg/s
50 Code
51
52
53
54
55
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.94, sheet 8/9, 09/99
cont. sheet
2 DAMPER ISOLATOR
3 Make Make
4 Type Type
5 Number / number of blades each Numer
6 Material and ASTM No. Material and ASTM No.
7 - casing - casing
8 - blade - blade
9 - shaft - seals
10 - seals
11 Single/double seals Type of drive
12 Seal overlap mm Description of manual operations:
13 Leakage 1) to bypass/to boiler %
14 Air purge yes / no
15 Height/wide of flow area(s) mm
16 Type of drive Access doors Observation ports
17 Description of manual operations Size
18
19 Blade insulation Number
20 - type Location
21 - thickness mm
22 - location
23
24 MISCELLANOUS DATA
25 STEAM TEMPERATURE CONTROL PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS
26 Type Testing in accordance with PTS 30.75.10.31
27 Injection water
28 Design quantity kg/s
29 Quantity at MCR kg/s
30
31 Steam for water atomization - source
32 - design quantity kg/s
33 Steram for condensation - design quantity kg/s
34
35
36 DOCUMENTATION
37 References drawings:
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
1) Calculated as percentage of total TEG mass flow at 100% load.
Sheet No. 9 cont'd on sheet No.
Eng. by Equipm. No.
Principal Req. No.

PTS 30.75.10.94, sheet 9/9, 09/99
Requisition for Design book No.: page:
MARINE LOADING ARMS Contr. Job No.:
1. OPERATING DATA
Arm No. Arm dia. Density Viscosity Operating temp., ° Max. flow rate Working pressure
Fluid 4)
1) 2) in. kg/m3 cSt at °C Min. Max. dm3/s bar ga
NOTES: 1) Each arm to be specified separately

2) Arms will be connected simultaneously/in combination(s):
2. TANKER DATA
Tanker sizes (min.) 1) (max.) dwt
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
a. Freeboard, light m
b. Freeboard, laden m
c. Height of ship's rail (not removable) m
d. Distance of manifold flange from ship's side m
e. Height of manifold above deck 2) m
f. Number of manifold connections
g. Size of manifold connections in.
h. Distance between centre line manifold connections m
j. Drift allowance fore 3) m
k. Drift allowance aft 3) m
l. Drift allowance lateral 3) m
m. Heave at manifold m
n. List at manifold m
NOTES: 1) If intermediate size affecting working envelope, these colums should also be completed
2) Measured at ship's rail
3) Fore/aft lateral drift will occur simultaneously
4) If the loading arm is handling C4 or lighter fluids the Principal should be consulted as to whether an emergency release system (ERS) and related
safeguarding should be installed
3. DESIGN-GENERAL
The arm shall meet the requirements of the O.C.I.M.F. "Design and construction specification for marine loading arms", for detailed information on design contact:
the Principal.
Made by: Date EQUIPMENT Rev. letter

Date
Checked by: Date PLANT Sign.
Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE Sheet No. continued on sheet No.
Eng. by : Equip. No. Z-

PTS 31.06.15.93, sheet 1/3, 02/2002
4. BERTH DATA
a. Distance top of jetty to lowest low water (LLW) m
b. Distance top of jetty to highest high water (HHW) m
c. Distance jetty face to berthing line (min./max.) / m
d. Distance jetty face to centre line of risers (min./max.) 1) / m
e. Distance between centre line of risers (min./max.) 1) / m
f. Maximum allowable unit load on jetty Maximum allowable unit load on jetty N/m 2
g. Electric supply available (if required) V. phase. Hz
h. Maximum wind velocity (design) m/s
j. Maximum space available (length) m
k. Maximum space available (width) m
l. Obstructions above jetty deck within 3 j and 3 k:
m. If structure for arms is proposed, manifold will be located underneath/adjacent structure
Note: 1) If not critical they can be according to supplier's recommendation within 3 j and 3 k.
5. MISCELLANEOUS
a. Maximum wind velocity at which arms will be connected/disconnected 1): m/s
b. Electrical installation suitable for Div. 1 are acc. to IP Electrical Safety Code and in accordance with following local regulations:
c. Operation of arms: slewing : hydraulic/manual/manuf. option
inboard arm : hydraulic/manual/manuf. option
outboard arm: : hydraulic/manual/manuf. option
d. Quick connect/disconnect coupler (QCDC): manual/hydraulic/not required
e. Control tower required 2) : yes/no
f. Alarm system, when arms reach limits of working range 3) : acc. to details below/not required
g. Vacuum breaker required for hydraulic-operated arms: yes/no
h. Spare power pack required for hydraulically-operated arms: yes/no
j. Foundation bolts to be supplied : yes/no
k. Connecting flange rating : ANS class 150/300 FF/RF
l. Centering device at connecting flange is required
m. Each unit to have an insulating flange in lower end of outboard arm (electrical resistance 1000 ohm minimum)
n. Welding to conform ANS B31.3 - All welds in contact with product must be radiographed
Structural steel to be spot radiographed
o. Draining facilities required on riser (2 in.) and at ship's end of outboad arm (1 1/2 in.)
p. Emergency release system : required/not required
q. Balancing of arm : empty/full of product
NOTES: 1) Other relevant climatological details to be noted (earthquake, etc.):
2) Without control tower and when ship's manifold cannot be seen at all times from shore control position, arms must also be operable from ship's deck
3) In case an ERS is installed the safety margins on ESD 1 and ESD 2 initiation shall be specified in consultation with the Principal.
6. INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER

a. If units offered cannot fully meet conditions given above, limitations should be given in detail
b. Guaranteed maximum pressure drops for flow conditions as specified under operating data (see sheet 1)
c. Maximum allowable working pressure and test pressure for each unit.
d. Minimum number of people required to operate arms under wind conditions given in 4a above
e. Procedures and facilities required (crane, space, etc) for maintenance of swivels and changing packings
f. The valves of Lv, Ln, Lw, Dv, Dh and Dw with the corresponding postiion of loading arms at which a maximum stress in ships' manifold occurs (see sheet 3)
g. Requires in accordance with OCIMF loading arm spec. Part III

Date

PTS 31.06.15.93, sheet 2/3, 02/2002
C Risers
Stern of
tanker
3e
Berthing
line
3e
3e
2L
2k
3c max.
3e
3j
3d 3c min.
2j
3b
HHW
3a
3k
LLW Bow of
tanker
ELEVATION AT SHIP'S MANIFOLD
Range of position
of outboard arm
Outboard arm
LV
2h
2h
LH
LH
2d
DV
Swivel
group
2e
2c
2g
2b
LW C Ship's Waterline
2a
DH manifold laden
flange C
DW
LV = Vertical load
Waterline light
LH = Horizontal load
LW= Wind load acting on side of arm
DV = Distance of point of application of L H from centre line
of ship's manifold flange
DH = Distance of point of application of L V from ship's
manifold flange
DW = Distance of point of application of LW from ship's
manifold flange
Characters at dimensions refer to items under 2. TANKER DATA (Sheet No. 1) and 3. BERTH DATA (Sheet No. 2).
Made by: Date EQUIPMENT MARINE LOADING ARMS Rev. letter

Date

PTS 31.06.15.93, sheet 3/3, 02/2002
MESC No. :
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: Rev. Letter
Check'd by PLANT: Date
Appr by CONSIGNEE: Signature
Sheet no. continued on sheet no.

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.10.00.93, sheet 1/4, 03/2002
Requisition sheet (cont. sheet) for Contr. Job No. :
MESC No. :
Item Quantity

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.10.00.93, sheet 2/4, 03/2002
MESC No. :

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.10.00.93, sheet 3/4, 03/2002
Requisition sheet (cont. sheet) for Contr. Job No. :
MESC No. :
Item Quantity

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.10.00.93, sheet 4/4, 03/2002
Data/requisition sheet (cont. sheet) for Contr. Job No. :
EQUIPMENT NOISE LIMITATION MESC No. :
Type of equipment Mechanical Power: kW
Supplier / Manufacturer Speed: r / min
Type no. Size I x b x h: m
1. GENERAL
This requisition covers the noise limits of the equipment, given below.
2. NOISE LIMITS TO BE MET BY THE EQUIPMENT

The noise generated by the equipment shall not exceed the more stringent of the noise limits given in the table below, for
any of the conditions of operation for which the equipment may normally be expected to be used.
Lp is the maximum (A-weighted) sound pressure level, dB re 20 µPa at any location at 1 m from the equipment surface.
Lw is the maximum (A-weighted) sound power level, dB re 1 pW.
If the equipment generates noise with tonal or impulsive components, the limits shall be taken 5 dB(A) more stringent.
Noise levels will be verified according to the following standards: ISO 3740 series, ISO 11200 series or ISO 9614.
3. INFROMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER

This noise data sheet shall be returned with the tender and with guaranteed noise data filled in.
Supplier shall state which silencing measures were taken to meet the noise requirements.
Where applicable the completed silence and/or acoustic enclosure data requistion sheet shall also be returned
(see PTS 31.10.00.95. and PTS 31.10.00.96.)
Equipment a Noise levels guaranteed by supplier in dB(A) b Remarks

items/locations (upper tolerance + 0 dB) Noise
63 125 250 500 1 2 4 8 Total limit
Hz Hz Hz Hz kHz kHz kHz kHz dB (A) Silencing measures
Lp
Lw
Lp
Lw
Lp
Lw
LP
Lw
Lp
Lw
Lp
Lw
Lp
Lw
Lp
Lw
Purchaser shall indicate:

- In column "b", the noise limit
- In column "a" using the appropriate number, which of the following applies to the required noise levels:
1) without acoustic provisions
2) with acoustic provisions
3) special low-noise design
4) suppliers best estimate, not necessarily guaranteed
5) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.10.00.94, sheet 1, 09/99
Data / requisition sheet for Design book No.: page:
VENT/BLOW-DOWN/AIR-FLOW/IN-LINE SILENCERS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 1. TYPE OF EQUIPMENT TO BE SILENCED: *Blower/compressor/vent/relief valve/control valve…………
2 1. Equipment tag number: * 6 Power kW } for
3 * 2. Control valve characteristic Cv or Cg: * 7 Number of blades } rotating
4 * 3. Pressure upstream of control valve: bar abs (max.) * 8 Speed r/min } equipment
5 * 4. Noise type: continuous/intermittent
6 5. If intermittent, state max. duration: per consecutive 8-hour period
7 2. ACOUSTIC CRITERIA* 31.5 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k dB(A)
8 Octave band centre frequency Hz
9 * 1.Unsilenced sound pressure level dB re 20 µPa
10 * 2. Silenced sound pressure level dB re 20 µPa
11 * 3. Unsilenced sound power level dB re 1 pW
12 * 4. Silenced sound power level dB re 1 pW
13 * 5. 'Dynamic insertion loss' dB re 20 µPa
14 6. Sound pressure level to be based on a distance of meteres from equipment surface (give details); 1 m if not specified otherwise
15 3. PROCESS DETAILS OF SILENCERS 6 SILENCER MECHANICAL DETAILS
16 * 1. Gas/vapour (give details): 1. Type of silencer required:
17 2. Flow rate, norm./design/max. / / kg/s inlet/discharge: vent/blow-down/in-line
18 3. Inlet pressure: / bar abs (max./design) 2. Inlet flange size/rating: mm/ANSI*
19 4. Outlet pressure: / bar abs (max./...……) * 3. Outlet flange size/rating: mm/ANSI*
20 5. Differential pressure: / bar (max./design) 4. Design pressure bar ga
21 6. Inlet temperature; max./min.: / °C * 5. Installed: in the { open/under cover
22 7. Mol. weight of gas: { horizontal/vertical
23 4. SILENCER MATERIALS SPECIFICATION * 6. Impervious membrane: yes/no
24 1. Outer casing material: Certificate type: * 7.7. Environment (e.g. climate):
25 2. Absorptive material: * 8. Rain cap: yes/no
26 * 3. Impervious membrane material: * 9. Drain: yes;size: /no
27 4. Internal Metallic parts: Certificate type: 10. Wind velocity (design): km/h
28 5. Corrosion protection - internal: 11. External forces
29 - external: * 12. Supporting structure required: yes/no/MP1)
30 5. SILENCER SPECIFICATIONS 13. Replacement of acoustic material required: yes/no
31 1. Silencer(s) to be constructed in accordance with * 14. External insulation required: yes/no/MP1)
32 OCMA publication NWG 4 15. Max. allowable weight: kg
33 2. Noise measurements, calculations, etc., to comply with 16. Space available for silencer x m
34 OCMA publication NWG 1
35 * 3. Pressure vessel code: 17. Hydrostatic test pressure: bar ga
36 4. Details of identification marks:
37 7. INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER
38 1. Guaranteed dynamic insertion loss in octave bands 31.5 to 8 kHz for operating conditions mentioned under 3.
39 2. Drawing(s) showing external dimensions, arrangement of internal fittings, materials of construction, surface treatment, and position
40 and type of drains.
41 3. Absorptive/non-absorptive type: give details.
42 4. Method for replacing acoustic material and whether it can be carried out in situ.
43 5. Method for securing internal fittings (state whether riverted, bolted or welded).
44 6. Sketch of silencer supporting structure, where applicable.
45 7. Guaranteed pressure drop at maximum flow rate.
46 8. Maximum fluid velocity in m/s in absorptive section; if>33m/s supplier to guarantee that acoustic material will not be blown out.
47 9. Position, style and size of identification marks and indication of flow direction.
48 10. Weight of complete unit (silencer and supporting structure).
49
50
51 * Delete as necessary
52 1) MP = Manufacturer's proposal
Date
Eng. by : Equip. No.

PTS 31.10.00.95, sheet 1/1 06/2000
ROTATING EQUIPMENT ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURES Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 1. EQUIPMENT TO BE SILENCED: (specify scope)
2 2. ACOUSTIC DATA
3 Octave band centre frequency Hz 31.5 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k dB(A) Remarks
4 (a) Noise emission of unsilenced equipment
5 * Driver sound power level dB re 1 pW
6 * Gear box sound power level dB re 1 pW
7 * Driven equipment sound power level dB re 1 pW
8 * Complete unit sound power level dB re 1 pW
9 * Max. sound pressure at 1 m dB re 20 µPa
10 (b) Required acoustic performance of equipment (Noise limits)
11 * Complete unit sound power level dB re 1 pW
12 * Max. sound pressure at 1 m dB re 20 µPa
13 Dynamic insertion loss (dB re 20 µPa)
14 Designated measuring positions (give details)
15 3. EQUIPMENT DETAILS
16 Equipment Power Operating Heat release Medium handled
17 type Manufacturer Model/type r/min kW temperature from equipment by
18 °C kJ/h equipment
19 Driver
20 Driven
21 Gear box
22 4. DESIGN OF ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE: Indicate whether 'close fitting' * 'or large'* as defined in OCMA publication NWG 4
23 A. Access B. Ventilation/Lighting:
24 1. Observation windows: yes/no 1. Ventilation to be provided by supplier/others*
25 2. Access doors: yes/no 2. Type of ventilation: forced/induced/natural*
26 If yes, specify min. head room m, and number required 3. No. of enclosure air replacements/h (normally 20/h)
27 3. Removable panels: yes/no 4. Minimum/maximum pressure in enclosure / m bar
28 4. Minimum cleareance between equipment and enclosure m 5. No of fans required
29 5. External connections through enclosure (give details) 6. Spare fan required: yes/no
30 7. Fan failure alarm: yes/no
31 8. Lighting required: yes/no
32 9. State area classification for fan motors and lights
33 C. Instrumentation: List guages/indicators, etc., to be installed on acoustic enclosure: (Provided by supplier/others*)
34 D. Safety requirements
35 1. Explosion meter monitor: *yes/no/alarm/trip
36 (State number of compartments and number required in each compartment)
37 2. H2S/toxic gas monitor. *yes/no/alarm/trip: (give details)
38 3. Fire-fighting system: *yes/no/alarm/trip
39 (specify type of system required and number of points)
40 E. Construction
41 1. Single composite construction - lift-off type: *yes/no
42 2. Composite enclosure made-up of removable (manually/mechanically) handled panels: *yes/no
43 3. Acoustic lining with membrane/without membrane
44 4. To be installed under cover/in the open* Type of climate:
45 5. Painting/anti-corrosive treatment:
46 6. Lifting facilities: yes/no (if yes, specify, max. lift required) tonnes
47 5. SPECIFICATIONS
48 Noise measuring, calculations, etc., shall be carried out in accordance with EEMUA 140
49 Acoustinc enclosure shall be constructed in accordance with EEMUA 161
50 6. INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER 4. Method of replacing noise absorption material
51 1. Sound power/pressure levels and dynamic insertion loss in octave bands 5. Details of silencers in ventilation system.
52 31.5 to 8k 6. Weight of acoustic enclosure and weight of heaviest section.
53 2. Drawings showing overall dimensions and internals. 7. Method of sealing panels from noise leakage paths.
54 3. Materials of construction: outer case/absorption packing/other materials. 8. Method of vibration isolation from equipment and piping.
55 * Delete as necessary 9. Details of door construction, hinges, panic-action catches, etc.
Date

PTS 31.10.00.96, sheet 1/1 06/2000
Data/requisition sheet for Design book No.: page:
TRAYS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 For Equipment No.: C Specification : PTS 31.20.20.31.
2 No. of tray(s)
3 OD/ID* of column/tray* mm MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
4 Space above tray mm Tray panles, valves ASTM No.
5 SIEVE TRAY - BUBBLING AREA Support beams, hang rods
6 Required net free area % Calming Sections
7 Basic free area (estimated) % Weirs, downcomers
8 Diameter of holes 2) mm Wedges, clamps
9 VALVE TRAY - BUBBLING AREA Bolts and nuts
10 Required net free area % Gasket material
11 Number of valves per tray2) ± ………. GENERAL
12 Type of valve Welding electrodes
13 Diameter of holes mm
14 BUBBLE CAP TRAY - BUBBLING AREA Corrosion allowance
2)
15 Number of bubble caps per tray ± ……… Reference drawings T
16 Type of bubble cap
17 Bubble cap, OD mm
TYPE OF SEALING OF CALMING SECTION
18 Height of riser mm
19 GRID TRAY - BUBBLING AREA
20 Type of bar
21 Slot width mm
22 Maximum free area %
23 To be blanked off to %
A: SEAL PAN B: OPEN SLOTS C: Hi-Fi SLOTS
24 CONVENTIONAL DOWNCOMERS
25 Type of downcomer NOTES
26 Downcomer area top/bottom % 1) Design and construction shall be in accordance with the requirements of
27 Height of tray inlet weir mm PTS 31.20.20.31.
28 Height of tray outlet weir mm 2) Holes/valves/caps shall be evenly distributed; pattern to be specified
29 Downcomer clearance mm by manufacturer/pattern as indicated on sheet *
30 Depth of seal pans mm 3) For A, width of seal pan is twice bottom width of Calming Section.
31 CALMING SECTIONS
32 Number of Calm. Sect. per tray
33 Length at top of weir mm
34 Width at top of weir mm
35 Height at weir above tray mm
36 Height of baffle above tray mm
37 Depth below tray, excl. slot mm
38 Length at bottom mm
39 Width at bottom mm
40 Slot height, seal pan depth mm
3)
41 Type of sealing (A,B or C)
42 Lay-out No.
44
45
46
47
48
49
51
52
53
54
55 * Delete what is not applicable
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: Rev letter
Date
Checked by Date PLANT: Signature
Appr. by Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. continued on sheet No.
Eng by : Equipment No. C

Principal: Req No.
PTS 31.20.20.93, Sheet 1 06/2000
DRAW-OFF TRAYS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Column No.: C MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
2 No. of tray Part ASTM No.
3 OD/ID* of column mm/in. Sump, gutters, troughs
4 Lay-out number of tray above Riser caps
5 Draw-off nozzle number (s) Support beams
6 Draw-off nozzle diameter(s) mm/in. Vortex breaker
7 Drip ring required yes/no* Draw-off pipe
8 All parts to pass manhole/dome diameter mm/in. Bolts and nuts
9 Gasket material
10
11 DRAW-OFF WITH SIDE SUMP
12 Width of sump, A mm
13 Depth of sump, B mm
D
14 Height of gutters, C mm B
A
15 Bottome of sump to tray above, D mm
1)
16 Bottom of sump to centre line of nozzle , E mm
E
17
18
19 DRAW-OFF WITH SINGLE TROUGH
20 Width of trough, A mm
21 Depth of trough, B mm
D A C
22 Height of gutters, C mm B
23 Bottom of trough to try above, D mm
1)
24 Bottom of trough to centre line of nozzle , E mm E
25
26
27 DRAW-OFF WITH TWO TROUGHS
28 Width of troughs, A mm
29 Depth of troughs, B mm
A
30 Heigh of gutters, C mm D C
B
31 Bottom of troughs to tray above, D mm
32 Bottom of troughts to centre line of nozzle 1), E mm E
1)
33 Spacing of troughs (centres) , F mm
F
34
35
36 GUTTERS AND RISERS
37 Type of gutter required 3) I/II*
Z Z
38 Width of gutters, W 300/400* mm
(C) X
39 Width of secondary gutters, Y 250/ mm
40 Height of secondary gutters, X
41 Top of gutters to riser cap, Z 100/ mm W V W W V Y V W
42 TYPE I TYPE II
43 NOTES INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER

44 1) Estimated values
45 2) Design shall be in accordance with PTS 31.20.20.31.
46 3) Centre line of gutter shall coincide with centre line of downcomer from tray above
47
48
49
51
52
53
54 * Delete what is not applicable
Made by: Date EQUIPMENT : Rev letter
Date
Checked by: Date PLANT: Signature
Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. continued on sheet No.
Eng. by Equip No. C

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.20.20.94, sheet 1 06/2000
Data/requisition sheet for Design book No: page:
SCHOEPENTOETER Contr. Job No:
MESC No:
Top view of schoepentoeter
Inner diameter of column mm Notes:

Feed nozzle number 1) Design and construction shall be in accordance
Nozzle inside diameter mm with PTS 31.22.05.11.
Nozzle nominal diameter inch/DN 2) The manufacturer shall check the information on
Type equipment requisition/drawing and on the
Applicable Standard Drawing standard drawing for compatibility. He shall
Catcher cap allowed YES/NO indicate in the tender all missing information.
Split vane ladder allowed YES/NO
Length of straight part of vanes mm
Vane radius mm
Number of vanes per side
Vane angle deg
Actual vane opening mm
Vane thickness mm
Schoepentoeter to pass through own nozzle YES/NO
Schoepentoeter to pass through manhole ID mm
MATERIALS
Schoepentoeter material
Corrosion allowance mm
Made by: Date Rev. #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

EQUIPMENT: Date #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!
Checked by: Date PLANT: Sign. #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!
CONSIGNEE:
Approved by: Date Eng. By: Equipment No.
Principal: Req. No. #REF!

PTS 31.20.41.93, January 2002
SPRAY NOZZLES AND DISTRIBUTORS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Column No. :C
2 Column drawing No. :T
3
4 PROCESS DATA
5 Normal liquid flow rate m3/s
6 Minimum liquid flow rate m3/s
7 Temperature of liquid at inlet °C
8 Spray zone pressure mbar
9 Actual liquid density kg/m3
10
11 SPRAY NOZZLES
12 Number of spray nozzles
13 Spray nozzle type
14 Spray nozzle manufacturer
1)
15 Approximate spray cone angle degrees
16 Minimum free passage of nozzle mm
17 Mesh size of filter upstream of nozzle mm
2)
18 Distance to fully wetted cross section mm
19 Material
20
21
22 DISTRIBUTOR
23 Distributor for column nozzle number(s)
24 Column nozzle diameter(s) mm
25 Column diameter below distributor mm
26 Maximum spray nozzle pitch, square mm
27 Maximum spray nozzle pitch, triangular mm
28 Minimum distance spray nozzle tip to packing mm
29 Minimum distance spray nozzle tip to vapour riser cap mm
30
31 All parts to pass through manhole/dome ID mm
32 Material
33
34 NOTES
35 1) Spray nozzle characteristics to ensure a full cone spray pattern
36 2) At this distance from the nozzle tips the whole column corss section must be wetted by evenly distributed liquid with no dry spots
37 3) Spray nozzle pressure drop at minimum flow to be between 0.4 and 0.6 bar
38 4) The distributor should be a ladder type with one central pipe and equally spaced parallel side branches
39 5) Connections to the column nozzles to be flanged, according to standard drawing S 10.016. All other joints to be field-welded
40 6) Distributor piping to be chosen such that pressure drops in it nowhere exceed 20% of the spray nozzle pressure drop
41 7) Distributor supports should not interrupt the spray pattern. Supporting from above is recommended
42 8) Design is to be submitted to Principal's process division for approval
43
45
46
47
48
50
51
52
53
54
Date

PTS 31.20.70.93, sheet 1, 06/2000
PTS 31.21.00.93, sheet 1, 12/98
Chk'd by:
Made by:
Principal :
GENERAL DATA
Appr. by:
Eng. by :
Line Case Process design engineer
No. Location Plant Exchanger No. identification Reference indicator Extension Name
01
Calculation Duty Hot fluid Shell/tube Mech. cleaning required
SHELL AND TUBE HEAT EXCHANGERS

type kW position reversal allow. Hot side Cold side Shell orientation Shell material Tube material
EQUIPMENT PROCESS DATA

0 2 design/rating shell/tube no/yes no/yes no/yes horizontal/vertical/other
Data/requisition sheet for

FLOW DATA
Date
Inlet Outlet Inlet Maximum Fouling Liquid pseudo Liquid pseudo
.
04 = cold
03 = hot
Fluid name Fluid code Fluid flow rate temperature temperature pressure pressure drop resistance critical pres. critical temp.
(1) kg/s °C °C bar (abs) bar m2.K/W bar (abs) °C
CONSIGNEE :
EQUIPMENT :
PLANT
03
04
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (at inlet pressure) Not for fluid codes 101, 301 and 501
Reference Total Vapour properties Liquid properties
12-18 = cold
:
06-11= hot
temperature specific Vaporization Density Specific heat Viscosity Thermal Density Specific heat Viscosity Thermal Surface
enthalpy (cP) conductivity (cP) conductivity tension
°C kJ/kg weight % kg/m3 kJ/kg.K mPa.s W/m.K kg/m3 kJ/kg.K mPa.s W/m.K mN/m
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Contr. job
Design book No. :
MESC
17
Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 1
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
18
ADDITIONAL DATA REQUIRED (for boiling case only)
No. :
No. :
Bubble point increase for pressure Maximum allowable entrainment Number of
Type of exchanger increment of 0.5 bar (kettle only) Boiling range Components
delete as appropriate (thermosyphon only) °C weight % °C
cont'd on sheet No. 2
19 thermosyphon/forced circ./kettle
Notes:
(1) Fluid code: 100=liquid; 101=water; 300=condensing vapour; 301=condensing steam; 400=gas; 500=evaporating liquid; 501=evaporating water
page:
Guidelines for Completion of Data/Requisition Sheet for Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers
Process data for each single heat exchange duty (which may consist of one or more heat exchangers) shall be specified on this
data/requisition sheet. Construction data and materials, fabrication and inspection data shall be specified on sheet 2 and 3 respectively.
ITEMS REQUIRING FURTHER EXPLANATION

Case identification - Any alphanumeric data may be given to identify different process conditions for the same exchanger. Separate
sheets shall be given for each case.
For rating cases, for instance evaluation of an existing exchanger, drawings showing mechanical details or existing data/requisition
sheets giving construction data should be provided.
Shell/tube reversal allowed - Allocation of fluids to the shell side or the tube side is often based on previous designs. Reversal could
lead to a more attractive solution. Unless specific process reasons exist, the allocation shall be left to the thermal engineer by specifying
“Yes”.
Mechanical cleaning required - If mechanical cleaning is required, the thermal design engineer is limited in the choice of heat
exchanger construction elements, i.e. shell side cleaning requires a removable bundle, the tube side cleaning restricts the use of U-tube
(hairpin) exchangers. This will usually lead to a more expansive exchanger. The possibility of chemical cleaning should be considered.
Inlet and outlet temperatures - Temperatures may be positive or negative.
Maximum pressure drop - A low value may lead to a larger, more expensive exchanger, with a greater sensitivity to fouling.
Fouling resistance - Numerical values for the more frequently occurring conditions are given in PTS 20.21.00.31.
GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETION OF THE DATA/REQUISITION SHEET

Lines 01 and 02 must be fully completed by the process design engineer for all duties and types of shell and tube heat exchanger. The
following notes are applicable, depending on the phases of the fluids. Select the appropriate section and ONLY COMPLETE THOSE
LINES MENTIONED.
SINGLE-PHASE ON BOTH SIDES, OR STEAM ON ONE SIDE

Lines 03 and 04 should be completed except for “Liquid pseudo critical press.” and “Liquid pseudo critical temp.”.
Lines 05 to 11 should be partially completed with at least two reference temperatures for the hot fluid, which should cover the range
from inlet to outlet temperature, and the appropriate liquid or vapour properties, depending on the phase of the fluid. If the fluid is
steam, lines 05 to 11 need not be filled in.
Lines 12 to 18 should be completed as line 05 to 11, but for the cold fluid. If the fluid is water, lines 12 to 18 need not be filled in.
CONDENSING; SINGLE-PHASE ON COOLING SIDE

Lines 03 and 04 should be fully completed.
Lines 05 to 11 should be fully completed. A vaporisation profile, expressed as a percentage, covering the range from inlet to outlet
temperature, shall be given as a function of decreasing temperature at the inlet pressure. If the inlet temperature is above the dew-point
of the feed at the inlet pressure, then the Line 06 data should be at dew-point. If the outlet temperature is below the bubble point of the
feed at inlet pressure , then the Line 10 data should be at the bubble point.
Lines 12 to 18 should be partially completed with at least two reference temperatures for the cold fluid, which should cover the range
from the inlet to outlet temperature, and the appropriate liquid or vapour properties, depending on the phase of the fluid. If the fluid is
water, Lines 12 to 18 need not be filled in.
BOILING ON ONE SIDE; SINGLE-PHASE OR STEAM ON THE OTHER SIDE

Lines 03 and 04 should be fully completed. For thermosyphons the inlet pressure for the boiling side shall be the column bottom
pressure.
Lines 05 to 11 should be partially completed with at least two reference temperatures for the hot fluid, which should cover the range
from inlet to outlet temperature, and the appropriate liquid or vapour properties, depending on the phase of the fluid. If the fluid is
water or steam, lines 05 to 11 need not be filled in.
Lines 12 to 18 should be fully completed. A vaporisation profile, expressed as a percentage, covering the range from inlet to outlet
temperature, shall be given as a function of increasing temperature at the inlet pressure. If the inlet temperature is below the bubble
point of the feed at the inlet pressure, then the Line 13 data should be at bubble point. If the outlet temperature is above the dew-point of
the feed at inlet pressure , then the Line 17 data should be at the dew-point.
Line 19 should be completed to indicate the type of exchanger required. If using a kettle, the maximum allowable entrainment should be
filled in, and for thermosyphons, the bubble point increase for pressure increments of 0.5 bar should be completed, in order to calculate
the increase of boiling temperature due to static head. For all types of exchangers, the boiling range is equal to the difference between
the dew-point and the bubble point of the mixture, based on the feed composition. The number of components shall not include each
individual trace. Traces are defined here as components with less than 5% weight of the total stream. Traces shall be combined in
groups of 5% weight. The number of components is the number of main components plus the number of groups of traces. The
maximum number of components is 20.
TWO-PHASE FLOW ON BOTH SIDES

Lines 03 and 04 should be fully completed.
Lines 05 to 11 should be fully completed. Please see comments for these lines under CONDENSING; SINGLE-PHASE ON COOLING
SIDE.
Lines 12 to 18 should be fully completed. Please see comments for these lines under BOILING ON ONE SIDE; SINGLE-PHASE OR
STEAM ON THE OTHER SIDE.
Line 19 should be completed. Please see comments under BOILING ON ONE SIDE; SINGLE-PHASE OR STEAM ON THE OTHER
SIDE.
In cases where the pressure drop is high compared to the absolute pressure, physical properties should be extended to more than one
pressure level (separate data/requisition sheets can be used).
Any information not covered by the sheets and regarded necessary should be given under “Notes”, e.g.
- cross reference to alternative process conditions or other cases
- requirement to split duty over multiple exchangers
- required turn-down ratio
- restriction on skin temperature
- when shell / tube reversal is allowed, materials shall be specified for both cases
- type of exchanger in view of fluid contamination in case of leaking tube to tube sheet connections.
Where space is not available, blank data/requisition sheets, coded PTS 30.10.00.94. can be used.
PTS 31.21.00.93, 12/98 Reverse side of sheet 1

PTS 31.21.00.93, sheet 2, 12/98
Chk'd by:
Made by:
Principal :
Shell-and-tube heat exchanger: horizontal/vertical Case: Controlling case:
Appr. by:
Eng. by :
TEMA type : floating head / floating head with tube side bellows / hairpin / fixed tube sheet / fixed tube sheet with expansion joint in shell
PROCESS DATA Shell side Tube side SKETCH
Name of fluid
Fluid flow rate - total kg/s
SHELL AND TUBE HEAT EXCHANGERS
Data/requisition sheet (cont. sheet) for

- liquid in/out % of total
- vapour in/out % of total
o
Temperature in/out C
Date
Pressure at inlet bar (abs)
.
.
.
Pressure drop calculated/allowed bar

PLANT
CONSIGNEE :
EQUIPMENT :
Velocity calculated/allowed m/s

Film coefficient 1) average W / m 2.K
1
Fouling resistance ) m2.K / W
:
o
Average wall temperature of shell/tubes C
Total heat duty : kW Thermosyphon reboiler: Static head from column
Effective temp. difference : K liquid level to bottom tube sheet/shell : m
Overall coefficient clean 2) : W / m 2.K Kettle: Minimum hold up capacity : m3
Overall coefficient fouled 2): W / m 2.K Condenser: Number of tubes submerged:
:
Total number of shells : Total required surface per unit : ##### m2

Connected in series : in parallel : Total effective surface of unit : m2
Effective surface per shell : m2
CONSTRUCTION DATA PER SHELL
Shell inside diameter : mm Number of passes shell side
Bundle dia.(outer tube limit): mm Baffle type:single / double segmental / NTIW / support only
Number of passes tube side
: Baffle orientation: Perpendicular / Parallel / 45o
Number of tube holes per tube sheet : Outer baffle cut: % Overlap3) tube rows
Type of tube : bare/finned Baffle spacing central: mm
Contr. Job
Design book No. :
MESC
Tube OD (plain end) : mm Baffle spacing inlet/outlet: mm
Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 2
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
Tube wall thickness : mm Baffle thickness: mm

1
Tube length (straight) : m Number of cross passes: ) Film coeffs. and fouling resistance are related to their own surface
No. :
2
Tube pitch : mm Number of pairs of sealing strips:
No. :
) Overall coeffs. are related to the outer diameter of the tubes
3
Tube lay-out angle : 30 / 45 / 60 / 90 deg. Impingement protection below inlet nozzle: yes/no ) To be completed for double segmental baffles only
Estimated mass per shell

Dry : kg
Wet : kg
page:
Bundle only : kg
NOZZLE DATA Shell side Tube side
Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet
Nozzle DN mm
Velocity m/s
Nozzle DN mm
Velocity m/s
PTS 31.21.00.93, sheet 3, 12/98
Chk'd by:
Made by:
Principal :
Appr. by:
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION: PTS 31.21.01.31, List-------------------------- /as listed below CONSTRUCTION AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
Eng. by :
Pressure parts Materials Non pressure parts Materials Design code(s) :
Shell Baffles and support plates Outline drawing :
Channel - shell Sealing strips, bars/rods, Construction drawing :
- head spacers and sliding strips Tube attachment : Rolled / Welded / Other
SHELL-AND-TUBE HEAT EXCHANGERS - cont. sheet

Shell flange - channel side Eye bolts / loosening bolts Welding electrodes :

Channel flange - shell side
- cover side Weir plate Inspection authority :
Date
Saddles / brackets Approval authority :
.
Fixed tube sheet Sliding plate Language to be used on drawings:

Floating tube sheet on name plate :
PLANT
CONSIGNEE :
EQUIPMENT :
Floating head flange Re-inforcing ring for floating Test ring / flange : yes / no
Clamp ring head of single-pass exchanger Stress relieving after welding if not required
Floating head by the applicable design code : yes / no
Cover - shell Expansion bellows ACCESSORIES
:
- head Bearing ring Eye bolts : Acc. to drawing-

- flange Internal set screws of Sacrificial plates / anodes : yes / no -
Shell flange - cover side bearing ring Saddles :
Channel cover Stacking saddles : yes / no -
Test ring Sliding plates : yes / no -
Gasket - shell side / shell cover Sacrificial plates / anodes Summary of sliding plates :
- floating head Anchor bolts : yes / no -
- tube side / channel cover Mark Z- in. -
Summary of anchor bolts :
Stud bolt and nuts
Stud bolt and nuts for floating head Shell side Tube side Tube sheets Floating head
Cladding / lining mm
Tubes Corrosion allowance mm
Max. operating pressure bar (ga)
Nozzles - shell side Design pressure bar (ga)
Contr. Job
Design book No. :
MESC
o
- tube side Max. working temperature C
Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 3
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
o
Nozzle flange - shell side Min. working temperature C
o
- tube side Design temperature C
No. :
No. :
Split key ring (chem. service) Hydraulic test pressure bar (ga)
Key ring flange (chem. service) Max. H2 partial pressure bar (ga)
Max. H2S partial pressure bar (ga)
E-
Cladding / lining- shell side

- tube side Nozzles
page:
- tube sheets - inlet, ANSI flanged: class / flange type
- floating head - outlet, ANSI flanged: class / flange type
Chem.cleaning nozzles, DN / class / flange type
Remarks:
Principal :
Eng. by :
Appr. by:
Chk'd by:
Made by:
GENERAL DATA
PTS 31.21.01.93, 04/2002 Line Case Process design engineer
01
Calculation Duty Mechanical cleaning required
type kW Hot side Cold side Plate material

PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS
02

FLOW DATA
Date
Inlet Outlet Inlet Maximum Liquid pseudo Liquid pseudo
04 = cold
03 = hot
Fluid name Fluid code Fluid flow rate temperature temperature pressure pressure drop critical pres. critical temp.
CONSIGNEE:
PLANT:
UNIT:
EQUIPMENT:
(1) kg/s °C °C bar (abs) bar bar (abs) °C

03
04
sheet 1
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (at inlet pressure) Not for fluid codes 101, 301 and 501
12-18 = cold
06-11= hot
enthalpy (cP) conductivity (cP) conductivity tension
°C kJ/kg mass % kg/m3 kJ/kg.K mPa.s W/m.K kg/m3 kJ/kg.K mPa.s W/m.K mN/m
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
MESC
Contr. job
Document No. :
17
Equipm. No.
Sign
Date
Rev. letter
Req. No.
18
No. :
Notes:
No. :
1 Fluid code: 100=liquid; 101=water; 300=condensing vapour; 301=condensing steam; 400=gas; 500=evaporating liquid; 501=evaporating water
Principal :
Eng. by :
Appr. by:
Chk'd by:
Made by:
Plate heat exchanger: Case: Controlling case:
PTS 31.21.01.93, 04/2002
TYPE Gasketed / Semi-welded / Fully-welded

PROCESS DATA Hot side Cold side SKETCH
Name of fluid
- liquid in/out % of total
PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS

- vapour in/out % of total

o
Date
Pressure at inlet bar (abs)

CONSIGNEE:
PLANT:
UNIT:
EQUIPMENT:
Pressure drop calculated/allowed bar

Velocity calculated/allowed m/s
Film coefficient average W / m 2.K
sheet 2
Overall fouling margin %

Total heat duty : kW Overall coefficient clean: W/m 2K
Effective temp. difference : K Overall coefficient fouled: W/m 2K
Total no. of PHEs / unit: Total required surface per unit: m2

Connected in series: in parallel: Effective surface per unit: m2
Effective surface per PHE: m2
CONSTRUCTION DATA PER PHE
Model number
Plates: Overall dimension:
Number installed max no. Height mm
Plate thickness mm Width mm
Chevron angle deg nom gap mm Length mm
Velocity between plates m/s Drip tray required
Wall shear stress Pa Estimated mass per unit kg:
Plate pack shroud required Wet Dry
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MESC
Contr. job
Document No. :
Plates Frame
Equipm. No.
Sign
Date
Rev. letter
Req. No.
End pressure plates Tie bolts / nuts

Reducers Stud bolts
Port gasket / liner Shroud
No. :
No. :
Plate gasket / welded hot Plate gasket / welded CONSTRUCTION AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
DESIGN CONDITIONS Design code(s)
Hot Side Cold Side Inspection authority
Maximum operating pressure bar (ga) Approval authority
Design pressure (max / min) bar (ga) Language to be used on drawing
Maximum working temperature °C Language to be used on nameplate
Minimum working temperature °C NOZZLES
Design temperature (max / min) °C Hot Side Cold Side
Size Rating Facing Size Rating Facing
Hydraulic test pressure bar (ga) Process in mm:
Maximum H2 partial pressure bar (ga) Process out mm:
Max H2S partial pressure bar (ga)
Data / Requisition sheet (cont. sheet) for Document No. :
Contr. Job No. :
PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS MESC No. :
Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. Letter

Made by:
UNIT : Date
Chk'd by: PLANT : Sign
Appr'd by: CONSIGNEE : Sheet no. 3 cont'd on sheet no.
Eng by: Equipm. No.
Principal: Req. No.

PTS 31.21.01.93, 04/2002 sheet 3
Data / requisition sheet for Design book No. : page
HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT (Unfired) - cont. sheet Contr. Job No. :
MESC No. : 43.53.
EQUIPMENT No.: : E
OUTLINE DRAWING FOR HORIZONTAL HEAT EXCHANGER
SHELL SIDE
CHANNEL SIDE
Possible combinations for 1-6, 1-10 passes:

TYPE G or K with N or S, and
TYPE H or L with M or R
Remarks: All nozzles are shown in the direction of arrow P
Position and direction of nozzles and specification for top saddles shall be stated by parties responsible for piping
Date
Checked by: Date PLANT: Sign.
Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No.
Eng. by : Equipment No. E

PTS 31.21.06.93, sheet 1/1, 06/2000
MESC No. : 43.53.
EQUIPMENT No.: : E
OUTLINE DRAWING FOR HAIRPIN HEAT EXCHANGER
SHELL SIDE
CHANNEL SIDE

Date

PTS 31.21.07.93, 06/2000
MESC No. : 43.72.
EQUIPMENT No.: : E
OUTLINE DRAWING FOR VERTICAL REBOILER WITH FLOATING HEAD
TOP HEAD NOZZLE, TYPE
DIRECTION OF NOZZLES, BRACKETS AND TOP BAFFLE POSITION

(TOP VIEW)
Nominal dia. Nominal dia Type A Type B

expansion nozzle R S T
joint mm in. mm mm mm
3 250 245 185
100 4 250 280 250
6 325 400 350
200 8 350 490 450
BOTTOM HEAD NOZZLE TYPE 10 375 620 500
300 12 375 685 600
Position and direction of nozzles, brackets and top baffle position shall be stated by parties responsible for piping
Date

PTS 31.21.12.93, 06/2000
MESC No. : 43.28.
EQUIPMENT No.: : E
OUTLINE DRAWING FOR HORIZONTAL COOLER WITH WELDED CHANNEL
SHELL SIDE
CHANNEL SIDE

TYPE G or K with N or S, and
TYPE H or L with M or R
Date

PTS 31.21.20.93, 06/2000
MESC No. : 43.28.
EQUIPMENT No.: : E
OUTLINE DRAWING FOR HORIZONTAL COOLER WITH CAST CHANNEL
SHELL SIDE
CHANNEL SIDE

TYPE G with N or TYPE H with M
Date

PTS 31.21.20.94, 06/2000
PTS 31.21.70.93, sheet 1, 12/98
Chk'd by:
Made by:
Principal :
BANK DATA
Appr. by:
Eng. by :
Location:
EQUIPMENT NO. GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E- Exchanger type: horizontal / vertical / A-frame / V-frame Bank construction:
E- Maximum available plot length : m - PTS 34.00.01.30 Minimum
., requirements for structural design
AIR - COOLED HEAT EXCHANGERS

E- Maximum available plot width : m and engineering
Data/requisition sheet
E- Supporting structure : concrete / steel - PTS 34.19.20.31 Re-inforced
., concrete found. and structures
E- Height from underside of bundles : m - PTS 34.28.00.31 Steel
., structures
Date
E- Fire proofing required : yes / no
.
.
E- Noise limitations:
E- Basis for optimizing - power costs : …../GJ - PTS 31.10.00.94 Equipment
., Noise Limitation
PLANT
CONSIGNEE :
EQUIPMENT :
E- - capital charge : % Electric Motors:

E- - PTS 33.66.05.93 Requisition
., for Electric Motors
E- Highest mean wind velocity : m/s
E- Earthquake factor : Structural steel :
:
E- Altitude : m - Welding electrodes :

E-
E- Utility steam pressure : bar(ga) - Galvanizing required for :
o
E- Utility steam temperature : C
E- Signal air pressure : bar(ga) Language to be used - on drawings :

E- Supply air pressure : bar(ga) - on name plates:
E-
E- SCOPE OF SUPPLY
E- Tube bundles yes / no Transmissions yes / no Supporting structures yes / no
E- Fans with fan rings and supports yes / no Electric motors yes / no Platforms yes / no
E- Actuators yes / no Plenum chambers yes / no Walkways and ladders yes / no
E-
SKETCH FOR BANK LAY-OUT
Contr. Job
Design book No. :
MESC
Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 1
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
No. :
No. :
PTS 31.21.70.93, sheet 1, 12/98
.
E-
page:
.
.
PTS 31.21.70.93, sheet 2, 12/98
Chk'd by:
Principal :
Appr. by:
Made by:
Eng. by :
GENERAL DATA
Line Case Process design engineer
01
Calculation Duty Mech. cleaning required
Data/requisition sheet (cont sheet ) for

type kW Hot side Bundle orientation Tube material

0 2 design/rating no/yes horizontal/vertical/other
Date FLOW DATA
.
.
Inlet Outlet Inlet Maximum Fouling Liquid pseudo Liquid pseudo

Line Fluid name Fluid code Fluid flow rate temperature temperature pressure pressure drop resistance critical press. critical temp.
EQUIPMENT :
CONSIGNEE :
PLANT
No. (1) kg/s °C °C bar (abs) bar m2.K/W bar (abs) °C

03
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (at inlet pressure) Not for fluid codes 101 and 301
:
Line enthalpy (cP) conductivity (cP) conductivity tension
No. °C kJ/kg weight % kg/m3 kJ/kg.K mPa.s W/m.K kg/m3 kJ/kg.K mPa.s W/m.K mN/m
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
Notes:
(1) Fluid code: 100=liquid: 101=water; 300=condensing vapour; 301=condensing steam; 400=gas
Design book No. :

MESC
Contr. job
Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 2
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
No. :
No. :
PROCESS FLUID DESIGN DATA CONTROL OF AIR-COOLED HEAT EXCHANGER Remarks:
Hydrogen service yes / no Fans provided with AVP / SFC / none
Very toxic service yes / no Fans with AVP or SFC 0 / 50 / 100 / Other %
Pour point °C Louvres no / manually / air-operated
Freezing point °C Air heating facilities no / heating coil / air recirculation
page:
AIR SIDE DESIGN DATA Action on control signal failure :
Air design temperature °C - Fan pitch minimum / maximum / lock up
Minimum air temperature °C - Louvres open / close / lock up
Fouling resistance air side m2.K/W Action on power failure :
- Louvres open / close / lock up
Guidelines for Completion of Data/Requisition Sheet for Air-Cooled Heat Exchangers
General information and requirements shall be specified on sheet 1. Process data for each single heat exchange
duty (which may consist of one or more tube bundles) shall be specified on this data/requisition sheet. Construction
data and materials, fabrica
ITEMS REQUIRING FURTHER EXPLANATION

Case identification - Any alphanumeric data may be given to identify different process conditions for the same
exchanger. Separate sheets shall be given for each case.
For rating cases, for instance evaluation of an existing exchanger, drawings showing mechanical details or existing
data/requisition sheets giving construction data should be provided.
Mechanical cleaning required - If mechanical cleaning is required, the thermal design engineer is limited in the
choice of heat exchanger construction elements, i.e. tube side cleaning restricts the use of U-tube (hairpin)
exchangers. This will usually le
Inlet and outlet temperatures - Temperatures may be positive or negative.
Maximum pressure drop - A low value may lead to a larger, more expensive exchanger, with a greater sensitivity
to fouling.
Fouling resistance - Numerical values for the more frequently occurring conditions are given in PTS
20.21.00.31.
GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETION OF THE DATA/REQUISITION SHEET

Lines 01 and 02 must be fully completed by the process design engineer for all duties and types of air-cooled
heat exchanger. The following notes are applicable, depending on the phases of the fluids. Select the appropriate
section and ONLY COMPLETE THOSE
A. SINGLE-PHASE OR STEAM ON TUBE SIDE

Line 03 should be completed except for "Liquid pseudo critical press." and "Liquid pseudo critical temp.".
Lines 04 to 10 should be partially completed with at least two reference temperatures for the hot fluid, which
should cover the range from inlet to outlet temperature, and the appropriate liquid or vapour properties,
depending on the phase of the fluid. I
B. CONDENSING ON TUBE SIDE

Line 03 should be fully completed.
Lines 04 to 10 should be fully completed. A vaporisation profile, expressed as a percentage, covering the range
from inlet to outlet temperature, shall be given as a function of decreasing temperature at the inlet pressure. If the
inlet temperature is abo
In cases where the pressure drop is high compared to the absolute pressure, physical properties should be
extended to more than one pressure level (separate data/requisition sheets can be used).
Any information not covered by the sheets and regarded necessary should be given under "Notes", e.g.
- cross reference to alternative process conditions or other cases
- reuired turn-down ration
- restriction on skin temperature
- extra requirements to control the air-cooled heat exchanger
Where space is not available, blank data/requisition sheets, coded PTS 30.10.00.94. can be used.
PTS 31.21.70.93 Reverse side of sheet 2

PTS 31.21.70.93, sheet 3, 12/98
Chk'd by:
Made by:
Principal :
Appr. by:
EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL DATA
Eng. by :
MATERIAL SELECTION CONSTRUCTION / INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Pressure parts Materials Design code(s) : Arrangement : forced draught / induced draught
Header - tube sheet
- top / bottom plate General requirements : API Standard 661 and Header type : cover / plug / manifold / billet / U-bend / see*
AIR-COOLED HEAT EXCHANGERS - cont. sheet

- side plates PTS 31.21.70.31 Header bolts : through bolts / stud bolts / see*

- flanges Inspection requirements: Instrument connections : thermo well / pressure gauge / no
- plug sheet Multi purpose nozzles : yes / no
Date
Cover plate Welding electrodes : Tube attachment : rolled / welded / see*
.
.
Type of finning : emb. / integral / L-footed / welded / none / see*
Plug Inspection authority :
PLANT
CONSIGNEE :
EQUIPMENT :
Gasket compressor Louvre action : opposed / parallel / see*

Approval authority : Hail / bug / lint screen : yes / no
Gasket - header / cover plate Drive : direct / V-belt / high-torque belt / see*
- header / plug Language to be used Vibration cutout switch : yes / no
:
- on drawings :
Bolts and nuts - on name plate : * Manufacturer shall select one of the specified possibilities
DESIGN CONDITIONS
Tubes Bundle Heating Coil
Cladding / lining mm
Nozzles Corrosion allowance mm
Nozzle flanges Max operating pressure bar (ga)
Design pressure max. / min. bar (ga)
o
Cladding / lining Max. working temperatture C
o
Min. working temperature C
o
Coil - tube Design temperature max. / min. C
o
- fin Min. design metal temp. of pressure parts C
o
- nozzles Fin design temperature C
- flanges
Hydraulic test-pressure bar (ga)
Contr. Job
Design book No. :
MESC
Max. H2 partial pressure bar (ga)
Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 3
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
Non-pressure parts Materials Max. H2S partial pressure bar (ga)

Partition plates
Fin Nozzles - inlet, ANSI flanged: class / flange type
No. :
No. :
Fan blade Nozzles - outlet, ANSI flanged: class / flange type
Louvre Multi purpose nozzles, DN / class / flange type
E-
Support boxes / rings Remarks:

Side frames
page:
Structural components
Bolts and nuts
PTS 31.21.70.93, sheet 4, 12/98
Chk'd by:
Made by:
Principal :
EQUIPMENT DETAILS
Appr. by:
Eng. by :
Exchanger type: horizontal / vertical / A-frame / V-frame Arrangement: Case:
forced draught / induced draught Controlling case:
PROCESS DATA Air side Product side SKETCH
Name of fluid AIR
Data/requisition sheet (cont. sheet) for

- liquid in / out % of total --- ---
- vapour in / out % of total 100 100
o
Date
Pressure at inlet bar (abs) N/A
.
Pressure drop air side calculated / allowed Pa N/A

PLANT
CONSIGNEE :
EQUIPMENT :
Pressure drop product sidecalculated / allowed bar N/A

Velocity (face) air side calculated / allowed m/s N/A
Velocity (average) prod.sidecalculated / allowed m/s N/A
Film coefficient 1) average W / m 2.K
:
1
Fouling resistance ) m2.K / W
Bond resistance (if applicable) m2.K / W N/A
GENERAL DATA FAN / MOTOR DATA

Total heat duty : kW Number of fans / motors per bay :
Effective temp. difference : K Air flow rate per fan : kg/s
2 2
Overall coefficient clean ) : W / m .K Fan diameter : m
2 2
Overall coefficient fouled ): W / m .K Number of blades per fan :
o
Angle setting :
Number of bays per item : Fan speed : rpm
Number of bundles per bay: Power consumend per fan : kW
Bundles connected in series : in parallel : Motor power installed per motor : kW
Total req. bare surface per item: m2 Fans provided with : APV / SFC / none
Total eff. bare surface of item
: m2 Louvres : no / manually / air-operated
Contr. Job
Design book No. :
MESC
Eff. bare surface of bundle : m2 Air heating facilities : no / heating coil / air circulation
Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 4
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
Eff. extended surface of bundle : m2 Type of fan inlet bell : elliptical / radius / cone / none
1
CONSTRUCTION DATA PER BUNDLE ) Film coefficients and fouling resistance are related to inside
Bundle width : m Header type :cover / plug / manifold / billet / U-bend
No. :
surfaces of tube for product side and bare outside surface of tube
No. :
Number of tube rows : Split header required : Yes / No for air side.
Number of passes : Plug diameter : mm 2) Overall coefficients are related to the bare outer diameter of the tubes
.
cont'd on sheet No.
Number of rows per pass: Inlet nozzle number x DN

: x mm
o
Slope of bundle : Outlet nozle number x DN: x mm
.
page:
Number of tubes : Type of finning : emb./ integral / L-footed / welded / none
Tube O.D. (plain end) : mm Number of fins per meter :
Tube wall thickness : mm Height of fins : mm
.
Tube length (straight) : m Average thickness of fins : mm

Tube pitch : mm
o
Tube lay-out angle : 30 / 45 / 60 / 90 Mass per bundle dry/wet: / kg
.
PRESSURE VESSELS (Colums, reactors, accumulators, etc.) Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1 Equipment No.: Number required:
2 OPERATING/MECHANICAL DATA
3 Description Units
4 Contents
5 Working temperature, max./normal/min. °C
6 Working pressure - max./normal/min. bar ga
7 - normal/min.vac. conditions mbar abs
8 Design temperature, upper/lower °C
9 Design pressure, internal/external bar ga
10 Test pressure, hydrostatic/pneumatic bar ga
11 Liquid - quantity kg/s
12 - density at 15°C kg/m3
13 - density at working temperature kg/m3
14 Vapour - quantity kg/s
15 - molecular weight
16 - density at working temperature kg/m3
17 Heating/cooling medium
18 - max. quantity required kg/s
19
20 Diameter of shell OD/ID mm
21 Length between tangent lines mm
22 Total packed height mm
23 Height per bed mm
24 Size and type of packing
25 Number of packed sections
26 Number of redistributors
27 Height of skirt to bottom tangent line mm
28 Type of heads
29 Wall thickness - shell/head mm
30 Corrosion allowance/lining/cladding mm
31 Insulation thickness mm
32
33 Trays - spacing/number required mm pcs
34 - type
35 - lay-out in accordance with sheet(s)
36
37 Total volume : m3 Relief valve(s) - Type/size :
38 Normal liquid volume : m3 - Set pressure : bar ga
39 Volume range required for level control : m3 - Number required :
40 Wind pressure : N/m2 Earthquake factor :
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
50
51
52
53
54
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 31.22.00.94, sheet 1/3, dated 09/98
PRESSURE VESSELS (Columns, reactors, accumulators, etc.) - cont. sheet Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
2 Part ASTM No. Part ASTM No.
3 Shell Downcomers
4 Cladding/lining of shell Baffles
5 Heads Internal pipe fittings
6 Caldding/lining of heads Stud bolts, external A 193 - B7
7 Reinforcing rings Nuts, external A 194 - Gr. 2H
8 Skirt, base plate, etc. Bolts, internal
9 Saddles Nuts, internal
10 Jacket Gaskets, external
11 Shell flanges Gaskets, internal
12 Nozzels (line pipe/plate)
13 Liner of nozzles and manholes
14 Flanges (ANS)
15 Flanges (Non-ANS)
16 Welding fittings
17 Stiffening rings
18 Insulation support rings
19 Cleats for platforms. etc.
20 Internal parts
21 FABRICATION AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
22 Construction in accordance with:
23
24 Inspection full/limited
25 Inspection authority
26 Stress relieving
27 Special heart treatment
28 Radiography
29 Other non-destructive testing
30 Chemical analysis
31 Manufacturer's certificate - chemical analysis
32 - mechanical data
33
34 WEIGHTS
35 Erection weight (shipping weight) : kg Weight of internals : kg
36 Total weight, operating : kg Weight of insulation : kg
37 Total weight, full of water : kg Weight of fireproofing : kg
38
39
40 REFERENCE DRAWINGS/LIST
41 Arrangement - construction - outline :
42 Standard vessel :
43 Additional drawings :
44 Welding electrodes, rods, etc.: See PTS 30.10.60.18.
45 General remarks for vessels : Anchor bolt ring and base plate :
46 Flanged pipe nozzles : Lifting lug :
47 Thermowell nozzles : Name plate :
48 Carbon steel flanges : Support ring for insulation :
49 Vortex breaker : Inspection hole/hand hole/
50 Skirt/saddles/brackets : manhole/davits, etc. :
51
52
53
54
The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the requisition and/or
drawings. Furthermore, the manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is satisfactory for the design conditions indicated
on the requisition and/or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the manufacturer are for information and tendering purposes only. The manufacturer shall
make his own calculations for which he is fully responsible. The manufacturer shall ensure that the equipment supplied conforms to all applicable codes and national statutory
regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities. Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet No. 3

PTS 31.22.00.94, sheet 2/3, dated 09/98
PRESSURE VESSELS (Columns, reactors, accumulators, etc.) - cont. sheet Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1 NOZZLE DATA
2 Mark Number Service Nom. dia. and flange rating Remarks
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33 MANHOLES ETC.
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Sheet No. 3 continued on sheet

PTS 31.22.00.94, sheet 3/3, dated 09/98
ROTATING DISC CONTACTORS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. : 43.77.10
1 1 OPERATING DATA 5 SITE CONDITIONS
2 Purpose : to disperse light and heavy density liquid feeds in each other Area classification : zone0/1/2/non-hazardous
3 Operation : continuous Environment : corrosive/erosive
4
5 2 PROPERTIES OF COMPONENTS 6 WEIGHTS
6 Component first second Total weight (incl. drive + supports) empty : kg
7 Liquid (chemical formulae) : Total weight full of water (volume: m3) : kg
8 Flow rate : m3/s Weight shaft + rotor discs : kg
9 Operating temp. (min/norm/max) : ºC Weight grids + supports (top + bottom) : kg
10 Operating press (min/norm/max) : kPa Weight support shaft + bearing house : kg
11 Vapour pressue at oper. temp. : kPa Weight gearbox + hydromotor + coupling : kg
12 Viscosity at operating temp. : cP Erection weight (shipping weight) : kg
13 Density at operating temperature : kg/m3 Total weight, operating : kg
14
15 Product classification (IP part 15)) : class 0/I/II1)/II(2)/III(2)/unclassified
16
17
18
19 3 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER
20 - completely filled in data/requisition PTS 31.22.01.93.;
21 - data and information as specified in PTS 31.22.01.31.
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 4 REMARKS
31 A. Data/requesition to be completed by Purchaser/Manufacturer.
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
40 7 DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS Var. No. Rev. Letter Date Initial
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 31.22.01.93. Sheet 1/4, 12/2001
MESC No. : 43.77.10
1 8 MECHANICAL DATA INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS
2 8.1 GENERAL Mark: Number: Service Nominal dia. and flange rating
3 Equipment noise limitation : yes/no, see PTS 31.10.00.94. K DN WN RF Class
4 K DN WN RF Class
5 8.2 RDC COLUMN
6 Data/requisition No. : PTS 31.22.00.94.
7 Technical specification : PTS 31.22.20.31./PTS 31.22.10.32.
8 RDC make/type/model : / /
9 Design pressure : kPa
10 Test pressure kPa MANHOLES, ACCESS HOLES ETC.
11 Design temperature (upper/lower) : ºC/ ºC Mark: Number: Service Nominal dia. and flange rating Remarks
12 Corrosion allowance : mm A1 Manholes DN 600 WN RF Class
13 3
Working volume : m A Rotor shaft access hole DN RF Class
14 Steam coils required : yes/no
15 8.3 ROTOR DRIVING UNIT
16 NOZZLE DATA Tag number electric drive : CM-
17 Mark: Number: Service Nominal dia. and flange rating Remarks Technical specification : PTS 33.66.05.31./PTS 33.66.05.33.
18 N1 DN WN RF Class Tangential Requisition number : PTS 33.66.05.93./PTS 33.66.05.95.
19 N2 DN WN RF Class Tangential Indent number :
20 N3 DN WN RF Class 8.3.1 TRANSMISSION
21 N4 DN WN RF Class Type of stepless speed variator : hydraulic/mechanical/
22 N Mounting of speed variator : vertical/horizontal
23 N Type of flanged fitting gearbox : spur gearbox/bevel gearbox
24 N Type of belt drives : tooth-/single or multi V-/wedge belts
25 N Automatic belt tensioner : included/excluded
26 Type of coupling between:
27 - gearbox and driver : disc pack spacer-type
28 - speed variator and gearbox : flexible
29 - gearbox output shaft & RDC shaft: flexible
30 8.4 RDC ROTOR SHAFT BEARINGS
31 Type of top bearing : spherical roller thrust bearing
32 Type of intermediate bearings : sleeve bearing
33 Type of bottom bearing : sleeve bearing
34 Cooling required on bearings : yes/no
35 Vibration limitation : 3 mm/s (rms)
36 SKETCH (showing RDC nozzle orientation and elevation)
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
by: Date
by:

by:
PTS 31.22.01.93. Sheet 2/4, 12/2001
MESC No. : 43.77.10
1 8.5 ROTOR SHAFT SEALING PART Material type /ASTM (or other) designation /Certificate*
2 Type of auxiliary lip seals : "O"-ring/wedge ring Couplings : / /
3 Type of stationary seal : Pulleys (if applicable : / /
4 Type of inflatable seal : Belts : / /
5 8.5.1 MECHANICAL SEAL SYSTEM Guards : / /
6 Seal configuration (API-610) :
7 Seal flushing plan (API-610) : 9.2 SEALS
8 Seal manufacture mark/type : PART Material type /ASTM (or other) designation /Certificate*
9 Seal type : single/double/unbalanced/balanced Auxiliary lip seals :
10 Seal size : Stationary seal :
11 Cartridge mounted : yes/no Inflatable collar seal :
12 Leakage rate to be monitored : yes/no Mechanical seal :
13 Available sealing liquid : Stationary seal ring : / /
14 Seal flush quantity required : dm3/s Staionary seal ring packing : / /
15 Sealing liquid compatibility : Seal plate : / /
16 - pressure/temperature : kPa/ ºC Seal plate gasket : / /
17 Available cooling means : cooling water: fresh/brackish/salt/own product/ Safety bush/seal : / /
18 - pressure/temperature : kPa ºC Seal piping : / /
19 Availability heating means : Rotary seal ring : / /
20 - pressure/temperature : kPa ºC Rotary seal ring packing : / /
21 Leakage product to seal liquid max : dm3/day Spring(s) : / /
22 Leakage seal liquid to protect max : dm3/day Shaft sleeve : / /
23 Leakage quench to atmosphere max : dm3/day Shaft sleeve packing : / /
24
25 9 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION (see PTS 30.10.02.11.) 10 FABRICATION AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
26 * Material certificates as indicated below are required Construction code : and PTS 31.22.01.31.
27 9.1 RDC Pre manufacturing meeting : yes/no
28 PART Material type /ASTM (or other) designation /Certificate* Inspection authority : Government inspection authority/purchaser's
29 Column (shell) : / / inspection department or its nominee
30 Lining of shell, head etc. : / / Inspection : full/limited/intermediate/final
31 Top david : / / Design code/documents/materials review : yes/no
32 Stator rings : / / Control workmanship/dimension : yes/no
33 Top/bottom grids : / / Pressure test : yes/no
34 Nozzles : / / Performance testing : yes/no
35 Flanges : / /
36 Fittings (butt weld) : / / Radiography :
37 Gaskets : / / Noise measurements : yes/no
38 Bolts (external) : /A 193-B7 / Stress relieving : yes/no type
39 Nuts (external) : /A 194-2H / Other non-destructive testing : yes/no type
40 Bolts/nuts (internal) : Flange finish: : ASME B16.5
41 Connecting pipe work : / /
42 Supports : / / 11 PAINTING REQUIREMENTS (PTS 30.48.00.31.)
43 Grit blasting :
40 Rotor shafts : / / Internal coating :
41 Shaft lining/wearing : / / Minimum film thickness : microns
42 Bushings : External painting :
43 Rotor discs :
44 12 INSULATION REQUIREMENTS (PTS 30.46.00.31. & PTS 31.46.00.31.)
45 Top bearing : / / Type of insulation : thermal/acoustic
46 Intermediate bearing(s) : / / Type of insulation material :
47 Bottom bearing : / / Insulation thickness : mm
48 Bearing bushings Type of sheeting material :
49 Minimum sheeting thickness : mm
50 Gears (if applicable) : / /
51
52
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 31.22.01.93. Sheet 3/4,12/2001
MESC No. : 43.77.10
1 13 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (if applicable)
2 Reference documents:
3 Typical drawing of rotating disc contactor (RDC) : S23.101
4 Typical drawing of shaft sealing and top bearing of rotating disc contactor : S23.104
5 Typical drawing of shaft, intermediate and bottom bearing of rotating disc contactor : S23.105
6 Typical drawing of grids for rotating disc contactor : S23.106
7
8 Typical details of insulation collar for carbon, low-alloy steel and stainless steel apparatus : S10.056
9 Typical details of bush-lined, overlay welded and clad steel nozzles : S10.103
10 Earthing boss for steel structures, tanks, vessels, etc. : S68.004
11
12 RDC equipment reference drawings :
13 Details of rotor and stator :
14 Details of shaft :
15 Details of top bearing and shaft sealing :
16 Details of intermediate and bottom bearings :
17 Details of settling compartment (drive unit etc.) :
18 Details of rotation viscosimeter :
19 Details of variable speed electric motor arrangement :
20 Details of hydro motor :
21 Details of reduction gear box :
22 Details of top and bottom grids :
23 Details of RDC column supports :
24 Details of shaft and drive unit supports :
25 Details of nameplates :
26 Details of lifting lugs, etc. :
27 Details of anchor bolt ring and base plate :
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 31.22.01.93. Sheet 4/4, 12/2001
Data/requisition sheet for Design book No: page:
DEMISTER MAT Contr. Job No:
MESC No:
Top view of demister mat
Inner diameter of column mm Notes:

Diameter of demister mm 1) Design and construction shall be in accordance
Height of demister mm with PTS 31.22.05.11.
See standard drawings S 20.028, S 20.029 and S 20,030 for details
Made by: Date Rev.

EQUIPMENT: Date
CONSIGNEE:
Approved by: Date Eng. By: Equipment No.
Principal: Req. No.

PTS 31.22.05.93, January 2002
Data / requisition sheet for Design book No. *: page
FURNACES AND WASTE HEAT BOILERS Contr. Job No. :
MESC No. :
1 Charge: rad./conv.section *: No. required :
2 Total duty *: kW Type *:
3 OPERATING DATA
4 Coil section * Units
5 Max. allowable bulk temperature * °C
6 Max. allow. average film temperature * °C
7 Total rate of feed * kg/s
8 Density of feed 15°C * kg/m3
9 Specific gravity of feed 15/4 *
10 Characterization factor of feed *
11 in out in out in out in out
12 Working temperature * °C
13 Working pressure * bar ga
14 Working pressure vacuum cond. * mbar abs
15 Liquid : Quantity * kg/s
16 Density * kg/m3
17 Viscosity * mPa.s(= cP)
18 Thermal conductivity * W/m.K
19 Specific heat * kJ/kg.K
20 Enthalpy * kJ/kg
21 Vapour : Quantity * kg/s
22 Mol. weight *
23 Density * kg/m3
24 Viscosity * mPa.s(-cP)
25 Thermal conductivity * W/m.K
26 Specific heat * kJ/kg.K
27 Enthalpy * kJ/kg
28 Vapurization * % wt
29 Velocity in tubes * m/s
30 Total acid number * mg KOH/g oil
31 Sulphur * % wt
32 Process steam injected at *
33 Process steam quantity * kg/s
34 Process steam temperature * °C
35 Process steam pressure * bar ga
36 Heat absorbed kW
38
39
40
42 * Information normally supplied by purchaser
43
44
45
46
47
48
49 The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the requisition
50 and/or drawings. Furthermore, the manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is satisfactory for the design conditions
51 indicated on the requisition and/or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the manufacturer are for information and tendering purposes only. The
52 manufacturer shall make his own calcualtions for which he is fully responsible. The manufacturer shall ensure that the equipment supplied conforms to all applicable codes
53 and national statutory regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities.
Date
Eng. by : Equip. No. F

PTS 31.24.00.93, sheet 1of 6, April 2000
FURNACES AND WASTE HEAT BOILERS - cont'd sheet Contr. Job No. :
MESC No. :
1 Coil section Units
2 Heat absorption rate (average) * kW/m 2
3 Heat absorption rate (peak) kW/m 2
4 Heat transf. coef. inside tubes kW/m 2.K
5 Fouling coefficient kW/m 2.K
6 Design pressure of coil * bar ga
7 Design temprature of coil °C
8 Temperature flue gas at outlet °C
9 Specific heat release radiant box kW/m 3
10
11 Guaranteed efficiency *% (net) at % excess, air and with gaseous/liquid fuel* and % setting loss at total duty
12 Guaranteed turn-down ratio of furnace throughput and duty: from *% to *%of design
13 Applicable code for coils and fittings* Rad..conv.: Specific requirements* : PTS
14
15 FUEL and COMBUSTION DATA
16 Fuel gas Fuel oil Residual fuel
17 Density at burner * kg/m3
18 Nett heating value * kJ/kg
19 Viscosity at burner, maximum * mPa.s (=cP)
20 C/H weight ratio *
21 H2S or S content * % wt
22 Vanadium content (as V2O5) * mg/kg
23 Total ash content * mg/kg
24 Fuel pressure at burner * bar ga
25 Fuel temperature at burner * °C
26 Atomizing steam pressure * bar ga
27 Total fuel quantity kg/s
28 Total flue gas quantity kg/s
29 Fuel gas composition *
30
31 UTILITY DATA
32 Ambient air temperature * Minimum °C: maximum °C: relative humidity: % (prevailing)
33 MP steam * Temperature °C: pressure, min./max. bar ga
34 LP steam * Temperature °C: pressure, min./max. bar ga
35 Instrument air * Temperature °C: pressure, min./max. bar ga
36 Output signals for instruments * bar ga
37 For motors larger than …………….... kW* V: phase : Hz
38 For all other motors * V: phase : Hz
39 For instruments * V: phase : Hz
40
41 Waste heat boiler feed water* Waste heat boiler drum water
42 Total dissolved solids < mg/kg Total dissolved solids *< mg/kg
43 Oxygen as O2 < mg/kg p-alkalinity *< mval/kg
44 Silica as SiO2 < mg/kg Silica as SiO2 < mg/kg
45 Total iron as Fe < mg/kg Phosphate as PO 4 < mg/kg
46 Total copper as Cu < mg/kg pH at 25°C from to
47 Total carb. dioxide as CO2 < mg/kg Hydrazine as N2H4 < mg/kg
48 Hardness < mval/kg Sulphite as N2SO3 < mg/kg
49 Permanganate No. (KMnO 4) < mg/kg Purity of saturated steam produced by waste heat boiler
50 pH at 25°C from to Water entrainment < % wt
51 Oil < mg/kg Total dissolved solids *< mg/kg
52 General condition: clear and colourless - in which silica as SiO2 *< mg/kg
53 Temperature, minimum °C Electrical conductivity *< S/m
54
55
* Information normally supplied by purchaser

Date

PTS 31.24.00.93, sheet 2 of 6, April 2000
MESC No. :
1 TUBE DATA
2 Coil section * Units
3 Material and ASTM No. *
4
6 Wall thickness mm
7 Corrosion allowance * mm
8 Tube arrangement (hor./vert.)
9 Number of parallel coils
11 Total length per tube m
12 Effective length per tube m
13 Total effective outside surface m2
14 Method of inside tube cleaning *
15
16 HEATER FITTING DATA
17 Type of return fittings *
18 (List both ends of tubes)
19 Supplier
20 Nominal size mm (in.)
21 Rating at design temperature
22 Material and ASTM No. *
24 Centre-to-centre spacing mm
25 Type of terminal connections *
26 Flange rating *
27
28 CROSS-OVERS and DISTRIBUTION HEADERS
29 Pipe : Material and ASTM No. *
30 Nominal pipe size mm(in.)
33 Fitting: Material and ASTM No.
34 Nominal fitting size mm (in.)
35 Wall thinckness mm
36 Flange rating
37 COIL SUPPORTS
38 End tube sheets: insulated/non-insulated insulated/non-insulated insulated/non-insulated insulated/non-insulated
39 Material and ASTM No.
41 Type of insulation anchoring mm
42 Clearance between face of tube
43 sheet and back of fittings mm
44 Intermediate tube supports: cooled/uncooled cooled/uncooled cooled/uncooled cooled/uncooled
45 Number of support points
47 Replaceable without tube removal yes/no yes/no yes/no yes/no
48 Vertical radiant tubes
49 suspended/supported suspended/supported suspended/supported suspended/supported
50 HEADER BOXES
51 Material
52 Thickness mm
53 Insulation material
54 Insulation thickness mm
55 Anchoring material

Date
Eng. :by Equip. No. F

Princiapal: Req. No.
MESC No. :
1 REFRACTORY/INSULATION
2 Shielded vertical walls, radiant section Roof, radiant section
3 Thickness mm mm
4 Design hot/cold face temperature °C °C
6 Type of anchoring
7 Material of anchoring
8
9 Shielded walls, conv./WHB section Roof, convection/WHB section
10 Thickness mm mm
11 Design hot/cold face temperature °C °C
12 Type of anchoring
13 Material of anchoring
14
16 Floor of radiant section Outside casing
17 Thickness of lining/bricks mm Thickness mm
18 Design hot/cold face temperature °C Material
19 Floor construction Outside casing temperature °C
20
21 STACK FLUE DUCTS HOT COLD
22 Material Material
23 Minimum thickness mm Minimum thickness mm
24 Diameter (inside top) m Lining material
25 Height above grade * m Thickness of lining mm
26 Lining material Type of anchoring
27 Thickness of lining mm Anchoring material
28
29 Anchoring material AIR DUCTS HOT COLD
30 Extent of lining Material
31 Design temperature of stack * °C Minimum thickness mm
32 Insulation material
33 Thickness of insulation mm
34 Covering material
35
36
37 BURNERS FANS
38 Manufacturer Manufacturer
39 Type of burner/gun Type
40 Number of burners Size
41 Gas ring size/No./Dia. holes Number
42 Location in furnace Capacity per fan kg/s
43 Design capacity per burner kW Static pressure outlet FD fan mbar ga
44 Atomizing steam per burner (max.) kg/kg fuel Differential head ID fan mbar
45 Combustion air pressure mbar ga Operating temperature °C
46 Material of throat Shaft power required kW
47 Type of throat/size Height of inlet pipe m
48
49 DAMPERS FLUE AIR PLATFORMS
50 Material Location
51 Description of provisions for
52 operation from grade Means of access
53 Handrail material
54
55

Date
Eng. :by Equip. No. F

Principal: Req. No.
MESC No. :
1 AIR PREHEATERS - LIQUID-COUPLED SYSTEM
2 FLUE GAS COOLER AIR PREHEATER Units
3 Manufacturer
4 Number
5 Liquid type
6 IN OUT IN OUT
7 Working temperature °C
8 Working pressure bar ga
9 Quantity kg/s
10 Density kg/m3
11 Enthalpy kJ/kg
12 Velocity in tubes m/s
13 Air temperature °C
14 Flue gas temperature °C
15 Allowable pressure drop bar ga
16 Duty kW
17
18 Flue gas - side cleaning method
19 TUBE DATA
21
25 Tube arrangement (hor./vert.)
27 Total length per tube m
28 Effective length per tube m
29
30 Total effective outside surface m2
31 Fin type
32 Fin height mm
33 Fin pitch fins/inch
34 Fin thickness mm
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Date

MESC No. :
1 AIR PREHEATERS (RECUPERATIVE TYPE) SOOT BLOWERS/STEEL-SHOT CLEANING
2 Manufacturer Manufacturer
3 Type Type
4 Number Number
5 Eff. flue gas surface per preheater m2 Location
6 Duty per preheater kW Steam/power requirements
7 Quantity of air per preheater kg/s
8 Flue gas quantity per preheater kg/s
9 Air temperature in °C ACCESS DOORS OBSERVATION WINDOWS
10 Air temperature out °C Size
11 Flue gas temperature in °C
12 Flue gas temperature out °C Number
13 Pressure drop air side mbar Location
14 Pressure drop flue gas side mbar
15 Minimum air inlet temperature * °C
16
17 GENERAL
18 Height of floor above grade m Registration numbers
19 Radiant cell Updraught/downdraught Summary of anchor bolts
20 Convection section Updraught/downdraught Foundation plan
21 Erection supervision on site * By purchaser/manufacturer Flash and compostion curves *
22 Testing supervision on site * By purchaser/manufacturer Curves showing pressure, temperature
23 Starting-up on site * By purchaser/manufacturer velocity profiles versus tube number
24 Initial cleaning on site * By purchaser/manufacturer Calculations showing determination of
25 design temperature of coils
26 Extent of maintenance trolley beams List showing estimated total weight of
27 steel and heaviest part for erection
28 Estimated total number of manhours and shipment, estimated shipping
29 required for the erection of the fur- weight and volumes
30 naces and related equipment at site Proposed tube lay-out and overall
31 Welding electrodes dimensions of furnace
32 Additional inspection requirements
33
34
35 Extent of shop fabrication
36
37 Reference drawings:
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48 Deviations from specifications
49
50
51
52

Date

ROTARY STAR VALVES Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Equipment No.: X- Number required
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Location: Service: dosing device/air-lock*
4 Capacity, norm./max.* : kg/h Material to be transported:
5 Particle density : kg/m3 Bulk density: kg/m3
6 Operating temperature : °C Moisture content, norm./max.*: % wt
7 Operating pressure 1) : bar ga Max. differential pressure: bar
8 Mode of operation : continuous/intermittent*
9 Particle size distribution in accordance with BS 1796 > 250 µ m % (BS 60)
10 < 53 µm % > 355 µ m % (BS 44)
11 > 53 µ m % (BS 300) > 500 µ m % (BS 30)
12 > 75 µ m % (BS 200) > 850 µ m % (BS 18)
13 > 106 µ m % (BS 150) > 1700 µ m % (BS 10)
14 > 150 µ m % (BS 100) Largest particle: µm
15 Particle characteristics Medium used for transport
16 cubic/ball* : nature :
17 hardness : pressure at pick-up point : bar ga
18 abrasiveness: temperature : °C
19 brittle : yes/no* velocity at pick-up point : m/s
20 flow function :
21
22 CONSTRUCTION
23 Type 2) : blow/fall * through Size:
24 Number of pockets: Bearing : ball/plain*
25 Maximum degree of filling: % Sealing : soft packing/simmer ring * 3)
26 Adjustable blade tips: yes/no* Seal purge : yes/no*
27 Rotor shields: open/closed* Purge quantity : Nm 3/h
28 Aerated rotor: yes/no* Purge pressure : bar ga
29 Gas leakage across star valve rotor as function of ∆ p Nm 3/h
30 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
31 Body : Shaft seal Neoprene food quality
32 Rotor : Gaskets Neoprene food quality
33 Shaft : Non-sparking drive guards : yes/no*
34 Common baseplate: yes/no*
35 MECHANICAL DATA
36 Drive: Speed reduction : direct/chain and/or gear box*
37 Motor speed: Rotor speed: variable to r/min
38 fixed r/min
39 Included in supply
40 electric motor : yes/no* feed/deaeration funnel* : yes/no*
41 baseplate : yes/no* pick-up device : yes/no*
42 speed indicator : yes/no* electrical switch/wiring : yes/no*
43 GENERAL
44 ANSI/DIN flange standard
45 Electical supply : V, 1/3*-phase , Hz
46 Fractional HP motor : V, 1/3*-phase , Hz
47 Area classifiaction :
48 For noise limitations, see attached sheet
49 Performance test : yes*/no
50 Full documentation : yes*/no4)
52 1) If housing to be designed for dust explosion containment, test pressure: bar ga.
53 2) According to manufacturer's standard (see attached manufacturer's data sheet)
54 3) Double seal on both side, with intermediate lantern ring.
55 4) Dimensional sketch, operating manual, connection diagram and spare parts list.
Date
Eng. by : Equip. No. X-

PTS 31.25.40.93, sheet 1, 06/2000
Data Requistion for Cont. Job No:
BUNKERS/SILOS MESC No:
PROCESS DATA
DESCRIPTION Units
Contents of Silo Weight γ kN/m3
Mentioned in the DIN 1055 Y/N Horizontal vertical ratio λ
Density High / Low / Normal kg/m3 Wall friction coefficient µ
Internal friction angle deg. Discharge factor eh
Wall friction angle max / min deg. Bulk material coefficient βg
Angle of repose deg. Moisture max/min %
Free flowing Y/N Process temperature max/min deg. C
Cohesive properties according to Jenike shear cell / BMHB Particle size mm
Static angle deg. Particle distribution % <
Flow function (σ = O) X kN/m2 Filling system
Flow function tangent Z - Flowrate filling max/min kg/s
Time flow function Time X= kN/m2 Discharge system
Time flow function Z= - Flowrate discharging max/min kg/s
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER Remark
- Rules for the thickness calculation of the major parts such as roof, shell, cone, supports etc. Calculation and thicknesses of material supplied to the manufacturer are for information and tendering
- Applicable manufacturing tolerances in view of design code, used for compressive stress purpose only. The manufacturer shall make his own calculations for which he is fully responsible. The
calculations manufacturer shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities.
- Non-destructive examination plan as intended to be used
Abbreviated description Estimated item value Quantity change
New item
Rev. letter
OCDA

Card
S/C
Unit
store No. required MESC No.
£ ±
D P C
D
D

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.27.05.93, sheet 1/4, 03/2002
BUNKERS/SILOS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
Equipment No.: Number required
WEIGHTS
Erection weight shipping weight kg
Total weight operation kg
Weight internals kg
MECHANICAL DATA
Height mm
Diameter ID mm
Half included cone angle / valley angle deg.
Opening diameter mm
3
Volume: Bunker / Storage m
Type of roof
Design temperature max / min deg. C
Corrosion allowance / lining / cladding mm
Insulation thickness mm
2
Wind pressure kN/m
2
Snow pressure kN/m
Under pressure kN/m2
Over pressure kN/m2
Equipment load kN/m2
Areation pressure kN/m2
Life load on roof kN/m2
Concentrated load on roof kN
Concentrated load on cone kN
Dust explosion pressure kN/m2
Type of Protection device
Earth quake factor
Wall thickness
roof mm
cylinder mm
cone mm
Shell
Cladding/lining of shell
Cone
Cladding/lining of cone
Roof
Skirt, base plate, etc.
Flanges (ANSI/Non-ANSI)
Stiffening rings
Insulation support rings
Internal parts
Internal pipe fitting
Blending interior
Handrail/walkway/ladder
Stud bolts, external
Nuts, external
Bolts, internal
Nuts, internal
Gaskets, external
Gaskets, internal
Cleats for platforms, etc.

Date
Eng. by : Equip. No. V-

PTS 31.27.05.93, sheet 2/4, 02/2002
MESC No.:
FABRICATION AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
Construction manufacturer's proposal
Inspection
Inspection authority
Imperfections
Allowable buckling ≤ 0.01 lm (see page 4) mm
Max. allowable offset (see page 4) mm
Corrosion allowance
Other non-destructive testing
Manufacturer's certificate - Chemical analysis
- mechanical data
Leak test (air with soap sud) YES/NO
Welding
Visual YES/NO
Radiography YES/NO
Earthing boss in accordance with S 68.004
Purchasers inspection full/limited
NOZZLE DATA
Marks Number Service Nom. dia. and flange rating Remarks
INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS
MANHOLES ETC.

Date

PTS 31.27.05.93, sheet 3/4, 02/2002
MESC No.:
Allowable buckling Max. allowable offset
t1
e1
tv Im Im
tv
t2
t v < 0.01 I m t1 < t 2
I m < 2000 (mm) e1 < 0.4 t 1
Outline sketch and topview

Date

PTS 31.27.05.93, sheet 4/4, 02/2002
Data/requisition sheet for Design book No. : page :
MIXERS Contr. Job No. :
MESC No. :
1 Equipment no. Number required
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Service Viscosity of slurry at working T cP
4 Working pressure bar Viscosity of liquid at working T cP
5 Working temperature °C
6 Density of slurry at working T kg/m3 Particle size of solids
7 Density of liquid at working T kg/m3 Sieve analysis of solids
8 Density of solids at working T kg/m3
9
10 Continuous phase liquid Nature of solids
11 Dispersed phase liquid Settling velocity of solids m/s
12 Interfacial tension Foaming tendency
13 Gas rate at working conditions dm3/s Purpose of mixing
14 Bulk density of settled slurry kg/m3 Degree of agitation
15 Bulk density of dry slurry kg/m3 Required power in liquid kW
16 Batch operation (quant. and time) kg/h
17 Continuous operation (flow rate) kg/s
18 MECHANICAL DATA
19 Number and type of impellers Diameter of impellers mm
20 Speed of rotation r/min Direction of pumping action
21 Critical speed of shaft r/min Estimated power in liquid kW
22 Mechanical seal yes/no
23 Type of mechanical seal single/double Type of bearings
24 balanced/unbalanced Type of stuffing box grease/forced/oil rig
25 inside/outside Smothering gland yes/no
26 Cooling of seal yes/no Gland packing
27 Manufacturer of seal Spacer type coupling yes/no
28 Mech. seal cartridge required yes/no Cooling required on stuffing box/bearings
29 Shaft sleeve construction on seal yes/no Cooling water fresh/brackish/salt
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Made by Date Rev.
EQUIPMENT: Date
Check. by Date PLANT: Sign.
Appr. by Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet no. cont'd on sheet no.
Eng. by: Equip. no.
Principal: Req. no.
PTS 31.27.10.93, sheet 1, 12/98
MIXERS Contr. Job No. :
cont. MESC No. :
2 MIXING TANK MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
3 Part ASTM No.
4 Diameter mm Impeller
5 Length between tangent lines mm Shaft
6 Top Stuffing box bushings
7 Bottom Glands
8 Total volume m3
9 Working volume m3 Gaskets
10 Number of baffles DRIVE
11 Baffle width mm Type electric motor for 50/60 Hz
12 Internal coils Drive direct/gear/V-belt/variable
13 Jacket Estimated installed power kW
14 Protection Rotation in liquid rpm
15 Vessel/tank drawing no.
16 DRAWING
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
51
52
53
54
55
Made by Date Rev.
EQUIPMENT: Date
Appr. by Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet no. cont'd on sheet no.
Eng. by: Equip. no.
Principal: Req. no.
PTS 31.27.10.93, sheet 2, 12/98
Static in-line mixers Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
PURPOSE OF MIXING: DISSOLVE SOLIDS/BLEND LIQUIDS/DISPERSE LIQUIDS/SUSPEND SOLIDS/DISPERSE GAS IN LIQUID/HEAT TRANSFER
Notes:
*1) The direction of the flow shall be clearly indicated on the supplier's drawings and marked on the outside of the equipment-housing.
*2) For suspension/dust indicate particle size.
*3) the forces and moments can act in the x-, y- and z- directions at the same time.
*4) M.P. = manufacturer's proposal
*5) In case of dispersions only one condition can usually be fulfilled. the most important value has to be marked clearly. (Droplet size depends on energy
dissipation).

COMPLETED DATA/REQUISTION SHEETS ORIGINAL ISSUE FOR COMMENTS/ENQUIRY
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
DETAIL DRAWINGS OF MIXING ELEMENTS

by: Date
by:
by:
f Data / requisition sheet for Design book No. : page:
MESC No. :
PROCESS CONDITIONS
MAIN STREAM SIDE STREAM MIXTURE
No. of components/perc. (vol %) No. of components/perc. (vol %) No. of components/perc. (vol %)
1/ % 2/ % 3/ % 1/ % 2/ % 3/ % 1/ % 2/ % 3/ %
component name
component type (vapour/liquid/solid *2)
flow rate, min./norm./max. (kg/s):
working temp. min./norn./max. (°C):
working press., min./norm./max. (KPa):
density at 15 °C (kg/m3):
density at working temperature (kg/m3):
dynamic viscosity at 15 °C (mPa.s):
dynamic viscosity at working temp. (mPa.s):
average linear flow velocity (m/s):
axial dispersion coefficient (m2/s):
friction factor (--):
specific heat at constant press. (kJ/kg. °C):
thermal conductivity (W/m. °C):
heat transfer coefficient (W/m2. °C):
molecular weight (--):
index of pH (sour/alkaloid/neutral) (--):
interfacial surface tension (N/m):
*5) max. allowable pressure drop: Kpa at flowrate of kg/s
type of flow in pipe: turbulent/laminar uniform/pulsating (with pulsation factor = )
type of composition: soluble insoluble
- mean value of characteristic quantity ~x = - interfacial surface tension of the liquid system (σ) (N/m) =
- relative homogeneity (σ/σο) = - droplet or bubble size (µm) *5) =
- variation coefficient (σ/ ~x ) =

Sample size for which σ/σo has been measured:
SKETCH
Made Date: EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

by: Date:
Chk'd Date: PLANT: Sign.:
by:
Appr'd Date: CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet No.
by:
MESC No. :
STATIC MIXER CHARACTERISTICS
MIXER ARRANGEMENT *1) : horizontal/vertical/straight/Split/U-turn/L-type
total length of static mixer (mm): M.P. *4)
number of removable/non-removable mixing elements (pcs): M.P. *4)
inside pipe diameter (mm):
hydraulic diameter of mixing element ducts (mm): M.P. *4)
void fraction of mixing element ducts (--): M.P. *4)
mean residence time (S): M.P. *4)
power consumption (K/W): M.P. *4)
actual pressure drop accross mixer : M.P *4) Kpa at flowrate of kg/s
heating/cooling jacket : yes/no
lining : yes/no
total mass operating (kg) : M.P. *4)
erection mass (shipping mass) (kg) : M.P. *4)
inlet of main stream : flanged, ANS, class lbs-R.F.
outlet of main stream : flanged, ANS, class lbs-R.F.
inlet of side stream : flanged, ANS, class lbs-R.F.
outlet of side stream : flanged, ANS, class lbs-R.F.
inlet of jacket : flanged, ANS, class lbs-R.F.
outlet of jacket : flanged, ANS, class lbs-R.F.
MECHANICAL DESIGN CONDITIONS

area classification: safe area/zone-2/zone-1/zone-0
design temperature, upper/lower (°C): /
design pressure, internal/external (Kpa): /
test pressure, hydrostatic/pneumatic (Kpa): /
allowable forces/moments on nozzles : PTS 31.22.10.32. *3)
corrosion allowance (mm) :
applicable piping class :
flange facing: smooth (Ra = 3.2 to 6.3 µm)
type of gaskets : Spiral wound / CAF
PART ASTM No. CERT. PART ASTM No. CERT.
shell flanges
cladding/lining welding fittings
mixing elements/internals stud bolts
insulation support rings nuts
heating/cooling jacket gaskets
nozzles
Material certificates to ISO 10474 as indicated above

construction code : and PTS 31.22.10.32. / PTS 31.22.20.31.
design code review : yes/no
inspection/approval by : government inspection authority/purchaser's inspection department or it's nominee
visual inspection : intermediate/final /document control
performance testing : yes/no
equipment noise limitation : see PTS 31.10.00.94.
noise measurements : yes/no
heat treatment :
stress relieving :
radiography :
other non-destructive testing :
The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred
on the requisition and/or drawings. Furthermore, the manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is
satisfactory for the design conditions indicated on the requisition and/or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the manufacturer
are for information and tendering purposes only. The manufacturer shall make his own calculations for which he is fully responsible. The manufacturer shall
ensure that the equipment supplied conforms to all applicable codes and national statutory regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from
statutory authorities.
Made Date: EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

by: Date:
Chk'd Date: PLANT: Sign.:
by:
Appr'd Date: CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. 3 continued on sheet No.
by:
STRAINERS and IN-LINE FILTERS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
DATA AND CONDITIONS
Genral Filtration data
Equipment Nr. :S Type of filter required : Single basket/multiple basket/sieve element
Location : cartridge/precoat/filter/duplex filter
Number required : Nature of solids :
Particle size of solids to be removed : and larger
Operating data Number of filter elements required : pcs
Service/Fluid to be filtered : Gross filter area : cm2
Viscosity at operating tempeature : mPa.s (cP) mm2/s (cSt) Free flow filter area : cm2
Density at operating temperature : kg/m3 Requirements for calculation of free flow
Flow rate : dm3/s m3/h filter area - if any :
Working pressure : kPa bar Requirements for ratio between inlet section
Working temperature : °C and free flow filter area - if any :
Pressure drop across clean filter : kPa bar Backwash facilities required : yes/no
Pressure drop across dirty filter Backwash fluid :
= max. allowable pressure drop : kPa bar Backwash pressure : kPa bar
Special requirements - if any :
Additional operating data (if applicable) INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH TENDER
Relative molecular mass vapour Cross-sectional and arrangement (outline) drawings
Slurry Viscosity at working temp. : mPa.s (cP) Pressure drop over clean filter bar
Density at working temp. : kg/m3 Filtration area cm2
Vapour Viscosity at working temp. : mPa.s (cP)
Density at working temp. : kg/m3
Mechanical data Mechanical data (continuted)
Design temperature : Design code :
Design pressure : kPa bar Amendments to design code : PTS
Test pressure : kPa bar PTS
Corrosion allowance : mm NACE
Inlet connection : flanged: ANS, class RF Others
Outlet connection : flanged: ANS, class RF
Drain connection : flanged: ANS, class RF/Screwed Additional design data (if applicable)
Vent connection : flanged: ANS, class RF/Screwed Wind speed :
Safety valve connection : flanged: ANS, class RF/Screwed Earthquake :
Level gauge connection : flanged: ANS, class RF/Screwed
Pressure gauge connection : flanged: ANS, class RF/Screwed
Backwash connection : flanged: ANS, class RF/Screwed Reference drawings :
Cover closure (for cleaning) : bolted/quick opening/with davit
Skirt/saddles/brackets/supports :
Lifting lugs (s)
Nameplate :
Nameplate bracket :
Support for insulation :
Manhole/handhole :
Earthing boss : Documents required
Change-over valve type : Refer to PTS 40.10.01.93.
Flange finish : ASME B16.5

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 31.27.20.93, sheet 1/2, 12/98
STRAINERS and IN-LINE FILTERS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
Material specification Inspection and tests
Part ASTM No. Inspection required : yes/no
Housing (vessel) Inspection authority :
Housing flanges Radiography : %
Connecting flanges Ultrasonic : %
Bolts/nuts Stress relieving certification : yes/no type
Gaskets Other non destructive testing : yes/no type
Element/cartridge/basket
Internals
Element/cartridge/internals
Element/cartridge assembly plate welded/bolted
Change-over valve:
Body Additional requirements
Stem
Ball
Others
Painting requirements (PTS 30.48.00.31.)

Grit blasting :
Internal coating :
Minimum dry film thickness :
External painting (corr.prot.) :
Minimum dyr film thickness :

by: Date
by:
Appr'd Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet
by:
PTS 31.27.20.93, sheet 2/2, 12/98
CERAMIC TUBE FILTERS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1. OPERATING DATA Gas composition
Area classification : zone 0/1/2/ non-hazardous (BS-CP-1003) CO2 [%vol.]: N2 [%vol.]:
Product classification class 0/I/II(1)/II(2)/III(1)/III(2)/unclassified CO [% vol.]: O2 [% vol.]:
1.1 FEED GAS PROPERTIES SO3 [ppm wgt]: Nox [ppm wgt]:
Type of feed : SO2 [ppm wgt]: NOx6%O2 [ppm wgt]:
feed clean gas solids 1.2 PARTICULATES PROPERTIES
Connection inlet outet outlet Make/type of particulates :
Operating pressure Hardness of particulates : MoH
(min./norm./max) Pa: / / / / / / Density at operating temp. : kg/m3
Operating temp. Pore volume : ml/g
(min./norm./max) °C: Moisture content : % wgt
Flow rate (dry/wet) feed clean gas solids
(including solids) kg/s: Connection inlet outlet outlet
Nm3/h: Particulates concentration at
Gas density at min./norm./max. operation
operating temp. kg/Nm3: (wet; actual O2) [mg/Nm3]: / / / / / /
Dynamic viscosity at Particulates concentration at
operating temp. mPa.s: min./norm./max. operation
Molecular weight kg/kmol: (dry; O2 = 6%) [mg/Nm3]: / / / / / /
Local limit gas outlet
particulate emission at dry
(base (O2 = 6%) [mg/Nm3]:
- completely filled in data/requisition PTS 31.27.21.93.
- general outline drawing of filter, including supporting structure.
- general outline drawing of filter elements
- data and information as specified in purchase order and PTS 31.27.21.31.

by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 31.27.21.93, sheet 1/5, dated July 1998
MESC No. :
1 Particle size distribution (PSD) :
2 Particle size [microns] differential PSD [% wgt]
3 feed inlet clean gas outlet solids outet
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 Total : 100 100 100
13 Average particle size [microns] :
14
15 Composition of particulates :
16 AL2O3 [% wgt]: V [ppm wgt]:
17 Fe [% wgt]: Ni [ppm wgt]:
18 Na2O3 [% wgt]: Sio2 [% wgt]:
19
20 Properties of particulates:
21 abrasive : yes/no fluidizable : yes/no
22 sticky : yes/no hydroscopic : yes/no
23 corrosive : yes/no toxic : yes/no
24 erosive : yes/no degradable : yes/no
25 bridging tendency : yes/no electro static chargable : yes/no
26
27 Acid dew point [°C]:
28
29
30 SKETCH REMARKS
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
by: Date
by:
Appr'd Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet 3
by:
MESC No. :
1 2. MECHANICAL DATA
2
3 2.1 GENERAL DATA
4 Filter make/typemodel / /
5 Equipment noise limitation : yes/no see PTS 31.10.00.94.
6 Erection weight (shipping weight) [kg]:
7 Total weight, operating [kg]:
8 Overall plot requirements (L*W*H) [m]:
9 Snow load [pa]:
10 2.2 FILTER VESSEL
11 For specification of operating/mechanical data, material specification, fabrication and inspection requirements, nozzle data, instrument connections and
12 manholes/inspection holes data/requisitiion PTS 31.22.00.94. (3 sheets) shall be used.
13
14 Additional data :
15 Number of filter compartments/filter vessel [pcs]:
16 2.3 BUNKERS/SILO'S (OR HOPPERS) FOR PARTICULATE COLLECTION
17 For specification of bunkers/silo's or hoppers general data, operating data, construction data, material specification and mechanical data, data/requisition
18 PTS 31.27.05.93. shall be used.
19
20 Additional data :
21 Clearance beneath bunker/silo [m]: 3
22 2.4 CERAMIC FILTER TUBE ELEMENTS:
23 Make/type of filter tube elements :
24 Number of filter tube elements/vessel [pcs]:
25 Total filtration area [m2]
26 Filter face velocity [m/s]:
27 Max. pressure drop across filter elements [pa]:
28
29 Configuration/arrangement of filter elements : see sketch above.
30 Dimensions per filter tube element :
31 - length [mm]:
32 - outside diameter [mm]:
33 - inside diameter [mm]:
34 Pitch between filter tube elements [mm]:
35
36 Means of supporting :
37 Type of sealing mechanism :
38 Number of sealing parts [pcs]:
39
40 Filter tube elements material properties :
41 Elastic modulus [N/mm2]:
42 Poisson's ratio [-]:
43 Linear thermal expansion coefficient at
44 operating temperature [1/°C]:
45 Heat conductivity at operating temp. [kJ/m*h*°C]:
46
47 Expected lifetime of filter tube elements [h]:
48 2.5 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
49
50 2.5.1 CLEANING BUFFER VESSEL
51 For specification of operating/mechanical data, material specification, fabrication and inspection requirements, nozzle data, instrument connections and
52 manholes/inspection holes data/requisitiion PTS 31.22.00.94. (3 sheets) shall be used.
53
54 2.5.2 EJECTORS
55 Number of ejectors [pcs]:
56 Ejectors identification number : J-
57 For Specification of ejectors general data, operating data, material specification, data/requisition PTS 31.29.56.93. (2 sheets) shall be used.
by: Date
by:
by:
MESC No. :
1 2.5.3 FANS
2 Number of fans [pcs]:
3 Fan identification number : K-
4
5 For specification of fans general data, operating data, material specification, data/requisition PTS 31.29.42.93. (3 sheets) shall be used.
6 2.5.4 VALVES
7
8 2.5.4.1 VALVES FOR REVERSE CLEANING
9 Make /type of valves : / butterfly
10 Number of valves [pcs]:
11 Closure speed [m/s]:
12
13 For specification of valves general data, service data and material specification, requisition PTS 31.38.85.96. shall be used.
14 2.5.4.2 ROTARY STAR VALVES (FOR HOPPERS):
15 Number of vales [pcs]:
16 Valve identification number : X-
17
18 For specification of rotary star valves general data, operating data, construction data, material specification and mechanical data, data/requisition PTS 31.25.40.93.
19 shall be used.
20 3. UTILITY DATA:
21
22 3.1 CLEANING OF FILTER ELEMENTS:
23 Type of pulse reverse cleaning method : from outside to inside of filter elements.
24 Reverse cleaning operation mode : continious/batch
25 Reverse clenaing actuation by : timer/pressure differential.
26 Reverse cleaning medium : Nitrogen/Air
27 Pulse generation by : ejector(s)/fan(s)
28 Cleaning pulse time [s]: 0.5
29 Cleaning interval time [s]:
30 Consumption of cleaning medium [Nm3/h]: 100
31 Maximum differential pressure [Pa]: 106
32 3.2 COOLING OF FILTER VESSEL: (See PTS 31.22.00.94. sheet 1)
33 Temperature [c]:
34 Consumption [Nm3/H]:
35
36 4. CIVIL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING:
37 For geotechnical and foundation engineering see PTS 34.11.00.12.
38 Reinforced concrete foundations and structures shall comply with PTS 34.19.20.31.
39 For minimum requirements for structural design and engineering see PTS 34.00.01.30.
40
41 5. INSTRUMENTATION DATA:
42 Reverse cleaning control board (timer) : yes/no
43
44 6. ELECTRICAL DATA:
45 Voltage for control board [V ac/Hz]:
46 Voltage for electro magnetic vales [V ac/Hz]:
47
48 7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS (PTS 30.10.02.11.)
49 For material specification of both filter vessel and cleaning buffer vessel see data/requisition PTS 31.22.00.94, sheet 2.
50 For material specification of bunkers, silo's and hoppers see data/requisition PTS 31.27.05.93, sheet 2.
51 For material specification of valves see requisition PTS 31.38.85.96.
52 For material specification of rotary star valves see data/requisition PTS 31.25.40.93.
53
54 PART Material
55 Filter tube elements :
56
57
by: Date
by:
by:
MESC No. :
1 8. FABRICATION AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
2
3 8.1 FILTER VESSEL AND CLEANING BUFFER VESSEL:
4 Construction code BS 5500/ASME VIII and PTS 31.27.21.31. and PTS 31.22.10.32. or PTS 31.22.20.31.
5 Design code review : yes/no
6 Inspection/approval by : Government inspection authority/purchaser's inspection department or it's nominee
7 Visual inspection : full/limited/intermediate/final/document control.
8 Performance testing : yes/no
9 Radiography : %
10 Noise measurements : yes/no
11 Stress relieving certification : yes/no type:
12 Other non-destructive testing : yes/no type:
13 Flange finish : serrated spiral finish / smooth finish
14 (Ra 6.3 - 12.5 microns / Ra 3.2 - 6.3 microns)
15 8.2 CERAMIC TUBE FILTER TESTS:
16 Component tests to be conducted :
17 - tube/seal vibration test : yes/no
18 - thermal shock resistance test : yes/no
19 - seal endurance test : yes/no
20 - simulated dust filtering test : yes/no
21 - exposure test of ceramic material
22 to actual gases : yes/no
23 8.3 PAINTING REQUIREMENTS (PTS 30.48.00.31.):
24 Grit blasting : Sa 2.5 (Acc.ISO 8501-1)
25 Internal coating :
26 Minimum dry film thickness : microns
27 External painting (corrosion protection) :
29 8.4 INSULATION REQUIREMENTS (PTS 30.46.00.31. and PTS 31.46.00.31.):
30 Type of insulation : thermal/acoustic
31 Type of insulation material :
32 Location of insulation material : inside vessel/outside vessel
33 Insulation thickness [mm]:
34 Type of sheeting material :
35 Minimum sheeting thickness [mm]:
36
37 9. PERFORMANCE DATA:
38 Maximum pressure drop [Pa]:
39 Filtration area [m2]:
40 Filtration velocity [m/s]:
41 Particulate emission after filtration [mg/Nm3]:
42 Separation efficiency [%]:
43
44 10. REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION:
45 Equipment drawing(s) :
46 Flanged nozzles : S-10.101 / S-10.103
47 Earthing bosses : yes/no, acc. S-68.004
48 Nameplate incl. bracket : yes/no, acc. S-10.114
49 Lifting lugs : yes/no, acc. S-10.030 / S-10.115
50 Supports for insulation : yes/no, acc. S-20.003 / S-10.056
51 Manhole / handhole : yes/no, acc. S-10.039, S-10.053, S-10.054
52 Strip lining details : S-10.108
53 Discharge device : yes/no
54 Tracing : yes/no
The Manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the requistion and/or drawings.
Furthermore, the Manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is satisfactory for the design conditions indicated on the requisition and/or
drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the Manufacturer are for information and tendering purposes only. The Manufacturer shall make his own calculations for which
he is fully responsible. The Manufacturer shall ensure that the equipment supplied conforms to all applicable codes and national statutory regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary
approvals from statutory authorities.
by: Date
by:
Appr'd Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 5 continued on sheet
by:
(DRY COLLECTION) ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 1. OPERATING DATA
2
3 1.1 FEED GAS PROPERTIES
4 Type of feed :
5 Connection feed inlet clean gas outlet
6 Operating pressure (min./norm./max.) kPa: / / / /
7 Operating temp. (min./norm./max.°) °C: / / / /
8 Flow rate (dry/wet) (including solids) kg/s:
9 Nm3h:
10 Flue gas density at operating temp. kg/m3:
11 Flue gas density kg/Nm3:
12 Dynamic viscosity at
13 Operating temperature mPa.s:
14 Molecular weight (wet) kg/kmol:
15 Flue gas dew point [°C]:
16 Specific heat [kJ/kg °C]:
17 Thermal condictivity [W/m °C]:
18
19 Gas composition :
20 CO2 [%vol.]: N2 [%vol.]:
21 CO [% vol.]: O2 [% vol.]:
22 SO3 [ppm wgt]: Nox [ppm wgt]:
23 SO2 [ppm wgt]: H2O [% vol.]:
24
25
26
27 1.2 PARTICULATE PROPERTIES
28 Make/type of particulates :
29 Hardness of particulates [moH]:
30 Particle density at operating temp. [kg/m3]:
31 Bulk density at operating temp. [kg/m3]:
32 Pore volume [ml/g]:
33
34 Concentration feed inlet clean gas outlet
35 Particulates concentration at min./norm./max.
36 operation (wet; actual O2) [mg/Nm3]: / / / /
37 Particulates concentration at min./norm./max.
38 operation (dry; O2=3%) [mg/Nm3]: / / / /
39
40
41
42
44 - completely filled in data/requisition PTS 31.27.21.94.
45 - document information as specified in purchase order and technical specification PTS 31.27.21.30.
46
47
48
49
51
52
by: Date
by:
by:
Eng. by : Equipm. No. S
PTS 31.27.21.94, sheet 1/7, 05/2000
Data / requisition sheet (continuation sheet) for Design book No.: page
(DRY COLLECTION) ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Particle size distribution (PSD)
2 Particle size (microns) cumulative PSD (% wgt)
3 feed inlet clean gas outlet
4 Normal Maximum Maximum
5 <2
6 <5
7 < 10
8 < 15
9 < 20
10 < 30
11 < 40
12 < 50
13 Average particle size (microns):
14
15 Compositions of particulates:
16 AL2O3 (% wgt): V (ppm wgt):
17 Fe (ppm wgt): Ni (ppm wgt):
18 Na2O3 (% wgt): SiO2 (%wgt):
19 Sb (ppm wgt): C (%wgt):
20
23 sticky : yes/no hygroscopic : yes/no
26 bridging tendency : yes/no electrostatic chargable : yes/no
27
28 Electric resistivity of particulates at operating temp. (Ohm-cm):
29
30
31
32 1.3 ENHANCEMENTS TO OPTIMIZE ESP PERFORMANCE
33 Gas conditioning
34 - Sulphur trioxide (SO3) injection : yes/no
35 - Ammonia (NH3) injection : yes/no
36 - Combined SO3/NH3 injection : yes/no
37 - Water (H2O) injection : yes/no
38 Wide plate spacing : yes/no
39 Automatic micorporcessor-based controllers : yes/no
40
41
42 1.4 ESP PERFORMANCE DATA
43 Max. allowable emission reates :
44 Ni (mg/Nm3): less than
45 V (mg/Nm3): less than
46 CO (g/Nm3): less than
47 SOx (g/Nm3): less than
48 NOx (g/Nm3): less than
49
50 Local limit of total gas outlet
51 particulate emission at dry base (O2=3%) (mg/Nm3): less than 50
52
53 Overall separation efficiency (%):
Eng. by : Equipm. No.S

PTS 31.27.21.94, sheet 2/7, 05/2000
MESC No.:
1 2. MECHANICAL DATA
2
3 2.1 SITE CONDITIONS
4 Wind velocity (m/s): Ambient air temperature, min. (°C):
5 Wind load (KN/m2): max. (°C):
6 Snow load (KN/m2):
7 Earthquake factor ( - ):
8
9 Area classification : zone 0/1/2/non-hazardous
10 Product classifiaction : class 0/I/II(1)/II(2)/III(1)/III(2)/unclassified
11 2.2 DESIGN DATA
12 ESP type/model :
13 Design temperature (C):
14 Design pressure internal (kPa):
15 Design pressure external (kPa):
16 Test pressure (Pneumatic) (kPa):
17 Max. allowable pressure drop across ESP (kPa):
18
19 Corrosion allowance (minimum 2) (mm):
20 Plate thickness ESP housing/transition pieces/hoppers (mm):
21 2.3 ESP DATA
22
23 2.3.1 ESP LAY-OUT
24 Number of chambers (pcs):
25 Number of cells (in width) (pcs):
26 Number of fields (in depth) (pcs):
27 Dimensions of each field
28 - length x height (m):
29 Aspect ration (L/H), min 1,0 ( - ):
30 Spacing between collecting electrodes (mm):
31 Number of gas passages (pcs):
32 Gas velocity (m/s):
33 Migration velocity (also called (m/s):
34 precipitation rate or particle drift velocity).
35 2.3.2 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
36 Overall length, incl. transition pieces (m):
37 Overall length, excl. transition pieces (m):
38 Overall width (m):
39 Total height (m):
40
41 Erection weight (shipping weight) (kg):
42 Total weight, operating (kg):
43 2.3.3 DUCTING DATA
44 Ducting dimensions :
45 internal diameter , or (mm):
46 internal height x width (mm x mm):
47 2.3.4 INLET - AND OUTLET TRANSITIONS
48 Dimensions (I x w) of gas inlet transition (m):
49 Dimensions (l x w) of gas outlet transition (m):
50 2.3.5 GAS DISTRIBUTION DEVICES
51 Number of perforated screens at entry of casing (pcs):
52 Number of perforated screens at exit of casing (pcs):
53 Length x height of each screen (mm):
54 Distance between gas passages (mm):
55 Gas flow through each channel : % of total gas flow

PTS 31.27.21.94, sheet 3/7, 05/2000
MESC No.:
1 2.3.6 TRANSFORMER / RECTIFIER UNITS
2 Number (and make of T/R units) (pcs):
3 Location : roof/
4 Type of transformer rectifier set : outdoor, oil immersed, self cooling.
5 Type of rectify method : Single phase full wave/
6 Pulsed intermittent energization :
7 Input voltage / frequency (V-AC)/(Hz): /
8 Size/rating of T/R sets (kVA):
9 Output voltage (max.) (V-DC):
10 Output current (artim./effect.) (mA-DC): /
11 Power consumption required/installed (kW):
12
13 2.3.7 DISCHARGE ELECTRODES
14 Type of electrodes :
15 Method of mounting/supporting :
16 Number of electrodes per chamber/field (pcs):
17 Length /thickness of electrodes (mm):
18 Performance level (discharge failure rate) (%):
19 Electrical properties i.e. :
20 - Corona power (kW):
21 - Corona peak voltage (kV):
22 - Corona minimum voltage (kV):
23 - Average corona current (micro Amps):
24 - Corona current density (micro Amps/m2):
25
26
27 2.3.8 COLLECTING ELECTRODES / PLATES
28 Collecting electrode design : opzel plates/rod curtain/zig-zag plate / V-pockets/channel/offset plates/shielded plates/V-plates or tulip plates
29 Type of support : Rigid frame (European design)
30 Total (projected) area per chamber/field (m2):
31 Number of electrodes per chamber/field (pcs):
32 Height/width/thickness of electrodes/plates (mm):
33
34
35 2.3.9 RAPPING GEAR
36 Type of rapping gear :
37 - electro driven tumbling/drop hammer assembly :
38 - pneumatically driven impact rapper :
39 - electromagnetically actuated impact rapper :
40
41 2.3.10 RAPPING GEAR FOR DISHCARGE ELECTRODES
42 - Number installed (pcs):
43 - Dimensions of rapping gear (mm):
44 - Range of frequency settings (times/hour):
45 - Range of intensity settings
46 (e.g Acceleration in shear) (m/s2):
47 - Required/installed power per piece (kW):
48 - Amplitude per piece :
49 2.3.11 RAPPING GEAR FOR COLLECTING ELECTRODES / PLATES
50 - Number installed (pcs):
51 - Dimensions of rapping gear (mm):
52 - Range of frequency settings (times/hour):
53 - Range of intensity settings
54 (e.g Acceleration in shear) (m/s2):
55 - Required/installed power per piece (kW):
56 - Amplitude per piece :

PTS 31.27.21.94, sheet 4/7, 05/2000
MESC No.:
1 2.4 PARTICULATE COLLECTING SYSTEM
2 ESP bottom arrangement : Hoppers/Flat bottom with scrapers
3 Hopper type : Pyramid/Trough
4 Number of hoppers :
5 Capacity of each hopper (m3):
6 Clearance beneath hopper (minimum 3) (m):
7 Valley angle of hopper (degree):
8
9 3. UTILITY DATA
10
11 3.1 CLEANING OF SUPPORTING INSULATORS
12 Cleaning operation : continuous/intermittent
13 Cleaning interval time (s):
14 Cleaning medium : Air / Nitrogen/
15 Required quantity, min./max. (Nm3/h): /
16 Heater for cleaning medium : electric / steam
17 Required / installed power (Kw): /
18
19 3.2 ELECTRIC HEATING ELEMENTS AROUND INSULATORS
20 Number installed (pcs):
21 Required/installed power per piece (kW): /
22
23 3.3 PURGING/FLUSHING ASSEMBLY FOR HOPPERS
24 Purging/Flushing required : yes / no
25 Purging/Flushing medium : Air / Nitrogen/
26 Required quantity, min./max. (Nm3/h): /
27
28 3.4 HEATING FOR HOPPER TIPS
29 Method of heating : electrical trace heating/ steam tracing
30 For electrical trace heating
31 - Number of tracers installed (pcs):
32 - Required/installed power per piece (kW): /
33
34 3.5 AIR SUPPLY
35 Operating pressure min./max. (bar ga):
36 Operating temperature min./max. (°C):
37 3.6 STEAM SUPPLY
38 Operating pressure min./max. (bar ga):
39 Operating temperature min./max. (°C):
40 3.7 ELECTRICITY SUPPLY
41 Power - HV: (V) ph neutral, 50/60 (Hz) Instruments: (V) ph, neutral, 50/60 (Hz)
42 - LV : (V) ph neutral, 50/60 (Hz) Instruments: (V-DC)
43
44 Lighting : (V) ph, neutral, 50/60 (Hz)
45 4. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
46
47 4.1 VALVES FOR HOPPERS
48 Number of valves installed (pcs):
49 Type/size : rotary star valves / side valve / DN
50
51
52 4.2 PARTICULATE REMOVAL SYSTEM
53 Type of conveying system : screw / chain / pneumatic
54 Capacity of conveying system, min./max. (m3/h): /
55
56 Airlock system : yes / no

PTS 31.27.21.94, sheet 5/7, 05/2000
MESC No.:
1 5. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
2
3 5.1 INSTRUMENTATION
4 Transmissometer, to measure optical density
5 of emission stream : yes/no
6 Flue gas temperature : yes/no
7 Flue gas pressure : yes/no
8 Micro processor for automatic control of :
9 - transformer/rectifier sets : yes/no
10 - rapping mechanisms : yes/no
11 - dust hoppers (level) : yes/no
12 - heating systems : yes/no
13
14
15 5.2 CONTROL OF TRANSFORMER / RECTIFIER (T/R) UNITS
16 - T/R power level and feed back : yes/no
17 - Pulsed/intermittent energisation of T/R sets : yes/no
18 - Spark rate : yes/no
19
20 5.3 CONTROL OF RAPPING MECHANISMS
21 Actuated by : timer /
22 Control of - run-time :
23 - cycle-time :
24 - delay :
25 Rapping interval time for ESP field number 1/2/3/4 (min): / /
26 5.4 CONTROL OF PARTICULATE HOPPERS
27 Hopper level : yes/no
28 Hopper temperature : yes/no
29 Dust leakage detection by optical method : yes/no
30
31 5.5 CONTROL PANELS (main and T/R sets)
32 Type : Indoor type
33 Location :
34
35
36 6. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
37
38 PART MATERIAL TYPE ASTM (or other) DESIGNATION CERTIFICATE *)
39
40 Housing/Hoppers :
41 Inlet/outlet transition pieces :
42 Discharge electrodes :
43 Collecting electrodes :
44 Piping :
45 Flanges :
46 Welding fittings :
47 Insulation support rings/collars :
48 Stud bolts :
49 Nuts :
50 Gaskets :
51 Steel structures :
52 Glass panes : Solid tempered safety glass acc. BS - 857
53
54 *1) Material certificates to DIN-50049 as indicated above are required.
55

PTS 31.27.21.94, sheet 6/7, 05/2000
MESC No.:
1 7. FABRICATION AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
2 Construction code :
3 Specific construction requirements : PTS 31.27.21.30.
4 Inspection authority : Purchaser or it's nominee /
5 Inspection : Full / limited / intermediate / final / document control
6 Performace testing : yes / no
7 Noise measurements : yes / no
8 Radiogrphy : %
9 Stress relieving : yes / no
10 Other non-destructive testing : yes / no
11
12
13
14
15 8. REFERENCE DRAWINGS
16 Equipment drawing(s)
17
18 Earthing bosses : S-68.004 Stairways : S-28.001
19 Flanged nozzles : S-10.101 Handrailing : S-28.006
20 Lifting lugs : S-10.030 / S-10.115 Ladders : S-28.011
21 Supports for insulation : S-20.003 / S-10.056 Anchor bolts : S-28.020
22 Flanged connections : S-24.301 Grating : S-28.022
23 Access door for flueduct : S-24.304
24
25
26
27 9. PAINTING REQUIREMENTS
28 Surface preparation (Acc. ISO 8501-1):
30 Total minimum dry film thickness : microns
31 External painting (corrosion protection) :
32 Total minimum dry film thickness : microns
33
34 10. INSULATION REQUIREMENTS
35 Type of insulation : thermal/acoustic
37 Insulation thickness (mm):
39 Sheeting thickness, Roof (minimum 5) (mm):
40 Sheeting thickness, other surfaces (mm):
41
42
43 11.REMARKS
44 A. Those items which are not applicable to be deleted.
45 B. MP = manufacturer's proposal.
46
47 For equipment noise limitation data/requisiton PTS 31.10.00.94. shall be used
48 For rotary star valves data/requisition PTS 31.25.40.93. shall be used
49 For Isolators and dampers data/requisition PTS 31.38.01.93. shall be used
50 For bunkers/silos data/requisition PTS 31.27.05.93. shall be used
51 For electric motors data/requisition PTS 33.66.05.93. shall be used
52
The Manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the requisition
and/or drawings. Furthermore, the Manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is satisfactory for the design conditions
indicated on the requisition and/or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the Manufacturer are for information and tendering purposes only.
The Manufacturer shall make his own calculations for which he is fully responsible. The Manufacturer shall ensure that the equipment supplied conforms to all applicable
codes and national statutory regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities.

PTS 31.27.21.94, sheet 7/7, 05/2000
Data/requisition sheet for Design book No. : Page:
BAG FILTERS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1
2 Unit
3 Type
4 Service
5 Number required
6 GAS DATA DUST DATA EQUIPMENT DATA
7 MW bulk density kg/m3 housing
8 density kg/m3 particle density kg/m3 discharge device
9 CO vol% angle of repose details hopper
10 H2O vol% wall friction factor dimensions
11 CO2 vol% effective friction angle weight
12 H2O vol% surface moisture % pulse cleaning gas
13 N2 vol% flowability valving for reverse cleaning
14 Ar vol% flammability buffer vessel volume m3
15 H2S vol% material temperature °C buffer vessel pressure bar
16 COS vol% characteristics buffer vessel temperature °C
17 NH3 vol% aer. hopper outlet diam. m
18 HCN vol% PSD < 5 micron % hopper wall angle
19 CH4 vol% < 90 micron % filter bag material
20 HF vol% < 250 micron % number of bags
21 OPERATING CONDITIONS wall thickness m
22 dust rate (normal/max) kg/s max. pressure drop mbar wall thickness hopper m
23 gas rate (normal/max) kg/s location material
24 dust temperature °C area classification insulation yes/no
25 gas temperature °C discharge via tracing yes/no
26 dust loading inlet g/m3 hopper to be equipped access doors
27 dust loading outlet mg/Nm3 explosion covers
28 inlet pressure bar pre-separation included yes/no
29 design pressure bar earthing bosses included yes/no
30 DESIGN DATA
31 net air to cloth ratio insulation yes/no
32 min. efficiency for particles >5 micron tracing yes/no
33 solids discharge working temperature (min/norm/max) °C
34 cross section working pressure (min/norm/max) bar
35 required filter area m2 design temperature °C
36 bag/candle diameter m design pressure bar
37 bag/candle length m
38 filter cloth material
39 # bags/candles # compartments
40 # bags/candles per row # dust hoppers
41 TYPE OF CONTROL DRIVE DATA
42 equipment reducer
43 capacity kg/s chain drive
44 type of motor V-belt drive
45 motor speed electric drive
46 controlled noise emission
47 speed indicator
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Sheet no.
PTS 31.27.21.95, 12/98
AERATOR/ DEBRIDGING SPOOLPIECE
1
2 Unit
3 Type
4 Service
5 Number required
6 GAS DATA DUST DATA OPERATING CONDITIONS
7 MW bulk density kg/m3 PROCESS SIDE
8 density kg/m3 particle density kg/m3 coal rate (max) kg/s
9 CO vol% angle of repose gas rate (max) kg/s
10 H2 vol% wall friction factor coal temperature °C
11 CO2 vol% effective friction angle gas temperature °C
12 H2O vol% surface moisture % operating pressure bar
13 N2 vol% flowability NITROGEN SIDE
14 Ar vol% flammability gas rate (min/max) kg/s
15 H2S vol% material temperature °C gas temperature °C
16 COS vol% characteristics operating pressure bar
17 NH3 vol% PSD (CASE: normal operation)
18 HCN vol% PSD < 5 micron % operating porous media dP bar
19 CH4 vol% < 10 micron % location
20 HF vol% < 50 micron % area classification
21 PSD (CASE: coal recycle)
22 < 5 micron %
23 < 90 micron %
24 < 250 micron %
25 DESIGN DATA EQUIPMENT DATA
26 insulation yes/no materials, porous media
27 tracing yes/no materials, other
28 working temperature (min/norm/max) °C
29 working pressure (min/norm/max) bar
30 design temperature °C
31 design pressure bar
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Sheet no.
PTS 31.27.21.96, 12/98
Hydro Cyclones Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
OPERATING DATA
Area classification : zone 0/1/2/ non-hazardous (BS-CP 1003)
Product classifaction : class 0/I/II(1)/II(2)/III(1)/IIII(2)/unclassified
FLUID CHARACTERISTICS
Type of fluid :
Connection inlet overflow underflow
Operating pressure
(min./norm./max..) kPa: / / / / / /
Operating temp.
(min./norm./max.) °C: / / / / / /
Flow rate
(including solids) kg/s:
Volume fraction % vol.: 100
Liquid density at
operating temp. kg/m3:
Dynamic Viscosity of
feed at operating
temperature mPa.s:
PERFORMANCE DATA
Max. pressure drop between feed and overflow (with/without gascore) : / kPa
Max. pressure drop between feed and underflow (with/without gas core) : / kPa
Hydraulic power consumption (with/without gas core) : / kW
Separation mesch cutpoints at actual Solids Concentration

d95c = microns
d75c = microns
d50c = microns
d25c = microns
Volume split alpha = [%vol.]

Fluid split tau = [%vol.]
Maximum washing effect omega = [-]
Split flow beta = [% vol.]
Thickening factor zeta = [%]
Imperfection index (separation sharpness) I= [-]
Fractional mass recovery (gross efficiency) theta = [%wgt]
Reduced mass recovery chi = [%]
Separation efficiency phi = [%]

- competely filled in data/requistion PTS 31.27.22.93.
- documentation and information as specified in purchase order and PTS 31.27.22.31.

Date

PTS 31.27.22.93, sheet 1/4, 05/2000
HYDRO CYCLONES cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 43.35.30
1 SKETCH REMARKS
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 SOLIDS CHARACTERISTICS
24 Type (and Make) of solids :
25 Hardness of solids : MoH
26 Solids density at operating temp. : kg/m3
27 Connection inlet overflow underflow
28 Solids load (min./norm./max)
29 without overflow recirculation kg/s :
30 Particle size distribution (PSD) :
31 particle size [microns] differential PSD [% wgt]
32 feed overflow underflow
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41 Total : 100 100 100
42 Composition of particulates : V [ppm wgt]:
43 AL203 [% wgt] Ni [ppm wgt]:
44 Fe [% wgt] Si02 [% wgt]:
45 Na203 [% wgt]
46
49 sticky : yes/no hydroscopic : yes/no
52 bridging tendency : yes/no electro static chargable : yes/no
Eng. by : Equip. No. S

PTS 31.27.22.93, sheet 2/4, 05/2000
MESC No.: 43.35.30
1 HYDRO CYCLONE GEOMETRY
2 Inside diameter cylindrical part : mm
3 Total length of hydro cyclone : mm
4 Lenght of cylindrical part : mm
5 Internal diameter of inlet : mm flanged, ANSI, lbs, WN RF
6 Internal diameter of vortex finder : mm
7 Length of vortex finder : mm
8 Wall thickness vortex finder : mm
9 Vortex finder clearance length : mm
10 Internal diameter of overflow outlet : mm flanged, ANSI, lbs, WN RF
11 Internal diameter of underflow outlet : mm flanged, ANSI, lbs, WN RF
12 Inclined cone angle : °
13 Slenderness ratio : [-]
14 MECHANICAL DATA
15 Hydrocyclone make/type/model : / /
16 Design pressure : kPa
17 Test pressure : kPa
18 Design temperature : °C
19 Corrosion allowance : mm
20 Wall friction factor : -
21 Effective angle of internal friction : °
22 Equipment noise limitation : yes/no, see PTS 31.10.00.94.
23 Rotary pre-strainer/filter : yes/no, see PTS 31.27.20.93. and PTS 33.66.05.93.
24 Erection weight (shipping weight) : kg
25 Total weight, operating : kg
26
27 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION (PTS 30.10.02.11.)
28 PART MATERIAL / ASTM (or other) / certificate*
29 type designation
30 Housing (shell) : / /
31 Lining : / /
32 Nozzles : / /
33 Flanges : / /
34 Fittings (butt weld) : / /
35 Gaskets : / /
36 Bolts : / /
37 Nuts : / /
38 Mounting plate/supports : / /
39 Connecting pipe work : / /
40 For material specification of valves see requisition PTS 21.38.85.96.
41
42 *Material certificates to Din 50049, as indicated above are required
44 Construction code : and PTS 31.27.22.31.
45 Design code review : yes/no
46 Inspection/approval by : Government inspection authority/purchaser's inspection department or it's nominee
47 Visual inspection : full/limited/intermediate/final/document control
48 Performance testing : yes/no
49 Radiography : %
50 Noise measurements : yes/no
51 Stress relieving certification : yes/no type:
52 Other non-destructive testing : yes/no type:
53 Flange finish : serrated spiral finish / smooth finish
54 (Ra 6.3 - 12.5 microns / Ra 3.2 - 6.3 microns)

PTS 31.27.22.93, sheet 3/4, 05/2000
MESC No.: 43.35.30
1 PAINTING REQUIREMENTS (PTS 30.48.00.31.)
2 Grit blasting : Sa 2.5 (Acc. ISO 8501-1)
5 External pinting (corr. prot.) : microns
6 Minimum dry film thickness :
7 INSULATION REQUIREMENTS (PTS 30.46.00.31. and PTS 31.46.00.31.
8 Type of insulation : thermal / acoustic
10 Insualtion thickness : mm
12 Minimum sheeting thickness : mm
13 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (if applicable)
14
15 Inner lining on hydro cyclone walls in contact with product: yes/no
16
17
18
19
20 Reference documents :
21 Equipment drawing(s) :
22 Flanged nozzles : S 10.101 / S10.103
23 Earthing bosses : yes/no acc. S68.004
24 Nameplate incl. bracket : yes/no acc. S10.114
25 Lifting lugs : yes/no acc. S 10.030 / S 10.115
26 Supports for insualtion : yes/no acc. S 20.003 / S 10.056
27 Manhole/handhole : yes/no S 10.039, S 10.053, S 10.054
28 Strip lining details : S10.108
29 Discharge device : yes/no
30 Tracing : yes/no
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50 The Manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the requisition
51 and/or drawings. Furthermore, the Manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is satisfactory for the design condtions
52 indicated on the requisition and/or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the Manufacturer are for information and tendering purposes only.
53 The Manufacturer shall make his own calculations for which he is fully responsible. The Manufacturer shall ensure that the equipment supplied conforms to all applicable
54 codes and national statutory regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorites.

PTS 31.27.22.93, sheet 4/4, 05/2000
SOLIDS VESSELS, CYCLONES
1
2 Unit
3 Type
4 Service
5 Number required
6 GAS DATA DUST DATA OPERATING CONDITIONS
7 MW bulk density kg/m3 SOLIDS
8 density kg/m3 particle density kg/m3 feed rate (norm/max) kg/s
9 CO vol% angle of repose discharge rate (norm/max) kg/s
10 H2 vol% wall friction factor temperature °C
11 CO2 vol% effective friction angle dust loading (inlet/outlet) g/m3
12 H2O vol% surface moisture % GAS
13 N2 vol% flowability gas rate (norm/max) kg/s
14 Ar vol% flammability gas temperature °C
15 H2S vol% material temperature °C inlet pressure bar
16 COS vol% characteristics operating pressure bar
17 NH3 vol% operating temperature °C
18 HCN vol% PSD < 40 micron % desired oper. max dP mbar
19 CH4 vol% < 20 micron % operation
20 HF vol% < 10 micron % area classification
21 < 5 micron % feed received from
22 < 2 micron % discharge via
23 < 1 micron % internals
24
25 DESIGN DATA
26 net gas to filter ratio insulation yes/no
27 solids discharge through tracing yes/no
28 desired cross section working temperature (min/norm/max) °C
29 required filter area m2 working pressure (min/norm/max) bar
30 bag/candle diameter m design temperature °C
31 bag/candle length m design pressure bar
33
34 # bags/candles # compartments/modules
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Sheet no.
PTS 31.27.22.94, sheet 1, 12/98
SOLIDS VESSELS, CYCLONES
(cont.)
1
2 Unit
3 Type
4 Service
5 Number required
6 EQUIPMENT DATA
7 housing type of heads flanges (ANS)
8 discharge device dimensions top part (ID) flanges (non-ANS)
9 bunker volume m3 hopper bottom outlet opening tubesheet
10 storage volume m3 hopper wall angle permeability/porosity
11 cross section wall thickness top part mm wall thickness filter cartridge
12 hopper wall thickness hopper mm wall thickness filter tubesheet
13 height upper cylinder m materials, shell, cone, skirt insulation yes/no
14 height lower cylinder m materials, nozzles, brackets tracing yes/no
15 height hopper cone part 1 m materials, aeration pads
16 height hopper cone part 2 m materials, filter cartridge
17 total height m
18 MANUFACTURING WEIGHTS ADDITIONAL DRAWINGS
19 inspection erection weight kg aeration cone
20 inspection authority total operating weight kg flanged pipe nozzles
21 stress relieving total weight (full of water) kg lifting lug
22 special heat treatment name plate
23 radiography support ring for insulation
24 non-destructive testing earthing bosses
25 chemical analysis yes/no
26 manufacturer's certificate
27 chemical analysis yes/no
28 mechanical analysis yes/no
29 hazard category
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Sheet no.
PTS 31.27.22.94, sheet 2, 12/98
EXPANSION JOINTS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 43.26.10./76.
1 OPERATING DATA Number required: pcs
2 External environment: Specific requirements Suppliers proposal
3 Flow velocity: m/s
4 Flowing medium:
5 Internal External Internal External
6 Working pressure : bar ga
7 Design pressure : bar ga
8 Test pressure : bar ga
9 Working temperature : °C
10 Design temperature : °C
11
12 Axial compression : mm
13 Axial extension : mm
14 Lateral deflection from initial straight line : mm
15 Angular rotation from initial straight line : degrees
16 Pre-setting for mounting : mm
17 Life span : years
18 Number of full cycles during life span :
20 Convolutions :
22 Convolution liner/cover :
23 Line pipe :
24 Stub ends :
25 Equalizing rings :
26 Flanges :
27 Tie rods :
28 Nutes :
29 Material certificates in accordance with ISO 10474, type 3.1.B 3.1.C 3.1.B 3.1.C
30 MECHANICAL DATA
31 Type of expansion joint
32 End connections: flanged/butt weld/lap flange
33 Nom., Bore Length Nom., Bore Length
34 Size inches/mm
35 Flanges : size-class-facing
36 Gasket contact surface : per ASME B16.5
37 Number of convolutions :
38 Wall thickness x number of plies : mm x
39 Overall length, stress free mm
40 Pitch Height Pitch Height
41 Convolution size : mm
42 Effective area mm2
43
45 Sketch showing construction and dimensions (in triplicate)
46
47
48
49
51
52
53
Made by: Date EQUIPMENT: Rev. Letter
Date
Check'd by: Date PLANT: Signature
Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet No.
Eng. by : : Equipment No. L

PTS 31.27.30.93, Sheet 1/2, dated 08/2000
EXPANSION JOINTS - cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 43.26.10./76.
1 CONSTRUCTION DATA Specific requirements Suppliers proposal
2 Design code :
3 Axial Lateral Axial Lateral
4 Spring rate :
5 Spring rate angular : N/mm
6 Stress relieving : N/degree yes no
7 Special heat treatment : yes no
8
9 INSPECTION DATA
10 Inspection : Full Limited Full Limited
11 Inspection authority :
12 Hydraulic pressure test : yes no yes no
13 Pneumatic pressure test : yes no yes no
14 X-ray of longitudinal seams before forming of convolutions : 100% yes no yes no
15 Halogen leak test : yes no yes no
16 Mass spectrometer examination : yes no yes no
18 Magnetic particle examination - Longitudinal seams yes no yes no
19 circumferential seams yes no yes no
20 Liquid penetrant examination - Longitudinal seams yes no yes no
21 circumferential seams yes no yes no
22
23 PRESERVATION AND PACKAGING DATA
24 Pickled and passivated : yes no
25 Nett weight : kg
26 Gross weight : kg
27 Dimensions : Length x width x height m
28
29 REFERENCE DRAWINGS NOTES
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Eng. by : : Equipment No. L

PTS 31.27.30.93, Sheet 2/2, dated 08/2000
DIVERTER VALVES Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Equipment No.: A- Number required:
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Location: Service: gravity/pneumatic conveying*
4 Capacity, norm./max.* : kg/h Material to be transported:
5 Particle density : kg/m3 Bulk density: kg/m3
6 Operating temperature : °C Moisture content, norm./max.*: %wt
1)
7 Operating pressure bar ga Max. differential pressure: bar
8
9 Particle size distribution in accordance with BS 1796 > 250 µm % (BS 60)
10 < 53 µm % > 355 µm % (BS 44)
11 > 53 µm % (BS 300) > 500 µm % (BS 30)
12 > 75 µm % (BS 200) > 850 µm % (BS 18)
13 > 106 µm % (BS 150) >1700 µm % (BS 10)
14 > 150 µm % (BS 100) Largest particle: µm
15 Particle characteristics Medium used for transport
16 cubic/ball* : nature :
17 hardness : pressure : bar ga
18 abrasiveness : temperature : °C
19 brittle : yes/no* velocity : m/s
20 flow function :
21 Switching during product flow should be posible : yes/no*
22 Switching during transport medium flow should be possible: yes/no*
23 CONSTRUCTION
2
24 Type ): plug/flap/rotary/slide/double flap*
25 Actuation: pneumatic/hydraulic/electric/manual*
26 Size: Connections:
27 Voltage: Frequency:
28 Included in supply Materials of construction
29 actuating device: yes*/no3) body:
30 limit switches: yes*/no3) rotor:
31 solenoid valves: yes*/no3) gaskets:
32
33 GENERAL
34 Performance test : yes*/no
35 Full documentation : yes*/no4)
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
51 1) If housing to be designed for dust explosion containment, test pressure: bar ga.
52 2) According to manufacturer's standard (see attached manufacturer's data sheet).
53 3) If not, mention details of alternative.
54 4) Dimensional sketch, operating manual, connection diagram and spare parts list
Date
Eng. by : Equip. No.: A-

PTS 31.27.40.93, sheet 1, 07/2000
CENTRALIZED OIL MIST LUBRICATION SYSTEMS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
SYSTEM DESIGN DATA
Reference plot plan drawing No. :
Bearing detail data supplied on attached sheet(s) Nos. :
Estimated distance between lubrication point extremes on the system : m
Estimated total air consumption (a) : normal m 3/h
Estimated total oil consumption (a) : litres/day
Number of oil mist generators required (a) :
Ambient temperature max./min. : / °C
Area classification : safe/division Temperature class: Gas group :
UTILITY DATA
Air supply pressure max./min : / bar ga
Electrical supply to air heater : Volts AC: 50/60 Hz : Phase
Electrical supply to oil heater : Volts AC: 50/60 Hz : Phase
Electrical supply to instruments : Volts AC/DC: 50/60 Hz : Phase
INSTRUMENTATION
Indicator
Inlet air supply pressure yes/no/connection only
Air pressure at outlet to air regulator yes/no/connection only
Air heater outlet temperature yes/no/connection only
Oil supply pressure yes/no/connection only
Oil mist generator outlet pressure yes/no/connection only
Oil reservoir level yes/no/connection only
Oil reservoir temperature yes/no/connection only
Oil flow to the oil mist distribution header yes/no (monitor)
SAFETY DEVICES
Instrument Connection
Low oil temperature Alarm (indicator light) yes/no
High oil temperature Alarm (indicator light) yes/no
Low air temperature at heater outlet Alarm (indicator light) yes/no
High air temperature at heater outlet Alarm (indicator light) yes/no
Low pressure at mist generator outlet Alarm (indicator light) yes/no
High pressure at mist generator outlet Alarm (indicator light) yes/no
Low level oil reservoir Alarm (indicator light) yes/no
High level oil reservoir Alarm (indicator light) yes/no
Low oil flow to the mist generator Alarm (indicator light) yes/no
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
Supply to be in accordance with PTS 31.29.00.30 (b)
Vendor to engineer/site erect/supervise/commission system

Vendor data on data/requisition sheet indicated (a) and detailed exceptions to PTS requirements indicated (b)
Acceptable inlet air pressure : max./min. in bar ga.
Air consumption per mist generator, rated and max. in normal m 3/h
Oil consumption per mist generator, rated and max. in litres/day
Recommended Shell oil and grade and rated oil temperautre at missing head in °C
Oil viscosity - Air heater rated power - Oil heater rated power.

Date
Eng. by :
PTS 31.29.00.93, sheet 1/2, 07/2000
CENTRALIZED OIL MIST LUBRICATION SYSTEMS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
BEARING DATA
Equipment Manufacturer Type/model Power Speed Number and type of Mark here if Mark here if REMARKS
No. kW r/min. bearings pure mist freq. start/stop

Date
Eng. by :
PTS 31.29.00.93, sheet 2/2, 07/2000
1 Data/requisition sheet for
Revision
2 MECHANICAL SEAL(S) Issue Status ?
3 for Centrifugal/Rotary Pump(s) 0
4 Number of pumps : Seal manufacturer :
5 Continuous / Imtermittent service : ? Seal type/size :
6 Service category : ? Manufacturers ref. # :
7 PUMPED LIQUID PROPERTIES
8 Liquid description : Liquid type : ? ?
9 Lethal components due to : Hazardous Category : ?
10 Toxic components due to : Due to, if abrasive : .
11 Odour emissions due to : Due to, if corrosive : .
12 H2S content : mg/kg Polymerisation present : ? . .
13 Atmospheric emisions limit ( Method 21 ) : ppm Non-Newtonian/shear solidification : ?
14 Flare emissions limit : ppm Plating/decomposing possible : ?
15 Liquid above auto-ignition : ? Crystallising/scaling possible : ?
16 Vapour pressure less than 5 bara : ? Coking/Oxidation possible : ?
17 Liquid is C4 or lighter : ? Solid at ambient : ? : deg.C
18 NACE requirements applicable : ? Pour Point / Wax point : / deg.C
19 PUMP DETAILS ( complete before Combined Proposal ) OPERATING DATA
20 Pump Manuf. ( if known ) : Normal Minimum Maximum
21 Pump Manufacturer's Reference ( if known ) : Pumping temperature : deg.C
22 Pump M/T/S ( if known ) : Suction pressure : bara
23 Number of seal cartridges per pump ( if known ) : Discharge pressure : bara
24 Shaft orientation ( if known ) : ? Vapour press. at P.T. bara
25 Direction of rotation : ? Density at P.T : kg/m3
26 Shaft diameter : Viscosity at P.T. : mm2/s
27 Shaft speed : SITE CONDITIONS
28 Seal cavity pressure ( Assume / Actual ) : / bara Ambient temperature ( minimum ) : deg.C
29 Seal cavity pressure ( Min. / Max. ) : / bara Ambient temperature ( maximum ) : deg.C
30 Maximum static sealing pressure : bara Winterisation / Tropicalisation required : ?
31 Casing horizontally split ? : ? Area classification / Protection : ? ?
32 ALTERNATIVE PUMPED LIQUIDS ( cleaning / commissioning ) Local Authority requirements :
33
34 COOLING WATER
35 Chlorine content : ppm FLARE & DRAIN SYSTEMS
36 Maximum inlet temperature : deg.C Normal Minimum Maximum
37 Maximum allowable outlet temperature : deg.C ? : bara
38 Supply / Return pressure : / bara ? : bara
39 Fouling coefficient : W/m2.K STEAM for QUENCH ?
40 BUFFER / BARIER FLUID ? Supply pressure
41 Fluid description : Supply temperature
42 Supply pressure : ELECTRICAL SUPPLIES
43 Fluid density : kg/m3 @ deg. C Electrical frequency : ? Hz
44 Fluid vapour pressure : bara @ deg. C Voltage Instruments: Heaters : Volts
45 Fluid viscosity : mm2/s @ deg. C Phase Instruments: Heaters :
46 REMARKS
47 1) Instrumentation scope of supply in accordance with PTS 32.31.09.31 paragraph 3.1 option : : ?
48 2) Selection procedure to be adopted?
49 3) Seals and Seal Chamber dimensions shall conform to Table 1 of API 682 para 2.3, Table 2 shall not apply.
50 4) Sealing system orientation
51 5) Holes or slots in seal cover plate?
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
Design of Seals and Sealing Systems shall be in accordance with PTS 31.29.02.30 ,
59
except as amended by an applicable Procurement Initiative (PI)
Prepared by : Date : Rev. A B C D E
60 Equipment :
Details
Checked by : Date:
61 Plant :
Date
Approved by : Date: Signed
62 Consignee :
63 Engineering by : 0 Equipment No.
64 Principal : 0 Requisition No. 0
PTS 31.29.00.94 , Jan'2003
Revision
2 MECHANICAL SEAL(S)
3 for Centrifugal/Rotary Pump(s)
4 Manufacturer :0
5 Manufacturer's ref. : 0
6 GENERAL INFORMATION BUDGET SPEC. FIRM SPEC.
7 Compliance with Procurement Initiative Manual (PIM) ? ? ?
8 Specification dated
9 MECHANICAL SEAL DETAILS BUDGET SPEC. FIRM SPEC.
10 Manufacturer's type designation
11 Seal description : Balanced, cartridge mounted ? ? ?
12 Flexible element(s) rotating/static ? ? ?
13 Seal arrangement ( Single / Dual ) ? ? ?
14 Static pressure rating bara
15 Dynamic pressure rating bara
16 Reverse static pressure rating bara
17 Maximum temperature rating deg.C
18 Maximum allowable shaft axial movement mm
19 Elastomers/faces to be used during pump test? Contract Contract Contract
20 FLUSH/BUFFER/BARRIER FLUID DETAILS BUDGET SPEC. FIRM SPEC.
21 Flush arrangement ? ? ?
22 Buffer / Barrier arrangement ? ? ?
23 Proposed buffer / barrier fluid
24 Barrier fluid / Shaft material compatibility check
25 API 610 plan 62 quench fluid ? ? ?
26 Quench quantity required dm3/s
27 Cooling water quantity required dm3/s
28 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION BUDGET SPEC. FIRM SPEC.
29 Shaft sleeve for seal
30 Shaft sleeve attachement style ? ? ?
31 Throat bushing
32 Gland or seal end plate
33 Throttle bushing
34 Stationary seal face(s)
35 Stationary face manufacturer
36 Rotating seal face(s)
37 Rotating face manufacturer
38 O-ring/cups/wedges
39 Seal spring(s)/Bellow(s)
40 VENDOR's DATA BUDGET SPEC. FIRM SPEC.
41 Seal General Arrangement drawing reference
42 System General Arrangement drawing reference
43 Typical Seal Cross Sectional Drawing reference
44 NOTES ON PROCUREMENT INITIATIVE MANUAL (PIM) COMPLIANCE ( indicated in line 7 above )
1). Selections shall be classified as "Fully PI compliant" if they are standard pre-approved PI products, operating within the
45
pre-approved application parameters. SSV shall not complete lines 14-18, 28-38 & 42, refer to standard GA drawing for these details.
2). Selections shall be classified as "Modified PI product" if they are pre-approved PI products ( operating within the pre-approved
46 application parameters ), which are being offered with modified materials to meet the application.
To facilitate SGSI approval, SSV shall indicate all differences from standard product in lines 14-18 & 28-38 above.
3). Selections shall be classified as " Engineered Solution", if they are pre-approved PI products operating outside the pre-approved
47 application parameters or if they are not standard pre-approved PI products.
To facilitate Principal approval, SSV shall indicate full details in lines 14-18, 28-38 & 42 above.
48 Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet No.
49 Engineering by : Equipment No.
50 Principal : Requisition No.
PTS 31.29.00.94, Jan'2003
Data/requisition sheet for Design book No. : Page :
DRY GAS SEAL SYSTEMS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
Note: Information to be completed by:
P = Purchaser
C = Compressor Manufacturer (= Supplier of seal support systems)
D = Dry gas seal Manufacturer (=Supplier of dry gas seal cartridges)
Overall system/utility data

1 P L P-flare/vent system available/permitted? yes/no
2 P Buffer gas availability yes/no
3 P Composition nitrogen/other: …………….
4 P Supply pressure bar (abs) minium: maximum:
5 P Available rate Sm3/h (per compressor train)
6 P Separation gas availability yes/no
7 P Compostion nitrogen/air/other:……………
8 P Supply pressure bar (abs) minimum: maximum:
9 P Available rate Sm3/h (per compressor train)
10 C Lube oil composition mineral/synthetic/not applicable
11 C Lube-oil compatible with process gas? yes/no/not applicable
12 C Lube-oil compatible with buffer gas? ues/no/not applicable
Stage/casing specific data

13 PC Casing No. 1 2 3
14 C Sealed pressure bar (abs) (1.3) (3.2.2)
15 PC Settle-out pressure bar (abs) (1.3)
16 PC Gas composition
17 Air mol%
18 Oxygen mol%
19 Nitrogen mol%
20 Water vapour mol%
21 Carbon Monoxide mol%
22 Hydrogen Sulphide mol%
23 Hydrogen mol%
24 Methane mol%
25 ………………………. mol%
26 ………………………. mol%
27 ………………………. mol%
28 ………………………. mol%
29 ………………………. mol%
30 ………………………. mol%
31 ………………………. mol%
32 ………………………. mol%
33 total 100 100 100
34 mole-weight kg/kmole
35 C Seal gas supply pressure bar (abs)
C Seal gas supply temperature °C
36 C Seal gas dew-point °C
37 D Selected seal arrangement (1)
38 D Uni- or bi- directional seal? uni/bi
39 D Selected O-ring material
DC Interseal cooling leak-off required yes/no
40 C Buffer gas system needed yes/no
41 C Separation gas system needed yes/no
42 DC Standby/backup seal gas
Note (1): i.e. single, tandem, triple tandem, double, etc.
Made by : Date : Equipment: Rev.
letter
Checked by : Date: Plant: Date
Signed
Approved by : Date: Consigneee:
Sheet No. 1 of 1
Eng. by : Equipment No. K -
PTS 31.29.00.95, sheet 1, 07/98
SPECIAL PURPOSE COUPLINGS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 NOTE: INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER BY COUPLING MANUFACTURER
2 APPLICABLE TO: PROPOSAL PURCHASE AS BUILT
3 Owner: No. Required
4 Site: Service:
5 Driver Type Manufacturer Model

6 Nameplate power (kW) Service factor Serial No. Tag No.
7 Driven Unit: Manufacturer Model
8 Serial No. Tag No.
9 Coupling type: Flexible element Gear Quill shaft Other

10 Manufacturer: Model Size Ass'y. Dwg. No.
11 Conditions considered for coupling selection Ratings

12 Conditions Torque @ RPM Torque @ RPM Service
13 (N-m) (N-m) Factor
14 Normal Normal
15 Driven rated load Peak
16 Maximum steady state Momentary
17 Maximum transient Shaft juncture
18 Trip condition driving
19 Continuous cyclic Shaft juncture
20 Other: driven
21 Frequency of transients (events/time) Non-synchronous exciting frequency
22 Coupling minimum required service factor, SF
23 Ambient temperature (° C) Maximum Minimum
24 Environment Hydrogen chloride Hydrogen sulfide Other:
25 LUBRICATION
26 Continuous Batch Non-lubricated
27 Viscosity @ °C Filtration microns
28 Pressure (bar) Temperature (° C) Flow (m3/h)
29 COUPLING DATA
30 Shaft separation (including thermal growths) (mm B.S.E.):
31 @ Ambient temp. @ Normal operation @ Maximum transient
32 Motor rotor float (mm) Limited end float (mm)
33 Marine type required Flex-hub type required Electrically insulated
34 Required misalignment capability
35 Steady state: Angular (deg.) Parallel offset (mm) Axial (mm)
36 Transient: Angular (deg.) Parallel offset (mm) Axial (mm)
37 Maximum allowable misalignment
38 Steady state: Angular (deg.) Parallel offset (mm) Axial (mm)
39 Transient: Angular (deg.) Parallel offset (mm) Axial (mm)
40 Component balance OR Component balance with assembly check balance
41 OR Component balance with assembly balance
42 Residual unbalance check of assembled couplings Balance repeatability check
43 Maximum allowable residual unbalance (g-mm) Driver end Driven end
44 Maximum actual residual unbalance (g-mm) Driver end Driven end
45 Torsional stiffness (kg-mm/RAD)
46 WR2 (kg-mm2) Driver end Driven end
47 Spacer lateral natural frequency
48 Torque capacity of hub/shaft interface for keyless fits (N-m)

Date

PTS 31.29.00.96, sheet 1/2, 10/2000
SPECIAL PURPOSE COUPLINGS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Flexible-element coupling
2 Initial deflection (mm) Prestretch Compression Maximum axial deflection (mm)
3 Calculated axial natural frequency Test of ANF Actual ANF
4 Maximum enclosure temperature at maximum continuous speed (° C)
5 MATERIALS
6 DRIVE END MATERIALS DRIVEN END MATERIALS
7 Hub/flange
8 Spacer
9 Sleeve
10 Flexible-element
11 Flexible-element guard
12 Bolts
13 Nuts
14 Protective coating Vendor standard
15 Internal teeth hardness (Rockwell C) Drive end actual Driven end actual
16 External teeth harness (Rockwell C) Drive end actual Driven end actual
17 Coupling hub machining

18 Drive end Driven end
19 Type (integral, cylindrical, taper)
20 Keyed or hydraulically fitted
21 Taper (1 deg. I.A. 1/2 in. per ft., 3/4 in. per ft.)
22 Keyway dimensions and number
23 Nominal bore diameter
24 Interference fit (mm) max./min.
25 Puller holes
26 Trim balance holes
27 COUPLING GUARD
28 Coordinator Purge gas Dry air purge
29 Flanged cylindrical Base mount Purge connection size & type
30 Air tight Oil tight Purge m 3/h required
31 Spark resistant Oil mist cooling Gas cooling
32 Transparent window for each oil spray point Contract guard to be used during shop test
33 Vent connection Additional guard details
34 1 inch NPT with filter-breather
35 1 inch flanged, rating & facing
36 ACCESSORIES
37 Prime equipment supplier to furnish one set of plug Hydraulic installation/removal tooling (to include hand pump(s), pressure
38 and ring gages Lapping tools gauge(s), fittings and hose(s)) by
39 Drill template for integral flanged hubs Purchaser Coupling manufacturer
40 Coupling manufacturer Purchaser Puller by coupling manufacturer
41 Two-piece stop rings by coupling manufacturer Moment simulator Solo plate
42 Applicable specification Preparation for shipment
43 API-671, special purpose couplings Outdoors storage for more than 3 months
44 PTS 31.29.00.36 Expected storage time
45 Shipping: Domestic Storage: Indoor
46 Export Outdoor
47 See coupling purchase order for preservation, boxing, and shipping instructions
48
49 Coordination meeting attendance required

PTS 31.29.00.96, sheet 2/2, 10/2000
SPECIAL PURPOSE GEAR UNITS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 APPLICABLE TO: PROPOSAL PURCHASE AS BUILT
2 For Manufacturer
3 Site Model No.
4 Unit Serial No.
5 Service Driver Type
6 No. Required Driven Equipment
7
8
9 Information to be completed by Purchaser Information to be completed by Manufacturer
10 RATING REQUIREMENTS BASIC GEAR DATA
11 Driven Equip. Power Normal Max
12 Driver Power Rated Max Mechanical rating kW@ RPM
13 Gear rated power Full load power loss kW
14 Torque @ Max Cont Speed kg m Mechanical efficiency %
15 Max torque kg m @ RPM Pitch line velocity m/sec
16 Rated Speed, RPM Tooth pitting index, "K':
17 Input Specified Nominal Actual Allowable
18 Output Specified Nominal Tangentail load, "W t": kg
19 Allow Var in Gear Ratio (+) (-) % Bending stress number, "St":
20 Max continuous speed RPM Pinion Gear
21 Trip Speed RPM Actual
22 Gear service factor (Min) Allowable
23 Pinion Hardness Material index number
24 Shaft assembly designation Anticipated SPL dBA@ m
25 HS shaft rot fac'g cpl'g CW CCW Journal static weight loads:
26 LS shaft rot fac'g cpl'g CW CCW Pinion kg Gear kg
27 HS shaft end: Cylindrical Taper 1-Key 2-Keys WR2 referred to LS shaft kg-mm2
28 Hydraulic taper Integral flange Breakaway torque N-m @ LS shaft
29 LS shaft end: Cylindrical Taper 1-Key 2-Keys
30 Hydraulic taper Integral flange CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
31 External loads TYPE OFGEAR Reducer Increaser
32 Other operating conditions Single stage Double stage
33 Single helical Double helical
34 INSTALLATION DATA Epicyclic
35 Indoor Heated Under roof TEETH
36 Outdoor Unheated Partial slides Number of Teeth Pinion Gear
37 Grade Mezzanine Gear ratio Center Dist mm
38 Winterization Req'd Tropicalization Req'd Pitch dia, mm Pinion Gear
39 Electrical Area Class Grp Div Finish RA AGMA geometry factor "J":
40 Max allow SPL dBA @ m Pinion Gear
41 Elevation m Barometer kPa abs Helix angle Degrees
42 Range of ambient temperatures: Normal pressure angle Degrees
43 Dry bulb Wet bulb Net face width, "Fw" mm Pinion L/D
44 Normal C C Normal diametral pitch Blacklash mm
45 Maximum C C Tooth plating Recom'd Not recom'd
46 Minimum C C MANUFACTURING METHODS
47 Usual conditions Dust Fumes Teeth generated by the Process
48 Teeth finished by the Process
49 NOTES: Teeth hardening method
50 Gear to shaft Integral Shrunk-on
51 Rim attachment
52
Date
Eng. by: Equipment No.

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.29.00.97, sheet 1/3, 10/2000
MESC No.:
1 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS RADIAL BEARINGS
2 MOUNTING PLATES Pinion Gear
3 Gear furnished with: Type
4 Baseplate Soleplates(s) Subplates(s) Diameter, mm
5 Mounting plate(s) Furnished by Length, mm
6 Equipment on baseplate Journal velocity, m/sec
7 Loading, kPa
8 Baseplate with leveling pads Clearance (min-max), mm
9 Baseplate suitable for column mounting Span, mm
10 Grout type Epoxy
11 PAINTING THRUST BEARING(S)
12 MISCELLANEOUS Location
13 Undamped critical analysis report: Manufacturer
14 With damped rotor response analysis report Type
15 Torsional analysis by Gear Vendor Other Size
16 Spare set of gear rotors Area, mm2
17 Gear case furnished with inlet purge connection Loading, kPa
18 Orientation of oil inlet and drain connections Rating, kPa
19 Int. thrust load, N (+)(-)
20 Ext. thrust load, N (+)(-)
21
22 COUPLINGS (S)
23 Manufacturer
24 VIBRATION DETECTORS Model
25 RADIAL Cplg. rating, kW/100 RPM
26 Manufacturer Cplg. gear pitch dia., mm
27 No. at each shaft bearing Total No. Cplg. press. angle, deg.
28 Oscillator-demodulators supplied by Cylindrical / 1-key
29 Manufacturer Cylindrical / 2-keys
30 Monitor supplied by Tapered / 1-key
31 Location Enclosure Tapered / 2 keys
32 Manufacturer Tapered / keyless
33 Alarm Shutdown
34 Shutdown Time delay Seconds MATERIALS
35 AXIAL Gear casing Oil seals
36 Manufacturer No. required Radial bearings
37 Location Thrust bearing(s)
38 Oscillator-demodulators supplied by HS shaft LS shaft
39 Manufacturer Pinion (s) Hardness
40 Monitor supplied by Gear rim(s) Hardness
41 Location Enclosure Low temp. operation
42 Manufacturer
43 Alarm Shutdown PIPING CONNECTIONS
44 Shutdown Time delay Seconds No. Size Type
45 ACCELEROMETER Service
46 Manufacturer No. required Lube oil inlet
47 Location Lube oil outlet
48 Monitor supplied by Casing drain
49 Vent
50 Casing purge
51
52
53 NOTES:
54
55

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.29.00.97, sheet 2/3, 10/2000
MESC No.:
1 INSTRUMENTS INSPECTION AND TESTS
2 Mercury thermometers Req'd Wit Ob- Test
3 Bearing metal temp. sensors ness served log
Shop inspection
4 CONTRACT DATA Cleanliness inspection
5 Vendor's rep at site Hardness verification inspection
6 Test data prior to shipment Dismantle-reassembly inspection
7 Progress reports Contact check
8 Contact check tape lift
9 Journal runout check
10 Axial stability check
11 Rotor balancing machine sensitivity check
12 Residual unbalance check
13 SHIPMENT Mechanical run test
14 Contract unit Spares Mechanical run test (spare rotors)
15 Export boxing Add'l mechanical tests
16 Domestic boxing Part or full load and full speed test
17 Outdoor storage over 6 months Full torque, slow roll test
18 Full torque static test
19 COUPLINGS AND GUARDS Back-to-back locked torque test
20 High speed Low speed Sound level test
21 Coupling furnished by Additional gear tooth test
22 Coupling type Use shop lube system
23 Coupling lubrication Use job lube system
24 Mount coupling halves Use shop vibration probes, etc.
25 Taper Other
26 Limited end float Final assembly, maintenenace & running clearance
27 Cplg. guard furnished by Oil system cleanliness
28 LUBRICATION REQUIREMENTS Oil system-casing joint thightness
29 Oil system furnished by Warning and protection devices
30 Oil visc.: cP@ 40 C cP@100 C
31 LUBRICATION REQUIREMENTS NOTES
32 Min startup oil temperature C API 613 applies
33 Unit oil flow (total) m3/hr PTS 31.29.00.32 applies
34 Unit oil pressure kPa
35 Oil flow, mesh m3/hr
36 Oil flow, HS bearing m3/hr
37 Oil flow, LS bearings m3/hr
38 Oil flow, thrust bearing(s) m3/hr
39 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
40 Filter breather location
41 GEAR DATA
42 Power loss each HS bearing
43 Power loss each LS bearing
44 Power loss each thrust bearing
45 Pinion Gear
46 Outside diameter, mm
47 Root diameter, mm
48 Center groove diameter, mm
49 Durability power
50 Strength power
51 Face overlap ratio
52 Transverse contact ratio
53 Length line of action, mm
54

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.29.00.97, sheet 3/3, 10/2000
Revision
2 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP NUMBER(S) 0 Issue Status ?
3
4 Customer's reference :0 Pump manufacturer :

5 Location : Pump type/size :
6 Number required : Manufacturers ref. # : 0
7 OPERATING DATA
8 Pumped Liquid : Pumping temperature ( Normal ) : deg.C
9 H2S content : mg/kg Pumping temperature ( Minimum ) : deg.C
10 Liquid Type : ? ? Pumping temperature ( Maximum ) : deg.C
11 Hazardous Category : ? Density at pumping temperature : 0.00 kg/m3
12 Normal process Flow : dm3/s Viscosity at pumping temperature : mm2/s
13 Rated process Flow : 0.0 dm3/s Vapour pressue at pumping temperature : 0.00 bara
14 Minimum process flow : dm3/s Pressure in suction vessel : 0.0 bara
15 Single / Parallel Operation : ? Pressure in discharge vessel : 0.0 bara
16 Continuous / Intermittent : ? Highest possible pressure in suction vessel : 0.0 bara
17 Remote starting : ? Specific process conditions during start/stop/transients :
18 Service category : ?
19 Direction of rotation : ?
20 PUMPING DATA
21 Head in suction vessel : m liq.abs. Head in discharge vessel : m liq. abs.
Min. height of liquid level in suction vessel Max. height of liquid level in discharge vessel
22 : 0.0 m : 0.0 m
above pump centre line (minus if below) above pump centre line (minus if below)
Total head loss in suction line between Total head loss in discharge line
23 : 0.0 m liq. : 0.0 m liq.
suction vessel and pump between pump and discharge vessel
24 Total minimum suction head : m liq.abs. Total maximum discharge head : m liq. abs.
25 Head of vapour pressure : m liq.abs. Differential head at normal flow : m liq.
26 Minimum available NPSH : m liq. Estimated efficiency : 0 %
27 SITE CONDITIONS Power at estimated efficiency : kW
28 Ambient temperature ( minimum ) : deg.C PUMP DRIVER
29 Ambient temperature ( maximum ) : deg.C Type : ?
30 Winterisation / Tropicalisation required : ? Fixed / Variable Speed : ?
31 Area classification : Transmission : ?
32 Local Authority requirements : Estimated installed power : kW
33
34 COOLING WATER STEAM HEATING ?

35 Chlorine content : ppm
36 Maximum inlet temperature : deg.C
37 Maximum allowable outlet temperature : deg.C ELECTRICAL SUPPLIES
38 Supply pressure : bara Electrical frequency : ? Hz
39 Return pressure : bara Voltage Motors : Heaters : Volts
40 Fouling coefficient W/m2.K Phase Motors : Heaters :
41 REMARKS
42 1) Max. estimated shut off discharge pressure based on Max. suction pressure and 10 % head rise : bara
43 2) Max. estimated shut off discharge pressure based on Max. suction pressure and 20 % head rise : bara
44 3) Max. allowable pump speed for single suction impeller based on Maximum NSS of 6730 : rpm
45 4) Max. allowable pump speed for double suction impeller based on Maximum NSS of 6730 : rpm
46 5) Instrumentation scope of supply in accordance with PTS 32.31.09.31 paragraph 3.1 option: ?
47 6) Seals and Seal Chamber dimensions shall conform to Table 1 of API 610 para 2.3, Table 2 shall not apply.
48 7) Sealing system orientation
49 8) Specific Heat of pumped liquid ( only required for C4 or lighter ) : kJ/kg.K
50
51
52
53
54
55
56 Selection of pump type shall be in accordance with ( iaw ) PTS 31.29.02.11.
57 Design of Refrigerated submerged motor pumps shall be iaw PTS 31.29.06.30.
58 Design of all other Centrifugal Pumps shall be iaw PTS 31.29.02.30., except as amended by an applicable Procurement Initiative (PI)
59 Prepared by : Date : Rev. A B C D E
Equipment :
60 Details
61 Checked by : Date:
Plant :
62 Date
63 Approved by : Date: Signed
Consignee :
64 Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet Nos. 2 & 3
65 Engineering by : 0 Equipment No.
66 Principal : 0 Requisition No. 0
PTS 31.29.02.93, Jan'2003
Revision
1
2 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP NUMBER(S)

3
4 Customer's ref :
5 Manufacturer's ref. :
6 GENERAL INFORMATION REQUISITION
7 Compliance with Procurement Initiative Manual ? ? ?
8 Specification dated
9 DESIGN OPERATING CONDITIONS REQUISITION
10 Pump speed (single/double suction impeller) rpm / / /
11 Min. continuous flow (stable / thermal) dm3/s by vendor
12 Rated Capacity dm3/s
13 Differential head at rated capacity m liq.
14 Efficiency at rated capacity %
15 Power absorbed at rated capacity kW
16 Capacity at BEP (actual impeller size) dm3/s by vendor
17 Power absorbed at 120 % BEP kW by vendor
18 Recommended driver power kW by vendor
19 Viscous correction factors CQ/CH/CE 0.00 / 0.00 / 0.00 / / / /
20 NPSH required from Minimum to Rated capacity m H2O Max.
21 NPSH required from Rated to 125% BEP capacity m H2O Max.
22 PUMP DESIGN REQUISITION
23 Pump model / frame / size : by vendor
24 = API 610 Basic Type ( Rotor ) oh ? ? ?
25 = API 610 configuration code ? ? ?
26 = Single / Double volute / Diffuser ? ? ?
27 = Single / Double suction (first stage) ? ? ?
28 Number of stages Minimum
29 Max. / Actual / Min. impeller diameter mm by vendor / / / /
30 Max. allowable casing working pressure bara PTS 31.29.02.30
31 Max. allowable jacket / C.W. piping pressure bara PTS 31.29.02.30
Suction specific speed with max. impeller
32 Less than 6,730
diameter at BEP (dm3/s - m - rpm )
33 MECHANICAL SEAL & SEALING SYSTEM
34
35 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION REQUISITION

36 Service Group / Material Group: /
37 Casing
38 Inner casing or volutes
39 Casing studs
40 Min. wall thickness mm
41 Cover
42 Casing gaskets
43 Wet bolting
44 Bearing bracket
45 Impeller
46 Impeller wear ring hardness HB
47 Casing wear ring hardness HB
48 Wear ring coating
49 Diffuser
50 Shaft
51 Interstage shaft sleeve
52 Interstage bushing
53 Balance drum
54 Balance ring
55 Throat bushing
56 PRESSURE CONTAINING PARTS REQUISITION
57 Pump casing manufacturer by vendor
58 Pump covers manufacturer by vendor
59 NOTES ON PROCUREMENT INITIATIVE COMPLIANCE ( indicated in line 7 above )
1). Selections shall be classified as "Fully PI compliant" if they are standard pre-approved PI products, operating within the
60
pre-approved application parameters. PV shall not complete lines 37-55, refer to standard GA drawing for these details.
2). Selections shall be classified as "Modified PI product" if they are pre-approved PI products ( operating within the pre-approved
61 application parameters ), which are being offered with modified materials to meet the application. To facilitate SGSI approval, PV shall
indicate all differences from standard product in lines 37-55 above.
3). Selections shall be classified as " Engineered Solution", if they are pre-approved PI products operating outside the pre-approved
62 application parameters or if they are not standard pre-approved PI products.
To facilitate Principal approval, PV shall indicate full details in lines 37-55 above.
63 Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet No. 3
PTS 31.29.02.93, Jan'2003
Revision
1
2 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP NUMBER(S)

3
4 Customer's ref :
6 WEIGHTS REQUISITION
7 Pump kg by vendor
8 Driver kg by vendor
9 Gearbox kg by vendor
10 BEARINGS and LUBRICATION REQUISITION
11 Type of Lubrication : ? ? ?
12 Radial Bearings Type : PTS 31.29.02.30 ? ?
13 Thrust Bearing Type : PTS 31.29.02.30 ? ?
14 Applicable lubrication PTS
15 Constant Level Oiler : make / type / model
16 Lube oil heating : ? ?
17 COOLING REQUISITION
18 Medium Air cooling preferred ? ?
19 Temp.(deg.C) / max. inlet pressure (bara) / / /
20 Cooling water piping material / API plan / /
21 Cooling water flow to bearing housing(s) dm3/s
22 PIPING REQUISITION
23 Suction : size (mm)/ ANSI flange class / / /
24 position facing driven end ? ? ?
25 Discharge : size(mm) / ANSI flange class / / /
26 position facing driven end ? ? ?
27 ACCESSORIES REQUISITION
28 Base plate : ?
29 Foundation bolts : ?
30 Coupling - make / type : ?
31 Coupling guard - non-sparking : ?
32 Vibration equipment connections ( API 610 para 2.9.2.11 & 12 ) ?
33 INSPECTION and TESTS REQUISITION
34 Inspection class PTS 31.29.02.30 para 4.2.2.1.1 ? ?
35 Hydrostatic test ?
36 Performance test ?
37 NPSHR test ( if required by PTS 31.29.02.30 para 4.3.4.1 ) ? ? ?
38 Complete unit test ( if req'd by PTS 31.29.02.30 para 4.3.4.2 ) ? ? ?
39 Auxiliary equipment test ?
40 Disassembly after test ( PI default is 'not required' ) ?
41 Pump speed during performance test rpm Site speed
42 Water test Capacity : ( required for VCC Pumps only ) dm3/s
43 Water test Head : ( required for VCC Pumps only ) m liq.
44 Water test Efficiency : ( required for VCC Pumps only ) %
45 Water test Power : ( required for VCC Pumps only ) kW
46 Test bed / contract driver installed ?
47 Hydrostatic test pressure : casing / jackets / piping bara PTS 31.29.02.30
48 Special tests
49 VENDOR's DATA REQUISITION
50 Scope of supply
51 General Arrangement drawing reference by vendor
52 Cross sectional drawing reference by vendor
53 Interconnecting Piping Layout/Schematics reference by vendor
54 Performance curve reference by vendor
55
Report on torsional analysis ?
( if analysis is required as per API 610 para 2.8.2.1 )
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64 Sheet No. 3 continued on sheet No.

PTS 31.29.02.93, Jan'2003
2 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP Nos:
3
4 Customer's ref :
6 DESIGN OPERATING CONDITIONS Requisition Tender spec. Order spec.
7 Pump speed (single/double suction impeller) rpm
8 Capacity, rated dm3/s
9 Differential head at rated m liq.
10 Efficiency at rated %
11 Power absorbed at duty kW
12 Power absorbed at 120 % BEP kW
13 Recommended Driver Power kW
14 Viscous correction factors CQ/CH/CE
15 NPSH available at rated capacity m liq.
16 NPSH required for water at rated capacity m liq.
17 PUMP DESIGN
18 Pump type :
19 = Horizontal/Vertical (h/v/vcc/vs/vcs/vsm)
20 = Axial / Radial split (a/r)
21 = Overhung / Between bearings (o/b)
22 = Single / Double volute / Diffuser (s/d/di)
23 = Centre line / Foot mounted (c/f)
24 = Single / Double suction (first stage) (s/d)
25 Direction of Rotation ( facing driven end )
26 Number of stages
27 Max. / Actual / Min. impeller diameter mm
28 Max. allowable casing working pressure barg.
29 Max. allowable jacket / C.W. piping pressure barg.
30 Suction specific speed with max. impeller
31 diameter at BEP (dm3/s / m / rpm) --
32 Minimum continuous stable / thermal flow dm3/s
33 Capacity at BEP (actual impeller size) dm3/s
34 MECHANICAL SEAL
35 Make / type
36 API classification
37 API seal piping plan
38 Static/Rotating bellow/ Pusher type
39 Flushing / Barrier / Quench fluid
40 Cartridge mounted
41 Allowable reverse pressure bara
42 Flush quantity required dm3/s
43 Barrier quantity required dm3/s
44 Pressure rating Static / Dynamic / Reverse bara
45 Seal chamber pressure bara
46 Maximum temperature rating deg. C
47 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION PTS Group:
48 Casing or outer Barrel
49 Inner casing
50 Casing studs
51 Min. wall thickness mm
52 Cover
53 Casing gaskets
54 Wet bolting
55 Bearing bracket
56 Impeller
57 Impeller wear ring hardness HB
58 Casing wear ring hardness HB
59 Wear ring coating
60 Diffuser
61 Shaft
62 Shaft sleeve for seal
63 Interstage shaft sleeve
64 Interstage bushing
65 Balance drum
66 Balance ring
67 Sheet No. 2 cont'd on sheet No. 3
68 Eng. by : Equipment No.
69 Principal : Req. No.
PTS 31.29.02.93, sheet 2, 12/97
2 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP Nos:
3
4 Customer's ref :
6 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION (Cont.) Requisition Tender spec. Order spec.
7 Throttle bushing
8 Throat bushing
9 Gland or seal end plate
10 Stationary seal face(s)
11 Rotating seal face(s)
12 Seal spring(s) / Bellow(s)
13 Seal O-ring, cups, wedges
14 WEIGHTS
15 Pump kg
16 Driver kg
17 Gearbox kg
18 BEARINGS AND LUBRICATION
19 Type of bearing lubrication (g/r/po/pu/f/li/n) : grease/ring oiled/pressurized
20 purge/pure oilmist
21 Radial bearings : type / make (a/h/v)
22 Thrust bearings : type / make (a/h/v)
23 Forced feed lubrication acc. API 614 and PTS yes/no
24 Lubricator : type / make / model
25 Lube oil heating : electric / steam
26 COOLING
27 Medium / temp.(degr.C) / max. inlet pressure (barg)
28 Cooling water piping API plan / material
29 Flow to stuffing box / bearings dm3/s
30 Flow to gland / pedestal(s) dm3/s
31 PIPING
32 Discharge : size / ANS flange class
33 position (facing driven end) End/Top/Side
34 Suction : size / ANS flange class
35 position (facing driven end) End/Top/Side
36 Connections on seal end plate : (screwed / welded)
37 ACCESSORIES AND MATERIALS
38 Base plate : combined / separate
39 Foundation bolts yes/no
40 Coupling make / type
41 Coupling guard - non-sparking
42 Vibration equipment / connections yes/no
43 Manufacturer / type
44 INSPECTION AND TESTS
45 Inspection class
46 TESTS : Required / Witnessed
47 = Hydrostatic test : yes/no / yes/no
48 = Performance test : yes/no / yes/no
49 = NPSHR test : yes/no / yes/no
50 = Sound level test : yes/no / yes/no
51 = Auxiliary equipment test : yes/no / yes/no
52 = Disassembly after test : yes/no / yes/no
53 Pump speed during performance test rpm
54 Perf. test on water : capacity / head / power
55 Test bed / actual driver installed
56 Hydrostatic test pressure : casing / jackets / piping
57 Special tests
58 REFERENCES
59 Driver drawing for base plate design
60 Outline drawing
61 Pump cross-sectional drawing incl. internal clearances
62 Mechanical seal detailed drawing
63 Seal harness schematics
64 Pump performance curve at actual speed
65 Special curves
66 Other documents
67 Sheet No. 3 cont'd on sheet No.
68 Eng. by : Equipment No.
PTS 31.29.02.93, sheet 3, 12/97
RECIPROCATING PUMPS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Equipment No. :P Number required:
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Liquid : Pumping temperature : °C
4 Hazardous service : yes/no Density at pumping temperature : kg/m3
5 Corrosive/erosive : yes/no/due to Viscosity at pumping temperature : mm2/s (=cSt)
6 Operation : intermittent/continuous Vapour pressure at pumping temperature : bar abs
7 Capacity, minimum/rated : / dm3/s Pressure in suction vessel : bar abs
8 Starting conditions : Pressure in discharge vessel : bar abs
9 PUMPING DATA
10 Head in suction vessel : m liq. abs Head in discharge vessel : m liq. abs
11 Height of liquid level in suction vessel Height of liquid level in discharge vessel
12 above/below pump centre line (min.) : m above/below pump centre line (max.) : m
13 Total head loss in suction line Total head loss in discharge line
14 between suction vessel and pump : m liq. between pump and discharge vessel : m.liq.
15 Total minimum suction head : m liq.abs Total maximum discharge head : m liq. abs
16 Head of vapour pressure : m liq.abs Differential head at rated capacity : m liq.
17 Minimum available NPSH : m liq. Estimated power required : kW
18 MECHANICAL DATA
19 Type: piston/plunger/diaphragm: single/double/metering pump Cooling/heating required on stuffing box : yes/no
20 Cooling water : fresh/brackish/salt
21 Test pressure : bar abs Cooling water, max, temperature at inlet: °C at bar ga
22 Capacity control : yes/no/speed control/by-pass/variable stroke Removable liner : yes/no
23 Control signal : manual/pneumatic/electric Steam jacket required : yes/no
24 Type of valve : ball/disc/wing/double ball Stuffing box arrangement :
25 Power end lubrication : splash/pressurized/manufacturers standard
26
27 Position of nozzles (facing driven end), flanged or threaded conditions
28 Suction: - end/top/side/down : ANS class Discharge : - end/top/side/down : ANS class
29 - flange face finish : serrated spiral/smooth - flange face finish : serrated spiral/smooth
30
31 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ACCESSORIES
32 Part ASTM No. Baseplate : combined/separate
33 Cylinder (liquid end) Foundation bolts : yes/no
34 Cylinder liner Coupling make/type :
35 Piston body Belt drive including motor pulley : yes/no
36 Piston ring Gear : yes/no
37 Plunger or piston rod - AGMA 420/API 613 service factor :
38 Diaphragm Forced feed lubricator (liquid end) : yes/no
39 Valve and valve seat Quench type gland on stuffing box : yes/no
40 Gaskets to be alkaline resistant yes/no Relief valve : yes/no/by others
41 Cooling water harness : yes/no/open/closed system
42 Pulsation damper : yes/no, type
43 PUMP DRIVE
44 Direct steam driven/electric motor (variable speed) / combustion engine
45 Drive : direct/gear/torque converter
46 Estimated installed power: kW
47 SITE CONDITIONS
48 Ambient temperature max,/min.: / °C
49 Other :
50 Pumps shall be in accordance with PTS 31.29.12.30
52
53
54
55
Date
Eng. by : Equipment No. P

PTS 31.29.12.93, sheet 1/2, 07/2000
RECIPROCATING PUMPS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
2 Vendor data shall be submitted on API 674/675 data sheets
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Date

PTS 31.29.12.93, sheet 2/2, 07/2000
ROTARY PUMPS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Equipment No. :P Number required:
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Liquid : Pumping temperature : °C
4 Hazardous service : yes/no Density at pumping temperature : kg/m3
5 Corrosive/erosive : yes/no/due to Viscosity at pumping temperature : mm2/s (=cSt)
6 Operation : intermittent/continuous/parallel Vapour pressure at pumping temperature : bar abs
7 Capacity, minimum/maximum : / dm3/s Pressure in suction vessel : bar abs
8 Starting conditions : Pressure in discharge vessel : bar abs
9 PUMPING DATA
10 Head in suction vessel : m liq. abs Head in discharge vessel : m liq. abs
11 Height of liquid level in suction vessel Height of liquid level in discharge vessel
12 above/below pump centre line (min.) : m above/below pump centre line (max.) : m
13 Total head loss in suction line Total head loss in discharge line
14 between suction vessel and pump : m liq. between pump and discharge vessel : m.liq.
15 Total minimum suction head : m liq.abs Total maximum discharge head : m liq. abs
16 Head of vapour pressure : m liq.abs Differential head at rated capacity : m liq.
17 Minimum available NPSH : m liq. Estimated power required : kW
18 MECHANICAL DATA
19 Type: screw/gear/lobe Cooling/heating required on stuffing box : yes/no
20 - horizontal/vertical Cooling water harness : yes/no open/closed system
21 Direction of rotation (facing driven end) : cw/ccw (preferably ccw) Cooling water : fresh/brackish/salt
22 Speed : r/min Cooling water, max. temperature at inlet : °C at bar ga
23 Test pressure : bar absHeating jacket : yes/no Test pressure bar ga
24 Capacity control : yes/no/speed control/by-pass Mechanical seal : yes/no
25 Sleeve/ball or roller bearings : inside/outside - make/type :
26 Outside timing gears : yes/no - API 610 classification code :
27 Bearing lubrication : liquid/grease/oil - API 610 seal piping plan :
28 Lantern ring connection on stuffing box : yes/no/plugged
29 Casing vent/drain/gauge connection : yes/no/plugged
30 Position of nozzles (facing driven end), and flange standards
31 Suction: - top/side : ANS class Discharge : - top/side : ANS class
32 - flange face finish : serrated spiral/smooth - flange face finish : serrated spiral/smooth
33 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ACCESSORIES
34 Part ASTM No. Baseplate, suitable for grouting : drain rim/drain pan type
35 Casing and cover Foundation bolts : yes/no
36 Internals Coupling make/type :
37 Shaft Gear box : yes/no
38 Shaft sleeve - AGMA/API 613 service factor :
39 Gland/seal end plate Relief valve to suction : yes/no/by others
40 Gaskets to be alkaline resistant yes/no
41 PUMP DRIVE
42 Electric motor (variable speed) / steam turbine / combustion engine
43 Drive : direct/gear/
44 Estimated installed power : kW
45 SITE CONDITIONS
46 Ambient temperature max./min : / °C
47 Other :
48 Pumps and tests shall be in accordance with API Std 676
50
51
52
53
Date
Eng. by: Equipment No. P

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.29.22.93, sheet 1/2, 08/2000
ROTARY PUMPS - cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 INSPECTION AND TESTS
2 Required Witnessed
3 Dimensional / internal inspection yes yes/no
4 Hydrostatic test yes yes/no
5 Performance test including mechanical run (at least 4 hours) yes yes/no
6 NPSH test yes/no yes/no
7
8 Material certificates : presssure-containing parts - internals -
9
11 Vendor data shall be submitted on API 676 data sheets
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

PTS 31.29.22.93, sheet 2/2, 08/2000
PACKAGED, INTEGRALLY GEARED, CENTRIFUGAL PLANT Contr. Job No.:
AND INSTRUMENT AIR COMPRESSORS MESC No.: 20
1 Equipment No. K Number required :
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Operation : continuous/intermittent/parallel Max. allowable discharge pressure : bar abs
4 Entrainment : solids/liquids/no Aftercooler outlet temperature : °C
5 Corrosive : yes/no/due to Maximum allowable temperature of compression : °C
6 Hazardous duty : yes/no Estimated isentropic power : kW
7 Starting conditions*
8
9 OPERATING CONDITIONS COMPRESSOR DRIVE
10 Condition Noramal A B Type : Electric motor (50/60 Hz)/steam-turbine
11 Flow rate (wet) : kg/s Estimated nominal power : kW
12 Capacity (at 1 bar abs, 15 °C, dry) dm3/s * Starting conditions :
13
14 Inlet pressure : bar abs
15 Inlet temperature : °C INSPECTION AND TESTS
16 Relative humidity : % Required Witnessed
17 Mol. weight at inlet : Shop inspection yes yes/no
18 Cp/ Cv at inlet : Hydrostatic test yes yes/no
19 Cp at inlet kJ/kg.K Impeller overspeed test yes yes/no
20 Z (compressibility factor) at inlet Mechanical running test yes yes/no
21 Discharge pressure : bar abs - including complete unit performance
22 Post test inspection yes/no yes/no
23 LOCATION
24 Guarantee point : General : indoor/outdoor/under roof/partial sides/with - without lifiting facilities
25 ACCESSORIES Ambient temperature : maximum/minimum / °C
26 Base plate : Combined with drive, suitable for grouting other :
27 Foundation bolts : yes/no Winterization : yes/no
28 Coupling make/type : IP area classification : safe/division
29 Inlet filter : yes/no - temperature class : gas group :
30 Intecooler(s) : yes/no ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
31 Aftercooler : yes/no Vendor data to be submitted on API data sheets
32 Noise absorbing insulation : yes/no
33 Inlet/outlet/blow-off silencers : yes/no
34 Liquid separators : yes/no
35 Luboil system combined with that of drive : yes/no
36 Luboil heater : yes/no steam/electric
37 Main luboil pump drive : steam turbine/electric motor
38 Stand-by luboil pump drice : steam turbine/electric motor
39 Compressor control system : yes/no/by others
40 - type : capacity modulation (suction throttling)
41 two setp (load/unload)
42 dual
43
44
45
46
47
48
49 Compressors shall be in accordance with PTS 31.29.40.33
51
52
53
Appr. by Date: CONSIGNEE: Singnature

PTS 31.29.40.93, sheet 1/2, 08/2000
PACKAGED, INTEGRALLY GEARED, CENTRIFUGAL PLANT Contr. Job No.:
AND INSTRUMENT AIR COMPRESSORS M E S C No.:
1 STEAM DATA MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
2 Live stream, normal : bar ga °C Part ASTM No.
3 maximum : bar ga ° C Casing and cover(s)
4 minimum : bar ga ° C Impellers
5 Exhaust, normal : bar ga Shaft
6 maximum : bar ga Labyrinths
7 minimum : bar ga
8 Inter/aftercoolers PTS 31.21.01.31 List No.
9 COOLING WATER
10 Type : fresh/brackish/salt Luboil coolers PTS 31.29.60.32
11 Inlet temperature, maximum/minimum : / °C
12 Outlet temperature, maximum allowed : ° C Liquid separators
13 Supply pressure, maximum/minimum : / bar ga
14 Pressure drop, maximum allowed : bar Silencers
15 Fouling coefficient : W/m 2K Inlet filters
16
17 INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
18 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS VIBRATION DETECTORS
19 Pressure of : Required : yes/no
20 - Inlet/interstage/discharge of compressor : yes/no/connections only Manufacturer :
21 - Discharge of luboil pump(s) : yes/no/connections only Type :
22 - Differential across luboil filters : yes/no/connections only Number at each bearing :
22 - Differential across coolers : yes/no/connections only Monitors required : yes/no
24 - Differential across air inlet filter : yes/no/connections only Monitor location :
25 - Bearing oil supply : yes/no/connections only Monitor enclosure :
26 AXIAL MOVEMENT DETECTOR
27 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS Required : yes/no
28 Temperature of : Manufacturer :
29 - Inlet air : yes/no/connections only Type :
30 - Interstage air after intercoolers : yes/no/connections only Monitor required : yes/no
31 - Discharge air before/after aftercooler : yes/no/connections only Monitor location :
32 - Luboil at inlet/outlet of coolers : yes/no/connections only Monitor enclosure :
33 - Luboil reservoir : yes/no/connections only LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
34 - Water at inlet/outlet of coolers : yes/no/connections only Level of :
35 - Luboil reservoir : yes/no/connections only
36 - Liquid separators : yes/no/connections only
37
38 SAFETY ALARM AND SHUTDOWN DEVICES *
39 Initiating condition Alarm Shutdown Other Description Required
40 High inlet air filter differential pressure X yes/no/connections only
41 High interstage/discharge air temperature X yes/no/connections only
42 Extra high discharge air temperature X yes/no/connections only
43 High liquid separator level X yes/no/connections only
44 Extra high liquid separator level X yes/no/connections only
45 Low luboil pressure X X Start stand-by pump yes/no/connections only
46 Extra low luboil pressure X yes/no/connections only
47 Low luboil reservoir level X yes/no/connections only
48 High luboil temperature at cooler outlet X yes/no/connections only
49 High luboil filter differential pressure X yes/no/connections only
50 High vibration yes/no/connections only
51 High axial displacement yes/no/connections only
52
53
54
55 * Indicate by an "X" the action required, state description of "other" action, where applicable.

PTS 31.29.40.93, sheet 2/2, 08/2000
CENTRIFUGAL/AXIAL COMPRESSORS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1 Equipment No. : K- Number required :
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Vapour or gas handled : Maximum allowable discharge pressure ; bar abs
4 Process gas to be kept oil free : yes/no Aftercooler outlet temperature : degr.C
5 Operation : continuous/intermittent/parallel Max. allowable temperature of compression : degr.C
6 Entrainment : solids/liquid/no Liquid injection required : yes/no
7 Corrosive gas : no/yes,due to Estimated isentropic power : kW
8 Hazardous service : no/yes,due to
9
10
11 Operating conditions Normal A B
12 Flow rate kg/s
13 Actual inlet capacity dm3/s
14 Inlet pressure bar abs
15 Discharge pressure bar abs
16 Inlet temperature degr.C
17 Mol. weight at inlet kg/kmol
18 Cp/Cv at inlet =
19 Cp at inlet kJ/kg/K
20 Z (compr. factor) at inlet =
21 System settling out pressure bar ga.
22
23
24
25 Guarantee case
26 COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR DRIVE
27 Type : : axial / centrifugal Type : Electric motor (50/60/Hz) / Steam turbine / Gas turbine
28 Casing design : : horizontal split / barrel type Direction of rotation : cw / ccw (facing driven end)
29 manufacturer's standard Speed : constant / variable
30 No. of casings : Estimated nominal power : kW
31 No. of impellers per casing : Transmission : direct / gear / fluid coupling
32
33
34 LOCATION MAIN CASING CONNECTIONS
35 General : indoor / outdoor/ under roof Suction branch : (facing driven end) up / down / left / right / end
36 : partial walls/with/without lifting facilities = flange : ANS, class
37 Ambient temperature : maximum degr.C = facing : smooth
38 : minimum degr.C
39 Other : Discharge branch : (facing driven end) up / down / left / right / end
40 Winterization : yes/no = flange : ANS, class
41 IP area classification : safe / non-classified / zone : = facing : smooth
42 IP temperature class : T gas group
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52 Centrifugal compressors shall be in accordance with PTS 31.29.40.30.
53
55
56
57
58
Made by : Date : Rev.
letter
Checked by : Date: Date
Signed
Approved by : Date:
Eng. by : Equipment No. : K-
Principal : Req. No. :
PTS 31.29.41.93, sheet 1, 12/97
MESC No. :
1 COMPOSITION OF GASES AT INLET
2 Mol %
3 Component Mol. weight Normal A B
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 H2O 18
21 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
22
23
24 ACCESSORIES SHAFT SEALS
25 Base plate : separate / combined with drive Type of seal :
26 Foundation bolts : yes / no Labyrinths : yes / no
27 Gearbox : yes / no ; API service factor : - with buffer gas injection : yes / no / connections only
28 -type : parallel shaft/ single/double helical / planetary Restrictive rings : yes / no
29 Coupling make/type : - with buffer gas injection : yes / no / connections only
30 - shaft fit : taper / cylindrical / hydraulic / keyless - with seal liquid injection : yes / no
31 Mechanical contact seals : yes / no
32 Inlet / insterstage liquid separators ; yes / no / by others - with shutdown device : yes / no
33 Suction strainer for start-up : yes / no / by others Liquid film seals with floating rings : yes / no
34 Intercooler(s) water / air cooled ; yes / no / by others - with buffer gas injection : yes / no / connections only
35 Aftercooler water / air cooled : yes / no / by others Labyrinth seal between luboil/sealoil : yes / no with/without buffergas
36 Receiver : yes / no / by others Dry gas seals : yes / no
37 Heat insulation ; yes / no / by others - double tandem : yes / no
38 Noise absorbing insulation : yes / no / by others - with intermediate labyrinth : yes / no
39 Inlet and/or outlet silencers ; yes / no / by others - double face to face : yes / no
40 By-pass valve / anti-surge system : yes / no / by others - triple tandem : yes / no
41 Spare rotor(s) / coupling(s) : yes / no - other type : yes / no
42 Luboil system combined with that of driver :* yes / no
43 Seal liquid / seal gas system * : yes / no
44 Seal liquid tank separate from luboil tank* : yes / no
45 Drive for auxiliary pumps for
46 continuous service : Elect.motor / steam turbine
47 stand-by service : Elect.motor / steam turbine
48
49
50
51
52
53 * For oil systems arrangements and requirements see PTS 31.29.60.32., Appendix A
55
56
57
58

PTS 31.29.41.93, sheet 2, 12/97
MESC No. :
1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION VIBRATION DETECTORS
2 Part Material ASTM No. Detectors required : yes / no
3 Casing and cover(s) Manufacturer :
4 Impellers Type :
5 Shaft Number at each bearing :
6 Shaft sleeve(s) Monitors required : yes / no
7 Diaphragm(s) Monitor location :
8 Labyrinths Monitor enclosure :
9
10 Rotor blading 1)
11 Stator blading 1) AXIAL POSITION DETECTORS
12 Oil coolers Detectors required : yes / no
13 Inter/after coolers 2) Number at each bearing :
14 Liquid separators Manufacturer :
15 Receiver Type : hydraulic / electronic
16 Silencers Key phaser required : yes / no
17 Monitors required : yes / no
18 Monitor location :
19 1) : For axial compressors Monitor enclosure :
20 2) Shell and tube heat exchanger design code :
21 UTILITY DATA TESTS
22 Steam conditions for auxiliary equipment : Type of test Required Witnessed
23 - Live steam, normal : bar ga @ degr.C Hydrostatic Mandatory yes / no
24 maximum : bar ga @ degr.C Impeller overspeed Mandatory yes / no
25 minimum : bar ga @ degr.C Mechanical run Mandatory yes / no
26 - Exhaust conditions, normal : bar ga Gas leakage yes / no yes / no
27 maximum : bar ga Complete unit yes / no yes / no
28 minimum : bar ga Post-test inspection yes / no yes / no
29 Performance test : yes / no yes / no
30 Cooling water type : fresh / brackish / salt - site / factory
31 Cooling water max. inlet temperature : degr.C - PTC 10, class :
32 Cooling water max.allowable outlet temperature : degr.C
33 Cooling water supply pressure : bar ga
34 Cooling water return pressure : bar ga
35 Cooling water fouling coefficient : W/m2.K
36
37
39 Vendor's data shall be submitted on API data sheets.
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
56
57
58

PTS 31.29.41.93, sheet 3, 12/97
MESC No. :
2 General
3 Local instrument panel / combined for compressor and drive yes / no / by others
4 Compressor control system / type yes / no / by others
5 Compressor safeguarding system yes / no / by others
6 Anti surge system yes / no / by others
7 Pressure instruments
8 Pressure of : Indicator Connection(s)
9 - Differential across suction strainer yes / no / by others yes / no
10 - Inlet / interstage / discharge of compressor yes / no / by others yes / no
11 - Low pressure side of balance piston yes / no yes / no
12 - Discharge of lube / seal oil pumps yes / no yes / no
13 - Differential across lube oil / seal oil filters yes / no yes / no
14 - Lube oil at bearings yes / no yes / no
15 - Seal oil at seals yes / no yes / no
16 - Gas reference pressure yes / no yes / no
17 - Seal oil to gas reference differential yes / no yes / no
18 - Differential across seal gas / buffer gas filters yes / no yes / no
19 - Buffergas supply yes / no / by others yes / no
20
21 Temperature instruments
22 Temperature of : Indicator Connection(s) 1)
23 - Inlet / interstage / discharge of compressor / balancing line yes / no / by others yes / no
24 - Seals yes / no yes / no
25 - Bearings yes / no yes / no
26 - Lube / seal oil in reservoir yes / no yes / no
27 - Lube / seal oil at inlet/outlet of coolers yes / no yes / no
28 - Cooling water at inlet/outlet of coolers yes / no / by others yes / no
29 - Lube / seal oil outlet at bearings / seals yes / no yes / no
30 - Cooling gas outlet of dry gas seals yes / no yes / no
31
32 1) Shall include a thermowell, except for seals and bearings
33 Level instruments
34 Level of : Indicator Connection(s) 1)
35 - Lube oil / seal oil reservoir(s) yes / no yes / no
36 - Liquid separators yes / no yes / no
37 - Lube oil / Seal oil overhead tank(s) yes / no yes / no
38 - Seal oil drain traps yes / no yes / no
39
40 SAFETY,ALARM AND SHUTDOWN DEVICES *
41 Initiating condition: Alarm Shutdown Other Description Supplied
42 - High liquid level in the compressor inlet separator X X O yes / no / connections only
43 - High compressor discharge temperature X O O yes / no / connections only
44 - Low lube oil pressure X X X Start stand-by pump yes / no / connections only
45 - Low level in the lube/seal oil reservoir(s) X O O yes / no / connections only
46 - High lube/seal oil temperature at cooler outlet X O O yes / no / connections only
47 - High diff. pressure over lube/seal oil filters X O O yes / no / connections only
48 - High diff. pressure over seal gas/buffer gas filters X O O yes / no / connections only
49 - Low diff. pressure over primary gas seal X X O yes / no / connections only
50 - High seal oil level in overhead tank X O O yes / no / connections only
51 - Low seal oil level in overhead tank (liq film seals) X X X Start stand-by pump yes / no / connections only
52 - Low seal oil/ref. gas diff. pressure (mech. cnt. seals) X X X Start stand-by pump yes / no / connections only
53 - High level in seal oil drain traps/ degassing drum X O O yes / no / connections only
54 - High primary gas seal leakage flow X O O yes / no / connections only
55 - High/Low diff. flow buffer gas/primary seal leakage X O O yes / no / connections only
56 - Excessive vibration X O O yes / no / connections only
57 - Excessive axial rotor displacement X X O yes / no / connections only
58 - Excessive bearing temperature(s) X O O yes / no / connections only

PTS 31.29.41.93, sheet 4, 12/97
MESC No. :
1 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

PTS 31.29.41.93, sheet 5, 12/97
MESC No. :
1 ADDITIONAL DATA
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

PTS 31.29.41.93, sheet 6, 12/97
ROTARY COMPRESSORS AND FANS
1
2 Unit
3 Type
4 Service
5 Number required
6 OPERATING DATA
7 Vapour or gas handled : - Maximum allowable discharge pressure : bar abs
8 Process gas to be kept oil free : yes / no Aftercooler outlet temperature : °C
9 Operation : continuous / intermittent / parallel Maximum allowable temperature of compression : °C
10 Entrainment : solids / liquid / no Liquid injection required : yes / no
11 Corrosive gas : yes / no / due to Estimated isentropic power : kW
12 Hazardous service : yes / no
13 OPERATING CONDITIONS norm A B COMPOSITION OF GASES AT INLET
14 Flow rate kg/s component mol. weight mol. %
15 Actual intake capacity dm³/s norm A B
16 Inlet pressure barg
17 Discharge pressure barg
18 Inlet temperature °C
19 Mol. weight at inlet
20 Cp / Cv at inlet kJ/kgK
21 Z (compressibility factor) at inlet
22 System settling out pressure barg
23 Guarantee case 100 100 100
24 EQUIPMENT UTILITY DATA
25 Type : compressor - screw / lobe / liquid ring Steam conditions for auxiliary pump turbine drives
26 fan - centrifugal live steam normal : barg, °C
27 Casing type : maximum : barg, °C
28 No. of casings : minimum : barg, °C
29 EQUIPMENT DRIVE exhaust normal : barg
30 Type : Elec. motor (50 / 60 Hz) / steam turbine maximum : barg
31 Dir. of rot. (facing driving end) : cw / ccw minimum : barg
32 Speed : constant / variable Cooling water : fresh / brackish / salt
33 Estimated nominal power : - kW Cooling water max. temp. at inlet : °C
34 Drive : fluid coupling / direct / gear Cooling water max. allow. temp. at outlet : °C
35 Cooling water pressure : barg
36 Cooling water fouling coefficient : W/m²K
37 LOCATION TESTS
38 General : indoor / outdoor / under roof Test Required Witnessed
39 with / without partial side walls Hydrostatic
40 with / without lifting facilities Impeller overspeed
41 Ambient temp. (min/norm/max) : °C Mechanical run at temp - °C
42 Other : Gas leakage
43 Winterization : yes / no Complete unit
44 IP area classification : safe / division Post-test inspection
45 temperature class : T - gas group
- Performance test
46 site / factory
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: Rev. 0
Check. by Date PLANT: Date
Sheet no. of
PTS 31.29.42.93, sheet 1, 12/99
cont.
1
2 Unit
3 Type
4 Service
5 Number required
6 ACCESSORIES SEALS
7 Base plate : separate / combined with drive Type of seal :
8 Foundation bolts : yes / no Labyrinths : yes / no
9 Gear box : yes / no API service factor : - with buffer gas injection : yes / no / connections only
10 - type : parallel shaft / double or single helical / planetary Restrictive rings : yes / no
11 Coupling make / type : - with buffer gas injection : yes / no / connections only
12 - shaft fit : taper / cylindrical / hydraulic - with seal liquid injection : yes / no
13 Inlet / interstage liquid separators : yes / no / by others Mechanical contact seals : yes / no
14 Suction strainer for start-up : yes / no / by others - with shutdown device : yes / no
15 Intercooler(s) : yes / no / by others water/air Liquid film seals with floating rings : yes / no
16 Aftercooler : yes / no / by others water/air - with buffer gas injection : yes / no / connections only
17 Spare rotor(s) / coupling : yes / no Labyrinth seal between luboil / seal oil : yes / no / buffer gas
18 Heat insulation : yes / no / by others Dry gas seals : yes / no
19 Noise absorbing insulation : yes / no / by others - double tandem : yes / no
20 Inlet and / or outlet silencers : yes / no / by others - with intermediate labyrinth : yes / no
21 By-pass valve : yes / no / by others - double face to face : yes / no
22 - triple tandem : yes / no
23 - other type : yes / no
24
25 BEARINGS AND LUBRICATION MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS
26 Type Part ASTM No.
27 - radial bearing : rolling element / hydrodynamic Casing and cover(s)
28 - thrust bearing : rolling element / hydrodynamic Impellers
29 - lubrication : grease / pressurised oil / ring oil or Diaphragms
30 purge / pure oil mist / luboil system Shaft
31 Shaft sleeve(s)
32 MAIN CASING CONNECTIONS Labyrinths
33 Suction branch (facing driven end) : up / down / left / right / end Rotor(s)
34 - flange : ANS, class Oil coolers
35 - facing : smooth Inter / aftercoolers (1)
36 Discharge branch (facing driven end) : up / down / left / right / end Liquid separators
37 - flange : ANS, class Silencers
38 - facing : smooth
39 (1) Design code for heat exchangers: PTS 30.21.01.30 / other
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Sheet no. of
PTS 31.29.42.93, sheet 2, 12/99
cont.
1
2 Unit
3 Type
4 Service
5 Number required
7 General
8 Local instrument panel combined for compressor / fan and drive yes / no / by others
9 Compressor / fan control system / type yes / no / by others
10 Compressor / fan safeguarding system yes / no / by others
12 Pressure of: Indicator Connection(s)
13 - Differential across suction strainer yes / no / by others yes / no
14 - Inlet / interstage / discharge of compressor fan yes / no / by others yes / no
15 - Discharge of luboil / seal oil pumps yes / no yes / no
16 - Differential across luboil / seal oil filters yes / no yes / no
17 - Differential across seal gas / buffer gas filters yes / no yes / no
18 - Buffergas supply yes / no yes / no
19 - Luboil at bearings yes / no yes / no
20 - Seal oil at seals yes / no yes / no
21 - Gas reference pressure yes / no yes / no
22 - Seal oil to gas reference differential yes / no yes / no
24 Temperature of: Indicator Connection(s)
25 - Inlet / interstage / discharge of compressor fan yes / no / by others yes / no
26 - Seals yes / no yes / no
27 - Bearings yes / no yes / no
28 - Luboil / seal oil reservoir yes / no yes / no
29 - Cooling gas outlet of dry gas seals yes / no yes / no
30 - Luboil / seal oil at inlet / outlet of coolers yes / no yes / no
31 - Water at inlet / outlet of coolers yes / no / by others yes / no
32 - Luboil / seal oil outlet at bearings / seals yes / no yes / no
34 Level of: Indicator Connection(s)
35 - Luboil / seal oil reservoir yes / no yes / no
36 - Liquid separators yes / no yes / no
37 - Seal oil overhead tank yes / no yes / no
38 - Seal oil drain traps yes / no yes / no
39 SAFETY, ALARM AND SHUTDOWN DEVICES (indicate by an "x" the action required, state description of other action, where applicable)
40 Initiating condition Alarm Shutdown Other Description Supplied
41 High liquid level in compressor inlet separator X yes / no / connections only
42 Extra high liquid level in compressor inlet separator X yes / no / connections only
43 High compressor discharge temperature X yes / no / connections only
44 Extra high compressor discharge temperature X yes / no / connections only
45 Low luboil pressure X X Start stand-by pump yes / no / connections only
46 Extra low luboil pressure X yes / no / connections only
47 Low level in luboil /seal oil reservoir(s) X yes / no / connections only
48 High luboil / seal oil temperature at cooler outlet X yes / no / connections only
49 High differential pressure over luboil / seal oil filters X yes / no / connections only
50 High seal oil level in overhead tank X yes / no / connections only
51 Low seal oil / reference gas differential X X Start stand-by pump yes / no / connections only
52 Extra low seal oil / reference gas differential X yes / no / connections only
53 Excessive radial / thrust bearing temperature X yes / no / connections only
54 High primary gas seal leakage flow X yes / no / connections only
55 High/low diff flow buffer gas/primary seal leakage X yes / no / connections only
56 Excessive vibration X yes / no / connections only
57 Excessive axial rotor displacement X X yes / no / connections only
58
59
60
Sheet no. of
PTS 31.29.42.93, sheet 3, 12/99
Data / requisition sheet for Design book No.: Page :
RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS Contr. job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Equipment No. :K Number required :
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Vapour or gas handled : - Aftercooler outlet temperature : °C
4 Process gas to be kept oil free : yes / no Maximum allowable temperature of fluid
5 Operation : continuous / intermittent / parallel during compression : °C
6 Recommended number of stages
7 Entrainment : solids / liquid / no Estimated isentropic power : kW
8 Corrosive gas : yes / no / due to
9 Hazardous service : yes / no
10 OPERATING CONDITIONS Normal A B
11 Flow rate kg/s
12 Inlet pressure bar abs
13 Discharge pressure bar abs
14 Inlet temperature °C
15 Mol. weight at inlet
16 Cp / Cv at inlet
17 Cp at inlet kJ/kgK
18 Z (compressibility factor) at inlet
19
20 Guarantee case :
21
22
24 Type : vertical/horizontal-balanced opposed Capacity control : pockets/valve unloaders/speed variation/
25 Direction of rotation (facing driven end) : cw/ccw by-pass/reverse flow/none
26 Maximum allowable speed : r/min Range of control : from 100% to %
27 Cooling required on : cylinders/cylinder heads/stuffing box Method of control : in steps/infinite continuous
28 Cooling by : thermosyphon/forced circulation : manual/automatic
29 Closed cooling water system : yes/no/by others water/air cooled Number of steps :
30 Cooling water : fresh / brackish / salt Type of lubrication of cylinders:
31 Cooling water max. temp. at inlet : °C Type of lubriction of motion work:
32 Cooling water max. allowable temp. at outlet : °C Crankcase ventilation : no/vented/purged*
33 Cooling water pressure : bar ga Distance piece : single/extra long/double
34 Cooling water fouling coefficient : W/m²K : vented/purged*
35
36 CONNECTIONS Types of valves :
37 Suction flange : ANS class Types of bearings : sleeve/roller
38 flange facing : smooth/serrated spiral * Purge pressure to be stated by manufacturer, if not given
39 Discharge flange : ANS class LOCATION
40 flange facing : smooth/serrated spiral General : indoor/outdoor/under roof/partial side walls/
41 with-without lifting facilities
42 Barometric pressure : mbar
43 Ambient temperature : maximum/minimum °C
44 Relative humidity : %
45 Other :
46 Winterization : yes/no
47 IP area classification : safe/division
48 - temperature class : gas group:
49 Compressors shall be in accordance with PTS 31.29.40.31
51
52
53
54
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: Rev. letter
Appr. by Date CONSIGNEE: Signature
Eng. by : Sheet no. 1 cont'd on sheet No. 2
Principal : Equip. No. K
Req. No.
PTS 31.29.43.93, sheet 1, 04/99
MESC No.:
1 ACCESSORIES MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
2 Base plate : combined/separate Part ASTM No.
3 Foundation bolts : yes/no Cylinders
4 Gear box : yes/no/double helical/API service factor : Liner
5 Coulings(s) make/type : Piston
6 V-belts : yes/no, anti-static Piston rings
7 Grooved motor pulley : yes/no Piston wear band
8 Guards : yes/no Piston rod
9 Start-up screen : yes / no / by others Piston rod seal assembly
10 Air inlet filter : yes/no/by others
11 Intercooler (s) : yes/no/by others water/air cooled Valve seats
12 Aftercooler : yes/no by others water/air cooled Valve plates
13 Pulsation dampening inlet/outlet each cylinder : Valve springs
14 Dampening by : dampeners/volume bottles
15 Pulsation suppression analysis : yes / no / design approach 3 Pulsation dampeners*
16 By-pass valve : yes / no / by others or volume bottles*
17 Safety relief valve : yes/no/by others Inter/aftercoolers PTS 31.21.01.31 List No.
18 Liquid separators : yes/no/by others
19 Automatic governor or unloader : yes/no/by others Luboil coolers
20 - controlled by : suction pressre/discharge pressure
21 Crankcase explosion relief device : yes/no Liquid separators
22 Luboil heater : yes/no steam/electric
23 Barring device : manual/pneumatic/electric
24 Oil coolers : water/air cooled
25 * Design code :
26 TESTS
27 Inspection or test Required Witnessed
28 COMPRESSOR DRIVE Shop inspection Mandatory yes/no
29 Electric motor (single bearing)/steam turbine/combustion engine Hydrostatic test Mandatory yes/no
30 Direction of rotation (facing driving end) cw/ccw Leakage test yes/no yes/no
31 Speed : constant/variable Mechanicl running test Mandatory yes/no
32 Estimated nominal power : kW Performance test yes/no yes/no
33 Drive : direct/gear/V-belt Complete unit test yes/no yes/no
34 Assembly check yes/no yes/no
35 Post test inspection Mandatory yes/no
36 GAS COMPOSITION AT INLET
37 Component Mol. weight Mol. %
38 Normal A B
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54 Hs0 18
55 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Sheet no. 2 cont'd on sheet No. 3

Eng. by : Equip. No. K
PTS 31.29.43.93, sheet 2, 04/99
MESC No.:
2 General
3 Local instrument panel yes / no / by others
4 combined for compressor and drive instrumentation : yes / no
5 Compressor control system : yes / no / by others
6 Compressor safeguarding system : yes / no / by others
7
8
10 Pressure of: Indicator Connection(s)
11 Inlet/interstage/discharge of compressor : yes / no / by others yes / no
12 Discharge of luboil pump : yes / no / by others yes / no
13 Differential across luboil filters : yes / no / by others yes / no
14 Purge gas on piston rod seal assembly : yes / no / by others yes / no
15 Purge on distance pieces (inboard/outboard section) : yes / no / by others yes
16 Purge on crankcase : yes / no / by others yes / no
17 Discharge of water circulation pump : yes / no / by others yes / no
18 Cylinder ends : no yes / plugged / valved
19
20
1)
22 Temperature of: Indicator Connection(s)
2)
23 Inlet/discharge of each compressor cylinder : yes / no / by others yes / no
24 Cylinder cooling fluid : yes / no yes / no
25 Luboil tank : yes / no yes / no
26 Luboil at inlet/outlet of luboil cooler : yes / no yes / no
27 Water at inlet/outlet of luboil cooler : yes / no / by others yes / no
28 Water at inlet/outlet of interstage coolers/aftercoolers : yes / no / by others yes / no
29 Water at inlet/outlet of closed cooling system cooler : yes / no / by others yes / no
30 Closed cooling system reservoir : yes / no / by others yes / no
32 Level of: Indicator Connection(s)
33 Expansion tank thermal syphon system : yes / no yes / no
34 Luboil reservoir for motion work : yes / no yes / no
35 Luboil reservoir for cylinder lubrication : yes / no yes / no
36
37
38
39 SAFETY, ALARM AND SHUTDOWN DEVICES*
40 Alarm Shutdown Other Description Required
41 High compressor discharge temperature2) each cylinder 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
42 Extra high compressor discharge temp. 2) each cylinder 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
43 Low luboil pressure 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
44 Extra low luboil pressure 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
45 High luboil temperature at cooler outlet 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
46 High ∆ p over luboil filter 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
47 High level in liquid separators 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
48 Extra high level in liquid separators 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
49 High cylinder C.W. temperature 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
50 Low level thermal syphon expansion tank 0 0 0 yes / no / connections only
51 Low oil level in cylinder lubricator 0 0 0 yes / no
52 Piston rod run-out (proximity probe) 0 0 0 yes / no
53 * Indicate by an "X" the action required, state description of "other" action, where applicable.
1)
54 Shall include thermowell
2)
55 Location to be as close as possible to valves
Sheet no. 3 cont'd on sheet No. 4

PTS 31.29.43.93, sheet 3, 04/99
MESC No.:
2 Vendors data shall be submitted on API data sheets
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Sheet no. 4 cont'd on sheet No.

PTS 31.29.43.93, sheet 4, 04/99
STEAM JET VACUUM EJECTOR SET Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 43
1 Equipment No. :J Number required:
2 GENERAL DATA
3 Specification : PTS 31.29.56.31 Basis for optimizing
4 Design code(s) : - Steam cost (B): £/ton
5 Operation : continuous / batch - Cooling water cost (C): £/1000 m 3
6 Operating hours : / year - Capital charge (F):
7 Mounting of set : horizontal/vertical/manuf. option Language to be used on
8 Inspection authority : - Drawings :
9 Performance test attended by manufacturer: yes/no - Identification plate (s) :
10
11 OPERATING DATA
12 System volume : m3 Pressure required at top of column : mbar (abs)
13 Total quantity of vapour (MW = ): kg/s Temperature of vapour at top of column : °C
14 Composition of vapour Pressure loss between column and ejector set : mbar
15 - Non-condensables (MW ): kg/s Discharge pressure : mbar (abs)
16 - Water : kg/s Stable operating range from % to % of design load
17 - Condensable hydrocarbons : kg/s Vacuum control by: (1) recycle of uncondensables from outlet stage
18 Fouling coefficient, product side : W/m 2.K to inlet stage
19 (2) other method, specified as ……………………….
20 Physical properities of condensable hydrocarbons
21 - attached condensation curves are at P = mbar (abs) STEAM SUPPLY
22 - at the entry of the ejector set Superheater/dry/wet with x = % wt
23 Pressure : minimum bar (abs)
24 Solubility of liquid in water : % at °C : normal bar (abs)
25 : % at 45 °C : maximum bar (abs)
26 Solubility of water in liquid : % at ° C Temperature : minimum °C
27 : % at 45 °C : normal °C
28 Specific heat of vapour : kJ/kg.K at °C : maximum °C
29 : kJ/kg.K at 45 °C
30 Thermal conductivity of vapour : W/m.k at °C
31 : W/m.k at 45 °C
32 Viscosity of vapour : mPa.s (cP) at °C COOLING WATER SUPPLY
33 : mPa.s (cP) at 45 °C Salt/fresh/brackish
34 Specific heat of liquid : kJ/kg.K at °C Pressure at inlet : minimum bar (abs)
35 : kJ/kg.K at 45 °C : maximum bar (abs)
36 Thermal conductivity of liquid : W/m.K at °C Temperature at inlet : normal °C
37 : W/m.K at 45 °C : maximum °C
38 Viscosity of liquid : mm2/s (cSt) at °C Temperature at outlet : maximum °C
39 : mm2/s (cSt) at 45 °C Fouling coefficient : W/m 2.K
40 Pour point : °C
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
50 See also notes on sheet 2
51
52
53
54
55
Date
Eng. by : Equipment No. J

PTS 31.29.56.93, sheet 1/2, 08/2000
STEAM JET VACUUM EJECTOR SET Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 OPERATING DATA (cont'd) MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
2 The system has to be evacuated from atmospheric conditions Diffuser :
3 to mbar (abs) in minutes Air chamber :
4 Evacuation ejector : integral/separate/manuf. option Steam nozzle(s) :
5 Connection to ejector set : mm ID/flange ANS class Steam chest :
6 Number of stages / manuf. option, but estimated Condensers : attached/PTS 31.21.01.31, List
7 Gaskets :
8 Pre-condenser : yes/no/manuf. option Steam piping :
9 Inter-condenser(s) : yes/no/manuf. option Fittings :
10 After-condenser : yes/no Cooling water piping :
11 Type of condensers : surface/direct contact Fittings :
12 Vacuum system piping :
13 Number of elements : for all stages/for stage(s) Fittings :
14 Capacity of element 1 : % of total design load Rundown piping :
15 2 : % of total design load Fittings :
16 Common condensers : yes/no Other parts :
17 ACCESSORIES REQUIRED
18 Ejector to be erected : barometrically/non-barometrically Test ring(s) for condenser(s): yes/no
19 Height available for barometric legs: m
20 Total height available : m
21
22 Tube side condensers
23 - Design pressure bar (abs)
24 - Test pressure bar (abs)
25 Shell side condensers incl. interconneting lines and
26 ejectors (whole set)
27 - Design pressure bar (abs)
28 - Test pressure bar (abs)
29
30
32 General lay-out and sectional drawings in quardruplicate Mass of main parts Empty Filled with water
33 A list with specification of materials to be used Pre-condenser kg
34 Inter-condenser kg
35 Guaranteed total steam consumption : max. kg/s After-condenser kg
36 Guaranteed total cooling water consumption : max. dm3/s
37
38
39
40 NOTES
41 1) Any discrepancies between the requirements of PTS 31.29.56.31, related specifications, requistion sheets, standards and codes are to be referred to the
42 purchaser for clarification before proceeding with the quotation or manufacture of the parts involved.
43 2)
In case manufacturer requires any additional information, he shall contact purchaser before sending out his quotation or starting manufacture. Manufacturer
44 must make no assumptions which may be misleading or later on prove incorrect.
45 3)
In the event of order, the following data shall be given separately for each stage or element or condenser:
46 a) steam consumption, suction pressure, suction temperature, discharge pressure, discharge temperature, cooling water consumption, cooling
47 water outlet temperature at maximum inlet temperature,
48 b) quantity, composition and molecular weight of the vapour,
49 c) number of passes, tube diameter, tube length and total area of the surface condensers,
50 d) floating head or fixed head.
51
52
53
54
55
The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the
requisition and/or drawings. Furthermore, the manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is satisfactory for the
design conditions indicated on the requisition and/or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the manufacturer are for information and tendering
purposes only. The manufacturer shall make his own calculations for which he is fully responsible. The
manufacturer shall ensure that the equipment supplied conforms to all applicable codes and national Sheet No. continued on sheet No.
statutory regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authoritites.
Eng. by : Equipment No. J
PTS 31.29.56.93, sheet 2/2, 08/2000
SPECIAL-PURPOSE STEAM TURBINES Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 15
1 Equipment No. Number required :
2 TURBINE DRIVEN UNIT
3 Manufacturer : Type :
4 Model : Driven : direct/via gear unit
5 Type : Direction of rotation (facing driven end) : cw/ccw
6 Normal speed : r/min
7
8 LOCATION GEAR UNIT
9 General : indoor/outdoor/under roof/partial side walls with-without Required : yes/no
10 lifting facilities Manufacturer :
11 Ambient temperature : maximum °C minimum ° C Model :
12 Other : Type : parallel/planetary
13 Insulation and jacketing : yes : single/double helical
14 Winterization : yes/no Ratio :
15 IP area classification : safe/division API service factor :
16 - temperature class : gas group
17 OPERATING DATA STEAM DATA **
18 Output Speed Steam rate Inlet bar ga °C
19 kW r/min kg/kJ - maximum
20 Rated - normal
21 Normal - minimum
22 Guaranteed Exhaust bar ga mbar abs
23 - maximum
24 - normal
25 -minimum
26 Maximum potential Extraction/Admission
27 Maximum throttle flow : - controlled : yes/no
28 maximum flow to condenser : kg/s at mbar abs
29 Casing pressure at exhaust end : maximum allowed bar ga - maximum kg/s bar ga °C
30 - normal
31 - minimum
32 ** For auxiliary steam, see sheet 3
33 * Min. inlet/max. exhaust steam conditions per API 612 para 2.1.2.2 STEAM QUALITY
34 Expected Accepted by
35 supplier
36 Silica as SiO2 mg/kg
37 Sodium plus potassium
38 as Na+ and/or K+ mg/kg
39 Total iron as Fe mg/kg
40 Total copper as Cu mg/kg
41 Chlorides as CI mg/kg
42 Electric conductivity S/m
43 Turbines shall be in accordance with PTS 31.29.60.31
44 Supplier to finish completion of data/requisition sheets
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Appr. by Date: CONSIGNEE: Singnature

PTS 31.29.61.93, sheet 1/5, 09/2000
SPECIAL-PURPOSE STEAM TURBINES -cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 15
1 GENERAL TURBINE DATA CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
2 Maximum continuous speed : r/min Casing split : horizontal/vertical
3 Trip speed : r/min Rotor : solid/built up
4 First critical speed : r/min Number of stages :
5 Second critical speed : r/min Blade pitch diameter and height per stage :
6 Direction of rotation (facing driving end) : cw/ccw Stage Pitch dia. Height Stage Pitch dia. Height
7 Type : impulse/reaction mm mm mm mm
8 POSITION OF CONNECTIONS (facing driving end) 1 15
9 Inlet : end/top/down/left side/right side 2 16
10 - ANS, class : RF/FF 3 17
11 - flange finish : smooth/serrated spiral 4 18
12 Exhaust : end/top/down/left side/right side 5 19
13 - ANS, class : RF/FF 6 20
15 Extraction : top/down/left side/right side 8 22
16 - ANS class, : RF/FF 9 23
18 Admission : top/down/left side/right side 11 25
19 - ANS class, : RF/FF 12 26
21 GOVERNOR 14 28
22 Type : mechanical/hydraulic/electronic Gland seals
23 NEMA class : - interstage : carbon/labyrinth type
24 Manufacturer : - end : carbon/labyrinth type
25 Model : Gland condenser : yes/no
26 Speed changer operation : manual/pneumatic/electrical
27 Range: r/min at mA/bar control signal BEARINGS
28 r/min at mA/bar control signal Radial - type :
29 Separate trip/throttle valve : hydraulic/mechanical - diameter : mm
30 External trip connection from process : electric/pneumatic/hydraulic - area : mm2
31 Number of auto valves : - bearing span : mm
32 - lift type : cam/bar Thrust - type :
33 Number of secondary valves : - area : mm2
34 - lift type : cam/bar - maximum actual thrust : N
35 - thrust capacity : N
36 COUPLING
37 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Required : yes/no
38 Part ASTM. No. Supplied by :
39 Steam chest Manufacturer :
40 High-pressure casing Model :
41 Exhaust casing Coupling half mounted : yes/no
42 Nozzles Coupling guard : yes/no
43 Nozzle ring Turbine shaft fit : taper/cylindrical/hydraulic
44 Stationary blades Driven shaft fit : taper/cylindrical/hydraulic
45 Moving blades Idling adapter : yes/no
46 Diaphrgams
47 Wheels SOLE PLATES/BASE PLATE
48 Shaft Sole plates : yes/no
49 Shaft mat. under seal Base plate : yes/no
50 - application method - under : turbine/turbine and gear/turbine, gear and driven unit
51 Labyrinths
52 Bearings
53 Valve body
54 Valve stem Foundation bolts: yes/no
55 Valve seat
56

PTS 31.29.61.93, sheet 2/5, 09/2000
MESC No.: 15
1 BARRING GEAR SPARE PARTS
2 Required : yes/no Spare rotor (to be ordered) : yes/no
3 Operated : manual/electric
4 CONDENSING EQUIPMENT COOLING WATER
5 Main condenser : yes/no Type : fresh/brackish/salt
6 Manufacturer : Inlet temperature : maximum °C
7 Cooling medium : water/air : minimum °C
8 Design turbine load at 50% condenser cap. : Outlet temperature : maximum allowable °C
9 kW at r/min Supply pressure : maximum bar ga
10 Maximum turbine load at atmospheric exhaust pressure: : minimum bar ga
11 kW at r/min Pressure drop : maximum allowable bar
12 Atmospheric relief valve set at : bar ga Fouling coefficient : W/m 2. K
13 Quantity required : maximum dm3/s
14
15 ELECTRICITY
16 Auxiliaries : V AC/DC; phase; Hz
17 Instrumentation : V AC/DC; phase; Hz
18 Emergency luboil pump : V AC/DC; phase; Hz
19
20 CONDENSATE PUMPS STEAM FOR AUXILIARY DRIVES
21 Required : yes/no bar ga °C
22 Main pump drive : electric/steam Inlet - maximum
23 Stand-by pump drive : electric/steam - normal
24 Minimum vertical distance of centre line nozzle below condensate - minimum
25 working level : m Exhaust - maximum
26 - normal
27 - minimum
28
29 AIR EJECTORS INSPECTION AND TESTS
30 Number : Required Witnessed
31 Driven by : steam/water at bar ga Hydrostatic test yes yes/no
32 Total consumption : kg/s Heat stability test yes yes/no
33 Liquid ring vacuum pumps required : yes/no Rotor overspeed test yes yes/no
34 Mechanical running test yes yes/no
35 MISCELLANEOUS Compete unit test yes/no yes/no
36 Language on name plate : English/ Performance test yes/no yes/no
37 Maximum allowable residual unbalance : g.m ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
38 Torsional and lateral critical speed analysis by:
39
40
41
42
43 MASSES AND DIMENSIONS
44 Nett mass (turbine only) : kg
45 Total shipping mass : kg
46 Maximum mass for erection : kg
47 - item :
48 Maximum mass for maintenance : kg
49 - item :
50 Turbine rotor mass : kg
51 Maximum outside dimensions :
52 - length : m
53 - width : m
54 - height : m

PTS 31.29.61.93, sheet 3/5, 09/2000
MESC No.: 15
1 LUB/CONTROL OIL SYSTEM
2 Separate/combined with lub/seal/control oil system of
3 Supplied by :
4 Manufactured by :
5 System requirements Oil temperature (° C) Viscosity (cP) Flow (dm 3/s) Pressure (bar ga)
6 Bearing main turbine
7 Bearings driven equipment
8 Couplings
9 Gear
10 Control, normal
11 - at transient conditions
12
13 If turbine manufacturer will supply separate system, following data shall also be given
14 RESERVOIR
15 Capacity below maximum operating level : 3
dm Reservoir material :
16 Rundown capacity : 3
dm Internal coating :
17 Total capacity : dm3 Rundown tank required : yes/no/capacity dm3
18 - material :
19 Heating coil : steam/ Accumulator required : yes/no
20 - to heat contents from : ° C to 40 ° C in 12 h number : ; capacity each dm3
21 - steam consumption : kg/s with : manual precharge valve/constant pressure regulating valve
22 Vent : breather filter/flanged
23 Clips for heat insulation : yes/no Centrifuge purifier : yes/no
24 PUMPS Main Stand-by Emergency
25 Required yes/no yes/no yes/no
26 Type
27 Model No.
28 Manufacturer
29 Capacity dm3/s
30 Discharge pressure bar ga
31 RV set pressure bar ga
32 Absorbed power kW
33 Speed r/min
34 Casing material
35 Driver steam turbine/electric motor steam turbine /electric motor electric motor AC/DC
36 - manufacturer and type
37 - rated power kW
38 - speed r/min
39 COOLERS FILTERS*
40 Manufacturer : Manufacturer :
41 Model No. : Model No. :
42 Code : Filtration : µm
43 Surface area : m2 Casing material :
44 Design pressure : bar ga Filter material :
45 Oil flow : dm/3s Design pressure : bar ga
46 ∆ p : bar ∆ p - clean : bar
47 Oil temperature - in : °C - fouled : bar
48 - out : °C - maximum allowed : bar
49 Water/flow : maximum dm3/s * Lub/control oil and coupling oil supply as applicable
50 BACK PRESSURE REGULATOR GENERAL
51 Manufacturer : Return lines material :
52 Type : Console mass : kg
53 Minimum flow back to reservoir : dm3/s
54 Maximum flow back to reservoir : dm3/s Dimensions : length m, width m
55 Supplied by : purchaser/vendor : height m

PTS 31.29.61.93, sheet 4/5, 09/2000
M E S C No.: 15
1 INSTRUMENTATION
2 GENERAL VIBRATION DETECTORS
3 Required : yes/no
4 Local instrument panel : yes/no/by others Manufacturer :
5 Type :
6 Number at each bearning :
7 Monitors required : yes/no
8 Monitor locations :
9 Monitor enclosure :
10 TACHOMETER AXIAL MOVEMENT DETECTOR
11 Type : mechanical/electronic/electric Required : yes/no
12 Number required : Manufacturer :
13 Locations : Type : hydraulic/electronic
14 Manufacturer : Monitor required : yes/no
15 Model : Monitor location :
16 Monitor enclosure :
17 PRESSURE INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS
18 Pressure of Temperature of
19 - steam at all inlet and outlet nozzles : yes/no - steam at inlet and outlet nozzles : yes/no
20 - steam before and after first stage : yes/no - oil inlet and outlet coolers : yes/no
21 - gland steam supply : yes/no - oil in oil reservoir : yes/no
22 - discharge of oil pumps : yes/no - radial bearings : yes/no
22 - differential across oil filters : yes/no - thrust bearing : yes/no
23 - luboil at bearings : yes/no - condenser hot well : yes/no
24 - control oil : yes/no
25 - water inlet to condenser : yes/no
26 - discharge at condensate pump : yes/no
27 - condenser : yes/no LEVEL INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS
28 Level of
29 - oil reservoir : yes/no
30 - condenser hot well : yes/no
31
32
33
34 SAFETY ALARM AND SHUTDOWN DEVICES *
35 Initiating condition Alarm Shutdown Other Description Supplied
36 Turbine overspeed X yes/no/connections only
37 High turbine extraction pressure yes/no/connections only
38 High exhaust pressure yes/no/connections only
39 Low luboil pressure X X Start stand-by pump yes/no/connections only
40 Extra low luboil pressure X X yes/no/connections only
41 High ∆ p over oil filter yes/no/connections only
42 High level oil reservoir yes/no/connections only
43 Low level oil reservoir yes/no/connections only
44 High oulet temperature oil cooler yes/no/connections only
45 Excessive vibration yes/no/connections only
46 Time delay s yes/no/connections only
47 Excessive axial rotor displacement X X yes/no/connections only
48 Time delay s yes/no/connections only
49 Excessive radial bearing temperature yes/no/connections only
50 Excessive thrust bearing temperature yes/no/connections only
51 Stand-by/emergency pump running yes/no/connections only
52 High level in condensor
53
54 * Indicate by an "X" the action required, state description of "other" action, where applicable

PTS 31.29.61.93, sheet 5/5, 09/2000
GENERAL-PURPOSE STEAM TURBINES Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
2 TURBINE DRIVEN UNIT
3 Manufacturer : Type :
4 Model : Driven : direct/via gear unit
5 Type : Direction of rotatio (facing driven end) : cw/ccw
6 GEAR UNIT Normal speed : r/min
7 Required : yes/no, separate/integral Thrust (for vertical turbines only) : up N
8 Manufacturer : : down N
9 Model :
10 Ratio : API service factor :
11 Type : single helical/double helical/planetary
12 Shaft fit : cylindrical/taper
13 OPERATING DATA STEAM DATA
14 Output Speed Steam rate bar (ga) °C
15 kW r/min kg/kJ Inlet - maximum
16 Rated - normal
17 Normal - minimum
18 Guaranteed
19 Exhaust - maximum
20 - normal
21 Maximum potential - minimum
22 * Min. inlet/max. steam conditions per API Std. 611 paragraph 2.1.2.2
23 GENERAL TURBINE DATA COOLING WATER
24 Maximum continuous speed : r/min Type : fresh/brackish/salt
25 Trip speed : r/min Inlet temperature : maximum °C
26 First/second critical speed : / r/min : minimum °C
27 Maximum casing exhaust pressure : bar ga Outlet temperature : maximum allowable °C
28 Service : continuous/intermittent/stand-by Supply pressure : maximum bar (ga)
29 Direction of rotation (facing driving end) : cw/ccw : minimum bar (ga)
30 Insulaton and jacketing : yes/no Pressure drop : maximum allowable bar
31 Winterization : yes/no Fouling coefficient : W/m 2.K
32 IP area classification : safe/division Quantity required : maximum dm3/s
33 temperature class: : gas group
34 SITE CONDITIONS
35 Ambient temperature maximum/minimum : / °C
36 Other :
37
38
39 POSITION OF CONNECTION (facing driving end)
40 Steam-inlet : top/down/lefts side/right side
41 ASME class RF/FF
42 flange facing : smooth
43 Steam-outlet : top/down/left side/right side
44 ASME class RF/FF
45 flange facing : smooth
46
47
48
49 Turbines shall be in accordance with PTS 31.29.60.30 : Supplier to finish completion of data/requisition sheets
51
52
53
54
Date

PTS 31.29.61.95, sheet 1/2, 12/2000
GENERAL-PURPOSE STEAM TURBINE -cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
M E S C No.:
1 CONSTRUCTION FEATURES ACCESSORIES
2 Turbine type : vertical/horizontal/overhung/integral gear Casing relief valve for full flow : yes/no/by purchaser
3 Casing split : vertical/horizontal - set at bar (ga)
4 Number of stages : Hand valve for additional load : yes/no
5 Trip valve : integral/separate Coupling supplied by :
6 : mechanical/hydraulic - to be half mounted : yes/no
7 Gland seals - with shaft fit : cylindrical/taper
8 - interstage : carbon/labyrinth type Base plate : yes/no
9 - end : carbon/labyrinth type - under : turbine/gear/driven unit
10 Gland condenser : yes/no Foundation bolts : yes/no
11 Vibration probes/proximeters : yes/no
12
13 BEARING TYPES
14 Radial : LUBOIL SYSTEM
15 Thrust : Type : ring oiled/ring oiled with circulation through cooler/forced feed/oil
16 GOVERNOR purge-pure oil mist
17 Type : mechanical/hydraulic/pneumatic/electronic System : separate/combined with
18 NEMA class : Main oil pump : yes/no : shaft/elec. motor/steam turbine driven
19 Manufacturer : Stand-by pump : yes/no : elec. motor/steam turbine driven
20 Adjustable speed range : plus % of normal speed Oil reservoir heater : yes/no : steam/electric
21 : minus % of normal speed
22 Speed changer opertion : manual/hydraulic/pneumatic/electrical MISCELLANEOUS
23 Instrumentation : in accordance with
25 Part Spec. No. (e.g. ASTM) Total mass : kg
26 Steam inlet parts
27 Casing
28 Wheels
29 Shaft
30 Nozzles
31 Blades
32 Gland seals INSPECTION AND TESTS
33 Shaft material under seals Required Witnessed
34 Auxiliary piping * Dimensional inspection yes Yes/no
35 Hydrostatic test yes Yes/no
36 Mechanical running test yes Yes/no
37 Performance test yes/no Yes/no
38 Complete unit test yes/no Yes/no
39 * Except oil supply piping downstream of filters which shall be SS Post-test internal inspection yes/no Yes/no
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

PTS 31.29.61.95, sheet 2/2, 12/2000
GAS TURBINES Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 20
2 GAS TURBINE DRIVEN UNIT
3 Application : generator drive/mechanical Type : generator/compressor/pump
4 Number of shafts : single/two Manufacturer :
5 Cycle : simple/regenerative Model :
6 Steam injection : yes/no Driven : direct/via gear unit
7 Direction of rotations: cw/ccw (facing driven end)
8 Helper drive : yes/no Normal speed : r/min
9 Waste heat utilization : yes/no
10 Specific requirements : PTS 31.29.70.31. Power at couping : kW
11
12 SITE CONDTIONS AND LOCATION OPERATING DATA OF DRIVEN UNIT
13 Elevation : m r/min kW at coupling
14 Barometer : bar Rated
15 Max. continuous
16 Ambient temperature Dry bulb Wet bulb Minimum
17 Noramal °C °C
18 Maximum °C ° C Service : continuous/interrupted
19 Minimum °C °C : attended/unattended
20 Site rated °C °C
21
22 Allowable site rated presure drop
23 - inlet : mbar MAIN GEAR BOX
24 - exhaust : mbar Required : yes/no
25 Dust in atmospheric air Manufacturer :
26 - below 10 µm : mg/kg Model : parallel/planetary
27 - 10 µm and higher : mg/kg Type : single/double helical
28 Corrosive constituents in air
29 Salt: yes/no Suphur: yes/no Ammonia: yes/no Rating : kW
30 Input speed : r/min
31 Location : indoor/outdoor/heated/unheated/under roof Output speed : r/min
32 IP classification : safe/division
33 Insulation for heat conservation : yes/no
34 Tropicalization : yes/no
35 Winterization : yes/no, to °C
36
37 Noise limitations:
38
39
40
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
52 1 mbar = 10.2 mm H20
53

Date

PTS 31.29.70.93, sheet 1/7, 08/2000
GAS TURBINES - cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
M E S C No.: 20
1 FUEL SYSTEM LIQUID FUEL
2 Type of fuel : gas/liquid/dual In accordance with ASTM D 2880 No. 1-GT / 2-GT / 3-GT / 4-GT
3 Manual transfer : yes/no
4 Automatic transfer : yes/no Other (indicate composition):
5 Shutdown to transfer : yes/no
6
7 Transfer at rated load : yes/no
8 Transfer : no/yes, at % load
9
10 Liquid fuel treatment required : no/yes, see sheet No.
11
12 Treatment system supplied by : manufacturer/others
13
14
15
16 FUEL GAS COMPOSITION (mol. %) UTILITIES
17 MW Normal Starting Alternative Electricity V AC/DC Phase Hz
18 Air 29 Motors:
19 Oxygen 32 kW and over
20 Nitrogen 28 kW to kW
21 Water vapour 18 kW and smaller
22 Carbon monoxide 28 Control instruments
23 Carbon dioxide 44 Heaters
24 Hydrogen sulphide 34
25 Hydrogen 2 Steam for Helper Starter Injection Heating
26 Methane 16 Normal press., bar ga
27 Ethylene 28 Normal temp., ° C
28 Ethane 30 Norm. exhaust, bar ga
29 Propylene 42 Max. pressure, bar ga
30 Propane 44 Min. pressure, bar ga
31 i-Butane 58
32 n-Butane 58 Inlet air pressure : mbar ga
33 i-Pentane 72 Inlet air temperature : °C
34 n-Pentane 72 Turbine extraction air required : flow* dm3/s
35 Hexane plust - : pressure bar ga
36 Expansion turbine - gas temperature : °C
37 - gas supply pressure : bar ga
38 - gas exhaust pressure : bar ga
39 Contaminants - required power : kW
40 Total 100
41 Average mol. weight
42 INSPECTION AND TESTING Shop Site
43 Cp/Cv at ° C; bar abs Hydrostatic test
44 High heating value, kJ/kg Mechanical run
45 ,BTU/SCF Combined with driven equipment
46 Low heating value, kJ/kg
47 ,BTU/SCF Performance test
48 Pressure max./min., bar ga Dismantle/reassemble
49 Temperature max./min., °C
50 Site commissioning protocol: yes/no
51
52
* At 15 ° C and 1013.25 mbar

PTS 31.29.70.93, sheet 2/7, 08/2000
GAS TURBINES cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: 20
1 INFORMATION BY PRINCIPAL INFORMATION BY MANUFACTURER
2 AIR INLET SYSTEM
3 Air filter type dry moving screen/wet moving screen/fixed media Manufacturer :
4 (dry or viscous)/inertial/dust louvre/self-cleaning Model : ; ∆ p: mbar
5
6
7 Air cooler : yes/no Manufacturer : ; Model: ; ∆ p: mbar
8 Ducting : no/yes, see sketch Plate thickness : mm
9 Expansion joint : yes/no Manufacturer : ;Type:
10 Silencer : yes/no Manufacturer : ; ∆ p: mbar
11 Estimated total ∆ p: mbar Actual total ∆ p : mbar
12
13
14 EXHAUST SYSTEM
15 Expansion joint : yes/no Manufacturer : ;Type:
16 Ducting and stack : no/yes, see sketch Plate thickness : mm
17 Heat recovery device : yes/no/by others Manufacturer : ; Model: ; ∆ p: mbar
18 Silencer : yes/no Manufacturer : ; ∆ p: mbar
19 Estimated total ∆ p: : mbar Actual total ∆ p : mbar
20
21
22 STARTING EQUIPMENT
23 Minimum rating : kW Rating : kW
24 Overriding clutch : yes/no Manufacturer :
25 Electric motor : yes/no Manufacturer : ; Model:
26 Steam turbine : yes/no Type :
27 Expansion turbine : yes/no Model :
28 Diesel engine : yes/no Utility required :
29
30 Shaft barring device : yes/no
31 : manual/electric motor
32
33
34 COUPLING
35 Manufacturer :
36 Type : Model :
37 Coupling-half mounted : yes/no Size :
38 Coupling guard : yes/no
39 Turbine shaft fit : taper/cylindrical/integral flange
40 Driven shaft fit : taper/cylindrical/integral flange
41 Spacer : yes/no
42 Lubrication : oil/grease/dry
43
44
45 MANUFACTURER TO SUPPLY ALSO
46 Gear box : yes/no
47 Driven unit : no/yes, see
48
49 Fire protection : yes/no
50 Base plate : yes/no
51 Sole plate : yes/no
52 Extended to accommodate :
53
54 Language on nameplate :
55

PTS 31.29.70.93, sheet 3/7, 08/2000
MESC No.: 20
1 LUBOIL SYSTEM
2 INFORMATION BY PRINCIPAL INFORMATION BY MANUFACTURER
3 Luboil system : separate/common with driven equipment Capacity : dm3/s at bar ga for turbine
4 : dm3/s at bar ga for other equipment
5 Total capacity : dm3/s
6 Mounting arrangement : console/base plate Luboil temp. : max. ° C; min. °C
7
8 Pumps Type of driver Horizontal/vertical Actual capacity dm3/s Case material Driver kW
9 Main Main
10 Stand-by Stand-by
11 Emergency Emergency
12
13 Stand-by pump reset : auto/manual Relief valve setting pumps: bar ga; Header : bar ga
14
15 Reservoir : base plate/separate Capacity : m3; Retention time: s
16 - Material :
17 - Internal coating :
18 - Heater required : electric/steam/no Manufacturer : ; Type:
19 - Level alarm required : high/low/no Manufacturer : ; Type:
20
21 Accumulator: yes/no Manufacturer : ; Type:
22 Capacity m3
23 Filters : single/dual Manufacturer :
24 - Size : µm Filter material : ; Max. oper. press.: bar ga
25 - Dual change-over valves: yes/no ∆ p clean : mbar
26
27
28 Coolers : single/dual Manufacturer : ; Type:
29 Cooling medium : air/water Duty each : W ; Surface: m2
30 Shell OD : ; Thickness : mm
31 Cooling water Max. oper. press.: bar ga
32 - Type : fresh/brackish/salt Tube OD : mm; Length : m
33 - Inlet temperature : ° C - Thickness : mm; Number :
34 - Outlet temperature, max. allowable : ° C Water flow : dm3/s
35 - Supply pressure, maximum : bar ga Water temp. out : °C
36 - Supply pressure, minimum : bar ga Material - shell :
37 - Fouling coefficient : W/m 2.K - headers :
38 - tube sheet :
39 Material in acc. with PTS 31.21.01.31, List - tubes :
40
41 Stainless steel piping: no/yes, downstream filters/complete system
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55

PTS 31.29.70.93, sheet 4/7, 08/2000
MESC No.: 20
1 GAS TURBINE CHARACTERISTICS (given by manufacturer)
2 PERFORMANCE CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
3 NEMA rating: kW; HP Model : ; Type :
4 ISO rating: kW; HP Shafts : single/two
5 Site rated Max. Min. Rotation : cw/ccw (facing coupling)
6 DRY BULB TEMPERATURES °C
7 Output kW Air compressor : stages ; max. tip speed : m/s
8 BHP Type : ; Press. ratio:
9 Heat rate (LHV) kJ/kJ Casing : hor. split/vertic. split
10 BTU/kWh Rotor : solid/built-up
11 Power turbine rated speed r/min Max. allow. temp. : ° C; Pressure : bar ga
12 Compressor turbine speed r/min Trip speed : r/min
13 Air flow kg/s
14 Exhaust flow kg/s Turbine (HP or GG) Stages ; max. tip speed: m/s
15 Turbine inlet temperature °C Turbine (LP or PT) : stages ; max. tip speed: m/s
16 Exhaust temperature °C Casing : hor. split/vertic. split
17 Rotor (compressor) : solid/built-up
18 Max. cont. speed of PT r/min Max. allow. temp. : ° C; Pressure : bar/ga
19 - Ratio of rated speed % Trip speed : r/min
20 Min. allowable speed
21 - Ratio of rated speed %
22 kW at min. allowable speed r/min Combustors : single/multiple
23 Power turbine : gas/oil/dual fuel
24 - 1st critical speed r/min Expected temperature startification : °C
25 - 2nd critical speed r/min Fuel nozzles per combustor :
26 - 3td critical speed r/min Emission control: Water inj./steam inj./dry
27 Compressor turbine HP/GG LP/PT
28 - 1st critical speed r/min Bearings - radial: type
29 - 2nd critical speed r/min - thrust: type
30 - 3rd critical speed r/min Max. thrust load (N):
31 HELPER TURBINE Thrust area (cm2) Act./Inact.
32 Output kW Thrust cap. (N) :

33 Flow kg/s Flange orientation:
34 Steam pressure bar ga - inlet : up/down/side
35 Steam temperature °C - exhaust : up/down/side
36 Flange size - inlet :
37 STEAM INJECTION - exhaust:
38 Incremental output kW MATERIAL
39 Steam flow kg/s Air compressor - rotor blading:
40 - stator blading :
41 ENERGY LOSSES Combustor liner(s)
42 Main gear box kW Turbine stage 1 2 3 4 5
43 - Stator blades
44 Inlet kW - Rotor blades
45 Exhaust kW - Wheel
46
47
48 MASSES AND DIMENSIONS Turbine Auxiliaries
49 Total shipping mass kg
50 Max. erection mass kg
51 Max. maintenance mass kg
52 Length (installed) m -
53 Width (installed) m -
54 Height (installed) m -
55

PTS 31.29.70.93, sheet 5/7, 08/2000
M E S C No.: 20
1 INSTRUMENTATION
2 GENERAL VIBRATION DETECTION
3 General requirements : PTS 32.31.09.31. Required : yes/no
4 Local instrument panel : yes/no Manufacturer :
5 Remote instr. panel : yes/no Type :
6 Alarm contacts : to open/close to sound alarm No. at each bearing :
7 - Switch enclosure : explosion proof/weather proof Other locations :
8 Shutdown contacts : to open/close to shutdown
9 - Switch enclosure : explosion proof/weather proof Monitors required :
10 Provision required for testing while in operation Monitor location :
11 - Alarm systems : yes/no Monitor enclosure : explosion proof / weather proof
12 - Shutdown systems : yes/no
13
14
15 TACHOMETER GOVERNOR
16 Type : mechanical/electronic/electrical Type : mechanical / hydraulic
17 Number required : NEMA class :
18 Location : Manufacturer :
19 Manufacturer : Model :
20 Model : Speed : constant / variable
21 Speed range : max. ; min.
22 LEVEL INSTRUMENT Control signal : max. ; min.
23 Oil reservoir : yes/no Operation : manual / electronic / electric / hydraulic / pneumatic
24
25
26
27 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
28 Indicator - Manufacturer : Indicator - Manufacturer :
29 Recorder - Manufacturer : Recorder - Manufacturer :
30 Extra points for driven equipment : Extra points for driven equipment :
31 Indicating* Recording*
32 Temperature of Indicating* Recording* Pressure of
33 - turbine exhaust ( points minimum) - control oil
34 - interturbine (2-shaft only) - luboil to bearings
35 - gas turbine air compressor inlet - discharge of oil pumps
36 discharge - discharge of air compressor
37 - oil cooler inlet - ∆ p over luboil filters
38 outlet - ∆ p over air inlet filters
39 - oil drain each bearing ( pcs)
40 - fuel manifold
41 - oil reservoir
42 - gas turbine inlet ( pcs)
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
* Indicated by X if required

PTS 31.29.70.93, sheet 6/7, 08/2000
M E S C No.: 20
1 SAFETY, ALARM AND SHUTDOWN DEVICES
2 Initiating condition Action * Supplied by
3 Alarm Shutdown Other Description/remarks
4 Turbine overspeed(s) X
5 Low luboil pressure X X Start stand-by pump
6 Extra low luboil pressure X X X Start emergency pump
7 Low fuel supply pressure X
8 Turbine inlet over temperature X
9 Turbine inlet extra over temperture X
10 Turbine exhaust over temperature X
11 Turbine exhaust extra over temperature X
12 Failure exhaust over temperature shutdown device X
13 Combustor flame out X
14 High ∆ p air inlet filter X
15 Failure starting clutch to engage/disengage
16 High and low oil reservoir level
17 High ∆ p oil filter
18 High oil cooler outlet temperature
19 High thrust bearing drain temperature
20 High radial bearings drain temperature Time delay: s
21 Excessive vibration on turbine or driven equipment
22
23 Annunciator - Manufacturer :
24 - Location :
25
26
27
28 MISCELLANEOUS
29 Gauge panel : yes/no, by others
30 - Mounting : integral/free standing/manufacturer's standard
31 - Extra cut-outs required : no/yes, see sheet No.
32 - Weather protection required : yes/no
33
34
35 Starting panel : yes/no, by others
39
40
41 Control panel : yes/no, by others
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
* Indicated by X if required

PTS 31.29.70.93, sheet 7/7, 08/2000
GAS TURBINE AIR INTAKE FILTER Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1 Equipment No: Number required:
2 Location:
3 Service:
4 Manufacturer: Type:
5 OPERATING DATA
6 Air flow to turbine, maximum (at full turbine speed and power), at 15 °C m3/s
7 Air flow to acoustic enclosure (if taken from main air intake system) m3/s
8 Air temperature range (max/min) °C
9 Air relative humidity range (max/min) %
10 Maximum wind velocity (for structural loading) m/s
11 PERFORMANCE
12 Filter rated flow at 15 °C m3/s
13 Filter efficiency for particles > 2 microns %
14 Filter efficiency for particles > 10 microns %
15 Air pressure drop at maximum air flow rate with clean elements mm H2O
16 Maximum air pressure drop at maximum air flow rate with dirty elements mm H2O
17 Average synthetic dust weight arrestance %
18 Filter capacity (total weight air conditioning fine dust held at maximum filter differential pressure) kg
19 Salt removal performance (for offshore and coastal) - salt passed through mg/kg
20 Air velocity, 1st stage / 2nd stage m/s
21 Differential air pressure alarm setting mm H2O
22 Differential air pressure shutdown setting mm H2O
23 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
24
25 1st stage filter: type/materials/model number
26 2nd stage filter: type/materials/model number
27 Shutters for prolonged shutdown YES/NO
28 Heat tracing on drain traps YES/NO
29 Expansion joints: type/materials:
30 Anti-icing system YES/NO
31 Details:
32 Gas detectors included Manufacturer/Type YES/NO
33 Snow hood required YES/NO
34 Weather louvres required YES/NO
35 Lighting required A/C YES/NO Supply volts: single phase Hz
36 D/C YES/NO Supply volts:
37 GENERAL
38 Quality control plan required YES/NO
39 Electrical classification : Area: Zone: Gas group:
40 Noise level dB(A)
41 Elevation above sea level m
42 LAYOUT SKETCH
43
44
45
46
48
49 Made by: Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter
50 Date
51 Chked by: Date PLANT : Sign.
52
53 Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. continued on sheet No.
54
55 Eng. by : Equipm. No.
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
2 Equipment Item No.: Number required:
3 Location: Duty:
4 Make: Model No.:
5 ISO Cont. power: kW. Speed: rpm No Cyls: Turbocharged YES NO
6 Service: Vital Non-Vital Continuous Standby Attended Unattended
7 Fuel: Gas Diesel (See sheet 6 for specification)
8 Speed: Constant Variable Tropicalisation: YES NO Exh. heat recover: YES NO
9 SITE CONDITIONS
10 Environment: Temperate Desert Tropical Arctic Industrial Marine Offshore
11 Altitude: m.a.sl. Wind velocity: Average m/s Gust m/s. Raifall mm/yr
12 Ambient temperatures: Max °C, Min °C. Design amb. temps.: Max °C, Min. °C
13 Relative humidity: Max % Min % Area classification: Safe Zone 2 Zone 1
14 Earthquake zone: YES NO California class: Teperature class: Gas group:
15 Emission control: YES NO State units of allowable emissions:
16 NDX CO Volatile organics
17 Engine output : NOX CO Volatile organics
18 Winterisation: YES NO
19 INSTALLATION
20 Enclosed building Roof and part sidesheeting Roof only Open air Subject to fire water discharge
21 Skid mounted Floor mounted Baseplate by: Manufacturer Contractor
22 Foundation bolts by: Manufacturer Contractor Other
23 Control panel by:
24 SITE UTILITIES
22 Cooling water: Heat rejection: kj/hr m3/hr
23 Sea Fresh Cooling tower J.W. cooler:
24 Pressure: kPa (ga) Press. drop: kPa L.O. cooler:
25 Temperature: in °C out °C Turbocharger aftercooler:
26 Flow: m3/hr TOTAL:
27 Electricity: Consumption:
28 Power: V Hz ph Radiator fans kW
29 Utility: V Hz ph Fuel pump kW
30 Inst. a.c.: V Hz ph Circ. water kW
31 Inst.d.c: V Battery charger kW
32 Instrument air: Utilities kW
33 Pressure: kPa (ga) Demand Nm 3/hr Inst.a.c kW
34 Sump Heater: kW Inst. d.c. kW
35 Jacket Heater: kW Cylinder lubrication kW
36 Certifying Authority (1):
37 ANSI/NFPA 20 to be applied
38 OPERATION
39 Fully Manual Manual start/stop Fully automatic
40 Other (specify)
41 REMARKS
42 = Information by Principal = Information by Manufacturer
43
44 Numerical data by Principal or Manufacturer as appropriate
45 (1)
e.g. Lloyds Register, Bureau Veritas etc.
46
47
48
49
50

Date

INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES - Continued Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
Equipment item No.: Location
1 ENGINE DESIGN DATA
2 Make: Model No.:
3 No. of cyls: In line Vee Displacement: litres
4 Design speed: rpm Max. rpm Min. rpm
5 Naturally aspirated Turbocharged Rotation CW CCW facing flywheel
6 Cylinder heads: High Medium Low compression
7 Exhaust manifold: Dry Insulated Water cooled Water jacket
8 POWER ENGINE
9 ISO gross: kW Bore: mm Stroke: mm
10 Site service gross: kW BMEP: (1) kPa(ga)
11 Auxiliaries: Combustion air flow: m3/hr(2)
12 Coolant pumps: kW Charge air temp.: °C
13 Radiator fans: kW Exh. temp. after TC: °C
14 Charging alternator: kW Compression ratio:
15 Air compressor: kW Mechanical: :1 Overall: :1
16 Others: Coolant temperatures:
17 kW Jackets in out °C(4)
18 kW TC a/c (3) in out °C(4)
19 kW Lube oil cooler in out °C(4)
20 kW Coolant system pressure: kPa (ga)
21 Nett. coupling output: kW Cycle: Two Four stroke
22 Maximum coupling output: Mean piston velocity at rated load: m/s
23 1 hour in 12: kW
24 Min. allowable load: kW
25 Performance curves Drg No.:
26 GOVERNOR TURBOCHARGER
27 Type: 1 2 3 Number:
28 Accuracy class: Speed: rpm
29 Transient speed change: Max. rpm. Min rpm
30 Load increase: % Decrease: % Charge pressure: kPa (ga)
31 Recovery time: secs. Exhaust inlet temp.: °C
32 Power variation band: Insulated Water cooled Bare
33 Load Sharing: YES NO Lubrication:
34 External speed signal: YES NO Self-contained From engine
35 Governor make: Starting:
36 Model No.: Self Air jet Mechanical
37 System: Electronic Mechanical Make:
38 Model No.:
39
40
41 REMARKS
42 (1)
Brake mean effective pressure (2)
At continuous power & speed 101.3kPa & 15 °C
43 (3)
Turbocharger aftercooler (4)
At maximum ambient or coolant temp.
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

MESC No.:
Equipment item No.: Location:
1 FUEL SYSTEM
2 GAS ENGINE DIESEL ENGINE
3 Carburettor Fuel injection Fuel pumps: Distributor In-line
4 No. of carburettors: External camshaft
5 Make: Injection timing: Mechanical Electronic
6 Model No.: Fuel pump make:
7 Lean burn: YES NO Model No.:
8 Precombustion chanber: YES NO Fuel injector make:
9 Fuel: Model No.:
10 Pressure: kPa (ga) Filtration: micron nominal
11 Temperature: °C Filter Make:
12 Flow @ max. power m3/hr(1) Model No.:
13 See sheet 6 for fuel analysis
14 Fuel supply pressure kPa (ga)
15 IGNITION SYSTEM Temperature °C max
16 Classifiaction: Open Low fire hazard Flow @ max. power litres/hr
17 Self powered External power Fuel specification:
18 Magneto: Low High tension
19 System make:
20 Model No.:
21 Coils make: See sheet 6 for fuel analysis
22 Model No.: Day tank by Manufacturer Others
23 No. spark plugs per cylinder: Day tank volume: litres
24 Spark plug make: Running time: hrs @ max power
25 Model No.: Fuel charge pump:
26 Engine driven driver
27
28
29 BARRING GEAR LOAD COUPLING
30 Manual Pheumatic Electric by Manufacturer by Others
31 Pneumatic pressure: kPa(ga) Torsionally: Flexible Rigid
32 Electric Volts AC DC Flexibility N-m/radian
33 Amps Type flexible elements:
34 Make:
35 Model No.: Make:
36 Model No.:
37
38
39 REMARKS
40 (1)
At 101.3 kPa & 15 °C
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

MESC No.:
1 LUBRICATION STARTING
2 Splash Pressure Electric: No. of motors
3 Pump drive: Engine Other Volts Amps
4 Prelube pump: YES NO Batteries by: Manufacturer Others
5 Drive: Manual Pneumatic Electric Batteries: Lead/acid Alkaline
6 Other Capacity: Amp-hrs
7 Oil Filter: Full flow Bypass Make:
8 Dual with changeover valve Model No.:
9 Filtration: micrometre nominal Battery Charger: Engine Mains a.c.
10 Make: Charger by: Manufacturer Others
11 Model No.: Make:
12 Centrifugal filter fitted: YES NO Model No.:
13 Sump capacity: litres Starter motors: No.
14 Circ. rate litres/min Make:
15 Temp. to cooler: °C Model No.:
16 Temp. from cooler: °C(1)
17 Heat rejection rate: kJ/hr Pneumatic: Motor Air Gas
18 Consumption: litres/day Direct cylinder injection
19 Lube oil type: Injection to No.: cylinders
20 Grade: Pressure: kPa (ga)
21 Viscosity @ 40 °C cP Flow: m3/hr(2)
22 Automatic sump level control: YES NO Min. pressure to start: kPa (ga)
23 Oil cooler: Starter motors: No.
24 Shell & tube Radiator Make:
25 Coolant: Air Liquid Model No.:
26 Integrated with jacket Air receiver volume:
27 Circulating water Receiver by: Manufacturer Others
28 Cooler by: Manufacturer Others Drawing No.:
29 Air compressor by: Manufacturer Others
30 Power cylinder lubrication: Drive: Engine Electric motor
31 Engine system Separate lubricator Capacity: m3/hr(2)
32 System: Pump to point with sight glasses
33 Pump and metering Hydraulic:
34 Driver: Engine Electric motor Pressure kPa (ga)
35 No. pumps: Box cap litres Flow litres/min
36 Replenish from: Engine Separate Min. pressure to start: kPa (ga)
37 Consumption: litres/day Starter motors: No.:
38 Lube oil type: Make:
39 Grade: Model No.:
40 Lubricator make: Accumulator volume m3
41 Model No.: Hydraulic system by: Manufacturer Others
42 Pump drive:
43 Lube oil supply to driven machine:(3) Engine Manual Electric
44 Flow rate: litres/min Hydraulic system drg. No.:
45 Temperature out °C in °C
46 REMARKS
47 (1)
At maximum ambient or coolant temperature (2)
At 101.3.kPa & 15 °C
48 (3)
State whether gearbox included
49
50
51
52
53

MESC No.:
1 COOLING AIR INTAKE
2 J.W. cooler: Air Water Filter type:
3 TC aftercooler: Air Water Filtration quality:
4 System operating press. kPa (ga) Filter make:
5 Pump driver: Engine Electric Model No.:
6 J.W. cooler by: Manufacturer Others Intake duct by: Manufacturer Others
7 Radiator: on engine separate EXHAUST
8 Radiator fans drive: Engine Electric Duct by: Manufacturer Others
9 Radiator fans No.: Silencer spark arrester: YES NO
10 Radiator fans dia: metres Silencer make:
11 Pump make: Model No.:
12 Model No.:
13 J.W. cooler make: DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
14 Model No.: Lenghts in metres, weights in kg
15 Bare engine dimensions:
16 SCHEDULE OF CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS L W H
17 State size and rating of connection Engine & integral radiator
18 Fuel: L W H
19 Air intake: Separate radiator
20 Air filter out: L W H
21 Exhaust: Ht. to remove piston:
22 Silencer: Min dist. between engines:
23 Coolant in:
24 Cooler out: Operating weight:
25 J.W. cooler in: Max. maintenance lift:
26 J.W. cooler out: Item:
27 Air/gas to starter: Radiator operating weight:
28 Hydraulic oil out: Max. shipping dimensions:
29 Hydraulic oil out: L W H
30 Fuel vent/spill: Max. shipping weight:
31 Starter exhaust:
32 Crankcase breather:
33
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

MESC No.:
1 FUEL GAS ANALYSIS
2 Component Mo. Mass Mol% Molar mass:
3 C1 16.04 Pressure: kPa (ga)
4 C2 30.07 Temperature °C
5 C3 44.09 Cp/Cv
6 iC4 58.12 Dewpoints
7 nC4 58.12 Hydocarbon @: kPa.g _ °C
8 iC5 72.15 Water @ kPa.g _ °C
9 nC5 72.15 Heating value:
10 C6 86.17 Higher MJ/m3(1)
11 C7+ 100 Lower MJ/m3(1)
12 N2 28.01 (1) @ 101.3 kPa & 15 °C
13 Co2 34.08
14 CO 28.01
15 O2 32.00
16 H2 1.01
17 H2 S 44.01
18
19
20
21 Total
22
23
24
25 DIESEL FUEL SPECIFICATION
26 To BS 2869 class A1 A2 Other
27 If Other, specification:
28 Density at 15 °C kg/m3
29 Kinematic viscosisty at 100 °C cSt
30 Flash point °C Pour point °C
31 Conradson carbon residue % (m/m) Ash % (m/m)
32 Water % (v/v) Aluminium mg/kg
33 Sulphur % (m/m) Vanadium mg/kg
34 Approx. Cetane number:
35
36
37
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

Requisition for Contr. Job No.:
ORIFICE FLANGE SETS MESC No.:
Orifice flange set consisting of:

1) Two orifice flanges, welding neck, R.F., smooth finish with welded taps, designed to ANSI B16.36, but modified to:
Dwg. S38.130 Rev. orifice flanges, raised face, with flange tappings
Dwg. S38.131 Rev. orifice flanges, raised face, with corner tappings
2) Two jack screws as per Dwg. S 38.130 Rev. or Dwg. S 38.131 Rev.
Material flanges : as specified below and as per relevant MESC description

jackscrews : austenitic stainless steel
TAPPING CODE
FT = Flange tapping
CT = Corner tapping
Var. No. Rev. letter Date Initial
REMARKS
*Delete what is not applicable


PTS 31.32.00.93, sheet 1/2, 01/2002
ORIFICE FLANGE SETS - cont. sheet MESC No:
No. of tappings
New item
OCDA
per flange
Rev. letter
Tapping
From Item Total quantity Norm ANS flange Pipe Bore
Card
S/C
Unit Material
store No. required size DN. rating class sched. diam. mm MESC No.
£ ±
D
D

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.32.00.93, sheet 2/2, 01/2002
ORIFICE METER RUNS WITH RAISED FACE FLANGES M E S C No.:
Orifice meter run :

Construction : In accordance with Dwg. S 38.129 Rev. and relevant MESC specification/description
Material : Base material in accordance with specification below
For detailed material information see relevant MESC description
END FLANGE TYPE CODE

Var. No. Rev letter Date Initial
WN = Welding neck
LAP = Lap flange
REMARKS

PLANT: ENG. BY: Contractor Job No.
CONSIGNEE: PRINCIPAL:
PTS 31.32.00.94, 02/2002, sheet 1/2
ORIFICE METER RUNS WITH RAISED FACE FLANGES - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Norm
Rev. letter
End flange End
From Item Total quantity size End flange
Card
S/C
Unit Base material ANS rating flange
store No. required meter run type MESC No.
class schedule
DN.
£ ±
D
D

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.32.00.94, sheet 2/2, 03/2002
LEVEL GAUGES contr. Job No.:
1) 2)
C Normal Normal Required Type Type Material of wetted ANS flange Flow diagram Remarks Tag Number
Tag Service Fluid F working working visible of Range of Special requirements parts for plate type rating number
Number V pressure temp length gauge glass
bar ga °C mm mm Class
1) C= corrosive REMARKS ON REVISIONS Made by Date Rev. Letter

F= fouling
V= high viscosity Checked by Date Date:
2) Plate or collar PLANT:
3) Transparent or reflex Approved by Date Signature:
4) S= steam heating CONSIGNEE:
M= mica shield Eng. by: Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No.
K= Kel-F coated glass Principal: No.
L= lighting
PTS 31.33.10.92, sheet 1, dated 07/99
LEVEL GAUGES M E S C No.:
PLATE TYPE* COLLAR TYPE*
Material of wetted parts: carbon steel/stainless steel* Completely in accordnace with drawing S 38.049
Range = centre to centre of nozzles = 450, 840 or 1230 mm, Range = face-to-face length of gauge = 500, 1000 or 15000 mm
requiring 1, 2 or 3 elements resp., see drawing S 10.052
For details of brackets for lighting, see drawing S 44.020
CODE FOR GLASS, SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND BRACKETS Var. No. Rev letter Date Initial
Transparent glass = T
Reflex glass = R
Steam heating = S
Mica shield = M
Kel-F coated glass = K
Brackets for lighting = BL
Manufacturer's drawings
REMARKS

PTS 31.33.10.93, 03/2002, sheet 1/2
LEVEL GAUGES - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
requirements
OCDA
Rev. letter
Bracoets
Special
ANS flange
Class
Card
S/C
Unit Range rating Tag number
mm Class £ ±
D
D

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.33.10.93, sheet 2/2, 03/2002
THERMOWELLS MESC No.:
Type : Flanged or screwed as specified by following codes:

FF 25 = DN 25 flanged, acc. To Dwg. S38.100 Rev
FF 40 = DN 40 flanged, acc. To Dwg S38.100 Rev
FF 50 = DN 50 flanged, acc. To Dwg. S38.100 Rev
S = 1 in. NPT male, acc. To Dwg S38.101 Rev
Bore : 6.5, 10, 13 mm as specified
Length "L" : 230, 255, 305, 355, 405 or 455 mm for flanged thermowells 115, 150, or 225 mm for screwed thermowells
Material of wells : Stainless steel AISI 316, unless otherwise specified.
REMARKS
Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No. 2

PTS 31.35.00.93, sheet 1/2, 09/2001
THERMOWELLS - cont. sheet MESC No: 60.17
Abbreviated description N
Estimated item value Quantity change
O C e
w
S/
C a Length MESC No. C
From I
D r Rev. Item Total quantity
Unit Type
Bore
"L" Material
store t
A d letter No. required mm
mm e
£ m ±
D
D
D
D

Principal: Req. No.
PTS 31.35.00.93, Sheet 2/2, 09/2001
HYDRAULIC OPERATION OF VALVES MESC No:
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NOTES
1. The hydraulic shut-off system shall be in accordance with 1. Normal operating pressure equals maximum differential pressure.
PTS 31.36.10.30- 2. Closing speed to depend on hydraulic shock considerations.
An interconnecting piping lay-out drawing will be supplied 3. VU - vertically up.
together with a simplified process flow scheme. VD - vertically down (not recommended)
2. Temperature alarm on hydraulic oil reservoir: yes/no H - horizontal.
3. Valve position indicators on shut-off panel: yes/no 4. Data to be provided by manufacturer
4. Painting and coating:
5. Enviromental conditions:
Size Rating Oper.1) Oper. Closing2) Opening Opening4) Closing4)
Tag.
Temp. Actuator3)
Item Quant. inch / Type Class/ press. time time MESC No. Service force force Remarks
No. o position
DN PN bar ga C sec. sec. kN kN

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.36.10.93, sheet 1, 03/2002
Data sheet for Design book : page:
SAFETY / RELIEF VALVES Contr. job :
Operating 1) Fluid 2) 3) Vessel conditions Valve size Valve material Back pressure
Tag Service pressures Fluid Max. MW Upstream Min. L Maximum Valve Max. Total orifice bar ga Valve Requisiton Remarks
3
No. location Reason N contami- flow or relief outlet S Cp/Cv Design allowable set allowable Inlet area cm Outlet type sub-group/
Norm. Max. for Description or nants density temp. temp. G pressure working pressure relief in. calcu- actual in. Body Trim conv. serial
bar ga bar ga. relief C bar ga pressure bar ga pressure lated Variable Constant or number
kg/s kg/m3 °C bar ga balanced
REMARKS ON REVISIONS Made by: Date Revision letter

1) EL = total electricy failure; CW = total cooling water failure; IN = total instrument failure; Date
SI = other failure; TH = thermal expansion; FO = fire only Checked by: Date PLANT: Signature
2) N = non-corrosive; C = corrosive
3) L = liquid; S = stream; G = vaour/glas Approved by: Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No.
Eng. by: No.

Principal:
PTS 31.36.90.92, sheet 1/1, dated 06/99
Requisition sheet for SAFETY/RELIEF VALVES Contr. Job No.: page:
General Full nozzle-type steel safety/relief valve, closed bonnet with screwed cap unless otherwise specified
Pressure codes SP = set pressure
MRP = maximum relief pressure
Fluid codes N = non-corrosive
Co = corrosive
Fluid phase codes L = liquid
S = steam
G = vapour
Back pressure If variable back pressure is higher than 10% of set pressure, specify balanced type safety/relief valve
If variable back pressure is equal to or less than 10% of set pressure, specify conventional type safety/relief valve; set pressure shall be equal to spring pressure
If back pressure is constant, conventional type safety/relief vavle shall be specified; spring pressure shall be equal to set pressure minus back pressure
Type and size As specified below; to be checked by manufacturer
Special requirements A- screwed cap and test rod
B- bolted cap and regular lifting gear
C- bolted cap and packed lifting gear
D- bolted cap, packed lifting gear and test rod
X- open bonnet, if required by local regulations
Y- vented bonnet, if required by local regulations
Connections Inlet and outlet flanged ANS class 300 RF and 150 RF respectively, unless otherwise specified
Pressure N Relief Max. L or MW Back pressure Special Size Material
Item Quant. Tag No. bar ga or temp. flow S or or bar ga Valve req. Orifice cm2 Remarks
Co. kgs G density type codes Inlet Outlet Body Trim
SP MRP °C kg/m3 Variable Constant in. Calc. Actual in.
REMARKS ON REVISIONS Made by: Equipment: SAFETY/RELIEF VALVES Rev. Letter

Checked by: Date:
Approved by: Plant: Signature:
Consignee:
NOTE: At a later date supplier will be invited to complete a Spare Parts List and Interchangeability Eng. by: Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No.
Record (SPIR) for all equipment supplied. Principal: Req No.
PTS 31.36.90.93, sheet 1/2, dated 06/2000
Requisition sheet for SAFETY/RELIEF VALVES Contr. Job No.: page:
Pressure N Relief Max L or MW Back pressure Special Size Material
Item Quant. Tag No. bar ga or temp. flow S or or bar ga. Valve req. Orifice cm2 Remarks
Co. kgs G density type codes Inlet Outlet Body Trim
SP MRP °C kg/m3 Variable Constant in. Calc. Actual in.
Eng. by: Sheet No. 2 cont'd on sheet No.

Principal: Req No.
PTS 31.36.90.93, sheet 2/2, dated 06/2000
SAFETY RELIEF VALVE CALCULATION SHEET (to API 520-Part 1:2000)
= input field
Unit Tag number
Service Job number
DESIGN BASE Volume flow Mass flow
Hazard Remarks Q [m3/s] W [kg/s]
Total Electricity Failure
Total Cooling Water Failure
Total Instrument Air Failure
External Fire
Thermal Expansion Take Nominal size : 1" x 1"; Min. ANSI 300x150 LBS; A= 0.11 [inch2]
Other Failure
Determining case
CALCULATION Gas/Vapour Steam Liquid EQUATIONS
Operating pressure [barg]
Critical flow criterion
Max. operating pressure [barg]
κ
Vessel design pressure [barg]  2  κ −1
Pcf = P1 ∗  
Max. allowable working pressure [barg]  κ + 1
Set pressure [barg] Ps Ps Ps
Constant back pressure [barg] Pc Pc Gas/Vapour - critical flow
Variable back pressure [barg] Pv Pv Pv κ +1
Allowable over pressure [%] Ro Ro Ro  2  κ −1
C = 520 ∗ κ ∗  
Net spring setting Ps-Pc
1)
[bar]  κ + 1
Total back pressure Pc+Pv [barg] Pb Pb Pb
W ( T + 273)∗ Z
ditto (abs.) [bara] P2 P2 P2 A = 734 ∗ ∗
Max. relief pressure Ps*(100+Ro)/100 [barg] C∗ Kd ∗ P1∗ K b ∗ Kc M
ditto (abs.) [bara] P1 P1 P1
Gas/Vapour - sub-critical flow
Temperature at max. relief pressure [oC] T
κ −1
1 − ( r) κ
Molweight M
κ 2
Compressibility factor Z F2 = ∗ ( r) κ ∗
κ −1 1− r
Ratio of specific heats k
Density liquid at T oC [kg/m 3] d W (T + 273) ∗ Z
A= ∗
M∗ P1 ∗ ( P1 − P2 )
2)
Variable backpr. ratio Pv/Ps*100 [%] Rv Rv Rv F2 ∗ Kd ∗ Kc
Total backpr. ratio Pb/Ps*100 [%] Rt Rt Rt
Abs. backpr. ratio P2/P1 r Steam - critical flow
Critical flow throat pressure [bara] Pcf W
If P2 < Pcf vapour flow is critical A = 10.6 ∗
P1∗ K d ∗ K b ∗ K c ∗ K n ∗ K sh
Critical flow factor C
Sub-critical flow factor F2 Liquid - no capacity certification
3)
Coefficient of discharge (default 0.975) Kd Kd
Q d
Combination factor (1.0 for RV, 0.9 for RV+RD) Kc Kc Kc A = 3.48 ∗ ∗
3) 5)
Kd ∗ Kw ∗ Kc ∗ K v ∗ K p 1.25∗ Ps − Pb
Back press. correction (API 520-Fig.30) Kb Kb
Superheat steam corr. (API 520-Table 9) Ksh=1 if saturated Ksh
Liquid - with capacity certification
Corr. factor for Napier equation Kn=1 if P1<100 bara Kn
Q d
A = 3.48 ∗ ∗
3)
Coefficient of discharge (default 0.62) Kd
Back press. correction (API 520-Fig.31) Kw
Kd ∗ K w ∗ K c ∗ Kv P1 − P2
Viscosity correction (API 520-Fig.36) Kv
Overpress. correction (API 520-Fig.37) Kp
Relief rate (mass flow) [kg/s] W W NOTES
Relief rate (volume flow) [m 3/s] Q
1)
Only for conventional RV's
Area calculated [inch2] A A A 2)
When Rv > Ro, use balanced type RV's
ditto [cm 2] 3)
To be checked with vendor
4)
Remark Pilot valves only in clean service
Recommended size [letter designation/inch2] 5)
for conv/pilot valves Kb=1
SELECTED VALVE COMMENTS

Type (conventional/balanced/pilot)
Nozzle area / Letter designation /
Flange class Inlet / Outlet /
Manufacturer model nr.
Made by: Date: Revision
Checked by: Date: Date
Appr. by: Date: Signed
Location : Plant : Project & Group No.:
Eng. by : Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No.

Principal : Drawing No. T
PTS 31.36.90.94, sheet 1/1 01/2001
This sheet is available from Shell Global Solutions as registered software (automatic calculation)
Data requisition sheet for
SAFETY RELIEF VALVE CALCULATION SHEET FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW

Unit Tag number
Service Job number
DESIGN BASE Mass flow
Event Remarks W [kg/s]
Total Electricity Failure
Total Cooling Water Failure
Total Instrument Air Failure
External Fire
Non Fire; other Failure
Thermal Expansion Take Nominal size : 1" x 1"; Min. ANSI 300x150 LBS; A= 0.11 [inch2]
Determining case
CALCULATION Two Phase EQUATION
Operating pressure [barg]
P
Max. operating pressure [barg]
Vessel design pressure [barg] [2 ∫ − ν . dP]1/2
Max. allowable working pressure [barg] W [2(h0 − h )]1/ 2
= =
Po
G =
Set pressure
Constant back pressure
[barg] Ps
[barg] Pc
A ν ν
Net spring setting Ps-Pc 1) [barg] Where:
Variable back pressure [barg] Pv G= mass flux (kg/m2 s)
Total back pressure Pc+Pv [barg] Pb W= discharge rate (kg/s)
ditto (abs.) [bara] P2 A= relief area (m2)
Over pressure [%] Ro h= fluid specific enthalpy (J/kg) at P
Max. relief pressure Ps*(100+Ro)/100 [barg] v= fluid specific volume (m3/kg) at P
ditto (abs.) [bara] P1 P= (decreasing) downstream pressure (N/m2)
Temperature at max. relief pressure [K] T subscript o indicates upstream condition
Variable backpr. ratio Pv/Ps*100 2) [%] Rv For more information see PTS 80.36.00.30.
Total backpr. ratio Pb/Ps*100 [%] Rt
Abs. backpr. ratio P2/P1 r Above integration is carried out with the calculation module
Coefficient of discharge (= 0.85 ) 3) Kd RVTP prepared for PROII.
Back press. correction (API 520 2-phase) 3) Kb
Requirements for PROII are:
PROII CALCULATION RESULTS 1) The composition of the relieving stream
Critical flow (throat) pressure [bara] 2) The relieving pressure being P1
Critical (throat) area [cm2/(kg/s)] Ta 3) The temperature at max relief pressure being T
Critical flow (throat) temperature [K]
Critical flow (throat) velocity [m/s] Description of relieving stream for later reference
Mixture density at throat conditions [kg/m3]
Relief rate (mass flow) [kg/s] W

W * T a
A =
Area calculated [cm2] A K d ∗ K b
[inch2]
NOTES
Number of relief valves 1) Only for conventional RV's
Area selected [inch2] A 2) When Rv > Ro, use balanced type RV's
ditto [cm2] 3) To be checked with vendor
Remark
Recommended size [letter designation/inch2]
SELECTED VALVE COMMENTS
Type (conventional/balanced/pilot)
Nozzle area / Letter designation [inch2] /
Flange class Inlet / Outlet
Manufacturer model nr.
Made by: Date: Revision
Checked by: Date: Date
Appr. by: Date: Signature
Location : Plant : Project & Group No.:
Eng. by : Sheet No.

Principal : Drawing No. T
PTS 31.36.90.95-., sheet 1, dated October 2000
PIPING Contr. Job No.:
AT WORKING CONDITIONS Design
Approx. Flow rate condition
Line number From To Fluid Phase normal Working Density Visc. Velocity Nominal Piping Material Insulation Flow diagram Remarks
WP temp pipe class Press Temp. number
bar ga °C kg/m3 mm2/s kg/s m3/s m/s size bar ga °C
REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS Made by Date Rev.

PIPING: Letter:
Checked by Date Date:
PLANT:
Appr. by Date Signature:
CONSIGNEE:
No.
Principal:
PTS 31.38.01.92, sheet 1, dated 07/99
ADDITIONAL DATA SHEET FOR PIPING
PRESSURE, bar ga TEMPERATURE,°C

Repress.
Line number Pump diff. Max Relief Min. Max. During in cold Allowable Remarks
head +15% working valve working working depressurizing condition line
+suct. head setting yes/no bar ga
Made by Date Rev.

PIPING: Letter:
Checked by Date Date:
PLANT:
Approved by Date Signature:
CONSIGNEE:
Eng. by:
Principal:
No.
PTS 31.38.01.92, sheet 2 dated 07/99
Data/requisiton sheet for Design book No.: Page:
ISOLATORS AND DAMPERS Contr. Job No:
MESC No.:
Equipment No.: A- Number required
OPERATING DATA
Location: Service:
Flow: norm./max.* : kg/h Medium:
Velocity : m/s
Operating temperature : °C
Operating pressure : bar ga Max. differential pressure: bar
Flow function : modulating/shut-off* Max. allowable pressure drop:

Tightness: 95 / 99 / 99.9 / 100* %
Opening/Closing time : sec
CONSTRUCTION
Type1) : Slide / Guillotine / Flap / Double Flap / Louvre / Butterfly*
Dimensions Materials of construction
height x width : mm Frame/Body :
diameter : mm Blade / Plate / Disk :
face to face : mm Shaft :
Mounting position : Horizontal / Vertical* Seals :
Bearings :
Drive : Jack screws / Racks / Cables / Chains*

Counterweighted : yes / no*
Actuation : pneumatic / hydraulic / electric / manual*
Included in supply Electrical supply :
actuating device : yes / no* 2) Instr. air supply : bar ga
limit switches : yes / no* 2)
solenoid valves : yes / no* 2)
GENERAL
Performance test : yes / no*
Full documentation : yes / no* 3)
* Delete as necessary
1)
According to manufacturer's standard (see attached manufacturer's data sheet).
2)
If not, mention details of alternative
3)
Dimenstional sketch, operating manual, connection diagram and spare parts list.
Made by Date EQUIPMENT: Revision
Letter:
Checked by Date PLANT: Date:
Approved by Date CONSIGNEE: Signature:
Eng. by: Sheet No.1 cont'd on sheet No.

Equipment No.: A-
Principal:
Req. No.
PTS 31.38.01.93, sheet 1 dated 07/99
PIPE M E S C No.:
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION*
Seamless carbon steel pipe as per API-5L-B with 0.23 % C max. (See remark 1)
Seamless carbon steel pipe as per ASTM A 106-B with 0.23 % C max. (See remark 2)
Seamless carbon steel pipe as per ASTM A 106-B with 0.23 % C max. Material shall meet ASTM A 520 (See remark 2)
Submerged arc welded carbon steel pipe as per API-5L-B with 0.23 % C max. (See remark 1)
Seamless carbon steel pipe as per ASTM A 333-Gr. 6 with 0.23 % C max. (See remark 2) / ASTM A 524-Gr. 1
Seamless alloy steel pipe as per ASTM A 335-P ( Cr - Mo)
Seamless/welded* austenitic stainless steel pipe as per ASTM A 312-TP
Additional requirements:
* Complete and delete as appropriate

REMARKS REMARKS ON REVISIONS
1) Bessemer steel and rimming steel not acceptable

2) Manganese may be increased to 1.30 % max.

PTS 31.38.81.93, 02/2002, sheet 1/2
PIPE - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
Wall
From Item Total quantity Norm. size Pipe
Card
S/C
Unit thickness
store No. required in. schedule MESC No.
mm
£ ±
Full • Fraction Full • Dec
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.81.93, sheet 2/2, 03/2002
LINE PIPE FOR TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS MESC No.:
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION* MEDIUM DATA*

Carbon steel in accordance with API 5L Medium:
Material grade
Seamless/ERW/SAW/spiral/
Additional requirements in accordance with PL2/
NACE required in accordance with MR-01-75: yes/no
HIC test required: yes/no
HIC test for information: yes/no
Contents: H2S/CO2/H20
LOCATION AND CONSTRUCTION DATA* DESIGN DATA*
Special construction/welding technniques: yes/no Design in accordance with: ANSI B31.3/B31.4/B31.8
Land/sub-marine line Design pressure bar ga
0
Design temperature C
0
Special inspection required: yes/no Minimum ambient temperature C
Test pressure bar ga
Local requirements as per
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS REQUIRED

Manufacturing procedure specification: yes/no
Material certificates in accordance with DIN 50049-2.2/3.1.B/3.1.C
*Complete and delete as applicable

**Indicate random, double random or other length
Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: LINE PIPE FOR TRANSMISSION Rev letter
SYSTEMS

PTS 31.38.81.94, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
LINE PIPE FOR TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS - cont. sheet MESC No:
Abbreviated description
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
From Outside diameteter Wall
S/C
Card
store Item Total quantity mm/in Pipe thickness mm
Unit Length of Pipe** Quantity change
No. required sched. MESC No.
Dec
Full
Full Fraction
• • £ ±
D • •
M T R
D • •
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
D • •
• •
D
• •
D
D • •
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
D • •
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D
• •
D

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.81.94, sheet 2/2, 02/2002
BUTT-WELDING FITTINGS MESC No.:
MANUFACTURED in acc.with* BASE PIPE/PLATE* MATERIAL

ASTM A 234-WP ** steel as per
ASTM A 420-WPL ** ASTM A grade
ASTM A 403-WP ** with % C max.
FITTING TYPE CODE INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER

Tee straight = TEE STR
Tee reduced outlet = TEE RED
Elbow 90o long radius = ELB 90 L
Elbow 90o short radius = ELB 90 S
Elbow 45o long radius = ELB 45 L
Reducer concentric = RED CNC
Reducer eccentric = RED ECC
*Complete and delete as appropriate

**For fittings of welded construction, a "W" has to be added at the end of the manufacturing specification
Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: BUTT-WELDING FITTINGS Rev letter

PTS 31.38.82.93, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
BUTT-WELDING FITTINGS - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
From Schedule No.
S/C
Card
store Item Total quantity or
Unit Type code Nominal size, inch Quantity change
No. required MESC No.
wall thickness
£ ±
D
D
Made by Date Equipment : BUTT-WELDING FITTINGS - cont. Sheet Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.82.93, sheet 2/2, 01/2002
WELDING BRANCH FITTINGS MESC No.:
MANUFACTURED in acc. with * FORGED BASE MATERIAL *

ASTM A 234-WP steel as per
ASTM A 420-WPL ASTM A grade
ASTM A 403-WP with % C max.
FITTING TYPE CODE ABBREVIATIONS FOR ENDS

Weldolet = WLDL Threaded = -T
Nipolet = NIPL Socket weld = -S
Sockolet = SOCL Plain = -P
Threadolet = THRL
Sweepolet = SWPL
Elbolet = ELBL
Latrolet = LATL

When ASTM A 181 is specified, fittings shall be normalized

Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: WELDING BRANCH FITTINGS Rev letter

PTS 31.38.82.94, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
WELDING BRANCH FITTINGS - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
From Schedule No. or wall
S/C
Card Nominal size, inch
store Item Total quantity thickness
Unit Type code Ends Quantity change
Branch Suitable for run pipe sizes Branch Run pipe
£ ±
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
Made by Date Equipment : WELDING BRANCH FITTINGS - cont. Sheet Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.82.94, sheet 2/2, 02/2002
BRANCH OUTLET NIPPLES - THREADED, PLAIN AND BUTTWELDING ENDS MESC No.:
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION* ABBREVIATIONS FOR ENDS

Forged carbon steel as per ASTM A 105 (Normalized, 0.25% C max.) Threaded = -T
Forged alloy steel as per ASTM A 182-F12/F5 Plain = -P
Forged stainless steel as per ASTM A 182 - F316/F316L/F321 or F347 Butt welding = -B
REMARKS

Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: Branch Outlet Nipples - Rev letter
Threaded, Plain and Buttwelding Ends
CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No. 2

PTS 31.38.82.95, sheet 1/2, 01/2002
BRANCH OUTLET NIPPLES - THREADED, PLAIN AND BUTTWELDING ENDS - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
From
S/C
Card Pressure Nominal size, inch
store Item Total quantity Schedule for run pipe Branch
Unit class Ends Quantity change
No. required sizes schedule MESC No.
designation
Full Fraction
• £ ±
D •
-
D •
-
•
D
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
D •
-
Made by Date Equipment : BRANCH OUTLET NIPPLES - THREADED, PLAIN AND BUTTWELDING ENDS - cont. Sheet Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.82.95, sheet 2/2, 02/2002
BRANCH OUTLET NIPPLES - FLANGED END M E S C No.:
FACING CODE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION*
RF = Raised face Forged carbon steel as per ASTM A 105 (Normalized, 0.25% C max.)
FF = Flat face Forged alloy steel as per ASTM A 182 - F12/F5
RJF = Ring joint face Forged stainless steel as per ASTM A 182 - F316/F316/F321 or F347
REMARKS

PTS 31.38.82.96, 03/2002, sheet 1/2
BRANCH OUTLET NIPPLES - FLANGED END - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
Nominal size, inch
OCDA
ANS flange
From
Card
Item Total quantity Branch
Rev.
S/C
Unit rating Facing Branch Suitable for run pipe sizes
store No. required schedule MESC No.
Class
£ ±
Full • Fraction
D •
D •
D
•
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D
•
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D
•

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.82.96, sheet 2/2, 03/2002
BRANCH OUTLET FITTINGS, BUTT WELDING END MESC No.:
Forged carbon steel as per ASTM A 105 (Normalized, 0.25% C max.)
Forged alloy steel as per ASTM A 182-F12/F5
Forged stainless steel as per ASTM A 182 - F316/F316L/F321 or F347

Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: BRANCH OUTLET FITTINGS, Rev letter

BUTT WELDING END

PTS 31.38.82.97, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
BRANCH OUTLET FITTINGS, BUTT WELDING END - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
From Schedule No. or wall Estimated item value
OCDA
Rev. letter
S/C
Nominal size, inch
store Card
Item Total quantity thickness
Unit Quantity change
Branch Run pipe Branch Run pipe
Full • Fraction Full • Fraction £ ±
D • •
D • •
• •
D
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
D • •
Made by Date Equipment : BRANCH OUTLET FITTINGS, BUTTWELDING END - cont. Sheet Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.82.97, sheet 2/2, 01/2002
FITTINGS (Threaded/socket weld) MESC No.:
MANUFACTURED in acc.with* BASE MATERIAL*

ASTM A 234-WP steel as per
ASTM A 420-WPL } ASTM A grade
ASTM A 403-WP } with % C max.
* Complete and delete as appropriate

FITTING TYPE CODE ABBREVIATIONS FOR ENDS
Tee straight = TEE STR Threaded = -T
Tee reduced outlet = TEE RED Socket weld = -S
Elbow 900 = ELB 90 Plain = -P
Elbow 450 = ELB 45
Coupling straight = CPL STR
Coupling reducing = CPL RED
=

When ASTM A 181 is specified, fittings shall be normalized
Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: FITTINGS (Threaded/socket weld) Rev letter

PTS 31.38.83.93, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
FITTINGS (Threaded/socket weld) - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
From
S/C
Card
store Item Total quantity
Unit Type code Ends Nominal size, inch Schedule No. or class Quantity change
£ ±
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
D
-
Made by Date Equipment : FITTINGS (Threaded/socket weld) - cont. sheet Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.83.93, sheet 2/2, 02/2002
FLANGES MESC No.:
FLANGE TYPE CODE FACING CODE

WN = Welding neck RF = Raised face
SO = Slip-on FF = Flat lace
SW = Socket weld RJ = Ring joint face
LAP = Lap flange LMF = Large male face
SCR = Screw-on
RED = Reducing
BL = Blind
Forged carbon steel as per ASTM A 105 (Normalized, 0.25% C max. for WN, SO, SW)
Forged alloy steel as per ASTM A 182-F12/F5
Forged stainless steel as per ASTM A 182 - F316/F316L/F32 or F347
Forged aluminium alloy as per ASTM B 247 - alloy 6061 - T6

Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: BRANCH OUTLET NIPPLES - Rev letter

THREADED, PLAIN AND BUTTWELDING ENDS

PTS 31.38.84.93, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
FLANGES - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
From
S/C
Card Nominal size, inch Pipe
store Item Total quantity Flange
Unit ANS flange Facing Quantity change
No. required type MESC No.
Full Fraction schedule
• rating Class £ ±
D •
D •
•
D
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
Made by Date Equipment : FLANGES - cont. Sheet Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.84.93, sheet 2/2, 02/2002
VALVES (general / standard) M E S C No.:
TYPES OF VALVE(S)
Type : Type : Type :

Design standard : Design standard : Design standard :
Bonnet/Cover : Bonnet/Cover : Bonnet/Cover :
Pattern : Pattern : Pattern :
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION* CODE FOR ENDS / FACING / BORE
Body / Bonnet : FL - Flanged ends

Trim : BW - Butt-welded ends
Lining : SW - Socket welded ends
NACE, in accordance with MR-01-75: Yes / No THR - Threaded ends
RF - Raised face
FF - Flat face
RJ - Ring joint face
FB - Full bore
RB - Reduced bore
SERVICE DATA*
Medium:
Low temperature / cryogenic : °C
Maximum temperature : °C

REMARKS

PTS 31.38.85.95, 03/2002, sheet 1/2
VALVES (general / standard) - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
ANSI*
From Item Total quantity Norm. size* Pipe
Card
S/C
Unit Valve type Bore Ends Facing Rating
store No. required Inch/DN schedule MESC No.
Class / PN
£ ±
D
D
D
D

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.85.95, sheet 2/2, 03/2002
VALVES (special) Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1 CONFIDENTIAL
2 TYPE OF VALVE OPERATOR REQUIRED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
3 Type Manual Fire safe
4 Design Standard Pneumatic Anti static
5 Bonnet/Cover Hydraulic Metal seated
6 Stem Electric motor Soft seated
7 Seat (ring) Fully take-apart
8 Press./temp. rating
9
10 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION DESIGN DATA
11 Body/Bonnet Medium
12 Stem/Trunnion Press.diff. at opening/closing norm. bar
13 Seat (ring) Press.diff. at opening/closing des. bar
14 Seals/Packing Vacuum conditions
15 Bolting Frequency for normal operation
16 Gland Opening/closing time s
17 Ball Noise emission dB(A)
18 Design press/temp. barg degC
19
20 In accordance with NACE MR0175: Yes/No
21 INSPECTION AND ENGINEERING DOC. REQUIRED DESIGN CRITERIA
22 Material Quality Requirements MESC/Other Wear (Adhesion, Abrasion, Indentation, Fatigue)
23 Erosion
24 Sulphidation
25 Ammonium Chloride Corrosion (under dewpoint conditions at around 200 degC)
26 Corrosion (chemical attack by sour water, pitting, stress corrosion cracking)
27
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49 RECOMMENDED SUPPLIER
50
51
52
53
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 31.38.85.96, sheet 1/2, 10/98
VALVES (special) Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1
2 Item Total Unit Nom. size Bore Ends Facing ASME rating Pipe Design Design
3 Quantity inch/DN class/PN Schedule pressure temp. MESC No
4 Required (1) [barg] [degC]
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37 CODE FOR ENDS/FACING/BORE
38 FL = Flanged ends
39 BW = Butt-welded ends
40 SW = Socket welded ends
41 THR = Threaded ends
42 RF = Raised face
43 FF = Flat face
44 RJ = Ring joint face
45 FB = Full bore
46 RB = Reduced bore
47
48
50
51
52
53
by: Date
by:
Appr'd Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 2
by:
PTS 31.38.85.96, sheet 2/2, 10/98
STUD BOLTS AND NUTS MESC No.:
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION TYPE OF THREAD

Stud bolts : Chromium-molybdenum steel as per ASTM A 193- B7 United Coarse (UNC) up to and incl. 1 in. Diameter
Nuts : Carbon steel as per ASTM A 194 - Gr. 2H United (8 UN) from 1 1/8 in. And upwards
Each stud bolt to be provided with 2 heavy hexagonal nuts
Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: STUD BOLTS AND NUTS Rev letter

PTS 31.38.88.93, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
STUD BOLTS AND NUTS - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
From
Threaded
S/C
Diameter in.
length
Card
mm
Unit Quantity change
Full Fraction
• £ ±
D •
D •
•
D
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
Made by Date Equipment : STUD BOLTS AND NUTS - cont. Sheet Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.88.93, sheet 2/2, 02/2002
BOLTS AND NUTS (Heavy series) - 1/2 in. and larger MESC No.:
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION TYPE OF THREAD

Bolt and nuts : Carbon steel as per ASTM A 307 - B Unified Coarse (UNC) for all diameters
Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: BOLTS AND NUTS Rev letter

(Heavy series) -
Checked by Date: 1/2 in. and larger Date

PTS 31.38.89.93, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
BOLTS AND NUTS (Heavy series) - 1/2 in. and larger - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
From
S/C
Card Diameter in. Shank
Unit length Quantity change
mm
Full Fraction
• £ ±
D •
D •
•
D
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
Made by Date Equipment : BOLTS AND NUTS (Heavy series) 1/2 in. and larger - cont. Sheet Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.89.93, sheet 2/2, 02/2002
STEAM TRAPS MESC No.:
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION STEAM DATA

Body : Inlet press. : bar ga
Back press. : bar ga
0
Temperature : C
CODE FOR TYPE/STRAINER CODE FOR ENDS/FACING

Thermodynamic = TD Threaded = -T
Thermostatic = TS Socket weld = -S
Suction Type = BT Flanged = -F
Strainer = ST Raised face = RF

Flat face = FF
Made by Date: EQUIPMENT: STEAM TRAPS Rev letter

PTS 31.38.91.93, sheet 1/2, 02/2002
STEAM TRAPS - cont. sheet MESC No:
New item
OCDA
Rev. letter
From
S/C
Card Nom size in. ANSI Cont. Flow
Unit Type Strainer Ends flange Facing rate Quantity change
g/s
Full • Fraction class
£ ±
D •
D •
•
D
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
D •
Made by Date Equipment : STEAM TRAPS - cont. Sheet Rev letter

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.38.91.93, sheet 2/2, 02/2002
Data / requisition sheet for Project Name :
Design of a Pig Trap System for a Pipeline Project Number :
Order/Enquiry No.:
1 Section ITEM SELECTION
2 (Note 1)
3 -- Applicable Piping Class (Note 2)
4 1.1 Desing Code ANSI B31.4 ANSI B31.8
5 -- Tag Number (s)
6 -- Pipeline Diameter inches
7 Type of Pigs Normal Spheres Other (state below)
8 2.3 Intelligent Foam
9 Chemical Injection Yes No
10 Thermowell Installation Yes No
11 Chosen Valve Type Gate Ball
12 Intended Pigging Frequency
13 2.4 Power -actuated Valves Yes No
14 Pre-commissioning Drying Method Vacuum Methanol N/A
15 Type of Valve to be used on Mainline Parts Weld end Flanged
16 Double block/bleed Valves required Yes No
17 2.5 Interlock systems Yes No
18 Fluid Type Liquid only Gas Only Liquid + Gas
19 3.1 Orientation Horizontal Vertical
20 Reversible Use Yes No
21 Type Launcher Receiver Launch + Receive
22 3.2 Code Break Location (Note 3) Figure 5A Figure 5B Figure 5C
23 3.3 Design Factor
24 ANSI Pressure Class 300 600 900
25 3.4 1500 2500
26 Design Pressure bar (ga)
27 3.5 Ambient Temperature (Note 4) Minimum °C
28 Maximum °C
29 4.1 Provision for future hot-tapping/stoppling Yes No
30 Fluid Nature toxic corrosive sour
31 5 non-toxic non-corrosive non-sour
32
34
35 ADDITIONAL DATA (use continutation sheet if needed)
36
37
38
39
40
42 Completed data/rquisition sheet PTS 31.40.10.93, (i.e. all data fileds not already completed by the Principal).
43
44
45
46
47
48 NOTES DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS
49 General: Pig Trap system design shall comply with PTS 31.40.10.13
51 Note 2: Piping class relates to B31.3 piping. MESC coded pipe therein is normally suitable in B31.4/8
52 applications but should be checked for conformity, especially for high strength materials.
53 Note 3: Refers to Figures in PTS 31.40.10.13
54 Note 4: Actual design temperatures shall be calculated by the Contractor.
Made by Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

Date
Checked by Date PLANT : Sign.
Approved by Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 1 continued on sheet No.2

PTS 31.40.10.93, sheet 1/2, dated 09/98
Data / requisition sheet (continuation sheet) for Project Name :
Order/Enquiry No.:
1 ADDITIONAL DATA
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
42
43
44
45
46
47
49 General: Pig Trap system design shall comply with PTS 31.40.10.13.
50
51
52
53
54

Date
Approved by Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet No.

PTS 31.40.10.93, sheet 2/2, dated 09/98
PIPELINE ISOLATING JOINTS Project Number : Order/Enquiry No.:
QUANTITY REQUIRED:
2 (Note 1)
3 II 2.1 Pipeline Design Code ANSI B31.4 ANSI B31.8 Other:
4 III (2.5) Pipeline Design Factor
5 II 2.3 0 Outside Diameter
Pipeline mm
6 Pipeline Wall Thickness mm
7 II 2.2 Pipeline Material Specification: Type/Grade:
8 Pipeline Design Pressure barg
9 III (2.3) Pipeline Design Temperature Minimum °C
10 Maximum °C
11 II 2.1, IV 1.1, 1.2 Transported Fluid
12 II 2.3 Isolating Joint Length
13 III 1.4/6.5/17 Sour Service Yes No
14 II 2.2 Toxic service Yes No
15 II 2.2 Double Seal Required (Note 2) Yes No
16 II 2.4 Axial force N
17 III (2.5) External Forces and Moments Bending moment N.m
18 Torsion N.m
19 II 2.3, III 8.3 Post Weld Heat Treatment of Field Welds (Note 3) Yes No
20 IV 1.3 Surface Preparation Sa 2 1/2 Sa 3 (note 4)
21
23
24 ADDITIONAL DATA
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
42 This completed data/requistion sheet PTS 31.40.21.93, (i.e. all data fields not already completed by the Principal).
43 Design code (III-2.5)
44 Quality Assurance Standard (IV-3)
45 Draft Quality Plan (IV-4.2)
46
48 General: Isolating joints shall comply with PTS 31.40.21.31.
49 Note 1: Refers to section numbers of PTS 31.40.21.93.
50 Note 2: A double sealing arrangement should be specified if the design pressure is greater than 50 barg or if
51 the transported fluid has been classed as toxic.
52 Note 3: Principal to provide details e.g. heating rate, max. temp., hold period, cooling rate
53 Note 4: Recommended for wet, corrosive service
Date
Approved by Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 1 of 1

PTS 31.40.21.93, dated 09/99
PIG TRAP END CLOSURES Project Number : Order/Enquiry No.:
QUANTITY REQUIRED:
2 (Note 1)
3 1.1/3.2 Pig Trap Design Code ANSI B31.4 ANSI B31.8 Other:
4 3.3 Pig Trap Design Factor
5 2.1/3.2 Pig Trap Outside Diameter (nom) mm
6 Major Barrel Thickness (nom) mm
7 5.3 Pig Trap Major Barrel, Material Specification: Type/Grade:
8 3.4 Pig Trap Design Pressure bar (ga)
9 3.2 Pig Trap DesignTemperature Minimum °C
10 Maximum °C
11 5 Tranpsorted Fluid
12 2.4 Number of Pressure Cycles (door openings)
13 5 Sour Service Yes No
14 3.1 Pig Trap Position Horizontal Vertical
15 2.5 End Closure Opening (Note 2) Hinged Right Left Up
16 Supported from above
17
18
19
21
22 ADDITIONAL DATA
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

42 This completed data/requistion sheet PTS 31.40.21.94, (i.e. all data fields not already completed by the Principal).
43
44
45
46

48 General: End closures shall comply with PTS 31.40.10.13.
50 Note 2: For hinged closures, the Principal shall indicate the required opening orientation (right/left/up)
51
52
53
Date

PTS 31.40.21.94, dated 09/98
Data / requisition sheet (continuation sheet) for Project Name :
Order/Enquiry No.:
1 ADDITIONAL DATA
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
42
43
44
45
46
47
49 General: Pig Trap system design shall comply with PTS 31.40.10.13.
50
51
52
53
54

Date
Approved by Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet No.

PTS 31.40.10.93, sheet 2/2, dated 09/98
Pipeline Pig Signaller Project Number : Order/Entry No:
QUANTITY REQUIRED:
2 (Note 1)
3 Design Code ISO 13623 Other (please specify)
4 Pig Trap Design Code ISO 13623 Other (please specify)
5 4.2 Design Pressure bar (ga)
6 Pig Trap Design Temperature Minimum °C Maximum °C
7 Ambient Temperature Minimum °C Maximum °C
PIPELINE
8 Transported Fluid
9 5.1 Sour Service Yes No
10 Corrosion Allowance mm
11 4.2 Steel Grade
12 Outside Diameter mm
13 Gasket type
14 12 Hazardous Area Classifiaction Zone 1 Zone 2
15 Gas Group : Temperature Group
16 PN 50 68 100 150 250
4.2 Pressure Class Rating
17 ANSI 300 400 600 900 1500
18 If stainless steel is used in combination
SIGNALLER
19 5.1 Materials Information with carbon steel, state materials and :

PIG
20 configuration
21 Pig signaller housing length, S : mm
22 Figures Dimentions Actuated pig signaller housing length, A : mm
23 Pig signaller housing plus valve length, V : mm
24 2.1 Portable jacking tool required Yes No
25 LOCATION 1 LOCATION 2
26 3.1 Isolation valve Yes No Yes No
27 If buried Flange extension length, : mm Flange extension length, : mm
28 Run pipe wall thickness, : mm Run pipe wall thickness, : mm
29 Outlet wall thickness, t2 : mm Outlet wall thickness, t2 : mm
INSTALLATION
30 Outlet dimension, L : mm Outlet dimension, L : mm

If Tee Branch connection
31 Pup piece dimension, I : mm Pup piece dimension, I : mm
32 3.2 Flange dimension, h : mm Flange dimension, h : mm
33 Dimension, T1 : mm Dimension, T2 : mm
34 Run pipe wall thickness, t : mm Run pipe wall thickness, t : mm
35 Weldolet dimension, a : mm Weldolet dimension, a : mm
If Branch Fitting Outlet
36 Flange dimension, h : mm Flange dimension, h : mm
37 Dimension, W1 : mm Dimension, W2 : mm
38
In shaded boxes, use a 'Check Mark' to indicate selection
39
40 ADDITIONAL DATA
41
42
43
44
45 INfORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER
46 This completed dat/requisition sheet PTS 31.40.21.95. (i.e. all data fields not already completed by the Principal).
47
48 NOTES
49 General: Pig signallers shall comply with PTS 31.40.21.33.
51
52 REMARKS AND/OR DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS
53
54

Date

PTS 31.40.21.95, sheet 1/1, dated 01/2002
Data Requistion for Cont. Job No:
SIDE ENTRY MIXERS MESC No:
OPERATING DATA PROPERTIES OF COMPONENTS
Purpose of mixing: BS and W-control (cleaning)/homogenizing/blending/heat component first second third fourth blend/mix
transfer/temperature uniformity/suspend solids/dissolve solids/ Liquid (chemical formulae) :
disperge gas in liquid Filling rate - batch size : m3/s-m3
Liquid phase : stratified/continous/dispersed Volume fraction : 100% vol.
Degree of mixing : light/moderate/strong/violent Operating temperture : C
Operation : intermittent/continous/bath Viscosity at operating temp. : mPa.s
Flow rate (continuous operation) : kg/s Inlet temperature : C
Quantity and time (batch opertion) : kg/ h Viscosity at inlet temp. : mPa.s
Density at operating temp. : kg/m3
SITE CONDITIONS Operating pressure : barg
Area classification (BS-CP-1003) : Zone 0/1/2/non-hazardous Vapour pressure at oper. temp. : bara
Environment : corrosive/erosive
Product classification : class 0/I/II(1)/II(2)/III(1)/III(2)/unclassified
MAC value (toxic) : ppm
Foaming tendency of blend/mix : yes/no
Solids/sediment concentration : % wgt

Nominal particle size of solids : microns
Nature/hardness of solids : stagnant layer/in suspension MoH
Setting velocity of solids : m/s
Solids density at operating temp. : kg/m3
- completely filled in data/requisition PTS 31.51.10.93
- data and information as specified in PTS 31.51.10.31
New item
Rev. letter
OCDA

Card
S/C
Unit Equipment No.
£ ±
D P C 4 3 5 5 7 0
D
D

Principal Req. No.
PTS 31.51.10.93, sheet 1/3, 03/2002
SIDE-ENTRY MIXERS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 SKETCH REMARKS
2 Show inlet and outlet nozzles, mixer mounting nozzle position(s) and offset angle in sketch A. Material certificates to DIN-50049 as
3 indicated on sheet 3 are required
4 Manhole B. Those items which are not applicable to be
5 deleted
Manhole cover
6
Tank
7 Mounting nozzle
8 ANS class 150
C Manhole
PTS 31.51.10.31-Gen.
9 C Mounting nozzle
Ref. Appendix 1
10
11
12
DEP
13
14
Tank No.:
15
16 MECHANICAL DATA
17 STORAGE TANK/VESSEL SIDE ENTRY MIXER
18 Equipment tag number : T- / V- Equipment tag number : M-
19 Data/requisition No. : PTS 34.51.01.93./PTS 31.22.00.94. Mixer type : fixed-angle / swivel-angle;
20 Technical specification : PTS 34.51.01.31./PTS 31.22.10.32. Number of mixers : pcs
21 Indent No. : / Propeller type : axial flow; A1/A2/A3
22 Tank/vessel drawing No. : / Propeller power number : 0.304 / MP
23 Tank mounting nozzle size : inch; acc. to drwg S-51.062 / API-650 Diameter of propeller(s) : mm
24 Forces/moments on tank mounting nozzle : N/ Nm Propeller pitch to (diameter) ratio : constant/ariable pitch; 0.6/1.0/1.5/MP [-]
25 Maximum liquid height above propeller tip : mm Direction of pumping action : away from drive
26 Minimum liquid height above propeller tip : mm Rotational propeller shaft speed : r/min.
27 Working volume (max./min.) : / m3 First critical speed of shaft : below/above r/min.
28 Elevation of heating coils above tankbottom : mm
29 Acutual clearance between propeller tip and bottom/coils : mm Type of bearings : ball/roller
30 Minimum actual clearance between propeller tip and tank roof : mm Distance between bearings : mm
31 MECAHNICAL SEAL SYSTEM Bearing houses : non-jacketed / jacketed
32 Seal configuration (API-610) : Lubrication of bearings : grease/oil/sealed for life (RS/RS)
33 Seal flushing plan (API-610) : Shaft sealing : mechanical seal/stuffing box
34 Seal manufacturer : Stuffing box pressure : barg
35 Seal type : single/double Gland packing :
36 : unbalanced/balanced Lubrication of stuffing box :
37 : inside/outside Lubrication of swivel packing : by product /
38 Seal size : Cooling required on stuffing box/bearings : yes/no
39 Degree of seal balance : %
40 Spring static force : N Automatic swivel actuator system : included/excluded
41 Leakage rate to be monitored : yes/no Automatic belt tensioner : included/excluded
42 Shut-off devices required : mixer end-closure / leakage control system /
43 Available sealing liquid : safety seal / tank low liquid level trip
44 Sealing liquid compatibility :
45 - pressure/temperature : barg / C Vibration limitation : 3 mm/s (rms)
46 Available cooling means : - cooling water; fresh/brackish/salt Equipment noise limitation : see PTS 31.10.00.94.
47 - own product /
48 - pressure/temperature : barg / C Mixing time required (max. 12 h) : h.
49 Available heating means : Mixing during filling (pump-up) : yes/no
50 - pressure/temperature : barg / C Mixing during discharge : yes/no
51 Leakage product to seal liquid max. : l/d Power factor of propeller (for thrust calc.) : [-]
52 Leakage seal liquid to product max. : l/d Min. theoretical power calculated : kW
53 Leakage quench to atmosphere max. : l/d Dissipated power in liquid : kW
54 Weight of propeller : kg
55 Erection weight (shipping weight) : kg
56 Total weight, operating : kg
57
Date

PTS 31.51.10.93, sheet 2/3, 03/2002
SIDE-ENTRY MIXERS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.: No: 43.55.70
ELECTRIC DRIVE TRANSMISSION
Equipment tag number : MM- Type : drive and mixer shaft in line / tooth belt / V-belt / wedge belt /
Technical specification : PTS 33.66.05.31. helical gear / pinion gear / worm gear / combined helical gear
Requisition number : PTS 33.66.05.93, sheets 1 and 2 and V-belt / spiral bevel gear
Indent number Coupling make :
Coupling type : disc pack spacer-type / flexible

SIDE ENTRY MIXER MECHANICAL SEAL
PART PART ASTM No. / Cert.
Body : / Stationary seal ring : /
Propeller : / Stationary seal ring packing : /
Shaft : / Seal plate : /
Stuffing box bushings : / Seal plate gasket : /
Glands : / Safety bush/seal : /
Gaskets : / Seal piping : /
Ball of swivel mechanism : AISI-316 / Rotary seal ring : /
Belts : / Rotary seal ring packing : /
Bearings : / Spring(s) : /
Gears (if applicable) : / Shaft sleeve : /
Gear cases : / Shaft sleeve packing : /
Pulleys (if applicable) : /
Guards : /
Mounting plate/supports : /
Bolting/nuts : /
Construction code : and PTS 31.51.10.31.
Design code review : yes/no
Inspection/approval by : Government inspection authority/purchaser's inspection department or it's nominee
Visual inspection : full/limited/intermediate/final/document control
Performance testing : yes/no
Noise measurements : yes/no
Stress relieving :
Radiography :
Other non-destructive testing :

Date

PTS 31.51.10.93, sheet 3/3, 03/2002
Data/requisition sheet for Design book
No. : page :
STORAGE TANKS Contr. Job No. :
M E S C No. :
2 MECHANICAL DATA
3 Contents Roof construction cone/dome/floating
4 Flash point °C Floating roof, type
5 Gross capacity m3 , seal
6 Code Tank material
7 Diameter mm Insulation shell/roof yes/no Thickness mm
8 Height mm Location of fittings acc. to drawing
9 Climate warm/temperate/cold/very cold
11 Shell design simple/progressive/suppliers option Welding electrodes
12 Tank shell to be extended by a windskirt yes/no Welding schedule required yes/no
13 Inspection
14 ERECTION DATA
15 Erection required yes/no
16 Description of erection
17 FITTINGS AND MOUNTINGS PER TANK
18 Location and description Size Quantity Drawing number Remarks
19 Shell, bottom
20 Manhole
21 Manhole
22 Nozzle inlet
23 Nozzle outlet
24 Nozzle
25 Nozzle
26 Nozzle
27 Center drain for product
28 Center drain for water
29 Side drain
30 Internal gate valve
31 Boss
32 Boss
33 Ladder with cage
34 Clean out door
35 Spiral stair case
36 Wind girder, top
37 Wind girder, intermediate
38 Holding down bolts with brackets
40
41
42
43
44
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Made by Date Rev.
EQUIPMENT: Date
Appr. by Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet no. 1 cont'd on sheet no. 2
Eng. by: Equip. no.
Principal: Req. no.
PTS 34.51.01.93, sheet 1, 12/98
No. : page :
cont. M E S C No. :
2 FITTINGS AND MOUNTINGS PER TANK
4 Cone/dome roof
5 Railing around roof
6 Railing to center of roof
7 Walkway between tanks
8 Manhole
9 Nozzle
10 Nozzle
11 Nozzle
12 Nozzle
13 Free vent
14 Pressure/vacuum valve
15 Emergency venting for fire exposure
16 Dip hatch
17 Level gauge pole
19 Floating roof
20 Supports
21 Foam dam
22 Shunts
23 Rolling ladder w. self-levelling treads
24 Gauging platform
25 Manhole, pontoon
26 Manhole, deck
27 Manhole. deck with p/v valve conn.
28 Guide/gauge pole slotted
29 Gauge well
30 Roof drain with check valve
31 Emergency drains
32 Automatic bleeder valve
33 Rim vent
34 Dip hatch
35 Guide/level gauge pole
36 ACCESSORIES PER TANK
38 Safety
39 Water spray
40 Foam connections
41 Earthing boss
42 Earthing of float
43 Miscellaneous
44 Level indicators
45 Heating coil
46 Swing pipe
47 Extension pipe on inlet/outlet
48 Erection key plates
49 Electrodes (incl. 10% spare)
51
52
53
54
55
Made by Date Rev.
EQUIPMENT: Date
Chk. by Date PLANT: Sign.
App. by Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet no. 2 cont'd on sheet no. 3
Eng. by: Equip. no.
Principal: Req. no.
PTS 34.51.01.93, sheet 2, 12/98
No. : page :
cont. M E S C No. :
2 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PRIMING AT MANUFACTURER'S WORKS
3 PARTS COMBINATIONS REMARKS ON PREPARATION AND PRIMING
4 Bottom plates (external)
5 (internal)
6 Shell plates (external)
7 (internal, bottom rings)
8 (internal, lower 0.8m)
9 (internal, top ring)
10 (internal, rest of shell)
11 Roof sheets (external)
12 (internal/underside)
13 Roof trusses
14 Pontoons interior
15 Foam lines
16 Stairtreads
17 Stairways, gangways, stagings
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Made by Date Rev.
EQUIPMENT: Date
Appr. by Date CONSIGNEE: Sheet no. 3 cont'd on sheet no.
Eng. by: Equip. no.
Principal: Req. no.
PTS 34.51.01.93, sheet 3, 12/98
Data/requisition sheet for Design book No. : Page:
FILTERS Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
1
2 Unit
3 Type
4 Service
5 Number required
6 GAS DATA DUST DATA EQUIPMENT DATA
7 MW bulk density kg/m3 housing
8 density kg/m3 particle density kg/m3 discharge device
9 CO vol% angle of repose details hopper
10 H2O vol% wall friction factor dimensions
11 CO2 vol% effective friction angle weight
12 H2O vol% surface moisture % pulse cleaning gas
13 N2 vol% flowability valving for reverse cleaning
14 Ar vol% flammability buffer vessel volume m3
15 H2S vol% material temperature °C buffer vessel pressure bar
16 COS vol% characteristics buffer vessel temperature °C
17 NH3 vol% aer. hopper outlet diam. m
18 HCN vol% PSD < 5 micron % hopper wall angle
19 CH4 vol% < 90 micron % filter bag material
20 HF vol% < 250 micron % number of bags
21 OPERATING CONDITIONS wall thickness m
22 dust rate (normal/max) kg/s max. pressure drop mbar wall thickness hopper m
23 gas rate (normal/max) kg/s location material
24 dust temperature °C area classification insulation yes/no
25 gas temperature °C discharge via tracing yes/no
26 dust loading inlet g/m3 hopper to be equipped access doors
27 dust loading outlet mg/Nm3 explosion covers
28 inlet pressure bar pre-separation included yes/no
29 design pressure bar earthing bosses included yes/no
30 DESIGN DATA
31 net air to cloth ratio insulation yes/no
32 min. efficiency for particles >5 micron tracing yes/no
33 solids discharge working temperature (min/norm/max) °C
34 cross section working pressure (min/norm/max) bar
35 required filter area m2 design temperature °C
36 bag/candle diameter m design pressure bar
37 bag/candle length m
39 # bags/candles # compartments
41 TYPE OF CONTROL DRIVE DATA
42 equipment reducer
43 capacity kg/s chain drive
44 type of motor V-belt drive
45 motor speed electric drive
46 controlled noise emission
47 speed indicator
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Sheet no.
PEDESTAL CRANE Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 Crane Manufacturer
2 Crane Model No.
3 Boom Length m
4 Crane Type
5
6 PRIME MOVER
7 Diesel engine/Electric Motor
8 Manufacturer
9 Size HP Kw
10 Frame Size
11
12 Natural Aspirated/Turbo
13
14 Diesel Engine Start System Pneumatic Hydraulic Electric
15 Standby Start System Pneumatic Hydraulic Electric
16
17 PEDESTAL ADAPTOR
18 Length: mm Thickness: mm
19 Diameter: Top: mm Bottom: mm
20 Bottom attachment: Weld. prep. Flange
21 Est. weight kg
22 Material: Code: Grade:
23 STATIC CONDITIONS
24 Maximum Moment KN M
25 Maximum Axial Force KN
26
27 DYNAMIC CONDITIONS
28 Maximum Moment KN M
29 Maximum Axial Force KN
30 Maximum torsional Moment KN M
31
32 SWING RING
33 Manufacturer
34 Type
35 Model No.
36 Diameter
37 Material Ring Bolt
38
39 STRUCTURAL MATERIALS
40 Primary Steel Code Grade
41 Secondary Steel Code Grade
42
43 WELDING CODE
44
45
47
48
49
50
52 This data/requistion sheet shall be accompanied by data/requistion sheet PTS 37.92.10.94, PTS 37.92.10.95, or PTS 37.92.10.96, Depending on the
53 type of crane selected by the Principal.
54
55
56
57
Date

PTS 37.92.10.93, sheet 1/9, 02/2002
MESC No.:
1 MAIN GEARBOX
2 Manufacturer
3 Type/Model No.
4 No. of Outputs
5 Ratio Derricking/Swing/Hoist
6 Rating
7
8
9 TRANSMISSION COUPLING
10 Manufacturer
11 Type
12 Rating
13
14
15 WINCHES
16 Main Hoist Jib Hoist Derricking Hoist

17 Type
18 Manufacturer
19 Size, Diameter/Length
20 End Fitting
21 Achorage
22 Break-out Load
23
24 SWING DRIVE
25 Manufacturer
26 Number off (minimum two)
27 Internal/External
28
29
30 HYDRAULIC PUMPS
31 Boom Hoist Jib Hoist Maine Hoist Swing

32 Manufacturer
33 Type
34 Number off
35 Maximum speed r.p.m
36 Capacity l/min
37 Max. Working Pressure bar (ga)
38 Max. Rated Pressure bar (ga)
39 Power Required Kw
40
41
42 HYDRAULIC MOTORS
43 Manufacturer
44 Type
45 Number off
46 Maximum speed r.p.m.
47 Capacity l/min
48 Max. Working Pressure bar (ga)
49 Max. Rated Pressure bar (ga)
50 Power Required Kw
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
Date

PTS 37.92.10.93, sheet 2/9, 02/2002
MESC No.:
1 HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
2 Manufacturer
3 Type
4 Length m
5 Stroke/Inside Diameter (mm)
6 Operating Pressure bar (ga)
7 Rated Pressure bar (ga)
8 System Capacity (litres)
9
10
11 WIRE ROPES, HOOKS AND SHEAVES
12 Main Hoist Jib Hoist Derricking Hoist

13 Type and Construction
14 Diameter mm
15 Breaking Strength
16 Breaking Load
17 Layers on Drum (max)
18 Spooling Device Type
19 Sheave Diameter
20 Hook Manufacturer
21 Hook Type
22
23
24 GROSS OVERLOAD PROTECTION DEVICE
25 Manufacturer
26 Type/Model
27
28
29 DATA RECORDING SYSTEM
30 Manufacturer
31 Type/model
32
33
34 SAFE LOAD INDICATOR
35 Manufacturer
36 Type/Model
37 Operation
38
39
40 SLACK ROPE PREVENTER
41 Manufacturer
42 Type/Model
43
44
45 NOTES: 1. All Data Fields not Completed by Principal to be Completed by Vendor and Returned with Tender, Provisional Information to be Started as such.
46 2. Pedestal Crane to Comply with PTS 37.92.10.30.
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
Date

PTS 37.92.10.93, sheet 3/9, 02/2002
MESC No.:
1 DIMENSIONAL DATA (M)
2
3 PEDESTAL
4
'W 1 '
5
6
7 'X'
8
9
10 OVERALL SIZES
11 Dimension 'W 1'
12 Dimension 'W 2'
13 Dimension 'H'
14
15
'H'
16
17
'Z'
18 CENTRE OF GRAVITY
19 DIMN DRY OPERATING
20 'X'
21 'Y' = 'X'
22 'Z'
23 'W 2'
24
25
26
27 WEIGHT DATA (KG)
28 Dry kg Operating kg Test kg
29
30 OTHER Description kg
31 Temporary
32 Weights
33
34 Certified Final Weight Date Name Company
35 SHELL inspector
36 Vendor
37
38
39 NOTES:
40 1. One sheet shall be completed for each separately installed Skid or Item
41 2. As supplied Equipment shall be weighted by Vendor and witnessed by Purchaser or Nominee
42 3. Vendor shall provide current Calibration Certificate of Weighing Equipment
43 4. Vendor shall submit Design Update for significant changes in weight
44 5. Equipment Orientation on each Skid or Item to be indicated
45 6. C of G Co-ordiantes to be clearly shown on G.A. Drawings
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
Date

PTS 37.92.10.93, sheet 4/9, 02/2002
MESC No.:
1 DIMENSIONAL DATA (MM)
2
3 ROTATING STRUCTURE
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 OVERALL SIZES
11 Dimension 'L'
12 'H' Dimension 'W'
13 Dimension 'H'
14
15
16 'Z'
17
20 'X'
21 'Y'
22 'Z'
23
24
25
26
27 WEIGHT DATA (KG)
29
31 Temporary
32 Weights
33
34 Certified final weight Date Name Company
35 SHELL Inspector
36 Vendor
37 Heaviest component to be handled during maintenance: kg
38
39 NOTES:
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
Date

PTS 37.92.10.93, sheet 5/9, 02/2002
MESC No.:
2
3 CRANE BOOM
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 OVERALL SIZES
11 Dimension 'L'
12 Dimension 'W'
13 'Z' Dimension 'H'
14
15
16
17
20 'X'
21 'Y'
22 'Z'
23
24
25
26
27 WEIGHT DATA (KG)
29
31 Temporary
32 Weights
33
34 Certified final weight Date Name Company
35 SHELL inspector
36 Vendor
37 Heaviest component to be handled during maintenance: kg
38
39 NOTES:
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
Date

PTS 37.92.10.93, sheet 6/9, 02/2002
MESC No.:
1 COMPLETE ASSEMBLY IN STOWED POSITION
2
4
5 W
6
7
8
9
10 'Y' OVERALL SIZES
11 Dimension 'L'
12 C Dimension 'W'
'Z'
13 Dimension 'H'
14
15 SECTION A-A
16
17
H
A
20 'X'
21 'X' 'Y'
A
22 'Z'
23 L
24
25
26
27 WEIGHT DATA (KG)
29
31 Temporary
32 Weights
33
34 Certified Final Weight Date Name Company
35 SHELL inspector
36 Vendor
37 kg
38
39 NOTES:
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
Date

PTS 37.92.10.93, sheet 7/9, 02/2002
MESC No.:
1 SCHEDULE OF INSTRUMENTS, ALARMS AND TRIPS
2 Service Description/Function Operator Station
Audible warning
3
Status Lamp
Gauge or
indicator
4
Alarm
Trip
5
6
7
8 Crane Operations
9 Safe Load/Moment Indicator
10
11 Hook, Load, Actual X
12
13 Hook Load, Permitted Maximum X
14
15 Hook Load ≥ 90 % / 97.5 % of Permitted Maximum H X
16
17 Hook Load ≥ 102.5 % / 110 % of Permitted Maximum H X X
18
19 Gross Overload Protetion System Operating H X X
20
21 Radius X
22
23 Moment X
24
25 Sea State Selection X
26
27 Falls Selection X X
28
29 Rig Selection X X
30
31 Hoist Selection X
32
33 Crane Motion Limits
34 Hoist, High Limit Cut-out X H
35 Low Limit Cut-out X L
36 Slack Wire Cut-out X X
37 Main Hoist, High Limit Cut-out X H
38 Low Limit Cut-out X L X
40 Derrick, High Limit Prewarning H H
41 High Limit Cut-out X H
42 Low Limit Cut-out X L
43 Low Limit Parking Band L X
44 Out, High Moment Cut-Out H X X
46
47 Swing, Limits X X X
48
49 Hoist Speed Indicators (if fitted) Whip X
50 Main X
51
52 Anemometer, Wind Speed X H
53
54
55
56
57
Date

PTS 37.92.10.93, sheet 8/9, 02/2002
1
2 Service Description/Function Local to Machinery Operator Station
3
Audible warning
Status Lamp
Gauge or
Indicator
indicator
4
Gauge
Alarm
Trip
5
6
7
8
9 Machinery
10 Diesel Engine Prime Mover
11
12 Lube Oil Pressure X X L X
13
14 Lub Oil Level X
15
16 Lube Oil Temp X X H X
17
18 Lube Oil Filter Diferential Pressure X
19
20 Coolant Temperature X H X
21
22 Tachometer X
23
24 Inlte/Exhaust Shut Off Valve Closed X X
25
26 Engine Overspeed/Manual Trip H X X
27
28 Air Filter Diferential Pressure X
29
30 Fuel Tank Level X X L
31
32 Hours Run Meter X
33
34 Starting System Pressure X L X
35
36 Electric Motor Prime Mover
37 Running Indicator X
38
39 Hours Run Meter X
40
41 Gearbox
42 Oil Temperature X H X
43
44 Oil Level X
45
46 Hydraulic System
47 Hydraulic Oil Tank Level X X L
48
49 Hydraulic Oil Pressure X L
50 Whip Hoist X L
51 Main Hoist X L
52 Derricking X L
53 Swing X L
54
55 Hydraulic Oil Temeprature X H X
56 Hydraulic Oil Filter Differential Pressure X
57
Date

PTS 37.92.10.93, sheet 9/9, 02/2002
RAM DERRICKING (TYPE A OR B) PEDESTAL CRANE Contr. Job No.:
D
F
C
Jib
X Hoist
U
X
Main
block
A
α°
s
T
B
Section XX at
K
boom support position
R
P
u/s Swing Ring
L
G
M
*
Platform Deck
Elevation
J
N
*
L.A.T.
8.0 m
* By Principal
ITEM DESCRIPTION DIMENSION/ANGLE

A Maximum overall height (at minimum radius) m
B Height over structure (stowed) m
C Minimum radius (main hoist) m
D Minimum radius (Jib hoist) m
E Boom length m
F Jib - extension m
G Maximum tail swing radius m
J Pedestal adaptor diameter top/bottom m
K Underside of swing ring to boom pivot m
L Length pedestal adaptor/thickness mm
M U/s swing bearing ring to deck level m
N Platform deck level to L.A.T. m
P Actual hook travel (main block) m
R Actual hook travel (Jib hoist) m
α Boom angle (operating) max./min. degrees
S Overall width boom at boom support m
T Overall height boom at boom support m
U Radius centreline pedestal to centreline boom support m
m

Date

PTS 37.92.10.94, sheet 1/1, 02/2002
TELESCOPIC BOOM TYPE (TYPE B) PEDESTAL CRANE Contr. Job No.:
C
D
C Pedestal
E
Boom
Extended
F
X
X
A
α°
B
u/s Swing Ring
P
G
R
M
*
J
Platform Deck Elevation
s
*
N
L.A.T.
T
8.0 m
Section XX at boom support position

A Maximum overall height (at minimum radius) boom ext/retracted m
B Height over structure (stowed) m
C Minimum radius (boom extended) m
D Minimum radius (boom retracted) m
E Boom length (extended) m
F Boom length (retracted) m
K Underside of swing ring to boom pivot m
L Pedestal adaptor length/thickness mm
P Maximum hook travel (boom extended) m
R Maximum hook travel (boom retracted) degrees
α Boom angle (operating) max./min. m
m

Date

PTS 37.92.10.95, sheet 1/1, 02/2002
PEDESTAL CRANE A - FRAME TYPE (TYPE C) IF KING POST TYPE (TYPE E) Contr. Job No.:
Jib
Hoist
E X
A
Main
block
B
U X
O
α°
u/s Swing
Ring
R
G H
L
K
M
*
P
Platform Deck
Elevation
N
*
L.A.T.
8.0 m
J
* By Principal
T
s
Section XX at
boom support position

A Maximum overall height (at minimum radius) m
B Height over A-frame m
C Minimum radius (main hoist) m
D Minimum radius (jib hoist) m
E Boom length m
F Jib - extension m
H Centreline Pedestal to centreline boom foot pin m
K U/s swing bearing ring to centreline boom foot pin m
L Length of pedestal adaptor/thickness mm
P Actual hook travel (main block) m
R Actual hook travel (jib) m
α Boom angle max./min. (operating) degrees

Date

PTS 37.92.10.96, sheet 1/1, 02/2002
BURSTING DISCS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
GENERAL
Tag No. :
Location :
Upstream safety relief valve : yes/no
Required number of disc/spares/test discs / /

disc holders/spares /
OPERATIONAL DATA
Relieving fluid
Gas: Liquid :
Relieving capacity : kg/s
Relative molecular mass/density : /kg/dm3
Relieving temperature : °C
Corrosive : yes/no
Polymerization risk : yes/no
Composition/chemical analysis :
Specific heat ratio Cp/Cv :
Viscosity correction factor :
Risk of plugging/solidification : yes/no
Disc
Bursting pressure : min bar (ga)
: max bar (ga)
Relief pressure/accumulation : max bar (ga)
Maximum back pressure : bar (ga)
Vacuum service : yes/no at min. °C max °C
Upstream pressure pulsating : yes/no
Temperature at bursting pressure : °C
Actual capacity : kg/s
Calculated/nominal size : mm
Equipment to be protected
Reason for relief (failure case)
Pressure conditions:
normal operating pressure : bar (ga), at min °C, max °C
maximum operating pressure : bar (ga), at min °C, max °C
maximum allowable working pressure : bar (ga), at min °C, max °C
design pressure : bar (ga), at °C
CONSTRUCTIONAL DATA
Inlet flange Outlet flange Disc holder
Material *
Nominal size ANS ANS * mm
Rating Class RF Class RF
Joint face finish : serrated spiral (Ra 6.3 to 12.5 µ m / smooth (Ra 3.2 to 6.3 µ m)
Pressure tap/ Excess flow valve 1/4 inch NPT: : yes/no
Holder pre-torqued : yes/no

Date

BURSTING DISCS Cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
CONSTRUCTIONAL DATA Continued
Design/calculation code : ASME/BS 2915 Disc material : *
Test disc numbers to : ASME/BS 2915/Stoomwezen Disc vacuum support material : *
Inspection : yes/no Disc lining material :
Inspection authority : - upstream : *
Material certificates : yes/no - downstream : *
to DIN 50049 : 3.1.B / 3.1.C
other :
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH TENDER
Sketch or brief description of installation.

FLAME ARRESTORS Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
GENERAL
Tag No. :
Location :
Number required :
Manufacturer :
OPERATIONAL DATA
Service :
Fluid :
Flow rate : kg/s dm3/s
Relative density :
Particle size of entrained solids : µm
Operating pressure normal/max. : / bar (ga)
Max. allowable pressure drop : bar
Operating temperature : °C
Part
Body
Bank
Cage
Material certificates : yes/no
to DIN 50049 : 3.1 B/3.1 C
other
MECHANICAL DATA
Mounting position : in-line/top of outlet line
Distance to possible ignition source :
Size of connection : flanged ANS, class RF/FF/RTJ

Flange face finish : serrated spiral/smooth
(Ra 6.2 to 12.5µ m / Ra 3.2 to 6.3 µ m)
Heat tracing : electric/steam
Weight : kg
INSPECTION DATA
Inspection authority :
Test pressure :
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH TENDER

Date

PTS 80.47.00.93, sheet 1, November 2000
Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :
The manufacturer is responsible that design and construction are in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the requisition and/or drawings.
Furthermore, the manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design is satisfactory for the design conditions indicated on the requisition and/or drawings.
Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the manufacturer are for information and tendering purposes only. The manufacturer shall make his own
calculations, for which he is fully responsible. The manufacturer shall ensure that the supply conforms to all applicable codes and national statutory regulations, and
he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities.
Made by: Date EQUIPMENT : Rev.letter

Date
Chk'd by: PLANT : Sign.
Appr'd by: CONSIGNEE : Sheet no. 1, continued on sheet no.
Principal: Req. No.
PTS 30.10.00.94, sheet 1, 11/98
Data / requisition sheet (cont.sheet) for Design book No. : page:
Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :

Date
Appr'd by: CONSIGNEE : Sheet no. cont'd on sheet no.
Principal: Req. No.
PTS 30.10.00.94, sheet 2, 11/98
Data / requisition sheet (cont.sheet) for Design book No. : page:
Contr. job No. :
MESC No. :

Date
Appr'd by: CONSIGNEE : Sheet no. cont'd on sheet no.
Principal: Req. No.
PTS 30.10.00.94, sheet 3, 11/98
Data / requisition sheet for Project Name:
Design of Cathodic Protection System for Onshore, Buried Pipeline Project Number:
Order/Enquiry No.:
1 PIPELINE DATA
2 Pipeline Name/Code :
3 Pipeline Route :
4 Product(s) Transported : Sour Service
5 Year of Construction :
6 Design Life : Years
7 Pipeline Length : m
8 Nominal Diameter : inches
9 Pipeline Material :
10 External Coating :
11 Backfill type :
12 Route Characteristics :
13
14 Branch lines (use separate data/requisition sheet for each branch line) :
15
16 Attached Drawings:
17
18 CATHODIC PROTECTION DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
19 DESIGN SCOPE: Basic Detailed Both
20 SITE SURVEY: Required By Contractor By Others
21 ELECTRICAL ISOLATION: Required By Contractor By Others
22 TYPE OF SYSTEM: Impressed Current Voltage Source: Transformer recifier Other
23 Groundbeds: Deepwell Surface
24 Horizontal Vertical
25 Autopotential control: Required
26 Sacrificial Anode Material: Magnesium Zinc
27 MONITORING FACILITIES: Required By Contractor By Others
28 TEMPORARY PROTECTION: Required
29 MATERIALS SCHEDULE: Required By Contractor By Others
30 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE: Required By Contractor By Others
31 TEST/COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE: Required By Contractor By Others
32 OPERATING/MAINTENANCE MANUAL: Required By Contractor By Others
33 COLOUR CODE FOR CABLES: As specified below By Contractor By Others
34 Cable Colour Cable Colour
35 Positive Feeder Negative drain
36 Test own Test foreign
37 Bond own Bond foreign
38 I.J. line side I.J. plant side
39 Carrier Casing
40
41 In shaded boxes, use 'Y', 'N', or a 'Check Mark' to indicate selection
43
44

46 Complete data/requisition sheet PTS 30.10.73.93, (I.e. all data fields not already completed by the Principal).
47
48
49
50
52 Cathodic protection system design shall comply with PTS 30.10.73.31.
53
54
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 30.10.73.93, sheet 1/2, 09/98
Data / requisition sheet (continuation sheet) for Project Name:
Design of Cathodic Protection System for Onshore, Buried Pipeline Project Number:
Order/Enquiry No.:
1 ADDITIONAL DATA
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH TENDER
45 Completed data/requisition sheet PTS 30.10.73.93, (I.e. all data fields not already completed by the Principal)
46
47
48
49
50 Cathodic Protection system design shall comply with PTS 30.10.73.31.
51
52
53
54
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 30.10.73.93, sheet 2/2, 09/98
Data / requisition sheet for Project Name:
Design of Cathodic Protection System for Offshore Pipeline Project Number:
Order/Enquirey No.:
1 PIPELINE DATA
2 Pipeline Name/Code :
3 Pipeline Route :
4 Product(s) Transported :
5 Year of Construction :
6 Design Life : Years
7 Pipeline Length : m
8 Nominal Diameter : inches Outside diameter : mm
9 Wall Thickness : mm
10 Pipeline Material :
11 Design Temperature : °C
12 External Corrosion Type :
13 Coating Thickness : mm
14 External Weight Type :
15 Coating Thickness : mm
16 Pipeline Burial Buried Not buried
17
18 CATHODIC PROTECTION DATA
19 Design Scope : Conceptual Detailed Both
20 Site Survey : Required By Contractor By Others
21 Electrical Isolation : Beginning End Both
22 Type of System : Impressed Current Sacrificial
23 Anode Material : Aluminium Zinc None
24 End Installations Beginning Impressed Current Sacrificial None
25 End Impressed Current Sacrificial
26 Monitoring Facilities: Not Required Required Type :
27
28 ENVIRONMENT DATA
29 Geographical Area :
30 Pipeline Depth : m
31 Sea Water Temperature Value °C
32 Source Site Measurement Estimated Other Project
33 Sea Wateer Salinity Value g/l
35 Sea Water Resistivity Value Ohm.cm
37 Sediment Resistivity Value Ohm.cm
39 Sea Water Lateral Flow / Turbulence Low Moderate High
40
41 In shaded boxes, use 'Y', 'N', or a 'Check Mark' to indicate selection
43
44

46 Complete data/requisition sheet PTS 30.10.73.93, (I.e. all data fields not already completed by the Principal).
47
48
49
50
52 Cathodic protection system design shall comply with PTS 30.10.73.31.
53
54
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 30.10.73.94, sheet 1/2, dated 09/98
Data / requisition sheet (continuation sheet) for Project Name:
Design of Cathodic Protection System for Offshore Pipeline Project Number:
Order/Enquiry No.:
1 ADDITIONAL DATA
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH TENDER
45 Completed data/requisition sheet PTS 30.10.73.93, (I.e. all data fields not already completed by the Principal)
46
47
48
50 Cathodic Protection system design shall comply with PTS 30.10.73.31.
51
52
53
54
by: Date
by:
by:
PTS 30.10.73.94, sheet 2/2, dated 09/98
INFORMATION FOR USE WITHIN THE GROUP ONLY EDP Supplement
RAP
1 3 4 Requisition/Indent No. 16
Proj Urg. Sub Var. Date Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No.
dur. ROS date T T D Prefix Project No. group Serial symbol POE No. 365 012
No. No. Dest. d m y
34 36 4 3 A
38 43 45 1 3 4 10 16 17 18 20 21 23 28 29 30 31 32 33
Requisition for
47 Accounts code 62
Reference
Indicator Initial Date
Made by
Checked by
Purchase action by: Central Purchasing/Local company
Authorised for Reference

purchase action Signature Indicator Date
Recommended Supplier:
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER REMARKS ON REVISIONS Var. No. Rev. Letter Date Initial
79 80 72 77
Estimated ROS date
indent value d m y PLANT: ENG. BY: Contractor Job No.
Abreviated description
65 70 71 78 17 18 19 21 26 27 30 45 50 54 55 64
Total
Estimated item value Quantity change From Item quantity Unit Equipment MESC No.
£ store No. required No.

±
D P C
D
D
PTS 40.00.10.93, sheet 1/2, dated 07/99 64 65 67 72 73 74 75
INFORMATION FOR USE WITHIN THE GROUP ONLY
Requisition/Indent No.
72 77 Sub Sheet No. cont'd on sheet No.
ROS date T T D Prefix Project No. group Serial symbol POE
d m y No. No. Dest.
4 3 Requisition for
65 70 71 78 17 18 19 21 26 27 30 Abreviated description 54 55 64
Estimated item value Item Total
Quantity change From No. quantity Unit Equipment MESC No.
£ ± store required No.
D
64 65 67 72 73 74 75 ENG. BY: Contractor Job No.
PRINCIPAL:
PTS 40.00.10.93 sheet 2/2, dated 07/99
REQUISITION FOR ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS "RED" form
The following addresses shall be inserted by Seller in the relevant space on the "Approval Drawing Specification" (ADS) from
PTS 05.00.54.81 or the "Final Drawing Specification" (FDS) form PTS 05.00.54.82
Purchasing (Procurement) Office Principal (Purchaser) Distribution Office
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Prints Documents shall be submitted to:

Production Schedule Nominated inspector before pre-manufacturing meeting
Manufacturing, inspection and testing sequence plan
DRAWINGS Required number for TIMING FOR SUBMITTAL
Approval Final issue - for approval ……… weeks after order date
Approval drawings/Final drawings to be Transpa- Prints Originals Prints - final issue ……… weeks after approval/order date
submitted under cover of an ADS form/ rencies (Note 1) Documents shall be submitted to:
FDS form respectively
General arrangement drawings

Construction drawings
Design calculations
Static calculations
Anchor bolt location plan
Foundation loading plan
Welding procedures
Wiring diagram
Logic diagram
Erection plan
SPARE PARTS DOCUMENTS

E-SPIR plus 1 printed copy
TEST AND INSPECTION DOCUMENTS Prints

Approval/Final documents to be submitted under cover of an ADS/FDS form
respectively Documents shall be submitted to:
Manufacturing report to: PTS 31.22.10.35
Abridged manufacturing report to: PTS 31.22.10.35
Material certificates to ISO 10474: Type ……………..
Electrical certificates to Cenelec/PTB/Baseefa/Compliance
Static/dynamic balancing certifictes
Hydrostatic test certificates
Heat treatment graphs
Test data/curves
OPERATING DOCUMENTS Documents shall be submitted to:

Installation instructions
Operating instructions
Maintenance instructions
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Note 1: If the document is available in electronic form, a diskette containing the electronic file shall also be submitted.
REMARKS
Invoice must certify that the drawings and engineering documents specified Units/dimensions used on Engineering documents shall be SI. Exceptions to SI units
above have been despatched to all parties concerned. are standardized imperial units for nominal sizes of pipe, valves flanges,
Any deviation from the timing for submittal of documents shall be notified to the bolting, etc.
Approval/Distribution Offices by E-mail or fax. The documents shall be in English. Description on drawings and similar documents
Shop fabrication shall not be started before the required approval drawings may be in other languages provided English translations are also given.
have been released for construction by the party concerned, unless otherwise Drawings and documents shall be suiteable for microfilming and comply with
stated on the "Approval Drawing Specification". accepted national or international standards for the preparation of technical
Each document shall bear the item/tag and order reference number, and shall drawings. Only the following standard sizes should be used: A4, A3, A2 A1.
be despatched by air mail unless specified otherwise.
Attachment to:
PTS 40.10.01.93, sheet 1/1, Jan. 2002

Petronas Technical Standards: Requisition (Binder)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Petronas Technical Standards: Requisition (Binder)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Petronas Technical Standards: Requisition (Binder)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PETRONAS TECHNICAL STANDARDS

DESIGN AND ENGINEERING PRACTICE

The right to use PTS rests with three categories of users :

1) PETRONAS and its affiliates.

1.2 DISTRIBUTION, INTENDED USE AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

1.4 SUMMARY OF CHANGES SINCE PREVIOUS EDITION

2.1 DATA SHEETS

2.2 DATA/REQUISITION SHEETS

2.3 REQUISITION SHEETS

2.4 ADMINISTRATIVE SHEETS

2.4.1 Requisition for engineering documents (“RED” forms)

2.4.2 EDP (Electronic Data Processing) supplement

3.1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

Number Revision Title

Number Revision Title

3.3 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

Number Revision Title

Number Revision Title

In this PTS, reference is made to the following publications:

Last page of this PTS

Made by: Date: Equipment: Rev. letter:

Made by: Date: Equipment: Rev. letter:

Made by: Date: Equipment: Rev. letter:

17 Direction of rotation facing driving end: Inertia constant (H) : ……….kWs/kVA

Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

1 REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

44 Max. dimensions (WxDxH) control panels combined : Yes / no

PTS 33.65.11.94, sheet 1/2, dated 03/2002

1 REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY PACKAGER

2 Control panel requirements General

Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

ON-LOAD TAP CHANGER

Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

INFO TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER WITH QUOTATION DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFICATION

Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. continued on sheet No.

Eng. by : Equipment No.

Sheet No. continued on sheet No.

Eng. by : Equipment No.

Revision Details Rev. No. Date Signed

Plant: Country: Eng. by : Principal :

Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

Made Date EQUIPMENT : Rev. letter

Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE : Sheet No. continued on sheet No.

Eng. by : Equipm. No.

1 REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

Checked by Date: Date

Appr. by Date: PLANT: Signature

CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No.

1 REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

Checked by Date: Date

Appr. by Date: PLANT: Signature

CONSIGNEE: Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No.

One relay box : Tag No. E - References : Schematic diagram T

* Delete what is not applicable

Checked by Date Plant: Date